8 Performance Requirement: 8.1 General

Release 16 609 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.
0 (2020-06)
8 Performance requirement
This clause contains performance requirements for the physical channels specified in TS 36.211 [4]. The performance
requirements for the UE in this clause are specified for the measurement channels specified in Annex A.3, the
propagation conditions in Annex B and the downlink channels in Annex C.3.2.
NOTE: For the requirements in the following sections, similar Release 8 and 9 requirements apply for time
domain measurements restriction under colliding CRS.
8.1 General
8.1.1 Receiver antenna capability

The performance requirements are based on UE(s) that utilize one or more antenna receivers.
For all test cases, the SNR is defined as

N RX
∑ E^ (s j )
j =1
SNR = N
RX
∑ N (ocj )
j=1
where NRX denotes the number of receiver antenna connectors and the superscript receiver antenna connector j. The
above SNR definition assumes that the REs are not precoded. The SNR definition does not account for any gain which
can be associated to the precoding operation. The relative power of physical channels transmitted is defined in Table
C.3.2-1. The SNR requirement applies for the UE categories and CA capabilities given for each test.
For enhanced performance requirements type A, the SINR is defined as

N RX
∑ E^ (s j)
j=1
SINR= N
RX
∑ N (ocj ) '
j=1
where NRX denotes the number of reciver antenna connectors and the superscript receiver antenna connector j. The
above SINR definition assumes that the REs are not precoded. The SINR definition does not account for any gain which
can be associated to the precoding operation. The relative power of physical channels transmitted is defined in Table
C.3.2-1. The SINR requirement applies for the UE categories given for each test.
For the performance requirements specified in this clause, it is assumed that NRX=2 unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.1.1-1: Void
3GPP
Release 16 610 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.1.1.1 Simultaneous unicast and MBMS operations
8.1.1.2 Dual-antenna receiver capability in idle mode
8.1.2 Applicability of requirements
8.1.2.1 Applicability of requirements for different channel bandwidths

In Clause 8 the test cases may be defined with different channel bandwidth to verify the same target FRC conditions
with the same propagation conditions, correlation matrix and antenna configuration.
Test cases defined for 5MHz channel bandwidth that reference this clause are applicable to UEs that support only Band
31, 72, 73, 87 and/or 88.
8.1.2.2 Definition of CA capability

The definition with respect to CA capabilities for 2CCs is given as in Table 8.1.2.2-1. The definition with respect to CA
capabilities for 3CCs is given in Table 8.1.2.2-3.
Table 8.1.2.2-1: Definition of CA capability with 2DL CCs
CA CA Capability Description
Capability
CA2_C Intra-band contiguous CA
CA2_A2 Inter-band CA (two bands)
CA2_N2 Intra-band non-contiguous CA (with two sub-blocks)
NOTE 1: CA2_C corresponds to E-UTRA CA configurations and bandwidth
combination sets defined in Table 5.6A.1-1 for 2 DL CCs.
CA2_A2 corresponds to E-UTRA CA configurations and bandwidth
CA2_N2 corresponds to E-UTRA CA configurations and bandwidth
The supported testable aggregated CA bandwidth combinations for 2CCs for each CA capability are listed in Table
8.1.2.2-2.
3GPP
Release 16 611 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.2-2: Supported testable aggregated CA bandwidth combinations for different CA

capability with 2DL CCs
CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth

Capability combination for combination for TDD combination for TDD- combination for CA
FDD CA CA FDD CA with LAA SCell(s)
CA2_C 5+5MHz, 5+10MHz, 20+20MHz, NA NA
5+15MHz, 15+20MHz
10+10MHz,
20+20MHz
CA2_A2 10+10MHz, 20+20MHz 10(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz, 20(FDD)+20(LAA)MHz,
20+5MHz, 15(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz, 10(FDD)+20(LAA)MHz,
10+15MHz, 20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz 15(FDD)+20(LAA)MHz,
10+20MHz, 20(TDD)+20(LAA)MHz
15+20MHz,
20+20MHz
CA2_N2 5+10MHz, 20+20MHz NA NA
10+10MHz,
10+20MHz,
20+20MHz
NOTE 1: This table is only for information and applicability and test rules of CA performance requirements are
specified in 8.1.2.3 and 9.1.1.2.
Table 8.1.2.2-3: Definition of CA capability with 3 DL CCs
Capability
CA3_A3 Inter-band CA (three bands)
combination sets defined in and Table 5.6A.1-2a for 3 DL CCs.
The supported testable largest aggregated CA bandwidth combinations for 3CCs for each CA capability are listed in
Table 8.1.2.2-4.
3GPP
Release 16 612 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.2-4: Supported largest aggregated CA bandwidth combinations for different CA capability
with 3 CCs
CA capability Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth combination for TDD- Bandwidth combination for
combination for combination for FDD CA CA with LAA SCell(s)
FDD CA TDD CA
CA3_C NA 20+20+20MHz NA NA
CA3_A2 5+5+10MHz, 15+20+20MHz, 10(FDD)+20(TDD)+20(TDD)MHz 10(FDD)+ 2×20(LAA)MHz,
5+10+10MHz, 20+20+20MHz 15(FDD)+20(TDD)+20(TDD)MHz, 15(FDD)+ 2×20(LAA)MHz,
5+5+20MHz, 20(FDD)+20(TDD)+20(TDD)MHz 20(FDD)+ 2×20(LAA)MHz,
10+10+10MHz, 20(TDD)+ 2×20(LAA)MHz
5+10+20MHz,
5+15+20MHz,
10+10+20MHz,
10+20+20MHz,
15+20+20MHz,
20+20+20MHz
CA3_A3 10+10+20MHz, NA 2×20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz, NA
10+15+15MHz, 20(FDD)+ 2×20(TDD)MHz,
10+15+20MHz, 20(FDD)+15(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz,
10+20+20MHz, 20(FDD)+10(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz,
15+15+20MHz, 2×15(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz
15+20+20MHz,
20+20+20MHz
CA3_N2 NA 20+20+20MHz NA NA
NOTE 1: This table is only for information and applicability and test rules of CA performance requirements are specified
in 8.1.2.3 and 9.1.1.2.
Capability
CA4_A4 Inter-band CA (four bands)
combination sets defined in and Table 5.6A.1-2b for 4 DL CCs
Table 8.1.2.2-6.
3GPP
Release 16 613 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
with 4 CCs
CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth combination for TDD- Bandwidth combination

capability combination for combination for FDD CA for CA with LAA SCell(s)
FDD CA TDD CA
CA4_C NA 20+20+20+20MHz NA NA
CA4_A2 24x20MHz 20+20+20+20MHz 20(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MHz 10(FDD)+ 3×20(LAA)MHz,

10+3x20MHz 15+20+20+20MHz 2x20(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz 15(FDD)+ 3×20(LAA)MHz,
2x10+2x20MHz 10(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MHz 20(FDD)+ 3×20(LAA)MHz,
210+5+2x20MHz 2x10(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz 20(TDD)+ 3×20(LAA)MHz
2x5+2x20MHz 2x10(FDD)+20+15(TDD)MHz
3x10+20MHz
4x10MHz
CA4_A3 24x20MHz NA 20(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MHz NA
15+3x20MHz 2×20(FDD)+2×20(TDD)MHz,
210+3x20MHz 3x20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz 20(FDD)
2x10+2x20MHz +15(FDD)+2×20(TDD)MHz,
5+10+2x20MHz 2×15(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
2x5+2x20MHz 10(FDD)+20(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
3x10+20MHz 10(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MHz
25+2x10+20MHz 10(FDD)+15(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
2x5+10+20MHz 2x10(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
CA4_A4 24x20MHz NA 3x20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz NA
15+3x20MHz 2×20(FDD)+15(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz,
210+3x20MHz 2×15(FDD)+20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz
2x15+2x20MHz 2×20(FDD)+10(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz
10+15+2x20MHz 10(FDD)+20(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
22x10+2x20MHz 10(FDD)+15(FDD)+20(FDD)
+20(TDD)MHz
CA4_N2 NA 20+20+20+20MHz NA NA
in 8.1.2.3 and 9.1.1.2.
Capability
CA5_A5 Inter-band CA (five bands)
combination sets defined in and Table 5.6A.1-2c for 5 DL CCs
3GPP
Release 16 614 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.2-8.
with 5 CCs
CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth combination for TDD-FDD CA Bandwidth

capability combination combination combination
for FDD CA for TDD CA for CA with
LAA SCell(s)
CA5_C NA 5×20MHz NA NA
10(FDD)+
4×20(LAA)MHz,
15(FDD)+
5×20MHz 2x20(FDD)+3x20(TDD)
5×20MHz 4×20(LAA)MHz,
CA5_A2 3x20+2x10MHz 20(FDD)+4x20(TDD)MHz
15+4X20MHz 20(FDD)+
20+4x10MHz 2x10(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MH
4×20(LAA)MHz,
20(TDD)+
4×20(LAA)MHz
5×20MHz NA
10+4x20MHz 3x20(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
2x10+3x20MHz 20(FDD)+4x20(TDD)MHz
CA5_A3 NA
5+10+3x20MHz 2x20(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MHz
3x10+2x20MHz 10(FDD)+4x20(TDD)MHz
4x10+20MHz
5×20MHz NA
3x20(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
15+4x20MHz
15+2×20(FDD)+2×20(TDD)MHz
10+4x20MHz
CA5_A4 NA 0+2×20(FDD)+2×20(TDD)MHz2×15+20(FDD)+2×20(TDD)MHz
2x10+3x20MHz
10+15+20(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
3x10+2x20MHz
10+20(FDD)+3x20MHz
CA5_A5 5×20MHz NA 4x20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz NA

CA5_N2 NA 5×20MHz NA NA
in 8.1.2.3 and 9.1.1.2.
Capability
3GPP
Release 16 615 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.2-10.
Table 8.1.2.2-10: Supported largest aggregated CA bandwidth combinations for different CA

capability with 6 CCs
CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth combination for TDD-FDD CA Bandwidth combination

capabilit combination combinatio for CA with LAA
y for FDD CA n for TDD SCell(s)
CA
CA6_C NA NA NA NA
10(FDD)+
5×20(LAA)MHz,
15(FDD)+
20(FDD)+5x20(TDD)MHz 5×20(LAA)MHz,
CA6_A2 NA 6×20MHz
2x20(FDD)+4x20(TDD)MHz 20(FDD)+
5×20(LAA)MHz,
20(TDD)+
5×20(LAA)MHz
20(FDD)+5x20(TDD)MHz
CA6_A3 NA NA NA
CA6_A4 6×20MHz NA NA
CA6_A5 NA NA NA NA
CA6_N2 NA NA NA NA
in 8.1.2.3 and 9.1.1.2.
Capability
Table 8.1.2.2-12.
3GPP
Release 16 616 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.2-12: Supported largest aggregated CA bandwidth combinations for different CA

capability with 7 CCs
CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth combination for TDD-FDD CA Bandwidth combination

capabilit combination combinatio for CA with LAA SCell(s)
y for FDD CA n for TDD
CA
CA7_C NA NA NA NA
10(FDD)+ 6×20(LAA)MHz,
20(FDD)+6x20(TDD)MHz 15(FDD)+ 6×20(LAA)MHz,
CA7_A2 NA 7×20MHz
2x20(FDD)+5x20(TDD)MHz 20(FDD)+ 6×20(LAA)MHz,
20(TDD)+ 6×20(LAA)MHz
CA7_A3 NA NA NA
CA7_A4 7×20MHz NA NA
CA7_A5 NA NA NA NA
CA7_N2 NA NA NA NA
in 8.1.2.3 and 9.1.1.2.
For test cases with more than one component carrier, "Fraction of Maximum Throughput" in the performance
requirement refers to the ratio of the sum of throughput values of all component carriers to the sum of the nominal
maximum throughput values of all component carriers, unless otherwise stated.
8.1.2.2A Definition of dual connectivity capability

The definition with respect to dual connectivity capabilities for configurations with 2CCs is given as in Table 8.1.2.2A-
1. The definition with respect to dual connectivity capabilities for configurations with 3CCs is given as in Table
8.1.2.2A-3.
Table 8.1.2.2A-1: Definition of dual connectivity capability with 2DL CCs
Dual Dual connectivity capability Description

connectivity
Capability
DC_A_2 Inter-band dual connecitivty (two bands)
NOTE 1: DC_A_2 corresponds to E-UTRA dual connectivity configurations and
bandwidth combination sets defined for inter-band dual connecitivty (two
bands) as specified in 5.6C .
The supported testable dual connectivity bandwidth combinations for 2CCs for each dual connectivity capability are
listed in Table 8.1.2.2A-2.
Table 8.1.2.2A-2: Supported testable dual connectivity bandwidth combinations for different dual
connectivitys capability with 2DL CCs
Dual connectivity Bandwidth combination Bandwidth combination Bandwidth combination

capability for FDD dual connectivity for TDD dual for TDD-FDD dual
connectivity connectivity
DC_A_2 10+10MHz, 10+20MHz, 20+20MHz 20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz
15+15MHz,15+20MHz,
20+20MHz,15+5MHz
NOTE 1: This table is only for information and applicability and test rules of dual connectivity performance
requirements are specified in 8.1.2.3A
3GPP
Release 16 617 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.2A-3: Definition of dual connectivity capability with 3DL CCs
Dual Dual connectivity capability Description

connectivity
Capability
DC_A_3 Inter-band dual connecitivty (three bands)
NOTE 1: DC_A_3 corresponds to E-UTRA dual connectivity configurations and
bandwidth combination sets defined for inter-band dual connecitivty (three
bands) as specified in 5.6C.
The supported testable dual connectivity bandwidth combinations for 3CCs for each dual connectivity capability are
listed in Table 8.1.2.2A-4.
Table 8.1.2.2A-4: Supported testable dual connectivity bandwidth combinations for different dual
connectivitys capability with 3DL CCs
Dual connectivity Bandwidth combination Bandwidth combination

capability for FDD dual connectivity for TDD dual connectivity
DC_A_3 20+20+15MHz, NA
20+15+15MHz
NOTE 1: This table is only for information and applicability and test rules of dual
connectivity performance requirements are specified in 8.1.2.3A
8.1.2.3 Applicability and test rules for different CA configurations and bandwidth
combination sets
The performance requirement for CA UE demodulation tests in Clause 8 are defined independent of CA configurations
and bandwidth combination sets specified in Clause 5.6A. For UEs supporting different CA configurations and
bandwidth combination sets, the applicability and test rules are defined for the tests for 2 DL CCs in Table 8.1.2.3-1 and
3 or more DL CCs in Table 8.2.2.3-2. For simplicity, CA configuration below refers to combination of CA
configuration and bandwidth combination set.
3GPP
Release 16 618 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.3-1: Applicability and test rules for CA UE demodulation tests with 2 DL CCs
3GPP
Release 16 619 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CA capability CA configuration from CA Bandwidth

Tests where the the selected CA capbility combination to be
tests apply where the tests apply tested in priority order
CA tests with 10+10 MHz, 20+20
Any one of the
2CCs in Clause Any one of the supported MHz, 5+5 MHz,
supported CA
8.2.1.1.1, FDD CA configurations 10MHz+5MHz,
capabilities
8.2.1.4.3 15MHz+5MHz
10+10 MHz, 20+20
CA tests with Any one of the supported
Each supported MHz, 5+5 MHz,
2CCs in Clause FDD CA configurations in
CA capability 10MHz+5MHz, other
8.2.1.3.1 each CA capability
combinations
Any one of the
supported CA
CA tests with Any one of the supported
capabilities with
2CCs in Clause FDD CA configurations Largest aggregated CA
largest
8.2.1.3.1A, 8.7.1, with largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination
aggregated CA
8.2.1.9.2 bandwidth combination
bandwidth
combination
Supported FDD intra-band
CA tests with contiguous CA
Largest aggregated CA
2CCs in Clause CA_C configurations covering the
bandwidth combinations
8.2.1.7.1 lowest and highest
operating bands
Any one of the
CA tests with supported CA
Any one of the supported
2CCs in Clause capabilities with
TDD CA configurations Largest aggregated CA
8.2.2.1.1, largest
with largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination
8.2.2.4.3, aggregated CA
bandwidth combination
8.2.2.9.2 bandwidth
combination
CA tests with TDD CA configurations in
Each supported Largest aggregated CA
2CCs in Clause each CA capability with
CA capability bandwidth combination
8.2.2.3.1 largest aggregated CA
Any one of the
supported CA Any one of the supported
CA tests with
capabilities with TDD CA configurations Largest aggregated CA
2CCs in Clause
largest with largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination
8.2.2.3.1A, 8.7.2
aggregated CA bandwidth combination
bandwidth
Supported TDD intra-band
contiguous CA
CA tests with Largest aggregated CA
CA_C configurations
2CCs in 8.2.2.7.1 bandwidth combinations
covering the lowest and
highest operating bands
CA tests with
CA_3A-3A defined in Table
2CCs in Clause CA_N 10+10 MHz
5.6A.1-3
8.2.1.8.1
CA tests with
CA_41C defined in Table
2CCs in Clause CA2_C 20+20 MHz
5.6A.1-1
8.2.2.8.1
CA tests in
CA_1C and CA_3C Largest aggregated CA
Clause 8.2.1.10.1 CA2_C
defined in Table 5.6A.1-1 bandwidth combinations
(NOTE 4)
NOTE 1: The applicability and test rules are specified in this table, unless otherwise stated.
NOTE 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected
CA configuration is 1.
NOTE 3: A single Uplink CC is configured for all tests.
3GPP
Release 16 620 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
NOTE 4: For FDD carriers with minimum channel spacing, UE only supports the carriers in
the following scenarios:
- Inter-band CA with ≥3 CCs, where Band 1 is with 1 CC and normal spacing (PCell) and
Band 2 is with 2 intra-band contiguous CCs and minimum channel spacing (SCell), or
- Band 1 is configured with 1CC and normal spacing, and UE accesses the CC on Band 1,
and then handed over to Band 2 with 2 intra-band contiguous CCs and minimum channel
spacing.
Table 8.1.2.3-2: Applicability and test rules for CA UE demodulation tests with 3 or more DL CCs

Any one of the
CA tests with 3 or supported CA
more CCs in capabilities with
FDD CA configurations Largest aggregated CA
Clause 8.2.1.1.1, largest
8.2.1.4.3, 8.7.1, aggregated CA
8.2.1.9.1 bandwidth
combination
Any one of the supported Largest aggregated CA
CA tests with 3 or FDD CA configurations in bandwidth combination
Each supported
more CCs in each CA capability with
CA capability
Clause 8.2.1.3.1 largest aggregated CA
Any one of the
CA tests with 3 or supported CA
more CCs in capabilities with
Clause 8.2.2.1.1, largest
8.2.2.4.3, 8.7.2, aggregated CA
8.2.2.9.2 bandwidth
combination
CA tests with 3 or TDD CA configurations in
Each supported Largest aggregated CA
more CCs in each CA capability with
CA capability bandwidth combination
Clause 8.2.2.3.1 largest aggregated CA
CA tests with
CA_41D defined in Table
3CCs in Clause CA3_C 20+20+20 MHz
5.6A.1-1
8.2.2.8.1
NOTE 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected
NOTE 3: A single Uplink CC is configured for all tests
8.1.2.3A Applicability and test rules for different dual connectivity configuration and
bandwidth combination set
The performance requirement for dual connectivity UE demodulation tests in Clause 8 are defined independent of dual
connectivity configurations and bandwidth combination sets specified in Clause 5.6C.1. For UEs supporting difrerent
dual connectivity configurations and bandwidth combination sets, the applicability and test rules are defined for the
tests for the configurations with 2CCs in Table 8.1.2.3A-1 and 3 DL CCs in Table 8.1.2.3A-2. For simplicity, dual
connectivity configuration below refers to combination of dual connectivity configuration and bandwidth set.
Both CA performance requirements and dual connectivity performance requirements are applied for dual connectivity
capable UE.
3GPP
Release 16 621 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.3A-1: Applicability and test rules for dual connectivity UE demodulation tests with 2DL
CCs
Dual connectivity Dual connectivity

Dual connectivity
configuration from the Bandwidth combination
Tests capability where the tests
selected CA capbility to be tested in priority
apply
where the tests apply order
Any one of the supported Largest dual connectivity
FDD dual connectvity aggregated bandwidth
Dual connectivity test with dual connectivity capabilities
configurations with the combination
2CCs in Clause 8.2.1.4.3A, with largest aggregated dual
largest aggregated dual
8.7.6 connectivity bandwidth
connectivity bandwidth
combination
combimation
Any one of the supported Largest dual connectivity
TDD dual connectvity aggregated bandwidth
Dual connectivity test with dual connectivity capabilities
configurations with the combination
2CCs in Clause 8.2.2.4.3A, with largest aggregated dual
8.7.7 connectivity bandwidth
combination
combination
Dual connectivity test with Any one of the supported Any one of the supported Largest dual connectivity
TDD FDD 2CCs in Clause dual connectivity capabilities TDD FDD dual connectvity aggregated bandwidth
8.2.3.4, 8.7.8 with largest aggregated dual configurations with the combination
connectivity bandwidth largest aggregated dual
combination connectivity bandwidth
combination
NOTE 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected DC or CA configuration is 1.
Table 8.1.2.3A-2: Applicability and test rules for dual connectivity UE demodulation tests with 3DL
CCs
Dual connectivity Dual connectivity

Dual connectivity
configuration from the Bandwidth combination
Tests capability where the tests
selected CA capbility to be tested in priority
apply
where the tests apply order
FDD dual connectvity
Dual connectivity test with dual connectivity capabilities Largest dual connectivity
configurations with the
3CCs in Clause 8.2.1.4.3A, with largest aggregated dual aggregated bandwidth
8.7.6 connectivity bandwidth combination
combination
combimation
NOTE 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected DC or CA configuration is 1.
8.1.2.3B Applicability and test rules for different TDD-FDD CA configurations and
bandwidth combination sets
The performance requirement for TDD-FDD CA UE demodulation tests in Clause 8 are defined independent of CA
configurations and bandwidth combination sets specified in Clause 5.6A.1. For UEs supporting different CA
configurations and bandwidth combination sets, the applicability and test rules are defined for the tests for 2 DL TDD-
FDD CA in Table 8.1.2.3B-1 and in Table 8.1.2.3B-2 for 3 or more DL TDD-FDD CA. For simplicity, CA
configuration below refers to combination of CA configuration and bandwidth combination set.
3GPP
Release 16 622 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.3B-1: Applicability and test rules for CA UE demodulation tests for TDD-FDD CA with 2 DL
CCs
CA configuration from the CA Bandwidth

CA capability where
Tests selected CA capbility combination to be tested
the tests apply
where the tests apply in priority order
CA tests with 2CCs in Any one of the Any one of the supported
Clause 8.2.3.1.1, supported CA TDD-FDD CA configurations
8.2.3.2.1A, capabilities with largest with FDD PCell with largest
8.2.3.3.1, 8.7.5.1, aggregated CA aggregated CA bandwidth
8.2.3.5.1 bandwidth combination combination
TDD-FDD CA configurations
CA tests with 2CCs in Each supported CA with FDD PCell in each CA Largest aggregated CA
Clause 8.2.3.2.1 capability capability with largest bandwidth combination
aggregated CA bandwidth
combination
CA tests with 2CCs in Any one of the Any one of the supported
Clause 8.2.3.1.2, supported CA TDD-FDD CA configurations
8.2.3.2.2A, capabilities with largest with TDD PCell with largest
8.2.3.3.2, 8.7.5.2, aggregated CA aggregated CA bandwidth
8.2.3.5.2 bandwidth combination combination
CA tests with 2CCs in Each supported CA with TDD PCell in each CA Largest aggregated CA
Clause 8.2.3.2.2 capability capability with largest bandwidth combination
combination
NOTE 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected CA configuration is
1.
3GPP
Release 16 623 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.3B-2: Applicability and test rules for CA UE demodulation tests for TDD-FDD CA with 3 or
more DL CCs

CA capability where
the tests apply
CA tests with 3CCs, Any one of the Any one of the supported
4CCs, 5CCs in supported CA TDD-FDD CA configurations
Clause 8.2.3.1.1, capabilities with largest with FDD PCell with largest
8.2.3.2.1A, aggregated CA aggregated CA bandwidth
8.2.3.3.1, 8.7.5.1 bandwidth combination combination
CA tests with 3CCs,
Each supported CA with FDD PCell in each CA Largest aggregated CA
4CCs, 5CCs in
capability capability with largest bandwidth combination
Clause 8.2.3.2.1
combination
CA tests with 3CCs, Any one of the Any one of the supported
4CCs, 5CCs in supported CA TDD-FDD CA configurations
Clause 8.2.3.1.2, capabilities with largest with TDD PCell with largest
8.2.3.2.2A, aggregated CA aggregated CA bandwidth
8.2.3.3.2, 8.7.5.2 bandwidth combination combination
CA tests with 3CCs,
Each supported CA with TDD PCell in each CA Largest aggregated CA
4CCs, 5CCs in
capability capability with largest bandwidth combination
Clause 8.2.3.2.2
combination
1.
8.1.2.3C Applicability and test rules for SDR tests for 4Rx capable UEs
For FDD single carrier or CA, UE is required to fulfill SDR tests specified in section 8.7.9. For TDD single carrier or
CA, UE is required to fulfill SDR tests specified in section 8.7.10. For TDD-FDD CA, UE is required to fulfill SDR test
in section 8.7.11.
For FDD DC, UE is required to fulfill SDR tests specified in section 8.7.13. For TDD DC, UE is required to fulfill SDR
tests specified in section 8.7.14. For TDD-FDD DC, UE is required to fulfill SDR test in section 8.7.15.
For single carrier or CA SDR tests, CA configuration, bandwidth combination and MIMO layer on each CC is
determined by following procedure.
- Select one CA bandwidth combination among all supported CA configurations with bandwidth combination and
MIMO layer on each CC that leads to largest equivalent aggregated bandwidth among all CA bandwidth
combinations supported by UE. Equivalent aggregated bandwidth is defined as
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0
where N is number of CCs,

Ri ∈{2,4} and
B i ∈ {5 ,10 ,15,20} is MIMO layer and bandwidth of CC i .
- When there are multiple sets of {CA configuration, bandwidth combination, MIMO layer} with same largest
aggregated bandwidth, select one among sets with largest number of 4 layer CCs.
3GPP
Release 16 624 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
- The procedure applies also for single carrier using operating band instead of CA configuration, and bandwidth
instead of bandwidth combination.
For DC SDR tests, DC configuration, bandwidth combination and MIMO layer on each CC is determined by following
procedure.
- Select one DC bandwidth combination among all supported DC configurations with bandwidth combination and
MIMO layer on each CC that leads to largest equivalent aggregated bandwidth among all DC bandwidth
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
B i ∈ {5 ,10 ,15,20} is MIMO layer and bandwidth of CC i .
- When there are multiple sets of {DC configuration, bandwidth combination, MIMO layer} with same largest
For UEs with no supported 4Rx RF bands the applicability rule in 8.1.2.3C is not applied for SDR tests.
8.1.2.3D Applicability and test rules for different CA with LAA SCell(s) configurations
and bandwidth combination sets
The performance requirement for CA with LAA SCell(s) UE demodulation tests in Clause 8 are defined independent of
CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets specified in Clause 5.6A.1. For UEs supporting different CA with
LAA SCell(s) configurations and bandwidth combination sets, the applicability and test rules are defined for the tests
for 2 DL CA with LAA SCell(s) in Table 8.1.2.3D-1 and in Table 8.1.2.3D-2 for 3 or more DL CA with LAA SCell(s).
For simplicity, CA configuration below refers to combination of CA with LAA SCell(s) configuration and bandwidth
combination set.
Table 8.1.2.3D-1: Applicability and test rules for CA UE demodulation tests for CA with LAA SCell(s)
with 2 DL CCs

CA capability where
the tests apply
Any one of the supported CA
Any one of the
with LAA SCell(s)
CA tests with 2CCs in supported CA
configurations with FDD Largest aggregated CA
Clause 8.2.4.1.1, capabilities with largest
PCell with largest bandwidth combination
8.3.3.1.1 aggregated CA
combination
Any one of the
with LAA SCell(s)
configurations with TDD Largest aggregated CA
combination
1.
3GPP
Release 16 625 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.3D-2: Applicability and test rules for CA UE demodulation tests for CA with LAA SCell(s)
with 3 or more DL CCs

CA capability where
the tests apply
Any one of the
with LAA SCell(s)
configurations with FDD Largest aggregated CA
combination
Any one of the
with LAA SCell(s)
configurations with TDD Largest aggregated CA
combination
1.
8.1.2.3E Applicability and test rules for SDR tests for 8Rx capable UEs
UE with support of 8Rx RF bands is required to fulfill the specified SDR tests for 8Rx test in section 8.7.17.
For single carrier or CA SDR tests, CA configuration, bandwidth combination and MIMO layer on each CC is
determined by following procedure.
- Select the set(s) of {CA configuration, bandwidth combination, MIMO layer} among all the supported CA
configurations that leads to the largest equivalent aggregated bandwidth which does not cause the transport block
bits within a TTI to exceed the capability of the category of UE under test when the defined reference channel
applies on each CC. The equivalent aggregated bandwidth is defined as
where N is the number of CCs, Ri ∈ { 2,4 , 8 }and B i ∈ {5,10 ,15,20} Bi ∈ { 5,10,15,20 }are
MIMO layer and bandwidth of CC i , and for and for
8.1.2.4 Test coverage for different number of component carriers

For FDD tests specified in 8.2.1.1.1, 8.2.1.3.1, 8.2.1.4.3, and 8.7.1, if corresponding CA tests are tested, the test
coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing single carrier tests.
For TDD tests specified in 8.2.2.1.1, 8.2.2.3.1, 8.2.2.4.3, and 8.7.2, if corresponding CA tests are tested, the test
coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing single carrier tests.
For TDD FDD tests specified in 8.2.3.1, 8.2.3.2, 8.2.3.3, 8.2.3.5, and 8.7.5, if corresponding TDD FDD CA tests are
tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing both FDD and TDD single carrier tests.
3GPP
Release 16 626 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For FDD CA tests specified in 8.2.1.1.1, 8.2.1.4.3, 8.7.1, 8.13.1.1.1 and 8.13.1.2.1, among all supported CA
capabilities, if corresponding CA tests with the largest number of CCs supported by the UE are tested, the test coverage
can be considered fulfilled without executing the CA tests with less than the largest number of CCs supported by the
UE.
For FDD CA tests specified in 8.2.1.3.1, for each supported CA capability, if corresponding CA tests with the largest
number of CCs supported by the UE are tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing the CA
tests with less than the largest number of CCs supported by the UE.
For TDD CA tests specified in 8.2.2.1.1, 8.2.2.4.3, 8.7.2, 8.13.2.1.1 and 8.13.2.2.1, among all supported CA
capabilities, if corresponding CA tests with the largest number of CCs supported by the UE are tested, the test coverage
can be considered fulfilled without executing the CA tests with less than the largest number of CCs supported by the
UE.
For TDD CA tests specified in 8.2.2.3.1, for each supported CA capability, if corresponding CA tests with the largest
For TDD FDD CA tests specified in 8.2.3.1, 8.2.3.3, 8.7.5, 8.13.3.1 and 8.13.3.2, among all supported CA capabilities,
if corresponding CA tests with the largest number of CCs supported by the UE are tested, the test coverage can be
considered fulfilled without executing the TDD FDD CA tests with less than the largest number of CCs supported by
the UE.
For TDD FDD CA tests specified in 8.2.3.2 and 8.2.3.5, for each supported CA capability, if corresponding CA tests
with the largest number of CCs supported by the UE are tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled without
executing the TDD FDD CA tests with less than the largest number of CCs supported by the UE.
For FDD CA power imbalance tests specified in 8.2.1.7.1, if they are are tested with FDD intra-band contiguous CA
configurations with 2 DL CCs, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled with FDD intra-band contiguous CA
configurations with 3 or more DL CCs supported by the UE.
For TDD CA power imbalance tests specified in 8.2.2.7.1, if they are are tested with TDD intra-band contiguous CA
configurations with 2 DL CCs, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled with TDD intra-band contiguous CA
configurations with 3 or more DL CCs supported by the UE.
For FDD DC tests specified in 8.2.1.4.3A, 8.7.6 and 8.13.1.1.2, among all supported DC capabilities, if corresponding
DC tests with the largest number of CCs supported by the UE are tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled
without executing the DC tests with less than the largest number of CCs supported by the UE.
For TDD DC tests specified in 8.2.2.4.3A, 8.7.7 and 8.13.2.1.2, among all supported DC capabilities, if corresponding
For TDD FDD DC tests specified in 8.2.3.4, 8.7.8 and 8.13.3.5, among all supported DC capabilities, if corresponding
For LAA SCell(s) with FDD PCell tests specified in 8.2.4.1.1 and 8.3.3.1.1, for each supported CA capability, if
corresponding CA with LAA SCell(s) tests with the largest number of CCs supported by the UE are tested, the test
coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing the CA with LAA SCell(s) tests with less than the largest
number of CCs supported by the UE.
For LAA SCell(s) with TDD PCell tests specified in 8.2.4.1.2 and 8.3.3.1.2, for each supported CA capability, if
corresponding CA with LAA SCell(s) tests with the largest number of CCs supported by the UE are tested, the test
coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing the CA with LAA SCell(s) tests with less than the largest
number of CCs supported by the UE.
3GPP
Release 16 627 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.1.2.5 Applicability of performance requirements for Type B receiver

For TM10 capable UE, if corresponding tests specified in 8.3.1.1F, 8.3.2.1G, 9.3.8.3 are tested, the test coverage can be
considered fulfilled without executing the tests specified in 8.3.1.1C, 8.3.2.1D, 9.3.8.2. For a UE which does not have
TM10 capability, the tests specified in sections 8.3.1.1C, 8.3.2.1D, 9.3.8.2 should be used.
8.1.2.6 Applicability of performance requirements for 4Rx capable UEs

For 4Rx capable UEs, the 2Rx supported RF bands and 4Rx supported RF bands are up to UE’s declaration.
8.1.2.6.1 Applicability rule and antenna connection for single carrier tests with 2Rx
For 4Rx capable UEs all single carrier tests specified in 8.2 to 8.8 with 2Rx are tested on any of the 2 Rx supported RF
bands by connecting 2 out of the 4Rx with data source from system simulator, and the other 2 Rx are connected with
zero input, depending on UE’s declaration and AP configuration. Same requirements specified with 2Rx should be
applied.
For 4Rx capable UEs without any 2Rx RF bands, all single carrier tests specified in 8.2 to 8.8 with 2Rx are tested on
any of the 4Rx supported RF bands by duplicating the fading channel from each Tx antenna and add independent noise
for each Rx antenna. Figure 8.1.2.6.1-1 shows an example of antenna connection for 4Rx UE in any one 4Rx supported
RF band to perform a 2Rx performance test with antenna configuration as 2x2 without interference for information. The
SNR requirements should be applied with 1.5 dB less than the number specified with 2Rx for test configuration with
CRS-based TM and with 1.5 dB less than the number specified with 2Rx for test configuration with DMRS-based TM.
Figure 8.1.2.6.1-1 Antenna connection example for 2Rx tests with antenna configuration as 2x2
without interference (informative)
For 4Rx capable UEs without any 2Rx supported RF bands, for all single carrier tests listed in Table 8.1.2.6.1-0
specified from 8.2 to 8.8 with 2Rx can be skipped.
3GPP
Release 16 628 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.6.1-0: Requirement lists for 4Rx capable UEs
Requirement lists
Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements type A
Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements type B
Enhanced performance requirements type B
Enhanced performance requirements type C
Requirements with demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS
Requirements with demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are
configured
Requirements with CRS assistance information configured
For 4Rx capable UEs, if corresponding tests listed from the 4Rx test lists from Table 8.1.2.6.1-1 are tested, the test
coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing the corresponding tests listed from the 2Rx test lists from Table
8.1.2.6.1-1.
3GPP
Release 16 629 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.6.1-1: Applicability rules for single carrier tests with 2Rx
4Rx test lists 2Rx test lists

8.10.1.1.1 Test 1 8.2.1.2.1 Test 1
8.10.1.1.2 Test 1 8.2.1.3.1 Test 1
8.10.1.1.3 Test 1 8.2.1.4.1B Test 1
8.10.1.1.4 Test 1 8.2.1.4.2 Test 1
8.10.1.1.4 Test 2 8.2.1.4.2 Test 3
8.10.1.1.5 Test 1 8.3.1.1A Test 1
8.10.1.1.5A Test 1 8.3.1.1 Test 2
8.10.1.1.5B Test 1 8.3.1.1H Test 1
8.10.1.1.6 Test 1 8.3.1.2 Test 1
8.10.1.1.14 Test 1 8.2.1.9.2 Test 1
8.10.1.2.1 Test 1 8.2.2.2.1 Test 1
8.10.1.2.2 Test 1 8.2.2.3.1 Test 1
8.10.1.2.3 Test 1 8.2.2.4.1B Test 1
8.10.1.2.4 Test 1 8.2.2.4.2 Test 1
8.10.1.2.4 Test 2 8.2.2.4.2 Test 3
8.10.1.2.5 Test 1 8.3.2.1B Test 1
8.10.1.2.5A Test 1 8.3.2.1A Test 2
8.10.1.2.5B Test 1 8.3.1.1I Test 1
8.10.1.2.6 Test 1 8.3.2.2 Test 2
8.10.1.2.14 Test 1 8.2.2.9.2 Test 1
8.10.2.1.1 Test 1 8.4.1.1 Test 1
8.10.2.1.2 Test 1 8.4.1.2.1 Test 1
8.10.2.1.3 Test 1 8.4.1.2.2 Test 1
8.10.2.2.1 Test 1 8.4.2.1 Test 1
8.10.2.2.2 Test 1 8.4.2.2.1 Test 1
8.10.2.2.3 Test 1 8.4.2.2.2 Test 1
8.10.3.1.1 Test 1 8.5.1.1 Test 1
8.10.3.1.2 Test 1 8.5.1.2.1 Test 1
8.10.3.1.3 Test 1 8.5.1.2.2 Test 1
8.10.3.2.1 Test 1 8.5.2.1 Test 1
8.10.3.2.2 Test 1 8.5.2.2.1 Test 1
8.10.3.2.3 Test 1 8.5.2.2.2 Test 1
8.10.4.1.1 Test 1 8.8.1.1 Test 1
8.10.4.1.1 Test 2 8.8.1.1 Test 2
8.10.4.1.2 Test 1 8.8.1.2 Test 1
8.10.4.1.2 Test 2 8.8.1.2 Test 2
8.10.4.2.1 Test 1 8.8.2.1 Test 1
8.10.4.2.1 Test 2 8.8.2.1 Test 2
8.10.4.2.2 Test 1 8.8.2.2 Test 1
8.10.4.2.2 Test 2 8.8.2.2 Test 2
8.1.2.6.2 Applicability rule and antenna connection for CA and DC tests with 2Rx
All tests specified in 8.2 to 8.8 with 2Rx with CA, TDD-FDD CA and DC are tested with 4 Rx capable UEs.
Within the CA/DC configuration if any of the PCell and/or the SCells and/or PSCells is a 2Rx supported RF band, the
antenna connection should follow the same method as defined in 8.1.2.6.1 for single carrier tests on any of the 2Rx
supported RF bands, with same requirements specified with 2Rx applied. Within the CA configuration if any of the
PCell and/or the SCells and/or PSCells is a 4Rx supported RF band, the antenna connection should follow the same as
defined in 8.1.2.6.1 for single carrier tests on any of the 4 Rx supported RF bands, with the SNR requirements applied
with 1.5 dB less than the number specified with 2Rx.
3GPP
Release 16 630 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Same applicability rules defined in 8.1.2.3, 8.1.2.3A, and 8.1.2.3B for CA, TDD-FDD CA and DC applied for different
CA and DC configurations and bandwidth combination sets should be applied for 4 Rx capable UEs.
For 4Rx capable UEs all single carrier tests specified in 8.10 with 4Rx are tested on any of the 4Rx supported RF bands
by connecting all 4Rx with data source from system simulator.
8.1.2.6.4 Applicability rule for 256QAM tests
For 256QAM capable UE, if corresponding tests specified in 8.10.1.1.4 Test 2 and 8.10.1.2.4 Test 2 are tested, the test
coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing the tests specified in 8.10.1.1.4 Test 1 and 8.10.1.2.4 Test 1. For
a UE which does not have 256QAM capability, the test specified in 8.10.1.1.4 Test 1 and 8.10.1.2.4 Test 1 should be
used.
8.1.2.6.5 Applicability rule and antenna connection for CA and DC tests with 4Rx
All tests specified in 8.13 with FDD CA/DC, TDD CA/DC and TDD-FDD CA/DC are tested with 4 Rx capable UEs.
Within the CA/DC configuration if any of the PCell and/or the SCells/PSCell is a 2Rx supported RF band, 2 out of the
4Rx should be connected with data source from system simulator, and the other 2Rx are connected with zero input,
depending on UE’s declaration and AP configuration. Within the CA/DC configuration if any of the PCell and/or the
SCells is a 4Rx supported RF band, all 4Rx should be connected with data source from system simulator.
For 4Rx capable UEs supporting different CA/DC configurations and bandwidth combination sets, the applicability and
test rules are defined in Table 8.1.2.6.5-1 for FDD CA/DC, TDD CA/DC and TDD-FDD CA/DC. For simplicity,
CA/DC configuration below refers to combination of CA/DC configuration and bandwidth combination set.
3GPP
Release 16 631 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.6.5-1: Applicability and test rules for CA/DC/TDD-FDD CA UE demodulation tests
3GPP
Release 16 632 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Tests Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Select FDD CA NA
configurations with Select any one of the FDD
the maximum number Select FDD CA CA configuration with the
CA tests in
of CCs excluding the configurations with maximum largest aggregated CA
Clause
2Rx only CA number of 4Rx CCs among bandwidth combination
8.13.1.1.1,
configuration among all the selected FDD CA among all the selected
8.13.1.2.1
all supported FDD CA configurations from Step 1 FDD CA configurations
configurations with from Step 2
any CA capability
Select FDD DC NA
configurations with Select any one of the FDD
the maximum number Select FDD DC DC configuration with the
DC tests in of CCs excluding the configurations with maximum largest aggregated DC
Clause 2Rx only DC number of 4Rx CCs among bandwidth combination
8.13.1.1.2 configuration among all the selected FDD DC among all the selected
all supported FDD DC configurations from Step 1 FDD DC configurations
any DC capability
Select TDD CA NA
configurations with Select any one of the TDD
the maximum number Select TDD CA CA configuration with the
CA tests in
of CCs excluding the configurations with maximum largest aggregated CA
Clause
2Rx only CA number of 4Rx CCs among bandwidth combination
8.13.2.1.1,
configuration among all the selected TDD CA among all the selected
8.13.2.2.1
all supported TDD CA configurations from Step 1 TDD CA configurations
any CA capability
Select TDD DC NA
configurations with Select any one of the TDD
the maximum number Select TDD DC DC configuration with the
DC tests in of CCs excluding the configurations with maximum largest aggregated DC
Clause 2Rx only DC number of 4Rx CCs among bandwidth combination
8.13.2.1.2 configuration among all the selected TDD DC among all the selected
all supported TDD DC configurations from Step 1 TDD DC configurations
any DC capability
Select TDD-FDD CA NA
configurations with Select any one of the
CA tests in the maximum number Select TDD-FDD CA TDD-FDD CA
Clause of CCs excluding the configurations with maximum configuration with the
8.13.3.1.1, 2Rx only CA number of 4Rx CCs among largest aggregated CA
8.13.3.1.2, configuration among all the selected TDD-FDD bandwidth combination
8.13.3.2.1, all supported TDD- CA configurations from Step among all the selected
8.13.3.2.2 FDD CA 1 TDD-FDD CA
configurations with configurations from Step 2
any CA capability
Select TDD-FDD DC NA
configurations with Select any one of the
the maximum number Select TDD-FDD DC TDD-FDD DC
DC tests in of CCs excluding the configurations with maximum configuration with the
Clause 2Rx only DC number of 4Rx CCs among largest aggregated DC
8.13.3.5.1, configuration among all the selected TDD-FDD bandwidth combination
8.13.3.5.2 all supported TDD- DC configurations from Step among all the selected
FDD DC 1 TDD-FDD DC
configurations with configurations from Step 2
any DC capability
CA tests in Select FDD CA Select FDD CA Select any one of the FDD Select 2CCs with
Clause configurations with configurations with maximum CA configuration with the maximum number of
3GPP
Release 16 633 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
the maximum number 4Rx CCs with the

of CCs excluding the largest aggregated CA largest aggregated CA
8.13.1.3.1, 2Rx only CA number of 4Rx CCs among bandwidth combination bandwidth combination
8.13.1.4.1, configuration among all the selected FDD CA among all the selected among the selected
8.13.1.1.3 all supported FDD CA configurations from Step 1 FDD CA configurations FDD CA configuration
configurations with from Step 2 from Step 3
any CA capability
Select TDD CA Select 2CCs with
configurations with Select any one of the TDD maximum number of
CA tests in the maximum number Select TDD CA CA configuration with the 4Rx CCs with the
Clause of CCs excluding the configurations with maximum largest aggregated CA largest aggregated CA
8.13.2.3.1, 2Rx only CA number of 4Rx CCs among bandwidth combination bandwidth combination
8.13.2.4.1, configuration among all the selected TDD CA among all the selected among the selected
8.13.2.1.3 all supported TDD CA configurations from Step 1 TDD CA configurations TDD CA configuration
configurations with from Step 2 from Step 3
any CA capability
Select TDD-FDD CA Select 2CCs with
CA tests in configurations with Select any one of the maximum number of
Clause the maximum number Select TDD-FDD CA TDD-FDD CA 4Rx CCs with the
8.13.3.3.1, of CCs excluding the configurations with maximum configuration with the largest aggregated CA
8.13.3.3.2, 2Rx only CA number of 4Rx CCs among largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination
8.13.3.4.1, configuration among all the selected TDD-FDD bandwidth combination among the selected
8.13.3.4.2, all supported TDD- CA configurations from Step among all the selected TDD-FDD CA
8.13.3.6.1, FDD CA 1 TDD CA configurations configuration from Step
8.13.3.6.2 configurations with from Step 2 3
any CA capability
Select FDD CA
Select any one of the FDD
configurations with
CA configuration with the
the maximum number
CA tests in largest aggregated CA
of CCs supporting 4
Clause bandwidth combinations on NA NA
layers MIMO among
8.13.1.1.4 any 2CCs among all the CCs
all supported FDD CA
among all the slected FDD
configurations with
CA configuration from Step 1
any CA capability
Select TDD CA
Select any one of the TDD
configurations with
CA configuration with the
the maximum number
CA tests in largest aggregated CA
of CCs supporting 4
Clause bandwidth combinations on NA NA
layers MIMO among
8.13.2.1.4 any 2CCs among all the CCs
all supported TDD CA
among all the slected TDD
configurations with
CA configuration from Step 1
any CA capability
Select TDD-FDD CA
Select any one of the TDD-
configurations with
FDD CA configuration with
the maximum number
CA tests in the largest aggregated CA
of CCs supporting 4
Clause bandwidth combinations on
layers MIMO among NA NA
8.13.3.7.1, any 2CCs among all the CCs
all supported TDD-
8.13.3.7.2 among all the slected TDD-
FDD CA
FDD CA configuration from
configurations with
Step 1
any CA capability
NOTE 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected CA configuration is 1.
NOTE 3: A single Uplink CC is configured for all CA tests and 2 Uplink CCs are configured for all DC tests.
3GPP
Release 16 634 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For 4Rx capable UEs, if corresponding tests listed from the 4Rx CA/DC test lists from Table 8.1.2.6.5-2 are tested, the
test coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing the corresponding tests listed from the 2Rx CA/DC test lists
from Table 8.1.2.6.5-2.
Table 8.1.2.6.5-2: Test lists for applicability rules for CA/DC/TDD-FDD CA tests with 4Rx

8.13.1.1.1 CA tests 8.2.1.4.3 CA tests
8.13.1.1.2 DC tests 8.2.1.4.3A DC tests
8.13.1.2.1 CA tests 8.2.1.1.1 CA tests
8.13.2.1.1 CA tests 8.2.2.4.3 CA tests
8.13.2.1.2 DC tests 8.2.2.4.3A DC tests
8.13.2.2.1 CA tests 8.2.2.1.1 CA tests
8.13.3.1.1 CA tests 8.2.3.3.1 CA tests
8.13.3.1.2 CA tests 8.2.3.3.2 CA tests
8.13.3.2.1 CA tests 8.2.3.1.1 CA tests
8.13.3.2.2 CA tests 8.2.3.1.2 CA tests
8.13.1.1.3 CA tests 8.2.1.4.2 test 3 and 8.10.1.1.4 test 2
8.13.1.1.4 CA tests 8.10.1.1.8 test 1
8.13.1.3.1 CA tests 8.2.1.4.1B test 1 and 8.10.1.1.3 test 1
8.13.1.4.1 CA tests 8.3.1.1A test 1 and 8.10.1.1.5 test 1
8.13.2.1.3 CA tests 8.2.2.4.2 test 3 and 8.10.1.2.4 test 2
8.13.2.1.4 CA tests 8.10.1.2.8 test 1
8.13.2.3.1 CA tests 8.2.2.4.1B test 1 and 8.10.1.2.3 test 1
8.13.2.4.1 CA tests 8.3.2.1B test 1 and 8.10.1.2.5 test 1
8.1.2.6.6 Applicability rule for Type C with 4Rx
For Type C with 4Rx capable UEs, if the tests from the 4Rx test lists are tested from Table 8.1.2.6.6-1, the test coverage
can be considered fulfilled without executing the corresponding test from 2Rx test lists from Table 8.1.2.6.6-1.
Table 8.1.2.6.6-1: Applicability rules for Type C with 4Rx
Test category Type C with 2Rx test lists Type C with 4Rx test lists
8.2.1.3.1B 8.2.1.3.1B
8.2.1.3.1C 8.2.1.3.1C
FDD Tests
8.2.1.4.2A 8.10.1.1.4A
8.3.1.2A 8.10.1.1.6A
8.2.2.3.1B 8.2.2.3.1B
8.2.2.3.1C 8.2.2.3.1C
TDD Tests
8.2.2.4.2A 8.10.1.2.4A
8.3.2.2A 8.10.1.2.6A
8.1.2.6.7 Applicability rule for 1024QAM tests
For 1024QAM capable UE, if corresponding tests specified in 8.10.1.1.4 Test 3, 8.10.1.2.4 Test 3, 8.10.1.1.6B Test 1,
and 8.10.1.2.6B Test 1 are tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing the tests specified in
8.10.1.1.4 Test 1-2, 8.10.1.2.4 Test 1-2, 8.2.1.4.1A Test2, 8.2.2.4.1A Test 2, 8.3.1.1 Test 5, and 8.3.2.1A Test 5.
8.1.2.7 Applicability of Enhanced Downlink Control Channel Performance

Requirements
For UE which supports downlink control channel Type A or Type B interference mitigation capabilities the tests from
Table 8.1.2.7-1 rows corresponding should be applied in accordance to the supported UE-EUTRA-Capability [7].
3GPP
Release 16 635 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.7-1: Applicability rules for enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements
3GPP
Release 16 636 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test UE-EUTRA-Capability [7] Test category Test list Applicability notes

set
1 cch-InterfMitigation- FDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.4.1.2.5 Test 1
RefRecTypeA-r13 (Enhanced 8.4.1.2.6 Test 1
downlink control channel PHICH 8.5.1.2.5 Test 1
interference mitigation Type A 8.5.1.2.6 Test 1
receiver for 2 CRS antenna EPDCCH 8.8.4.1 Test 1
ports for UEs with 2 receiver 8.8.6.1 Test 1
antenna ports) TDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.4.2.2.5 Test 1
8.4.2.2.6 Test 1
PHICH 8.5.2.2.5 Test 1
8.5.2.2.6 Test 1
EPDCCH 8.8.4.2 Test 1
8.8.5.1 Test 1
2 cch-InterfMitigation- FDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.4.1.2.9 Test 1 UE may skip the tests
RefRecTypeA-r13 (Enhanced 8.4.1.2.6 and 8.4.2.2.6
downlink control channel TDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.4.2.2.9 Test 1 defined for test set 1
interference mitigation Type A
receiver for 4 CRS antenna
ports for UEs with 2 receiver
antenna ports)
3 cch-InterfMitigation- FDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.4.1.2.5 Test 1 UE may skip the tests
RefRecTypeB-r13 8.4.1.2.7 Test 1 defined for test set 1
8.4.1.2.8 Test 1
8.5.1.2.7 Test 1
8.5.1.2.8 Test 1
8.8.6.1 Test 1
TDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.4.2.2.7 Test 1
8.4.2.2.8 Test 1
8.5.2.2.8 Test 1
8.8.5.1 Test 1
4 MMSE-IRC DL Control FDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.10.2.1.4 Test 1
Channel interference TDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.10.2.2.4 Test 1
mitigation receiver for UEs
with 4 receiver antenna ports
[TS 36.306 Section 6.6.5]
5 [Enhanced downlink control FDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.9.4.1.1 Test 1
channel interference
mitigation Type A receiver for
TDD PDCCH/PCFICH [8.9.4.2.1 Test 1]
2 CRS antenna ports for UEs
and Category 1bis]
6 [Enhanced downlink control FDD PDCCH/PCFICH 8.9.4.1.2 Test 1 UE may skip the tests
channel interference defined for test set 5
mitigation Type A receiver for TDD PDCCH/PCFICH [8.9.4.2.2 Test 1]
4 CRS antenna ports for UEs
and Category 1bis]
7 [Enhanced downlink control FDD MPDCCH 8.11.2.1.3 Test 1
channel interference 8.11.2.1.4 Test 1
mitigation Type A receiver for TDD MPDCCH 8.11.2.2.3 Test 1
2 CRS antenna ports for UEs 8.11.2.2.4 Test 1
and Category M2]
3GPP
Release 16 637 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.1.2.8 Applicability of performance requirements for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with

interfering simultaneous transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS
configurations
For a UE which supports DMRS enhancement (dmrs-Enhancements-r13 UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]), if corresponding
tests specified in 8.3.1.1H Test 1 and 8.3.2.1I Test 1 are tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled without
executing the tests specified in 8.3.1.1 Test 2 and 8.3.2.1A Test 2. For a UE which does not have DMRS enhancement
capability, the test specified in in 8.3.1.1 Test 2 and 8.3.2.1A Test 2 should be used.
8.1.2.8A Applicability of performance requirements for UE supporting coverage

enhancement
The applicability and test rules are defined for the tests for UE supporting coverage enhancement with narrowband
transmission in Table 8.1.2.8A-1 and 8.1.2.8A-2.
Table 8.1.2.8A-1: Applicability rules for PDSCH requirements (FDD)
ue-Category or UE-CategoryDL
UE-EUTRA-Capability M1, Cat-0, 1bis >=1 (Note 1)
ce-ModeA-r13 8.11.1.1.1.1 Test 1 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 2
8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 1 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 3
8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 2
ce-ModeB-r13 8.11.1.1.1.1 Test 1 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 2
8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 1 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 3
8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 1 8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 3
8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 4
Note 1: Which test case applies to the UE depends on the supported
receiver antenna number.
Table 8.1.2.8A-2: Applicability rules for PDSCH requirements (TDD)
UE-EUTRA-Capability M1, Cat-0, 1bis >=1 (Note 1)
ce-ModeA-r13 8.11.1.2.1.1 Test 1 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 2
8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 1 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 3
8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 2
ce-ModeB-r13 8.11.1.2.1.1 Test 1 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 2
8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 1 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 3
8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 1 8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 3
8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 4
Note 1: Which test case applies to the UE depends on the supported
receiver antenna number.
The applicability and test rules are defined for the tests for UE supporting coverage enhancement with wideband
transmission in Table 8.1.2.8A-3 and 8.1.2.8A-4.
3GPP
Release 16 638 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
UE-EUTRA-Capability M2, Cat-0, 1bis ≥1 (Note 1)
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth- 5MHz 5MHz 20MHz
r14
ce-ModeA-r13 8.11.1.1.1.1 Test 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 2 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test
1 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 3 2
8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test
1 3
8.11.1.1.3.2 Test 8.11.1.1.3.2 Test
1 3
8.11.1.1.3.2 Test
4
ce-ModeB-r13 8.11.1.1.1.1 Test 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 2 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test
1 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 3 2
8.11.1.1.2.1 Test 8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 3 8.11.1.1.2.1 Test
1 8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 4 3
8.11.1.1.3.2 Test 8.11.1.1.3.1 Test
2 3
8.11.1.1.3.1 Test
4
Note 1: Which test case applies to the UE depends on the supported receiver antenna number.
UE-EUTRA-Capability M2, Cat-0, 1bis ≥1 (Note 1)
ce-PDSCH-PUSCH-MaxBandwidth- 5MHz 5MHz 20MHz
r14
ce-ModeA-r13 8.11.1.2.1.1 Test 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 2 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test
1 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 3 2
8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test
1 3
8.11.1.2.3.2 Test 8.11.1.2.3.2 Test
1 3
8.11.1.2.3.2 Test
4
ce-ModeB-r13 8.11.1.2.1.1 Test 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 2 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test
1 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 3 2
8.11.1.2.2.1 Test 8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 3 8.11.1.2.2.1 Test
1 8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 4 3
8.11.1.2.3.2 Test 8.11.1.2.3.1 Test
2 3
8.11.1.2.3.1 Test
4
Note 1: Which test case applies to the UE depends on the supported receiver antenna number.
The applicability and test rules are defined for the tests for UE supporting coverage enhancement in Tables 8.1.2.8A-5
and 8.1.2.8A-6.
3GPP
Release 16 639 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
UE-EUTRA-Capability M1 M2
ce-ModeA-r13 8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 2a 8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 5
8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 5 8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 6
8.11.1.1.3.1 Test 6
ce-ModeB-r13 8.11.1.1.3.2 Test 2a
UE-EUTRA-Capability M1 M2
ce-ModeA-r13 8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 2a 8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 5
8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 5 8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 6
8.11.1.2.3.1 Test 6
ce-ModeB-r13 8.11.1.2.3.2 Test 2a
8.1.2.9 Applicability of SDR requirements for CA and LAA

For UE supporting both CA and LAA, UE selects the corresponding SDR tests between CA and LAA as per the
following applicab1ility rules:
MIMO layer on each CC following the equation that leads to largest equivalent aggregated bandwidth among all
CA bandwidth combinations supported by UE. Equivalent aggregated bandwidth is defined as
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
B i ∈ {5,10 ,15,20} is MIMO layer and bandwidth of CC i .
- When there are LAA and non-LAA CA configurations with the same largest aggregated bandwidth, select non-
LAA CA configuration.
8.1.2.10 Applicability of performance requirements for Multi-user Superposed

Transmission
For a UE which does not supports DMRS enhancement table (dmrs-Enhancements-r13 UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]), if
corresponding tests specified in 8.3.1.1I Test 1, 8.3.2.1J Test 1 are tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled
without executing other tests specified in 8.3.1.1I and 8.3.2.1J.
For a UE which supports DMRS enhancement table (dmrs-Enhancements-r13 UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]) and
enahcned performance Type D in TM8/9 or TM10 with assistance information for up to 1 interfering layer, if
For a UE which supports DMRS enhancement table (dmrs-Enhancements-r13 UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]) and
enahcned performance Type D in TM8/9 or TM10 with assistance information for up to 3 interfering layer, if
3GPP
Release 16 640 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.1.2.11 Applicability CRS interference mitigation receivers performance requirements

For UE which supports CRS interference mitigation capabilities the tests from Table 8.1.2.11-1 should be applied in
accordance to the support UE capabilities (UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]).
Table 8.1.2.11-1: Applicability rules for CRS interference mitigation performance requirements
Test Test list Notes

UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]
set FDD TDD
crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 8.2.2.4.1E Test 1
(CRS-IM with 2 CRS antenna ports 8.2.1.4.1E Test 1 8.3.2.1H Test 1
1
for PDSCH for UEs with 2 receiver 8.3.1.1G Test 1
antenna ports)
8.3.1.3.4 Test 1 8.3.2.3.4 Test 1
2 crs-InterfMitigationTM10-r13
8.3.1.3.5 Test 1 8.3.2.3.5 Test 1
crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13
(CRS-IM with 4 CRS antenna ports 8.2.1.4.1F Test 1 8.2.2.4.1F Test 1 UE may skip the tests
3
for PDSCH for UEs with 2 receiver 8.3.1.1G Test 1 8.3.2.1H Test 1 defined for test set 1
antenna ports)
crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13 8.10.1.2.10 Test 1 UE may skip the tests
(CRS-IM with 2 CRS antenna ports 8.10.1.1.10 Test 1 8.10.1.2.12 Test 1 defined for test set 1
4
for PDSCH for UEs with 4 receiver 8.10.1.1.12 Test 1
antenna ports)
crs-InterfMitigationTM1toTM9-r13
UE may skip the tests
(CRS-IM with 4 CRS antenna ports 8.10.1.1.11 Test 1 8.10.1.2.11 Test 1
5 defined for test sets 1,3
for PDSCH for UEs with 4 receiver 8.10.1.1.12 Test 1 8.10.1.2.12 Test 1
and 4
antenna ports)
[CRS-IM with 2 CRS antenna ports
6 for PDSCH for UEs with 1 receiver 8.9.1.1.3.2 Test 1 8.9.1.2.3.2 Test 1
antenna port and Category 1bis]
defined for test set 6
antenna port and Category 1bis]
antenna port and Category M2]
defined for test set 8
antenna port and Category M2]

For 8Rx capable UEs, the 2Rx supported RF bands, 4Rx supported RF bands and 8Rx supported RF bands are up to
UE’s declaration.
For any demodulation tests and CSI tests conducted in the 8Rx supported RF band, four receive antenna ports that UE
may use for control channel demodulation are clarified via UE declaration. When testing an N-Rx (N = 2,4)
demodulation or CSI test on the 8Rx supported band, the fading duplication and antenna mapping should guarantee that
the four receive antennas UE declares for the control channel demodulation collectively receives at least 4/N duplicated
version of the fading channel seen at each receive antenna of the N-Rx test, i.e., the connection diagrams in Figure
8.1.2.12.1-1 to Figure 8.1.2.12.1-4 are valid under the condition that Rx1, Rx3, Rx5 and Rx7 are the four receive
antennas declared by UE for the control channel demodulation.
3GPP
Release 16 641 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.1.2.12.1 Applicability rule and antenna connection for single carrier PDSCH tests
8.1.2.12.1.1 Applicability rule and antenna connection for single carrier PDSCH tests with 2Rx and
4Rx
For 8Rx capable UEs, all single carrier tests specified in 8.2 to 8.8 with 2Rx are tested on any of the 2Rx supported RF
applied.
For 8Rx capable UEs, all single carrier test cases specified in 8.10 with 4Rx are tested on any of the 4Rx supported RF
bands by connecting 4 out of 8 Rx with data source from system simulator, and the other 4 Rx are connected with zero
input, depending on UE’s declaration and AP configuration. Same requirements specified with 4Rx should be applied.
For 8Rx capable UEs without support of any 4Rx RF bands, all single carrier tests specified in 8.10 with 4Rx are tested
on any of the 8Rx supported RF bands by duplicating the fading channel from each Tx antenna and add independent
noise for each Rx antenna. The SNR requirements should be applied with 1.5 dB less than the number specified for 4Rx
tests.
For 8Rx capable UEs without support of any 2Rx and 4Rx RF bands, all single carrier tests specified in 8.2 to 8.8 with
2Rx are tested on any of the 8Rx supported RF bands by duplicating the fading channel from each Tx antenna and add
independent noise for each Rx antenna. The SNR requirements should be applied with 3 dB less than the number
specified for 2Rx tests.
For 8Rx capable UEs without support of any 2Rx RF bands but with support of 4Rx RF bands, all single carrier tests
specified in 8.2 to 8.8 with 2Rx are tested on any of the 4Rx supported RF bands by duplicating the fading channel from
each Tx antenna and add independent noise for each Rx antenna. 4 out of 8 Rx are connected with data source from
system simulator, and the other 4 Rx are connected with zero input, depending on UE’s declaration and AP
configuration. SNR requirements should be applied with 1.5 dB less than the number specified for 2Rx tests.
Figure 8.1.2.12.1-1 ~ Figure 8.1.2.12.1-4 show examples of antenna connection for 8Rx capable UE in any one 8Rx
supported RF band to perform a 2Rx or 4Rx performance test with antenna configuration as 2x2 or 4x2 for 2Rx tests
and 2x4 or 4x4 for 4Rx tests without interference for information.
3GPP
Release 16 642 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Figure 8.1.2.12.1-1: Antenna connection example for 2Rx tests with antenna configuration as 2x2
3GPP
Release 16 643 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 644 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 645 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.12.1-1: Requirement lists with 2Rx not applicable to 8Rx capable UEs
Requirement lists
Enhanced downlink control channel performance requirements type B
Enhanced performance requirements type A
configured
specified in 8.10 with 4Rx can be skipped.
3GPP
Release 16 646 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.1.2.12.1-2: Requirement lists with 4Rx not applicable to 8Rx capable UEs
Requirement lists
Enhanced performance requirements type A
coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing the corresponding tests listed from botht the 4Rx test lists and
the 2Rx test lists from Table 8.1.2.12.1-3.
8.1.2.12.1-3.
8Rx test lists 4Rx test lists 2Rx test lists

8.10.1.1.1 Test 1 8.2.1.2.1 Test 1
8.10.1.1.2 Test 1 8.2.1.3.1 Test 1
8.10.1.1.3 Test 1 8.2.1.4.1B Test 1
8.10.1.1.4 Test 1 8.2.1.4.2 Test 1
8.10.1.1.4 Test 2 8.2.1.4.2 Test 3
8.10.1.1.5 Test 1 8.3.1.1A Test 1
8.10.1.1.5A Test 1 8.3.1.1 Test 2
8.10.1.1.5B Test 1 8.3.1.1H Test 1
8.10.1.1.6 Test 1 8.3.1.2 Test 1
8.14.1.2.1 Test 1 8.10.1.2.1 Test 1 8.2.2.2.1 Test 1
8.14.1.2.2 Test 1 8.10.1.2.2 Test 1 8.2.2.3.1 Test 1
8.10.1.2.3 Test 1 8.2.2.4.1B Test 1
8.10.1.2.4 Test 1 8.2.2.4.2 Test 1
8.10.1.2.4 Test 2 8.2.2.4.2 Test 3
8.10.1.2.5 Test 1 8.3.2.1B Test 1
8.10.1.2.5A Test 1 8.3.2.1A Test 2
8.10.1.2.5B Test 1 8.3.1.1I Test 1
8.10.1.2.6 Test 1 8.3.2.2 Test 2
8.10.2.1.1 Test 1 8.4.1.1 Test 1
8.10.2.1.2 Test 1 8.4.1.2.1 Test 1
8.10.2.1.3 Test 1 8.4.1.2.2 Test 1
8.10.2.2.1 Test 1 8.4.2.1 Test 1
8.10.2.2.2 Test 1 8.4.2.2.1 Test 1
8.10.2.2.3 Test 1 8.4.2.2.2 Test 1
8.10.3.1.1 Test 1 8.5.1.1 Test 1
8.10.3.1.2 Test 1 8.5.1.2.1 Test 1
8.10.3.1.3 Test 1 8.5.1.2.2 Test 1
8.10.3.2.1 Test 1 8.5.2.1 Test 1
8.10.3.2.2 Test 1 8.5.2.2.1 Test 1
8.10.3.2.3 Test 1 8.5.2.2.2 Test 1
8.10.4.1.1 Test 1 8.8.1.1 Test 1
8.10.4.1.1 Test 2 8.8.1.1 Test 2
8.10.4.1.2 Test 1 8.8.1.2 Test 1
8.10.4.1.2 Test 2 8.8.1.2 Test 2
8.10.4.2.1 Test 1 8.8.2.1 Test 1
8.10.4.2.1 Test 2 8.8.2.1 Test 2
8.10.4.2.2 Test 1 8.8.2.2 Test 1
8.10.4.2.2 Test 2 8.8.2.2 Test 2
3GPP
Release 16 647 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.1.2.12.1.2 Applicability rule and antenna connection for single carrier PDSCH tests with 8Rx
For 8Rx capable UEs all single carrier tests specified in 8.14 with 8Rx are tested on any of the 8Rx supported RF bands
8.1.2.12.2 Applicability rule and antenna connection for control channel tests
8.1.2.12.2.1 Applicability rule and antenna connection for control channel tests with 2Rx
For 8Rx capable UEs, all single carrier tests specified in 8.2 to 8.8 for control channel with 2Rx are tested on any of the
2Rx supported RF bands by connecting 2 out of the 8Rx with data source from system simulator, and the other 6 Rx are
connected with zero input, depending on UE’s declaration and AP configuration. Same requirements specified with 2Rx
should be applied.
For 8Rx capable UEs without any 2Rx supported RF bands and with 4Rx supported RF bands, all single carrier tests
specified in 8.2 to 8.8 for control channel with 2Rx are tested on any of the 4Rx supported RF bands by duplicating the
fading channel from each Tx antenna and add independent noise for each Rx antenna. The SNR requirements should be
applied with 1.5 dB less than the number specified for 2Rx tests.
For 8Rx capable UEs without any 2Rx and without 4Rx supported RF bands, all single carrier tests specified in 8.2 to
8.8 for control channel with 2Rx are tested on any of the 8Rx supported RF bands by duplicating the fading channel
from each Tx antenna and add independent noise for each Rx antenna, as illustrated in Figure 8.1.2.12.1-1 and Figure
8.1.2.12.1-2. The SNR requirements should be applied with 1.5 dB less than the number specified for 2Rx tests.
8.1.2.12.2.2 Applicability rule and antenna connection for control channel tests with 4Rx
For 8Rx capable UEs, all single carrier tests specified in 8.10 for control channel with 4Rx are tested on any of the 4Rx
supported RF bands by connecting 4 out of the 8Rx with data source from system simulator, and the other 4 Rx are
connected with zero input, depending on UE’s declaration and AP configuration. Same requirements specified with 4Rx
should be applied.
For 8Rx capable UEs without any 4Rx supported RF bands, all single carrier tests specified in 8.10 for control channel
with 4Rx are tested on any of the 8Rx supported RF bands by duplicating the fading channel from each Tx antenna and
add independent noise for each Rx antenna, as illustrated in Figure 8.1.2.12.1-3 and Figure 8.1.2.12.1-4. Same
requirements specified with 4Rx should be applied.
8.1.2.12.3 Applicability rule and antenna connection for CA and DC tests
8.1.2.12.3.1 Applicability rule and antenna connection for CA and DC tests with 2Rx
All tests specified in 8.2 to 8.8 with 2Rx with CA, TDD-FDD CA and DC are tested with 8 Rx capable UEs.
antenna connection should follow the same method as defined in 8.1.2.12.1 and 8.1.2.12.2 for single carrier tests on any
of the 2Rx supported RF bands, with the same requirements specified with 2Rx applied.
Within the CA configuration if any of the PCell and/or the SCells and/or PSCells is a 4Rx supported RF band, the
antenna connection should follow the same as illustrated in Figure 8.1.2.12.1-1 and Figure 8.1.2.12.1-2 for single carrier
tests on any of the 4 Rx supported RF bands, with the SNR requirements applied with 1.5dB less than the number
specified with 2Rx.
Within the CA configuration if any of the PCell and/or the SCells and/or PSCells is an 8Rx supported RF band, the
3GPP
Release 16 648 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
tests on any of the 8Rx supported RF bands, with the SNR requirements applied with 3.0dB less than the number
specified with 2Rx for PDSCH tests and 1.5dB less than the number specified with 2Rx for control channel tests.
Same applicability rules defined in 8.1.2.3, 8.1.2.3A, and 8.1.2.3B for CA, TDD-FDD CA and DC applied for different
CA and DC configurations and bandwidth combination sets should be applied for 8 Rx capable UEs.
8.1.2.12.3.2 Applicability rule and antenna connection for CA tests with 4Rx
All tests specified in 8.13 with 4Rx with FDD CA/DC, TDD CA/DC and TDD-FDD CA/DC are tested with 8 Rx
capable UEs.
antenna connection should follow the same method as defined in 8.1.2.12.1 and 8.1.2.12.2 for single carrier tests on any
of the 4Rx supported RF bands, with the same requirements specified with 4Rx applied.
PDSCH tests on any of the 8Rx supported RF bands, with the SNR requirements applied with 1.5dB less than the
number specified with 4Rx for PDSCH tests, and with the same SNR requirements as specified with 4Rx applied for
control channel test.
Same applicability rules defined in 8.1.2.6.5 for CA, TDD-FDD CA and DC applied for different CA and DC
configurations and bandwidth combination sets should be applied for 8 Rx capable UEs.
8.1.2.12.3.3 Applicability rule and antenna connection for CA tests with 8Rx
All tests specified in 8.14.2 with 8Rx with TDD CA are tested with 8 Rx capable UEs.
antenna connection should follow the same method as defined in 8.1.2.12.1 for single carrier PDSCH tests on any of the
8Rx supported RF bands, with the same requirements specified with 8Rx applied.
For 8Rx capable UEs supporting different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets, the applicability and test
rules are defined in Table 8.1.2.12.3-1 for TDD CA. For simplicity, CA configuration below refers to combination of
CA configuration and bandwidth combination set.
Table 8.1.2.12.3-1: Applicability and test rules for CA UE demodulation tests
Step Step
Tests Step 1 Step 2
3 4
Select TDD CA configurations with the Select any one of the TDD CA configuration
CA tests in maximum number of CCs supporting 8 with the largest aggregated CA bandwidth
Clause layers MIMO among all supported TDD combinations on any 2CCs among all the NA NA
8.14.2.2.1 CA configurations with any CA CCs among all the slected TDD CA
capability configuration from Step 1
NOTE 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected CA configuration is 1.
NOTE 3: A single Uplink CC is configured for all CA tests.
3GPP
Release 16 649 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.1.3 UE category and UE DL category

UE category and UE DL category refer to ue-Category and ue-CategoryDL define in 4.1 and 4.1A from [12]. A UE
that belongs to either a UE category or a UE DL category indicated in UE performance requirements in subclause 8, 9,
10 shall fulfil the corresponding requirements.
A UE indicating DL category 13 may indicate category 9 or 10 and shall thereby fulfil all requirements in subclause 8,
9, 10 that are indicated for either cat 9 or DL Cat 13 UEs. For SDR tests in section 8.7 both cat 9 and cat 13 test shall
be used for this UE while for the other test only Cat 13 tests needs to be done.
8.2 Demodulation of PDSCH (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
8.2.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.2.1-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.2.1-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD)
Parameter Unit Value

Inter-TTI Distance 1
Number of HARQ Processes 8
processes per
component carrier
Maximum number of 4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM
coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM and
1024QAM
Number of OFDM OFDM symbols 4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and
symbols for PDCCH per 5 MHz bandwidths,
component carrier 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz
bandwidths unless otherwise stated
Cyclic Prefix Normal
Cell_ID 0
Cross carrier scheduling Not configured
8.2.1.1 Single-antenna port performance

The single-antenna performance in a given multi-path fading environments is determined by the SNR for which a
certain relative information bit throughput of the reference measurement channels in Annex A.3.3 is achieved. The
purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna performance with different channel models and MCS. The QPSK
and 64QAM cases are also used to verify the performance for all bandwidths specified in Table 5.6.1-1.
8.2.1.1.1 Minimum Requirement
For single carrier, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table
8.2.1.1.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For CA with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-4, with the addition of the parameters in Table
3GPP
Release 16 650 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For CA with 3 DL CCs, the requirements are speicifed in Table 8.2.1.1.1-6, based on single carrier requirement
speicified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.1-3 and the downlink physical
channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
Table 8.2.1.1.1-1: Test Parameters
Parameter Unit Test 1- 5 Test 6- 8 Test 9- 15 Test 16- 18 Test 19

ρA dB 0 0 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1) 0 (NOTE 1) 0 (NOTE 1) 0 (NOTE 1) 0 (NOTE 1)
 dB 0 0 0 0 0
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98 -98
OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG
Symbols for unused PRBs
(NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2) (NOTE 2)
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM 16QAM QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode 1 1 1 1 1
NOTE 1: BP =0.
NOTE 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual
UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK
modulated.
NOTE 3: Void.
NOTE 4: Void.
3GPP
Release 16 651 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.1.1-2: Minimum performance (FRC)
Reference value
Propa- Correlation UE
Test Band- Reference OCNG gation matrix and Fraction of cate
num. width channel pattern condi- antenna maximum SNR gor
tion config. throughput (dB) y
(%)
1 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.0 ≥1
2 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 70 -0.4 ≥1
3 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU300 1x2 Low 70 0.0 ≥1
4 10 MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD HST 1x2 70 -2.4 ≥1
5 1.4 MHz R.4 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 0.0 ≥1
10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 ≥2
5 MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 1
6
5 MHz
R.3-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 ≥2
(NOTE 4)
10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 ≥2
5 MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 1
7
5 MHz
R.3-1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 ≥2
(NOTE 4)
10 MHz R.3 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.4 ≥2
5 MHz R.3-1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.4 1
8
5 MHz
R.3-1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.4 ≥2
(NOTE 4)
9 3 MHz R.5 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.6 ≥1
10
11
10 MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 70 19.0 ≥2
12
10 MHz R.7-1 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 70 18.1 1
10 MHz R.7 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 High 70 19.1 ≥2
13
10 MHz R.7-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 High 70 17.8 1
14
15 20 MHz R.9-2 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.3 2
NOTE 1: Void.
NOTE 2: Void.
NOTE 3: Void.
NOTE 4: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1.
3GPP
Release 16 652 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.1.1-3: Test Parameters for CA

Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
allocation dB 0

N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98
Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (NOTE 2)
Modulation QPSK
PDSCH transmission mode 1
NOTE 1: B P =0
.
NOTE 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs
with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs
shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.
NOTE 3: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests
in Table 8.2.1.1.1-4, PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in
Table 8.2.1.1.1-6.
NOTE 4: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.
Table 8.2.1.1.1-4: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA with 2DL CCs
Reference value
Propa Correlati
Fraction
- on matrix UE
Test Band- Reference OCNG of
gation and SNR cate-
num. width channel pattern maximum
condi- antenna (dB) gory
throughpu
tion config.
t (%)
OP.1
≥3
2x10 FDD
1 R.2 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.1 (NOTE
MHz (NOTE
2)
1)
OP.1
2x20 FDD
2 R.42 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.3 ≥5
MHz (NOTE
1)
OP.1
70 -1.0
2x5 R.42-2 FDD
3 EVA5 1x2 Low ≥2
MHz FDD OP.1
70 -1.0
FDD
R.2 FDD
OP.1
for 10MHz 70 -1.7
FDD
10MHz CC
4 EVA5 1x2 Low ≥3
+5MHz R.42-2
OP.1
FDD for 70 -1.0
FDD
5MHz CC
R.42-3
OP.1
FDD for 70 -1.6
FDD
15MHz 15MHz CC
5 EVA5 1x2 Low ≥3
+5MHz R.42-2
OP.1
FDD for 70 -1.0
FDD
5MHz CC
NOTE 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC.
NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between two CCs is applied in inter-band CA case.
NOTE 3: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination
sets is defined in 8.1.2.3.
3GPP
Release 16 653 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.1.1-5: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations
Correlation Reference value

Band- Reference OCNG Propagation matrix and Fraction of
SNR
width channel pattern condition antenna maximum
(dB)
config. throughput (%)
OP.1
1.4MHz R.4 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.3
FDD
OP.1
3MHz R.42-1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.1
FDD
OP.1
5MHz R.42-2 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.0
FDD
OP.1
10MHz R.2 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.7
FDD
OP.1
15MHz R.42-3 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.6
FDD
OP.1
20MHz R.42 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.7
FDD
Table 8.2.1.1.1-6: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3DL
CCs
CA Band-width
Test num. Requirement UE category
combination
1 3x20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC ≥5
2 20MHz+20MHz+15MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC ≥5
sets is defined in 8.1.2.3
NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell, which is not within the same band
or sub-block as PCell, is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on
any CC.
3GPP
Release 16 654 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs
Test
CA Band-width combination Requirement UE category
num.
2 10MHz+20MHz+20MHz+20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC ≥8
6 15+3x20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC ≥8
7 2x15+2x20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC ≥8
8 10+15+2x20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC ≥8
9 3x10+20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC ≥8
11 2x5+10+20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC ≥8
NOTE 2: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell, which is not within the same band or
sub-block as PCell, is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can be assigned on any CC.
CCs
Test
num.
1 5x20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC 8, ≥11
2 15MHz+4x20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC 8, ≥11
4 2x10MHz+3x20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC 8, ≥11
5 5MHz+10MHz+3x20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC 8, ≥11
7 4x10MHz+20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.1.1-5 per CC 8, ≥11
CCs
Test
num.
3GPP
Release 16 655 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs
Test
num.
8.2.1.1.2 Void
8.2.1.1.3 Void
8.2.1.1.4 Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation in presence of MBSFN
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.4-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.4-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna
performance with a single PRB allocated at the lower band edge in presence of MBSFN.
Table 8.2.1.1.4-1: Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation
Parameter Unit Test 1
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Symbols for MBSFN portion of
OCNG (NOTE 3)
MBSFN subframes (NOTE 2)
NOTE 1: BP =0
NOTE 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the
whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the
first slot.
NOTE 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain
QPSK modulated data. Cell-specific reference signals are
not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes,
QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead.
Table 8.2.1.1.4-2: Minimum performance 1PRB (FRC)
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number h Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Antenna Maximum (dB)
Configuration Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.29 FDD OP.3 ETU70 1x2 Low 30 2.0 ≥1
FDD
3GPP
Release 16 656 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.1.1.4A Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation in presence of FeMBMS Unicast-mixed

Cell under CA
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.1.4A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.1.4A-1 and the
performance with a single PRB allocated at the lower band edge in presence of FeMBMS Unicast-mixed Cell under
CA.
Table 8.2.1.1.4A-1: Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation under CA
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
OCNG (NOTE 3)
MBSFN subframes (NOTE 2)
PDSCH transmission mode in
1
PCell and SCell
Numerology in the MBSFN
1.25kHz
subframe in SCell
NOTE 1: B P =0
NOTE 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the
whole MBSFN subframe.
NOTE 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain
not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes,
QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead.
Table 8.2.1.1.4A-2: Minimum performance 1PRB (FRC)
Test Cell Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

numbe h e Patter n Matrix and Fraction of SN Categor
r Channel n Condition Antenna Maximum R y
Configuratio Throughpu (dB
n t (%) )
1 PCel 10 MHz NA OP.3 AWGN 1x2 Low NA NA ≥1
l FDD
SCel 10MHz R.29-1 OP.3A ETU70 1x2 Low 30 [2.9] ≥1
l FDD FDD
Note 1: If Test 1 in Table 8.2.1.1.4A-2 is tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled without executing Test
1 in Table 8.2.1.1.4-2.
8.2.1.2 Transmit diversity performance
8.2.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit
diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas.
3GPP
Release 16 657 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)
Parameter Unit Test 1-2
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB =1 .
Table 8.2.1.2.1-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)
Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction SNR Category
Antenna of (dB)
Configuration Maximum
Throughp
ut (%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 6.8 ≥2
5 MHz R.11-2 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 5.9 1
5 MHz R.11-2 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 5.9 ≥2
(NOTE
1)
2 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD HST 2x2 70 -2.3 ≥1
downlink physical channel setup according Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity
(SFBC-FSTD) with 4 transmitter antennas.
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB =1 .
3GPP
Release 16 658 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
(%)
1 1.4 MHz R.12 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Medium 70 0.6 ≥1
2 10 MHz R.13 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 4x2 Low 70 -0.9 ≥1
8.2.1.2.3 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (demodulation subframe overlaps with

aggressor cell ABS)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.2.3-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. The purpose is to verify the performance
of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in
subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell. In Table 8.2.1.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is
the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is
according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 659 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2

ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1) -3
 dB 0 N/A
N oc 1 dBm/15kHz -102 (NOTE 2) N/A
N oc at antenna port N oc 2 dBm/15kHz -98 (NOTE 3) N/A
N oc 3 dBm/15kHz -94.8 (NOTE 4) N/A
Reference Value
Es / N oc 2 dB in Table 8.2.1.2.3- 6
2
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells s 2.5 (synchronous cells)
Cell Id 0 1
11000100
11000000
ABS pattern (NOTE 5) N/A 11000000
11000000
11000000
10000000 N/A
10000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe
10000000
Pattern (NOTE 6)
10000000
10000000
11000100
11000000
CCSI,0 11000000 N/A
11000000
CSI Subframe Sets 11000000
(NOTE7) 00111011
00111111
CCSI,1 00111111 N/A
00111111
00111111
Number of control OFDM symbols 2 2
PDSCH transmission mode 2 N/A
Cyclic prefix Normal Normal
NOTE 1: BP =1.
NOTE 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe
overlapping with the aggressor ABS.
NOTE 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor
ABS.
NOTE 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS
NOTE 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9].
NOTE 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]
NOTE 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI
measurements defined in [7].
NOTE 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2
is the same.
NOTE 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.
3GPP
Release 16 660 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.2.3-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)
Test Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference Value UE

Number Channel Pattern Conditions Matrix and Category
(NOTE 1) Antenna
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Configurati Fraction of SNR
on Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Note
(%) NOTE 5 2)
1 R.11-4 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA 5 2x2 Medium 70 3.4 ≥2
FDD FDD FDD
(NOTE 4)
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent.
NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to s

E /Noc 2 of cell 1.
NOTE 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2.
NOTE 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated
PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the
ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel.
NOTE 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.
8.2.1.2.3A Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with

aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance information are configured)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.2.3A-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.2.3A-1. The
purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission
in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cells with CRS assistance
information. In Table 8.2.1.2.3A-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The
downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex
C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
3GPP
Release 16 661 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.2.3A-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)
3GPP
Release 16 662 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
B dB -3 (NOTE 1) -3 (NOTE 1) -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0 N/A N/A
N oc1 dBm/15kHz -98 (NOTE 2) N/A N/A
N oc at antenna port N oc 2 dBm/15kHz -98 (NOTE 3) N/A N/A
N oc 3 dBm/15kHz -93 (NOTE 4) N/A N/A
Reference
 Value in
E s N oc 2 dB 12 10
Table8.2.1.2.3
A-2
BWChannel MHz 10 10 10
Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN
Time Offset between Cells s N/A 3 -1
Frequency shift between Cells Hz N/A 300 -100
Cell Id 0 126 1
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
ABS pattern (NOTE 5) N/A 11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
10000000
10000000
RLM/RRM Measurement
10000000 N/A N/A
Subframe Pattern (NOTE 6)
10000000
10000000
11000000
11000000
CCSI,0 11000000 N/A N/A
11000000
(NOTE 7) 00111111
00111111
CCSI,1 00111111 N/A N/A
00111111
00111111
Number of control OFDM
2 NOTE 8 NOTE 8
symbols
PDSCH transmission mode 2 NOTE 9 NOTE 9
Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal
3GPP
Release 16 663 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
NOTE 1: PB  1 .
NOTE 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a
subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS.
NOTE 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the
aggressor ABS.
NOTE 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in
[7]
NOTE 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe
indicated by “0” of ABS pattern.
NOTE 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying
OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5.
NOTE 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same.
NOTE 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.
Table 8.2.1.2.3A-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)
Test Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Conditions Correlation Reference Value UE

Number Channel (NOTE 1) Matrix and Cate
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Antenna Fraction of SNR gory
3 Configuration Maximum (dB)
(NOTE 2) Throughput (NOTE
(%) NOTE 5 3)
1 R.11-4 FDD OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 3.4 ≥2
NOTE 4 FDD FDD FDD
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent.
NOTE 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.
NOTE 3: SNR corresponds to s

E /N oc 2 of cell 1.
NOTE 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are
transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and
the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel.
NOTE 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.
8.2.1.2.4 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A - 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM3

interference model
diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of
two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 3 interference model defined in clause B.5.2. In Table
8.2.1.2.4-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is
according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 664 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.2.4-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference
model

ρA dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1) -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
Antenna ports Antenna ports Antenna ports
Cell-specific reference signals
0,1 0,1 0,1
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 N/A N/A
DIP (NOTE 2) dB N/A -2.23 -8.06
Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal Normal
Cell Id 0 1 2
Number of control OFDM symbols 2 2 2
PDSCH transmission mode 2 N/A N/A
N/A As specified in As specified in
Interference model
clause B.5.2 clause B.5.2
Probability of occurrence of Rank 1 % N/A 80 80
transmission rank in
Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
interfering cells
Reporting interval ms 5 N/A N/A
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-0 N/A N/A
Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH(Note
N/A N/A
5)
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 2 N/A N/A
NOTE 1:
PB =1
N ´
NOTE 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to oc is defined by
its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.
NOTE 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells.
NOTE 4: Cell 2 transmission is delayed with respect to Cell 1 by 0.33 ms and Cell 3 transmission is delayed
with respect to Cell 1 by 0.67 ms.
Note 5: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH
instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow
periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5 and #0.
Table 8.2.1.2.4-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3
interference model
Test Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value UE

Number Channel Conditions Matrix and Cate
Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Antenna Fraction of SINR gory
1 2 3 1 2 3 Configurati Maximum (dB)
on (NOTE 3) Throughput (NOTE
(%) 2)
1 R.46 FDDOP. N/A N/A EV EV EV 2x2 Low 70 -1.1 ≥1
1 A70 A70 A70
FD
D
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent.
NOTE 2: SINR corresponds to s

E /N ´
oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.
3GPP
Release 16 665 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.1.2.5 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B - 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM2

interference model
two interfering cells applying transmission mode 2 interference model defined in clause B.6.1. In Table 8.2.1.2.5-1, Cell
1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex
C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.
Table 8.2.1.2.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit Diversity Performance (FRC) with TM2 interference
model

ρA dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 6 1
CFI indicated in PCFICH 3 3 3
PDSCH transmission mode 2 2 2
Interference model
MBSFN Not configured Not configured Not configured
Time offset to cell 1 us N/A 2 3
Frequency offset to cell 1 Hz N/A 200 300
NeighCellsInfo- p-aList-r12 {dB-6, dB-3, {dB-6, dB-3,
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
(Note 3) transmissionModeList
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2, 3 are the interfering cells.
Note 3: NeighCellsInfo-r12 is described in subclause 6.3.2 of [7].
3GPP
Release 16 666 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.2.5-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Transmit
Diversity (FRC) with TM2 interference model

Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Antenna Fraction of SNR gory
on (Note 3) Throughput (Note
(%) 2)
1 R.11-10 OP. N/A N/A EP EP EP 2x2 Low 85 15.5 ≥1
FDD 1 A5 A5 A5
FD
D
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 are statistically independent.
Note 2:
E /N
SNR corresponds to s oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

interference model
3GPP
Release 16 667 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
model

ρA dB -3 0 0
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3 (Note 1) 0 0
 dB 0 -3 -3
Antenna ports Antenna ports Antenna
0,1 0,1 ports 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 3.28 0.74
Cell Id 0 1 6
3 Random
Random from
CFI indicated in PCFICH from set
set {1,2,3}
{1,2,3}
N/A As specified
As specified in
Interference model in clause
clause B.6.4
B.6.4
Antenna ports Antenna
CSI reference signals N/A
15,16 ports 15,16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset N/A
Subframes 10 / 1 10 / 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference signal configuration N/A 6 7
N/A 6/ 6/
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Subframes /
01000000000 0010000000
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap bitmap
00000 000000
Time offset to cell 1 us N/A 5 -5
Frequency offset to cell 1 Hz N/A 600 -600
MBSFN Not
Not configured Not configured
configured
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
(Note 4) transmissionModeList-
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
r12
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 3: CSI-RS configurations are according to [4] subclause 6.10.5.2.
3GPP
Release 16 668 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

(%) 2)
FDD 1 A5 A5 A5
FD
D
Note 2:
E /N
8.2.1.2.7 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (Superposed transmission)
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the minimun performance of
transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas superposed with simultaneous PDSCH interference.
Table 8.2.1.2.7-1: Test Parameters for Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port - Superposed
transmission (FRC)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
MUSTIdx (Note 2) 11
p-a-must-r14 (Note 3) N/A
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: MUSTIdx is decribed in subclause 6.3.3 of [4].
Note 3: p-a-must-r14 is decribed in subclause 6.3.2 of [7].
Table 8.2.1.2.7-2: Minimum Performance for Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port - Superposed
transmission (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.aa FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14.1 ≥1
3GPP
Release 16 669 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.1.3 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance
For CA with 2 DL CC, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1-4, with the addition of the parameters in Table
8.2.1.3.1-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the
performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.
For CA with 3 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1-6, based on single carrier requirement
specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1-5, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1-3 and the downlink physical
Table 8.2.1.3.1-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB=1 .
NOTE 2: Void.
NOTE 3: Void.
3GPP
Release 16 670 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.1-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC)
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Referenc Fraction of UE
Test Bandwidt OCNG gation matrix and
e maximum SNR cate
num h pattern condi- antenna
channel Throughput (dB) gory
tion config.
(%)
1
(NOTE 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.0 ≥2
4)
2
R.11-2
(NOTE 5 MHz OP.1 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 12.7 ≥2
FDD
3)
R.35-4
4 10 MHz OP.1 FDD ETU600 2x2 Low 70 20.8 ≥2
FDD
NOTE 1: Void.
NOTE 2: Test 1 may not be executed for UE-s for which Test 1 or 2 in Table 8.2.1.3.1-4 is applicable.
NOTE 4: For UE that supports CRS interference handling, the CRS assistance information defined in [7] is
provided. The CRS assistance information includes two aggressor cells with 2 CRS ports and cell ID of
agressor cells are 1 and 128. For UE that does not support CRS interference handling, CRS
assistance information is not provided.
Table 8.2.1.3.1-3: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB=1 .
NOTE 2: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to
feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.3.1-4,
PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK for
Tests in Table 8.2.1.3.1-6.
NOTE 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each
component carrier.
3GPP
Release 16 671 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.1-4: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) for CA with 2DL CCs
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Referen Fraction of
Test Bandwidt OCNG gation matrix and UE
ce maximum SNR
num h pattern condi- antenna category
channel Throughpu (dB)
tion config.
t (%)
1 OP.1
R.11
(NOTE 2x10 MHz FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.7 ≥3
FDD
2) (NOTE 1)
2 OP.1
R.30
(NOTE 2x20 MHz FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.2 ≥5
FDD
2) (NOTE 1)
R.11-2 OP.1
3 2x5 MHz EVA70 2x2 Low 70 12.7 ≥2
FDD FDD
R.11
OP.1
FDD for
FDD 70 13.0
10MHz
(NOTE 1)
10MHz+5 CC,
4 EVA70 2x2 Low ≥3
MHz R.11-2
OP.1
FDD for
FDD 70 12.7
5MHz
(NOTE 1)
CC
R.11-7
OP.1
FDD for
FDD 70 12.8
15MHz
(NOTE 1)
15MHz+5 CC
5 EVA70 2x2 Low ≥3
MHz R.11-2
OP.1
FDD for
FDD 70 12.7
5MHz
(NOTE 1)
CC
NOTE 2: Void
NOTE 3: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined
in 8.1.2.3.

Propa-
Band- Reference OCNG matrix and Fraction of
gation SNR
width channel pattern antenna maximum
condition (dB)
OP. 1
1.4MHz R.11-5 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.6
FDD
OP. 1
3MHz R.11-6 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 12.3
FDD
OP. 1
5MHz R.11-2 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 12.3
FDD
OP. 1
10 MHz R.11 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 12.9
FDD
OP. 1
15MHz R.11-7 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 12.8
FDD
OP. 1
20MHz R.30 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 12.9
FDD
3GPP
Release 16 672 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.1-6: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 3 DL
CCs
CA Band-width
combination
CCs
Test
num.
CCs
Test
num.
3GPP
Release 16 673 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs
Test
num.
CCs
Test
num.
8.2.1.3.1A Soft buffer management test
For CA, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1A-1
and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the UE performance with
proper instantaneous buffer implementation. The test points are applied to UE category and bandwidth combination
with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified inTable 8.2.1.3.1A-3.
Table 8.2.1.3.1A-1: Test Parameters for soft buffer management test (FRC) for CA

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
P =1
B .
NOTE 2: For CA test cases, PUCCH format 1b with channel
selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK.
NOTE 3: For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode
is applied to each component carrier.
3GPP
Release 16 674 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.1A-2: Minimum performance soft buffer management test (FRC) for CA
Reference value
Correlation
Propa- Fraction of
Test Bandwi Reference OCNG matrix and
gation maximum
num dth channel pattern antenna SNR (dB)
condition Throughput
config.
(%)
2x20 OP.1 FDD
1 R.30 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.2
MHz (NOTE 1)
R.35-2 FDD for OP.1 FDD
15MHz 70 15.1
15MHz CC (NOTE 1)
2 + EVA5 2x2 Low
10MHz 70 15.1
10MHz CC (NOTE 1)
R.30 FDD for OP.1 FDD
20MHz 70 13.5
20MHz CC (NOTE 1)
3 + EVA70 2x2 Low
10MHz 70 13.5
10MHz CC (NOTE 1)
20MHz 70 13.5
20MHz CC (NOTE 1)
4 + EVA70 2x2 Low
15MHz 70 13.5
15MHz CC (NOTE 1)
2x20 OP.1 FDD
5 R.35-1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 15.8
MHz (NOTE 1)
20MHz 70 15.9
20MHz CC (NOTE 1)
6 + EVA5 2x2 Low
10MHz 70 15.9
10MHz CC (NOTE 1)
20MHz 70 15.9
20MHz CC (NOTE 1)
7 + EVA5 2x2 Low
15MHz 70 15.9
15MHz CC (NOTE 1)
NOTE 1: For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC.
NOTE 2: For Test 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 the Fraction of maximum Throughput applies to each CC.
in 8.1.2.3.
Table 8.2.1.3.1A-3: Test points for soft buffer management tests for CA
Bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth (NOTE 1)

UE category
2x20MHz 15MHz+10MHz 20MHz+10MHz 20MHz+15MHz
3 1 2 3 4
4 5 N/A 6 7
NOTE 1: Maximum over all supported CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets according to Table 5.6A.1-
1and Table 5.6A.1-2.
8.2.1.3.1B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C –2Tx Antenna Ports
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1B-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1B-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay
CDD with 2 transmitter antennas.
3GPP
Release 16 675 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.1B-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB=1 .
Table 8.2.1.3.1B-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for Large Delay CDD (FRC)
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Test Bandwidt OCNG gation matrix and
e maximum SNR cate
num h pattern condi- antenna
tion config.
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 2x2 Medium 70 17.8 ≥2
8.2.1.3.1C Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM1

interference
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.1C-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.3.1C-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of open-loop
spatial multiplexing performence with 2 transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is
interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell with transmission mode 1. In Table 8.2.1.3.1C-1, Cell 1 is the
serving cell, and Cell 2 is interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of
Cell 1 and Cell 2 respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 676 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.1C-1 Test parameters for Larger Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz
Downlink ρA -3 0
power ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1) 0
allocation 0 0

Cell-specific Antenna Antenna
reference signals ports 0,1 port 0
Cyclic Prefix Normal Normal
Cell ID 0 1
Transmission
3 NOTE 2
mode
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 N/A
Reference
Es / N oc (NOTE 3) Value in
dB 12.95
Table
8.2.1.3.1C-2
Correlation and
Medium(1x
antenna Medium (2x2)
2)
configuration
Number of OFDM
symbols for 2 N/A
PDCCH
Max number of
HARQ 4 N/A
transmissions
Redundancy
version coding {0,1,2,3} N/A
sequence
NOTE 1: B P =1
NOTE 2: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in
accordance with Annex C.3.2 applying OCNG pattern
OP.5 FDD as defined in Annex A.5.1.5.
NOTE 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell.
NOTE 4: All cells are time-synchronous.
Table 8.2.1.3.1C-2 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Larger Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1
interference
Test Reference OCNG Propagation Reference Value UE

Number Channel Pattern Conditions Categor
(NOTE 1) y
Cell Cell Cell 1 Cell 2 Fraction of SNR
1 2 Maximum (dB)
Throughpu (NOTE
t (%) 2)
1 R.11-8 OP.1 OP.5 EVA7 EVA7 70 19.9 ≥2
FDD FDD FDD 0 0
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.
NOTE 2: SNR corresponds to
Es / N oc of Cell 1.
3GPP
Release 16 677 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (NOTE 1)
 dB 3
NOTE 1:
PB =1

(%)

aggressor cell ABS)
The requirements for non-MBSFN ABS are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table
8.2.1.3.3-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3.
The requirements for MBSFN ABS are specified in Table 8.2.1.3.3-4, with the addition of parameters in Table
The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas if the PDSCH transmission in
the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell. In Tables 8.2.1.3.3-1 and
8.2.1.3.3-3, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is
according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 678 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.3-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) – Non-MBSFN ABS

ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1) -3
 dB 0 N/A
N oc 1 dBm/15kHz -102 (NOTE 2) N/A
N oc at antenna port N oc 2 dBm/15kHz -98 (NOTE 3) N/A
N oc 3 dBm/15kHz -94.8 (NOTE 4) N/A
Es / N oc 2 dB
Reference Value in
Table 8.2.1.3.3-2
6
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 1
11000100,
11000000,
ABS pattern (NOTE 5) N/A 11000000,
11000000,
11000000
10000000
10000000
10000000 N/A
Pattern(NOTE 6)
10000000
10000000
11000100
11000000
CCSI,0 11000000 N/A
11000000
(NOTE 7) 00111011
00111111
CCSI,1 00111111 N/A
00111111
00111111
NOTE 1: B P =1.
NOTE 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe
NOTE 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the
aggressor ABS.
NOTE 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7].
NOTE 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and
Cell2 is the same.
3GPP
Release 16 679 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.3-2: Minimum Performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) – Non-MBSFN ABS

Number Channel Conditions Matrix and Category
(Note 1) Antenna
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Configuration Fraction of SNR
Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Note
(%) Note 5 2)
1 R.11 FDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA 5 EVA 5 2x2 Low 70 13.3 ≥2
Note 4 FDD FDD
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell2 are statistically independent.
Note 2: SNR corresponds to s

Note 3: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1 and Cell 2.
Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH
are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of
aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel.
Note 5: The maximum Throughput is calculated from the total Payload in 9 subframes, averaged over 40ms.
3GPP
Release 16 680 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.3-3: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) – MBSFN ABS
3GPP
Release 16 681 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3
 dB 0 N/A
N oc 1 dBm/15kHz -102 (Note 2) N/A
N oc at antenna port N oc 2 dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 3) N/A
N oc 3 dBm/15kHz -94.8 (Note 4) N/A
Es / N oc 2 dB
Reference Value in
Table 8.2.1.3.3-4
6
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN MBSFN
Cell Id 0 126
0001000000
0100000010
ABS pattern (Note 5) N/A
0000001000
0000000000
0001000000
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe 0100000010
N/A
Pattern (Note 6) 0000001000
0000000000
0001000000
0100000010
CCSI,0 N/A
0000001000
CSI Subframe Sets (Note 0000000000
7) 1110111111
1011111101
CCSI,1 N/A
1111110111
1111111111
N/A 001000
100001
MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 10)
000100
000000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of a
Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbol #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS.
Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS.
Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 4th, 12th, 19th and 27th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are
MBSFN ABS subframes.
Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7].
Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for CSI
Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and
Cell2 is the same.
Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in this test.
Note 10: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], four frames with 24 bits is chosen for MBSFN
subframe allocation.
Note 11: The maximum number of uplink HARQ transmission is ≤ 2 so that each PHICH channel
transmission is in a subframe protected by MBSFN ABS in this test.
3GPP
Release 16 682 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.3.3-4: Minimum Performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) – MBSFN ABS

(Note 2) Antenna
Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Note
(%) Note 5 2)
1 R.11 FDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA 5 EVA 5 2x2 Low 70 12.0 ≥2
Note 4 FDD FDD

Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH
are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of

8.2.1.3.4-1. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH
transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cells with CRS
assistance information. In Table 8.2.1.3.4-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The
C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 ad Cell3.
3GPP
Release 16 683 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 684 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
B dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0 N/A N/A
N oc1 dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 2) N/A N/A
N oc at antenna port N oc 2 dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 3) N/A N/A
Reference Reference
 Reference Value in Value in Value in
E s N oc 2 dB
Table 8.2.1.3.4-2 Table Table
8.2.1.3.4-2 8.2.1.3.4-2
Cell Id 0 1 126
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
ABS pattern (Note 5) N/A 11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
10000000
10000000
RLM/RRM Measurement
10000000 N/A N/A
Subframe Pattern (Note 6)
10000000
10000000
11000000
11000000
CCSI,0 11000000 N/A N/A
11000000
(Note7) 00111111
00111111
CCSI,1 00111111 N/A N/A
00111111
00111111
2 Note 8 Note 8
symbols
PDSCH transmission mode 3 Note 9 Note 9
3GPP
Release 16 685 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe
Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the
aggressor ABS.
Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS
Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9].
Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in
[7]
Note 8: The number of control OFDM symbols is not available for ABS and is 2 for the subframe
Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying
Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is the same.
Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in this test.

Test Refer E s N oc 2 OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value UE
Number ence Conditions (Note1) Matrix and Cate
Chan Cell Cell Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Antenna Fraction SNR gory
nel 2 3 Configurati of (dB)
on (Note 2) Maximum (Note
Throughp 3)
ut (%)
Note 5
1 R.11 9 7 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 13.9 ≥2
FDD FDD FDD FDD
Note
4
2 R.35 9 1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 22.6 ≥2
FDD OP.1 OP.1 OP.1
Note FDD FDD FDD
4
Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

Note 3:
E
SNR corresponds to s
N oc 2 of cell 1.
Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in
the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is
available in the definition of the reference channel.
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the minimun performance of open-
loop spatial multiplexing with 2 transmitter antennas superposed with simultaneous PDSCH interference.
3GPP
Release 16 686 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
transmission (FRC)
ρA dB 0
ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
Downlink power
 dB 0
allocation
PDSCH_RA dB -3
PDSCH_RB dB -3
MUSTIdx (Note 2) 10
p-a-must-r14 (Note 3) -3
Note 1:
PB =1 .
transmission (FRC)

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
Antenna Maximum (dB) y
(%)
1 10 MHz R.bb FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 19.3 ≥2
8.2.1.3.6 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (network-based CRS interference

mitigation)
interfered by CRS of one dominant interfering cell with network-based CRS interference mitigation. In Table 8.2.1.3.6-
1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex
C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2 respectively.
Table 8.2.1.3.6-1: Test parameters for Larger Delay CDD (FRC) with network-based CRS interference
mitigation

ρA -3 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1) 0
 0 0
3GPP
Release 16 687 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna port 0,1

Cell ID 0 1
Transmission mode 3 NA (Note 4)
N oc at antenna port dBm/
-98 -98
15kHz
Es / N oc (Note 2) Reference Value in
dB 10
Table 8.2.1.3.6-2
Correlation and antenna
Low (2x2) Low (2x2)
configuration
Max number of HARQ
4 N/A
transmissions
Redundancy version coding
{0,1,2,3} N/A
sequence
nw-BasedCRS-
Disabled Enabled
InterferenceMitigation-r15
CRS is configured with CRS muting
pattern as ‘00000011111111111000’
where every 20 subframes consist of
CRS transmission On
11 subframes with full system BW
CRS and 9 subframes with CRS only
on the center 6 PRBs (Note 5)
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell.
Note 3: All cells are time-synchronous.
Note 4: Cell 2 has no PDSCH/PDCCH configured
Note 5: In the muting pattern ‘00000011111111111000’, 1 indicates DL subframes with full system BW CRS
configured and 0 indicates DL subframes with CRS only on the center 6 PRBs configured.
Table 8.2.1.3.6-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) with network-based CRS
interference mitigation

(Note 1) y
1 2 Maximum (dB)
Throughpu (Note 2)
t (%)
1 R.11-13 OP.1 NA EVA5 EVA5 70 15.1 ≥2
FDD FDD
Note 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.
Note 2: SNR corresponds to
8.2.1.4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance
8.2.1.4.1 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-
one performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 688 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.1-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
Test 1A Test 2
ρA dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0 0 0
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98
Precoding granularity PRB 6 4 50
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8 8
Reporting interval ms 1 1 1
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 3-1
CodeBookSubsetRestricti 001111 001111 001111
on bitmap
PDSCH transmission 4 4 4
mode
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on
PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be
applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Table 8.2.1.4.1-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Catego
Antenna Maximum (dB) ry
(%)
R.10-2
1A (Note 1) 5 MHz OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 -2.9 ≥1
FDD
2 10 MHz R.10 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 High 70 -2.3 ≥1
Note 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1.
8.2.1.4.1A Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port
3GPP
Release 16 689 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.1A-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

ρA dB -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1) -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3 3
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98
Precoding granularity PRB 6 50
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 8
Reporting interval ms 1 1
Reporting mode PUSCH 1-2 PUSCH 3-1
CodeBookSubsetRestricti 0000000000000000 0000000000000000
on bitmap 0000000000000000 0000000000000000
0000000000000000 0000000000000000
1111111111111111 1111111111111111
PDSCH transmission 4 4
mode
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n
based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported
PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Table 8.2.1.4.1A-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
Test Band- Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE UE DL

numbe width e Patter n Matrix and Fraction of SN Categor categor
r Channel n Condition Antenna Maximum R y y
Configuratio Throughp (dB
n ut (%) )
1 10 MHz R.13 FDD OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 -3.2 ≥1 ≥4
FDD
2 10MHz R.101 OP.1 EPA5 4x2 Low 70 25.1 TBD 20, ≥ 22
1024QA FDD FDD
M
8.2.1.4.1B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A - Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2

Tx Antenna Port with TM4 interference model
one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving
cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined
in clause B.5.3. In Table 8.2.1.4.1B-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink
physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 690 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.1B-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference
model

ρA dB -3 -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
DIP (Note 2) dB N/A -1.73 -8.66

Cell Id 0 1 2
As specified in As specified in
Interference model N/A
Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
interfering cells
PMI delay (Note 4) ms 8 N/A N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 1111 N/A N/A
N/A N/A
6)
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2:
N ´
The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to oc is defined by
Note 4: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation
at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink
before SF#(n+4).
3GPP
Release 16 691 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.1B-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

(FRC) with TM4 interference model

(%) 2)
1 R.47 FDD OP. N/A N/A EV EV EV 2x2 Low 70 0.8 ≥1
1 A5 A5 A5
FD
D
Note 2: SINR corresponds to s

E / N oc ´ of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.2.1.4.1C Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Ports

(demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance
information are configured)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.1C-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.1C-1. The
purpose is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding if the PDSCH transmission in the
serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell with CRS assistance information.
In Table 8.2.1.4.1C-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical
channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3,
respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
3GPP
Release 16 692 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.1C-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) – Non-MBSFN ABS
3GPP
Release 16 693 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 0 N/A N/A
 Reference Value in
E s N oc 2 dB 12 10
Table 8.2.1.4.1C-2
Cell Id 0 126 1
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
10000000
10000000
RLM/RRM Measurement
10000000 N/A N/A
10000000
10000000
11000000
11000000
CCSI,0 11000000 N/A N/A
11000000
(Note7) 00111111
00111111
CCSI,1 00111111 N/A N/A
00111111
00111111
2 Note 8 Note 8
symbols
Precoding granularity PRB 50 N/A N/A
Peporting mode PUSCH 3-1 N/A N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction
1111 N/A N/A
bitmap
3GPP
Release 16 694 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: PB  1 .
aggressor ABS.
[7]
Note 10: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at
the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Table 8.2.1.4.1C-2: Minimum Performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)– Non-MBSFN ABS

Number Channel Conditions (Note1) Matrix and Cate
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Antenna Fraction of SNR gory
Configurati Maximum (dB)
(%) Note 5 3)
1 R.11 FDD OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 High 70 6.1 ≥2
Note 4 FDD FDD FDD

Note 3:
E N
SNR corresponds to s oc 2 of cell 1.
Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are
transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell
and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference channel.
8.2.1.4.1D Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B - Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing 2

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.1D-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.1D-1 and the
cell is interfered by PDSCH of two interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause
B.6.3. In Table 8.2.1.4.1D-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel
setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 695 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.1D-1: Test Parameters for Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference
model

ρA dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3 -3
allocation
 dB 0 0 0
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1

-98
15kHz
Test number (Note 4) Test 1 Test 2 Test 1 Test 2
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.28 3.34 0.74
Cell Id 6 1 1 6
Random Random
CFI indicated in PCFICH 3 from set 3 from set
{1,2,3} {1,2,3}
N/A As specified in clause As specified in clause
Interference model
B.6.3 B.6.3
Random
As specified in clause As specified in clause
Precoding wideband
B.6.3 B.6.3
precoding per TTI
NeighCellsInfo- p-aList-r12 N/A {dB-6, dB-3, dB0} {dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
r12 transmissionM
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
(Note 3) odeList-r12
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 4: Test 1 and Test 2 are defined in Table 8.2.1.4.1D-2.
Table 8.2.1.4.1D-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Single-
layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model
Test Referenc OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value UE

Num e Conditions Matrix and Categor
Channel Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Antenna Fraction SNR y
1 2 3 1 2 3 Configurati of (dB)
on (Note 3) Maximum (Note 2)
Throughp
ut (%)
R.11-10 OP.1 EVA EVA EVA
1 N/A N/A 2x2 Low 85 17.0 ≥1
FDD FDD 5 5 5
R.11-9 OP.1 EPA EPA EPA
2 N/A N/A 2x2 Low 85 10.1 ≥1
FDD FDD 5 5 5

E / N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
3GPP
Release 16 696 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.1.4.1E Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Ports with

CRS assistance information
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.1E-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.1E-1. The
purpose is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding when CRS assistance information
[7] is configured. In Table 8.2.1.4.1E-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The
downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The
CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
Table 8.2.1.4.1E-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 0 0 0
^ Reference Value in
E s /N oc dB
Table 8.2.1.4.1E-2
10.45 4.6
Time Offset to Cell 1 ms N/A 3 -1
Frequency shift to Cell 1 Hz N/A 300 -100
Cell Id 0 1 128
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1
2 2 2
symbols
001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
As specified As specified
Interference model N/A in clause in clause
B.5.3 B.5.3
Probability of occurrence of
% N/A 20 20
transmission in interference cells
Probability of
occurrence of Rank 1 % N/A 80 80
transmission
rank in
interfering Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
3GPP
Release 16 697 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.1E-2: Minimum Performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

(%) 3)
1 R.10-3 OP.1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 low 70 10.8 ≥2
FDD FDD
Note 3: SNR corresponds to ^
E s /N oc ^
E s / N oc of cell 1.
8.2.1.4.1F Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Ports with

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.1F-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.1F-1. In Table
8.2.1.4.1F-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel
setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The CRS assistance information
[7] is provided to the UE and includes information on Cell 2 and Cell 3.
The purpose of the test is to verify the closed loop single layer TM4 performance under assumption that UE applies
CRS interference mitigation in the scenario with 4 CRS antenna ports in the serving and aggressor cells.
Table 8.2.1.4.1F-1: Test Parameters

A dB -6 -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 3 3 3
3GPP
Release 16 698 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Reference
Es / N oc dB Value in Table 10.45 4.6
8.2.1.4.1F-2
Cell ID 0 1 6
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1,2,3
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 N/A N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 000000000000
N/A N/A
bitmap FFFF
Time Offset relative to Cell 1 ms N/A 3 -1
Frequency shift relative to Cell 1 Hz N/A 300 -100
% N/A 20 20
Probability of Rank 1 % N/A 80 80
occurrence of
transmission rank in Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF #n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF #(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at
Table 8.2.1.4.1F-2: Minimum Performance for PDSCH

(%) 3)
1 R.36 FDD OP.1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 4x2 low 70 14.0 ≥2
FDD

Es / N oc of cell 1.
8.2.1.4.2 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2-2,with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.2-1 and the
two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 699 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.2-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
Parameter Unit Test 1-2 Test 2A Test 3

ρA dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0 0 0
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 110000 110000 110000
bitmap
Number of OFDM symbols for
OFDM symbol 2 3 1
PDCCH per component carrier
Note 1:
PB=1 .
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Table 8.2.1.4.2-2: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE UE DL

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category category
(%)
1 10 MHz R.35 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 18.9 ≥2 ≥6
2 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 2x2 Low 70 14.3 ≥2 ≥6
2A R.11-2 ≥6
5 MHz OP.1 FDD ETU70 2x2 Low 70 14.0 ≥2
(Note 1) FDD
10MHz ≥11
3 R. 65 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 25.3 11-12
256QAM
8.2.1.4.2A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C – Multi-layer Spatial Multiplexing

2Tx Antenna Ports
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.2A-2,with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.4.2A-1 and the
two performance with wideband precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 700 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.2A-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Precoding granularity PRB 50
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8
Reporting interval ms 1
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1
bitmap
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance
at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink
SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be
Table 8.2.1.4.2A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing
with TM4 (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 2x2 Medium 70 18.3 ≥2
8.2.1.4.3-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify
the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
For CA with4 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3-7, based on single carrier requirement
3GPP
Release 16 701 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this
reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Note 3: Void.
Note 4: Void.
Note 5: Void.
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Test Fraction of UE
Band- Referenc OCNG gation matrix and
num maximum SNR cate-
width echannel pattern condi- antenna
. throughput (dB) gory
tion config.
(%)
1 10 MHz R.36 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Low 70 14.7 ≥2
Note 1: Void.
3GPP
Release 16 702 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.3-3: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
4 for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for
Precoding granularity PRB 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and 20MHz
CCs
bitmap 001111111111111111000000000000
0000
CSI request field (Note 3) ‘10’
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher
layers.
Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with
channel selection configured for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.3-4, and with PUCCH
format 3 for Tests in Table 8.2.1.4.3-6.
Note 5: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.
3GPP
Release 16 703 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.3-4: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA with 2DL CCs
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Test Fraction of
Band- Reference OCNG gation matrix and UE cate-
num maximum
width channel pattern condi- antenna SNR (dB) gory
. throughput
tion config.
(%)
OP.1
2x10
1 R.14 FDD FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.8 ≥3
MHz
(Note 1)
OP.1
2x20
2 R.14-3 FDD FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.9 ≥5
MHz
(Note 1)
OP.1
FDD 70 9.5
(Note 1)
3 2x5 MHz R.14-6 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low ≥2
OP.1
FDD 70 9.5
(Note 1)
R.14 FDD OP.1
for 10MHz FDD 70 10.1
10MHz+5 CC (Note 1)
4 EVA5 4x2 Low ≥3
MHz R.14-6 FDD OP.1
for 5MHz FDD 70 9.5
CC (Note 1)
R.14-7 FDD OP.1
for 15MHz FDD 70 10.1
15MHz+5 CC (Note 1)
5 EVA5 4x2 Low ≥3
MHz R.14-6 FDD OP.1
for 5MHz FDD 70 9.5
CC (Note 1)
in 8.1.2.3.
Reference value
Correlation
Propa- Fraction of
Band- Reference OCNG matrix and
gation maximum SNR
width channel pattern antenna
condi-tion throughpu (dB)
config.
t (%)
1.4MH
R.14-4 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.4
z
3MHz R.14-5 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 9.5
10
R.14 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.1
MHz
3GPP
Release 16 704 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs
Test num. CA Band-width combination Requirement UE category

10 10MHz+10MHz+5MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1. 4.3-5 per CC ≥5
13 5MHz+5MHz+10MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1. 4.3-5 per CC ≥5
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination
CCs
Test
num.
2 10MHz+20MHz+20MHz+20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1. 4.3-5 per CC ≥8
CCs
Test UE
CA Band-width combination Requirement
num. category
NOTE 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is
defined in 8.1.2.3
3GPP
Release 16 705 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs
Test UE
num. category
defined in 8.1.2.3
CCs
Test UE
num. category
defined in 8.1.2.3
8.2.1.4.3A Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port for dual
connectivity
For dual connectivity the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A-3 for 2DL CCs and Table 8.2.1.4.3A-4 for 3DL
CCs, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table
8.2.1.4.3A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify
the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding by using dual connectivity
transmission.
3GPP
Release 16 706 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.3A-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity
Parameter Unit Values

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
6 for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz and 5MHz
Precoding granularity PRB CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, and 8 for
15MHz CCs and 20MHz CCs
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
ACK/NACK transmission Separate ACK/NACK feedbacks
with PUCCH format 1b on the MCG
and SCG
CSI feedback Separate PUSCH feedbacks on the
MCG and SCG
Time offset between MCG CC μs 0 for UE under test supporting
and SCG CC synchronous dual connectivity;
334 for UE under test supporting
both asynchronous and
synchrounous dual connectivity
(Note 4)
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 4: As defined in TS36.300 [11].
Note 5: If the UE supports both SCG bearer and Split bearer, the SCG bearer is
configured.
Table 8.2.1.4.3A-2: Single carrier performance for multiple dual connectivity configurations
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Fraction of
maximum SNR
width e channel pattern condi- antenna
throughpu (dB)
tion config.
t (%)
R.14-4 OP. 1 10.3
1.4MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70
FDD FDD 6
R.14-5 OP. 1
3MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 9.5
FDD FDD
R.14-6 OP. 1
FDD FDD
OP. 1
10 MHz R.14 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.1
FDD
R.14-7 OP. 1
15MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.1
FDD FDD
R.14-3 OP. 1
20MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.3
FDD FDD
3GPP
Release 16 707 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.3A-3: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity
with 2 DL CCs
Test num. Band-width combination Requirement UE category

1 2x20 MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A-2 per CC ≥5
2 15+20 MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A-2 per CC ≥5
3 10+20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A-2 per CC ≥5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for each CC.
Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different dual connectvity configurations and bandwidth
combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.3A.
with 3DL CCs

As specified in Table 8.2.1.4.3A-2 per ≥5
1 20+20+15MHz
CC
2 20+15+15MHz
CC
3 3x20 MHz
CC
4 20+20+10 MHz
CC
5 20+15+10 MHz
CC
6 20+10+10 MHz
CC
7 15+15+10 MHz
CC

(Superposed transmission)
closed-loop spatial multiplexing with 2 transmitter antennas superposed with simultaneous PDSCH interference.
3GPP
Release 16 708 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.4.4-1: Test Parameters for Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx
Antenna Port - Superposed transmission (FRC)
ρA dB 0
Downlink ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
power  dB 0
allocation
PDSCH_RA dB -3
PDSCH_RB dB -3

Random wideband
Precoding
precoding per TTI
MUSTIdx for transport block 1
10
(Note 2)
00
(Note 2)
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Table 8.2.1.4.4-2: Minimum Performance for Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2
Tx Antenna Port - Superposed transmission (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.bb FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 17.3 ≥2
8.2.1.5 MU-MIMO
8.2.1.6 [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH]
8.2.1.7 Carrier aggregation with power imbalance

For CA, the requirements in this section verify the ability of an intraband adjacent carrier aggregation UE to demodulate
the signal transmitted by the PCell or SCell in the presence of a stronger SCell or PCell signal on an adjacent frequency.
Throughput is measured on the PCell or SCell only.
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 709 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2-3

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
 dB 0 0
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz Off (Note 2) Off (Note 2)
OCNG OCNG
(Note 3) (Note 3)
Modulation 64 QAM 64 QAM
Maximum number of HARQ
1 1
transmission
{0} {0}
sequence
PDSCH transmission mode
1 3
of PCell
PDSCH tramsmission mode
3 1
of SCell
PCell OP.1 FDD OP.5 FDD
OCNG Pattern
SCell OP.5 FDD OP.1 FDD
Propagation PCell Clause B.1 Clause B.1
Conditions SCell Clause B.1 Clause B.1
Correlation Matrix PCell 1x2 2x2
and Antenna SCell 2x2 1x2
Note 1:
PB =0 for 1x2 and PB=1 for 2x2 antenna configuration.
Note 2: No external noise sources are applied
Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary
number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data
transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated.
pseudo random data.
Note 4: Void
Table 8.2.1.7.1-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA
Test Bandwidth (MHz) Reference channel Power at antenna Reference value UE

Number port (dBm/15KHz) Fraction of Maximum Category
Throughput (%)
PCell SCell PCell SCell ^
E ^
E PCell SCell
s PCell s SCell
for PCell for Scell
1 20 20 R.49 FDD NA -85 -79 85 NA ≥5
2 10 10 NA R.49-1 FDD -79 -85.8 NA 85 ≥5
3 5 5 NA R.49-2 FDD -79 -85.9 NA 85 ≥5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern for PCell is used to fill the control channel. The OCNG pattern for SCell is used to fill
the control channel and PDSCH.
Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is
defined in 8.1.2.3.
8.2.1.8 Intra-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation with timing offset

The requirements in this section verify the ability of an intraband non-contiguous carrier aggregation UE to demodulate
the signal transmitted by the PCell and SCell in the presence of timing offset between the cells. Throughput is measured
on both cells.
3GPP
Release 16 710 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For CA the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.8.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.8.1-1 and
the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Modulation 64 QAM
Maximum number of HARQ 4
transmission
Redundancy version coding {0,0,1,2}
sequence
of PCell
PDSCH tramsmission mode 3
of SCell
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: The OCNG pattern is used to fill unused control
channel and PDSCH.
Test Cell Band- Referenc OCNG Propagati Correlati Refence value Timing UE
Numbe width e Patter on on Fraction of SNR relative Catego
r Channel n Condition Matrix Maximum (dB) to PCell ry
s and Throughput (µs)
Antenna (%)
10MH R.35-4
PCell EPA200 2x2 Low 70 21.15 N/A
z FDD OP.1
1 ≥3
10MH R.35-3 FDD
SCell EPA200 2x2 Low 60 15.18 -30.26
z FDD
Note 1: The EPA200 propagation channels applied to PCell and SCell are statistically independent.
Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets
are defined in 8.1.2.3.
8.2.1.9 HST-SFN performance
The purpose of this test is to verify UE performance in the HST-SFN scenario defined in B.3A when
highSpeedEnhancedDemodulationFlag [7] is received.
For CA with 2 DL CC, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.9.1-5, based on single carrier requirement
3GPP
Release 16 711 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.9.1-1: Test Parameters for UE performance in HST-SFN scenario (FRC)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB=1 .
Table 8.2.1.9.1-2: Minimum performance UE in HST-SFN scenario (FRC)
Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation

Reference value UE
number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and
Fraction SNR Category
Antenna of (dB)
Configuration
Maximum
Throughp
ut (%)
1 10 MHz R.87 FDD OP.1 FDD HST-SFN 2x2 70 13.3 ≥1
NOTE 1: The requirement defined is based on the normarliazed channel model, i.e.the power of each tap is normalized
to the instantaneous total received power from four taps.

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB=1 .
NOTE 2: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to
feedback ACK/NACK for Tests in Table 8.2.1.3.1-4,
PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK for
Tests in Table 8.2.1.3.1-6.
component carrier.
3GPP
Release 16 712 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Propa-
gation SNR
condition (dB)
OP. 1
5 MHz R.87-2 FDD HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70 [13.9]
FDD
OP. 1
10 MHz R.87 FDD HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70 [13.3]
FDD
OP. 1
FDD
OP. 1
FDD
CA Band-width
combination
4 10MHz+5MHz As specified in Table 8.2.1.9.1-4 per CC ≥5
CCs
CA Band-width
combination
NOTE: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination
sets is defined in clause 8.1.2.3
3GPP
Release 16 713 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs
Test
num.
CCs
Test
num.
8.2.1.9.2 Minimum Requirement for Rel-16 further enhanced HST
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify UE performance in
the HST-SFN-500 and HST-500 scenario. The test for HST-SFN-500 scenario defined in B.3B is applied when
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2-r16 [7] is received. The test for HST-500 scenario defined in B.3C is applied when
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2-r16 [7] is not received. HST-500 test is not applicable to UE that has passed HST-SFN-500
test.
3GPP
Release 16 714 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.1.9.2-1: Test Parameters for UE performance in HST-SFN-500 and HST-500 scenario (FRC)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB=1 .
Table 8.2.1.9.2-2: Minimum performance UE in HST-SFN-500 and HST-500 scenario (FRC)

Antenna of (dB)
Throughp
ut (%)
1 NOTE 2 10 MHz R.87-1 FDD OP.1 FDD HST-SFN- 2x2 70 9.7 ≥1
500
2 10 MHz R.87 FDD OP.1 FDD HST-500 2x2 70 11.4 ≥1
8.2.1.10 Intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation with minimum channel spacing

The requirements in this section verify the ability of an UE supporting intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation with
minimum channel spacing to demodulate the signal transmitted by the PCell and SCell(s). Throughput is measured on
each cell. The minimum channel spacing of intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation refers to the possible minimum
channel spacing as any multiple of 300 kHz less than the nominal channel spacing defined in 5.7.1A.

For CA the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.1.10.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.1.10.1-1
and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 715 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 2)
Modulation 64QAM
ACK/NACK feedback mode PUCCH format 1b with channel selection
Note 1: PB  0
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one
PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated
pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.
Table 8.2.1.10.1-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations with minimum channel
spacing

Band- Reference OCNG Propagatio matrix and Fraction of
SNR
width channel pattern n condition antenna maximum
(dB)
5MHz R.6 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.4
Table 8.2.1.10.1-3: Minimum performance (FRC) for intra-band CA with minimum channel spacing for
CA with 2DL CCs
CA Band-width
combination
Note 1: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and
bandwidth combination sets are defined in 8.1.2.3.
8.2.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.2.2-1 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 716 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)
Uplink downlink
1
configuration (Note 1)
Special subframe
4
Cyclic prefix Normal
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
processes per Processes 7
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
{0,1,2,3} for QPSK and 16QAM
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM and
coding sequence
1024QAM
4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and
Number of OFDM
5 MHz bandwidths,
symbols for PDCCH per OFDM symbols
2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz
component carrier
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4].

purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna performance with different channel models and MCS. The QPSK
and 64QAM cases are also used to verify the performance for all bandwidths specified in Table 5.6.1-1.
3GPP
Release 16 717 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Test 1- 5 Test 6- 8 Test 9- 15 Test 16- Test 19

18
Downlink ρA dB 0 0 0 0 0
power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0 0 0 0 0
Symbols for unused OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG
PRBs (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
Modulation QPSK 16QAM 64QAM 16QAM QPSK
ACK/NACK feedback Multiplexing Multiplexin Multiplexin Multiplexin Multiplexin
mode g g g g
PDSCH transmission 1 1 1 1 1
mode
Note 1: PB  0
Note 3: Void
Note 4: Void
3GPP
Release 16 718 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.1.1-2: Minimum performance (FRC)
3GPP
Release 16 719 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

numbe h e Patter n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SN Categor
r Channel n Antenna Maximum R y
Configuratio Throughpu (dB)
n t (%)
1 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.2 ≥1
TDD
2 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 70 -0.6 ≥1
TDD
3 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 Low 70 -0.2 ≥1
TDD
4 10 MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 HST 1x2 70 -2.6 ≥1
TDD
5 1.4 MHz R.4 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 0.0 ≥1
TDD
6 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 ≥2
TDD
5 MHz R.3-1 OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 6.7 1
TDD TDD
7 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 ≥2
TDD
5 MHz R.3-1 OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 30 1.4 1
TDD TDD
8 10 MHz R.3 TDD OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.3 ≥2
TDD
5 MHz R.3-1 OP.1 ETU300 1x2 High 70 9.3 1
TDD TDD
TDD
TDD
5 MHz R.6-1 OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.6 1
TDD TDD
TDD
10 MHz R.7-1 OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.6 1
TDD TDD
TDD
10 MHz R.7-1 OP.1 ETU70 1x2 Low 70 19.1 1
TDD TDD
13 10 MHz R.7 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 19.1 ≥2
TDD
10 MHz R.7-1 OP.1 EVA5 1x2 High 70 19.1 1
TDD TDD
TDD
15 MHz R.8-1 OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.8 1
TDD TDD
TDD
20 MHz R.9-2 OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.7 2
TDD TDD
20 MHz R.9-1 OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.7 1
TDD TDD
TDD
3GPP
Release 16 720 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
TDD
TDD
TDD
Note 1: Void.

Downlink ρA dB 0
power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Modulation QPSK
PUCCH format 1b with channel selection
ACK/NACK feedback mode for Tests in Table 8.2.2.1.1-4; PUCCH
format 3 for Tests in Table 8.2.2.1.1-7
Note 1: PB  0
Table 8.2.2.1.1-4: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA with 2DL CCs
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

numbe h Channel Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
r Antenna Maximum (dB) y
Configuratio Throughpu
n t (%)
1 2x20MHz R.42 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.2 ≥5
TDD
(Note 1)
2 20MHz+ R.42 TDD OP.1 EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.4 ≥5
15MHz for 20MHz TDD
CC (Note 1)
R.42-3 OP.1 70 -1.4
TDD for TDD
15MHz CC (Note 1)
defined in 8.1.2.3.
Note 3: 30usec timing difference between PCell and any SCell is applied in inter-band CA case, where PCell can
be assigned on any CC.
3GPP
Release 16 721 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Reference value
Correlation
Propa- Fraction of
gation maximum SNR
condi-tion throughput (dB)
config.
(%)
1.4MHz R.4 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -0.6
3MHz R.42-1 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -0.8
10MHz R.2 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.6
Table 8.2.2.1.1-6: Void
CCs

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined
in 8.1.2.3
CCs

in 8.1.2.3
CCs

in 8.1.2.3
CCs
3GPP
Release 16 722 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

in 8.1.2.3
CCs

in 8.1.2.3
8.2.2.1.2 Void
8.2.2.1.3 Void
8.2.2.1.4 Minimum Requirement 1 PRB allocation in presence of MBSFN
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.1.4-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.1.1.4-1 and the
performance with a single PRB allocated at the lower band edge in presence of MBSFN.
Table 8.2.2.1.4-1: Test Parameters for Testing 1 PRB allocation
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
OCNG (Note 3)
MBSFN subframes (Note 2)
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing
Note 1: PB  0 .
Note 2: The MBSFN portion of an MBSFN subframe comprises the
whole MBSFN subframe except the first two symbols in the
first slot.
Note 3: The MBSFN portion of the MBSFN subframes shall contain
not inserted in the MBSFN portion of the MBSFN
subframes, QPSK modulated MBSFN data is used instead.
3GPP
Release 16 723 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.1.4-2: Minimum performance 1PRB (FRC)

(%)
TDD
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Note 1: PB  1
Test Bandw Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number idth Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
(%)
10 MHz R.11 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 6.8 ≥2
1
5 MHz R.11-2 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 6.8 1
2 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 TDD HST 2x2 70 -2.3 ≥1
diversity (SFBC-FSTD) with 4 transmitter antennas.
3GPP
Release 16 724 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Note 1: PB  1

(%)
1 1.4 MHz R.12 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Medium 70 0.2 ≥1
2 10 MHz R.13 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 4x2 Low 70 -0.5 ≥1

aggressor cell ABS)
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. The purpose is to verify the performance
of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in
subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell. In Table 8.2.2.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is
the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is
according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 725 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Uplink downlink configuration 1 1
Special subframe configuration 4 4
ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 0 N/A

-94.8 (Note
N oc 3 dBm/15kHz N/A
4)
Reference
Es / N oc 2 dB
Value in
Table
6
8.2.2.2.3-2
BWChannel MHz 10 10

Cell Id 0 1
0000010001
0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe 0000000001 N/A
0000010001
CCSI,0 N/A
(Note 7) 1100101000
CCSI,1 N/A
1100111000
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing N/A
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a
Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with
the aggressor ABS.
Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor
non-ABS.
Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as
defined in [7].
Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern
for CSI measurements defined in [7].
Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in
Cell1 and Cell2 is the same.
3GPP
Release 16 726 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.2.3-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

(Note 1) Antenna
Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Note
(%) Note 5 2)
1 R.11-4 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 3.8 ≥2
TDD Note TDD TDD
4

Es / N oc 2 of cell 1.
Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated
8.2.2.2.3A Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Ports (demodulation subframe overlaps with

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.2.3A-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.2.3A-1. The
purpose is to verify the performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmit antennas if the PDSCH transmission
in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell with CRS assistance
information. In Table 8.2.2.2.3A-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The
3GPP
Release 16 727 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.2.3A-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)

Uplink downlink configuration 1 1 1
Special subframe configuration 4 4 4
A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 0 N/A N/A
N oc at antenna port N oc2 dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 3) N/A N/A
 Reference
E s N oc 2 dB Value in Table 12 10
8.2.2.2.3A-2
Cell Id 0 126 1
0000000001 0000000001
0000000001 0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement 0000000001
N/A N/A
Subframe Pattern (Note 6) 0000000001
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A N/A
(Note7) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1100111000
2 Note 8 Note 8
symbols
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing N/A N/A
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a
aggressor ABS.
[7]
3GPP
Release 16 728 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.2.3A-2: Minimum Performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)

Number Channel Conditions (Note 1) Matrix and Cate
Configuration Maximum (dB)
(Note 2) Throughput (Note
(%) Note 5 3)
1 R.11-4 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 3.5 ≥2
TDD Note TDD TDD TDD
4
Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3..

E s N oc 2 of cell 1.
8.2.2.2.4 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A – 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM3

interference model
two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 3 interference model defined in clause B.5.2. In Table
8.2.2.2.4-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is
3GPP
Release 16 729 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.2.4-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference
model

ρA dB -3 -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
DIP (Note 2) dB N/A -1.73 -8.66
Cell Id 0 1 2
Interference model
Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
interfering cells
N/A N/A
5)
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2:
N ´
Table 8.2.2.2.4-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3
interference model

(%) 2)
1 R.46 TDD OP. N/A N/A EV EV EV 2x2 Low 70 -1.4 ≥1
1 A70 A70 A70
TD
D

E /N ´
3GPP
Release 16 730 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.2.2.5 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (when EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12

is configured)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.2.5-2 with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.2.5-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test purpose is to verify the performance of transmit
diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas in case of using eIMTA TDD UL-DL reconfiguration for TDD serving
cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI on a PCell.
Table 8.2.2.2.5-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) when
EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 is configured

ρA dB -3
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Uplink downlink configuration in SIB1 (Note 2) 0
Downlink HARQ reference configuration (eimta-
5
HarqReferenceConfig-r12) (Note 2)
Set of dynamic TDD UL-DL configurations (NOTES
{0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
2,3)
Periodicity of monitoring the L1 reconfiguration DCI
ms 10
(eimta-CommandPeriodicity-r12)
Set of subframes to monitor the L1 reconfiguration
{0,1,5,6}
DCI (eimta-CommandSubframeSet-r12) (Note 4)
Number of DL HARQ processes Processes 15
ACK/NACK feedback mode (Note 5) Multiplexing
Note 1: PB  1
Note 2: As specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211.
Note 3: UL/DL configuration in PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI is randomly selected from the given set on a per-DCI
basis with equal probability.
Note 4: The set of subframes to monitor PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI for frame n includes subframes {1,5,6} in frame
n-1 and subframe 0 in frame n. Subframes for reconfiguration DCI transmission are chosen in a random
way on a per-DCI basis with equal probability.
Note 5: PUCCH Format 3 is used for DL HARQ feedback.
Table 8.2.2.2.5-2: Minimum performance Transmit diversity when EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 is

configured
Reference value
Correlation Fraction of
Reference OCNG Propagation Matrix and Maximum UE
Test SNR
channel Pattern Conditions Antenna Throughpu Category
(dB)
Configuration t
(%)
1 R.67 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Medium 70 5.0 ≥1
3GPP
Release 16 731 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

interference model
model

Uplink downlink Configuration 1 1 1
ρA dB -3 -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 6 1
Number of control OFDM symbols in
3 3 3
normal subframes
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal 3
3 3
subframes
2 2 2
special subframes
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special 2
2 2
subframes
Interference model
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB =1
3GPP
Release 16 732 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

(%) 2)
TDD 1 A5 A5 A5
TD
D
Note 2:
E /N

interference model
3GPP
Release 16 733 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
model

ρA dB -3 0 0
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3 (Note 1) 0 0
 dB 0 -3 -3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 3.28 0.74
Cell Id 0 1 6
3 3 3
normal subframes
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal 3 Random from Random from
subframes set {1,2,3} set {1,2,3}
2 2 2
special subframes
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special 2 Random from Random from
subframes set {1,2} set {1,2}
Interference model
Antenna ports Antenna ports
15,16 15,16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset N/A
Subframes 10 / 4 10 / 4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference signal configuration N/A 6 7
N/A 9/ 9/
010000000000 001000000000
0000 0000
Time offset to cell 1 us N/A 5 -5
Frequency offset to cell 1 Hz N/A 600 -600
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB =1
3GPP
Release 16 734 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

(%) 2)
TDD 1 A5 A5 A5
TD
D
Note 2:
E /N
transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas superposed with simultaneous PDSCH interference.
transmission (FRC)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
MUSTIdx (Note 2) 11
p-a-must-r14 (Note 3) N/A
Note 1: PB  1
transmission (FRC)
Test Bandw Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

number idth Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
(%)
1 10 MHz R.aa TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 13.9 ≥1
3GPP
Release 16 735 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.2.3 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: Void.
Note 3: Void.
3GPP
Release 16 736 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE

num Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Cate
ber Antenna Maximum (dB) gory
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.1 ≥2
(Note TDD TDD
2)
TDD
3 10 MHz R.35-2 OP.1 ETU600 2x2 Low 70 21.1 ≥2
TDD TDD
Note 1: Void.
Note 2: For UE that supports CRS interference handling, the CRS assistance information defined in [7] is
provided. The CRS assistance information includes two aggressor cells with 2 CRS ports and cell ID of
agressor cells are 1 and 128. For UE that does not support CRS interference handling, CRS assistance
information is not provided.

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
PUCCH format 1b with channel
selection for Tests in Table
ACK/NACK feedback mode
8.2.2.3.1-4; PUCCH format 3 for
Tests in Table 8.2.2.3.1-7
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: Void

num Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categ
ber Antenna Maximum (dB) ory
(%)
1 2x20 MHz R.30-1 TDD OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.7 ≥5
TDD
(Note 1)
2 20MHz+15M R.30-1 TDD OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.0 ≥5
Hz for 20MHz TDD
CC (Note 1)
R.11-9 TDD OP.1 EVA70 70 12.9
for 15MHz TDD
CC (Note 1)
Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in
8.1.2.3.
3GPP
Release 16 737 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Fraction of
Band- Reference OCNG gation matrix and
maximum SNR
width channel pattern condi- antenna
throughput (dB)
tion config.
(%)
1.4MHz R.11-5 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.2
3MHz R.11-6 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 12.8
10 MHz R.11-8 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 12.8
OP. 1
20MHz R.30-1 TDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.0
TDD
Table 8.2.2.3.1-6: Void
CCs

in 8.1.2.3
CCs

in 8.1.2.3
CCs

in 8.1.2.3
3GPP
Release 16 738 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs

in 8.1.2.3
CCs

in 8.1.2.3
8.2.2.3.1A Soft buffer management test
For CA, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1A-1
and the downlink physical channel setup according toAnnex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify UE performance with
proper instantaneous buffer implementation.
Table 8.2.2.3.1A-1: Test Parameters for soft buffer management test (FRC) for CA

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
-
(Note 2)
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK.
Note 3: For CA test cases, the same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each
component carrier.
Table 8.2.2.3.1A-2: Minimum performance soft buffer management test (FRC) for CA

(%)
3GPP
Release 16 739 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
1 2x20 MHz R.30-2 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.2 3

TDD TDD
(Note 1)
2 2x20 MHz R.35-1 OP.1 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 15.7 4
TDD TDD
(Note 1)
Note 1: For CA test cases, the OCNG pattern applies for each CC.
defined in 8.1.2.3.
8.2.2.3.1B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - 2Tx Antenna Ports
Table 8.2.2.3.1B-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Note 1:
PB=1
Table 8.2.2.3.1B-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for Large Delay CDD (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Medium 70 17.4 ≥2
TDD TDD
8.2.2.3.1C Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM1

interference
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.1C-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.3.1C-1 and the
interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell with transmission mode 1. In Table 8.2.2.3.1C-1, Cell 1 is the
serving cell, and Cell 2 is interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of
Cell 1 and Cell 2 respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 740 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.3.1C-1 Test parameters for Larger Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1 interference
Parameter Unit Cell 1

Downlink
ρA -3 0
power ρB dB -3 (Note 1) 0
allocation
 0 0
Cell-specific Antenna ports Antenna port
reference signals 0,1 0
Cell ID 0 1
Transmission mode 3 Note 2
Reference
Es / N oc (Note 3) dB Value in Table 12.95
8.2.2.3.1C-2
Correlation and
antenna Medium (2x2) Medium(1x2)
configuration
Number of OFDM
2 N/A
symbols for PDCCH
Max number of
4 N/A
HARQ transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3} N/A
coding sequence
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with
Annex C.3.2 applying OCNG pattern OP.5 TDD as defined in
Annex A.5.2.5.
Table 8.2.2.3.1C-2 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C, Larger Delay CDD (FRC) with TM1
interference
Test Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Reference Value UE

Number Channel Conditions Category
(Note 1)
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Fraction of SNR
Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Note 2)
(%)
1 R.11-10 OP.1 OP.5 EVA70 EVA70 70 19.6 ≥2
TDD TDD TDD

3GPP
Release 16 741 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
Note 1:
PB=1 .

number Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
(%)
TDD
8.2.2.3.3 Minimum Requirement 2Tx antenna port (demodulation subframe overlaps with
aggressor cell ABS)
The requirements for MBSFN ABS are specified in Table 8.2.2.3.3-4, with the addition of parameters in Table
The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas if the PDSCH transmission in
the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell. In Tables 8.2.2.3.3-1 and
8.2.2.3.3-3, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is
according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 742 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 0 N/A
Es / N oc 2 dB
Reference Value in
Table 8.2.2.3.3-2
6
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 1
0000010001,
0000000001
RLM/RRM Measurement Subframe 0000000001,
N/A
0000010001,
CCSI,0 N/A
(Note 7) 1100101000
CCSI,1 N/A
1100111000
Note 1: PB  1 .
aggressor ABS.
Note 4: This noise is applied in all OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-
ABS.
Note 6: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined
in [7].
Note 7: As configured according to the time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for
CSI measurements defined in [7].
Note 8: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1
and Cell2 is the same.
3GPP
Release 16 743 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

(Note 1) Antenna
Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Not
(%) Note 5 e 2)
1 R.11 TDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA 5 EVA 5 2x2 Low 70 14.0 ≥2
Note 4 TDD TDD

3GPP
Release 16 744 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.3.3-3: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) – MBSFN ABS

ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 0 N/A
Es / N oc 2 dB
Reference Value in
Table 8.2.2.3.3-4
6
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126
0000000001
0000000001
N/A
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A
(Note 7) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A
1100111000
MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note
N/A 000010
10)
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10,#11, #12,
#13 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS.
Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbol #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor
ABS.
ABS.
Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 10th and 20th subframes indicated by ABS pattern are
MBSFN ABS subframes.
in [7]
Note 10: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], one frame with 6 bits is chosen for MBSFN
3GPP
Release 16 745 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.3.3-4: Minimum Performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) – MBSFN ABS

(Note 1) Antenna
Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Not
(%) Note 5 e 2)
1 R.11 TDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA 5 EVA 5 2x2 Low 70 12.2 ≥2
Note 4 TDD TDD


8.2.2.3.4-1. The purpose is to verify the performance of large delay CDD with 2 transmitter antennas if the PDSCH
transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell with CRS
assistance information. In Table 8.2.2.3.4-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell3 are the aggressor cells. The
3GPP
Release 16 746 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 0 N/A N/A
Reference
 Reference Value Reference
Value in
E s N oc 2 dB in Table Value in Table
Table
8.2.2.3.4-2 8.2.2.3.4-2
8.2.2.3.4-2
Cell Id 0 1 126
0000000001 0000000001
0000000001 0000000001
N/A N/A
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A N/A
(Note7) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1100111000
2 Note 8 Note 8
symbols
Note 1: PB  1 .
aggressor ABS.
[7]
Note 10: The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3 is the same.
Note 11: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in this test.
3GPP
Release 16 747 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Test Refer E s N oc 2 OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value UE
Number ence Conditions (Note1) Matrix and Cate
Chan Cell Cell Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Antenna Fraction SNR gory
nel 2 3 Configurati of (dB)
on (Note 2) Maximum (Note
Throughp 3)
ut (%)
Note 5
1 R.11 9 7 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14.2 ≥2
TDD TDD TDD TDD
Note
4
2 R.35 9 1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 22.7 ≥2
TDD OP.1 OP.1 OP.1
Note TDD TDD TDD
4

Note 4: Cell 1 Reference channel is modified: PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in
the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is
available in the definition of the reference channel.
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the minimun performance of open-
loop spatial multiplexing with 2 transmitter antennas superposed with simultaneous PDSCH interference.
transmission (FRC)
ρA dB 0
ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
Downlink power
 dB 0
allocation
PDSCH_RA dB -3
PDSCH_RB dB -3
MUSTIdx (Note 2) 10
Note 1:
PB =1 .
3GPP
Release 16 748 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
transmission (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.bb TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 19.3 ≥2
8.2.2.3.6 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port (network-based CRS interference

mitigation)
interfered by CRS of one dominant interfering cell with network-based CRS interference mitigation. In Table 8.2.2.3.6-
1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex
C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2 respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 749 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.3.6-1: Test parameters for Larger Delay CDD (FRC) with network-based CRS interference
mitigation

Uplink downlink configuration 4
Special subframe configuration 4
ρA -3 0
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3 (Note 1) 0
 0 0
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1
Cell ID 0 1
Transmission mode 3 NA (Note 4)
-98 N/A
15kHz
Es / N oc (Note 3) Reference Value in
dB 10
Table 8.2.2.3.6-2
Correlation and antenna configuration Low (2x2) Low (2x2)
Max number of HARQ transmissions 4 N/A
Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} N/A
nw-BasedCRS-InterferenceMitigation-
Disabled Enabled
r15
CRS is configured with
CRS muting pattern as
‘10UU11111110UU111000’
where every 20 subframes
CRS transmission On consist of 11 subframes
with full system BW CRS
and 9 subframes with CRS
only on the center 6 PRBs
(Note 5)
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 4: Cell 2 has no PDSCH/PDCCH configured
Note 5: The muting pattern ‘10UU11111110UU111000’ follows the Uplink downlink configuration 4
where U indicates uplink subframes, 1 indicates DL subframes with full system BW CRS
configured and 0 indicateds DL subframes including special subframes with CRS only on
the center 6 PRBs configured.
Table 8.2.2.3.6-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) with network-based CRS
interference mitigation

(Note 1) y
1 2 Maximum (dB)
Throughpu (Note 2)
t (%)
1 R.11-13 OP.1 NA EVA5 EVA5 70
15.0 ≥2
TDD TDD
3GPP
Release 16 750 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.1-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 0 0
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or 11 10 or 11
Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3) 1 or 4 (Note 3)
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 001111 001111
bitmap
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing
PDSCH transmission mode 4 4
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms
and 4ms.
Table 8.2.2.4.1-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

(%)
TDD
2 10 MHz R.10 TDD OP.1 EPA5 2x2 High 70 -2.8 ≥1
TDD
8.2.2.4.1A Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port
3GPP
Release 16 751 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.1A-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
ρA dB -6 -6
Downlink
power ρB dB -6 (Note 1) -6 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 3 3

CodeBookSubsetRestricti 00000000000000000 00000000000000000
on bitmap 00000000000000000 00000000000000000
00000000000000111 00000000000000111
1111111111111 1111111111111
ACK/NACK feedback Multiplexing Multiplexing
mode
PDSCH transmission 4 4
mode
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based
on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI
cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between
1ms and 4ms.
Table 8.2.2.4.1A-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
Test Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE UE DL

numbe h e Patter n Matrix and Fraction SN Categor Categor
r Channel n Condition Antenna of R y y
Configurati Maximum (dB
on Throughp )
ut (%)
1 10 MHz R.13 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 -3.5 ≥1 ≥4
TDD TDD
2 10MHz R.101 OP.1 EPA5 4x2 Low 70 25. TBD 20, ≥ 22
1024QAM TDD TDD 0
8.2.2.4.1B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A – Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

2 Tx Antenna Port with TM4 interference model
cell is interfered by PDSCH of two dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined
in clause B.5.3. In Table 8.2.2.4.1B-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink
physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 752 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.1B-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference
model

ρA dB -3 -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
N oc at antenna port
dBm/15kHz -98 N/A N/A
DIP (Note 2) dB N/A -1.73 -8.66

Cell Id 0 1 2
Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
interfering cells
PMI delay (Note 4) ms 10 or 11 N/A N/A
N/A N/A
6)
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2:
N ´
before SF#(n+4).
3GPP
Release 16 753 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.1B-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

(FRC) with TM4 interference model

(%) 2)
1 R.47 TDD OP. N/A N/A EV EV EV 2x2 Low 70 1.1 ≥1
1 A5 A5 A5
TD
D

E /N ´
8.2.2.4.1C Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Ports

(demodulation subframe overlaps with aggressor cell ABS and CRS assistance
information are configured)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.1C-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.1C-1. The
purpose is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding if the PDSCH transmission in the
serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the aggressor cell with CRS assistance information.
In Table 8.2.2.4.1C-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical
channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3,
respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
3GPP
Release 16 754 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.1C-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) – Non-MBSFN ABS
3GPP
Release 16 755 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 0 N/A N/A
 Reference Value in
E s N oc 2 dB 12 10
Table 8.2.2.4.1C-2
Cell Id 0 126 1
0000000001 0000000001
0000000001 0000000001
N/A N/A
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A N/A
(Note7) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1100111000
2 Note 8 Note 8
symbols
ACK/NACK feeback mode Multiplexing N/A N/A
Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 11) N/A N/A
1111 N/A N/A
bitmap
3GPP
Release 16 756 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: PB  1 .
aggressor ABS.
[7]
Note 11: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and
4ms.
Table 8.2.2.4.1C-2: Minimum Performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)– Non-MBSFN ABS

(%) Note 5 3)
1 R.11 TDD OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 High 70 6.4 ≥2
Note 4 TDD FDD TDD

Note 3:
E N
SNR corresponds to s oc 2 of cell 1.
8.2.2.4.1D Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B - Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing 2

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.1D-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.1D-1 and the
cell is interfered by PDSCH of two interfering cells applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause
B.6.3. In Table 8.2.2.4.1D-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel
setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 757 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.1D-1: Test Parameters for Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference
model

ρA dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3 -3
allocation
 dB 0 0 0

-98
15kHz
Test number (Note 4) Test 1 Test 2 Test 1 Test 2
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.28 3.34 0.74
Cell Id 6 1 1 6
Random Random
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal
3 from set 3 from set
subframes
{1,2,3} {1,2,3}
Random Random
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special
2 from set 2 from set
subframes
{1,2} {1,2}
3 3 3
normal subframes
2 2 2
special subframes
Interference model
Random
Precoding wideband
precoding per TTI
NeighCellsInfo- p-aList-r12 N/A {dB-6, dB-3, dB0} {dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
r12 transmissionMode
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
(Note 3) List-r12
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 4: Test 1 and Test 2 are defined in Table 8.2.2.4.1D-2.
3GPP
Release 16 758 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.1D-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, Single-
layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference model

Num e Conditions Matrix and Categor
Channel Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Antenna Fraction SNR y
1 2 3 1 2 3 Configurati of (dB)
Throughp
ut (%)
R.11-12 OP.1 EVA EVA EVA
1 N/A N/A 2x2 Low 85 16.1 ≥1
TDD TDD 5 5 5
R.11-11 OP.1 EPA EPA EPA
2 N/A N/A 2x2 Low 85 9.5 ≥1
TDD TDD 5 5 5
Note 2:
E /N
8.2.2.4.1E Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Ports with

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.1E-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.1E-1. The
purpose is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding when CRS assistance information
[7] is configured. In Table 8.2.2.4.1E-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The
downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The
CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
Table 8.2.2.4.1E-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 0 0 0
3GPP
Release 16 759 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
^ Reference Value in
E s /N oc dB
Table 8.2.2.4.1E-2
10.45 4.6
Time Offset to Cell 1 ms N/A 3 -1
Cell Id 0 1 128
2 2 2
symbols
As specified As specified
Interference model N/A in clause in clause
B.5.3 B.5.3
% N/A 20 20

occurrence of
transmission
rank in Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
interfering cells
ACK/NACK feeback mode Multiplexing N/A N/A

001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
Note 1: PB  1 .
4ms.
Table 8.2.2.4.1E-2: Minimum Performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

(%) 3)
1 R.10-3 OP.1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 11.2 ≥2
TDD TDD
E s /N oc of cell 1.
3GPP
Release 16 760 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.2.4.1F Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Ports with

The requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.1F-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.1F-1. In Table
8.2.2.4.1F-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel
Table 8.2.2.4.1F-1: Test Parameters

A dB -6 -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 3 3 3
Reference
8.2.2.4.1F-2
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
N/A N/A
bitmap FFFF
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
4ms.
3GPP
Release 16 761 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.1F-2: Minimum Performance for PDSCH

(%) 3)
1 R.36 TDD OP.1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 4x2 low 70 14.1 ≥2
TDD
two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.
Parameter Unit Test 1-2 Test 3

ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 0 0
ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling Bundling
bitmap
OFDM symbol 2 1
PDCCH per component carrier
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate
between 1ms and 4ms.
3GPP
Release 16 762 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE UE DL

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category category
(%)
1 10 MHz R.35 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 19.5 ≥2 ≥6
2 10 MHz R.11-1 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 2x2 Low 70 13.9 ≥2 ≥6
3 20 MHz R. 65 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 24.9 11-12 ≥11
256QA
M
8.2.2.4.2A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2

Tx Antenna Port
two performance with wideband precoding.
Table 8.2.2.4.2A-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 10 or 11
Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3)
bitmap
Note 1: .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at
subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval
will alternate between 1ms and 4ms.
Table 8.2.2.4.2A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing
(FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11-1 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 2x2 Medium 70 17.8 ≥2
3GPP
Release 16 763 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.2.4.3-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.The purpose of these tests is to verify the
closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding.

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
Note 1:
PB =1 .
reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 4: Void.
Note 5: Void.
Note 6: Void.
3GPP
Release 16 764 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

number width Channel Pattern n Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
Condition Antenna Maximum (dB)
(%)
1 10 MHz R.36 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Low 70 15.7 ≥2
Note 1: Void

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
ACK/NACK feedback mode PUCCH format 1b with channel
Tests in Table 8.2.2.4.3-7, Table
8.2.2.4.3-8 and Table 8.2.2.4.3-9.
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 4: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by high
layers.
3GPP
Release 16 765 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.3-4: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA with 2DL CCs

(%)
1 2x20 R.43 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 11.1 ≥5
MHz (Note 1)
2 20MHz R.43 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.7 ≥5
+15MH for 20MHz (Note 1)
z CC
R.43-5 TDD OP.1 TDD 10.6
for 15MHz (Note 1)
CC
Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined in
8.1.2.3.
Propa Correlatio Reference value

OCNG - n matrix Fraction of
Band- Referenc
patter gation and maximum SNR
width e channel
n condi- antenna throughpu (dB)
tion config. t (%)
1.4MH R.43-1 OP.1
EVA5 4x2 Low 70 11.0
z TDD TDD
R.43-2 OP.1
TDD TDD
R.43-3 OP.1
TDD TDD
10 R.43-4 OP.1
EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.5
MHz TDD TDD
R.43-5 OP.1
15MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.6
TDD TDD
OP. 1
20MHz R.43 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.7
TDD
Table 8.2.2.4.3-6: Void
CCs

defined in 8.1.2.3
3GPP
Release 16 766 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs

defined in 8.1.2.3
CCs

defined in 8.1.2.3
CCs

defined in 8.1.2.3
CCs

defined in 8.1.2.3
8.2.2.4.3A Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port for dual
connectivity
For dual connectivity the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.4.3A-3, for 2DL CCs, in Table 8.2.2.4.3A-4 for 3DL
CCs, and Table 8.2.2.4.3A-5 for 4DL CCs, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.2.4.3A-2, with the
addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.4.3A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.The
purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective
precoding by using dual connectivity.
3GPP
Release 16 767 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.3A-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
and SCG
MCG and SCG
(Note 5)
Note 1:
PB=1 .
configured.
3GPP
Release 16 768 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.2.4.3A-2: Single carrier performance for multiple dual connectivity configurations
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Fraction of
maximum SNR
width e channel pattern condi- antenna
throughpu (dB)
tion config.
t (%)
R.43-1 OP.1
1.4MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 11.0
TDD TDD
R.43-2 OP.1
TDD TDD
R.43-3 OP.1
TDD TDD
R.43-4 OP.1
10 MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.5
TDD TDD
R.43-5 OP.1
15MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.6
TDD TDD
OP. 1
TDD

Note 2: The applicability of requirements for different dual connectivity configurations and bandwidth


2 15+20+20+20MHz As specified in Table 8.2.2.4.3A-2 per CC ≥8
3GPP
Release 16 769 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.2.4.4 Void

(Superposed transmission)
closed-loop spatial multiplexing with 2 transmitter antennas superposed with simultaneous PDSCH interference.
Table 8.2.2.4.5-1: Test Parameters for Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx
Antenna Port - Superposed transmission (FRC)

ρA dB 0
Downlink ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
power  dB 0
allocation
PDSCH_RA dB -3
PDSCH_RB dB -3
Random wideband
Precoding
precoding per TTI
10
(Note 2)
00
(Note 2)
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Table 8.2.2.4.5-2: Minimum Performance for Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2
Tx Antenna Port - Superposed transmission (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.bb TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 17.2 ≥2
8.2.2.5 MU-MIMO
8.2.2.6 [Control channel performance: D-BCH and PCH]
8.2.2.7 Carrier aggregation with power imbalance

The requirements in this section verify the ability of an intraband adjacent carrier aggregation UE to demodulate the
signal transmitted by the PCell or SCell in the presence of a stronger SCell or PCell signal on an adjacent frequency.
Throughput is measured on the PCell or SCell only.
3GPP
Release 16 770 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For CA, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.7.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.7.1-1 and

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
 dB 0 0
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz Off (Note 2) Off (Note 2)
OCNG OCNG
(Note 3) (Note 3)
Modulation 64 QAM 64 QAM
1 1
transmission
{0} {0}
sequence
1 3
of PCell
3 1
of SCell
PCell OP.1 TDD OP.5 TDD
OCNG Pattern
SCell OP.5 TDD OP.1 TDD
Propagation PCell Clause B.1 Clause B.1
Conditions SCell Clause B.1 Clause B.1
Correlation Matrix PCell 1x2 2x2
and Antenna SCell 2x2 1x2
Note 1:
PB=0 for 1x2 and PB =1 for 2x2 antenna configuration.
Note 2: No external noise sources are applied.
transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated
pseudo random data.
Note 4: Void.
Test Bandwidth (MHz) Reference channel Power at antenna Reference value UE

Number port (dBm/15KHz) Fraction of Maximum Category
Throughput (%)
PCell SCell PCell SCell ^
E E^ PCell SCell
s for
PCell s SCell for
PCell Scell
1 20 20 R.49 TDD NA -85 -79 85 NA ≥5
2 20 15 NA R.49-1 TDD -79 -85.8 NA 85 ≥5
Note 1: The OCNG pattern for PCell is used to fill the control channel. The OCNG pattern for SCell is used to fill
the control channel and PDSCH.
defined in 8.1.2.3.
3GPP
Release 16 771 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.2.8 Intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation with minimum channel spacing

The requirements in this section verify the ability of an UE supporting intraband contiguous carrier aggregation with
minimum channel spacing to demodulate the signal transmitted by the PCell and SCell(s). Throughput is measured on
each cell. The minimum channel spacing of intra-band contiguous carrier aggregation refers to the possible minimum
channel spacing as any multiple of 300 kHz less than the nominal channel spacing defined in 5.7.1A.
For CA the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.8.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.2.8.1-1 and

Downlink ρA dB 0
power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Modulation 64QAM
PUCCH format 1b with channel selection
for Test 1; PUCCH format 3 for Test 2
Note 1: PB  0
Table 8.2.2.8.1-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for intra-band CA with minimum channel spacing
Test Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

numbe h e Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
r Channel Antenna Maximum (dB) y
Configurati Throughput
on (%)
1 2x20MHz R.9 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.16 ≥5
(Note 1)
R.9 TDD OP.1 TDD 70 17.16
(Note 1)
2 3x20MHz R.9 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 17.16 ≥5
(Note 1)
R.9 TDD OP.1 TDD 70 17.16
(Note 1)
R.9 TDD OP.1 TDD 70 17.16
(Note 1)
Note 2: The applicability and test rules of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination
sets are defined in 8.1.2.3.
3GPP
Release 16 772 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For single carrier, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.2.9.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in
Table 8.2.2.9.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.2.2.9.1-1: Test Parameters for UE performance in HST-SFN scenario (FRC)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB=1 .

Antenna of (dB)
Throughp
ut (%)
1 10 MHz R.87 TDD OP.1 TDD HST-SFN 2x2 70 13.2 ≥1
3GPP
Release 16 773 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
PUCCH format 1b with channel
Tests in Table 8.2.2.3.1-7
NOTE 1: B P =1
NOTE 2: Void
NOTE 3: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each component carrier.
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Fraction of
maximum SNR
throughput (dB)
tion config.
(%)
5 MHz R.87-2 TDD OP.1 TDD HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70 [13.1]
10 MHz R.87 TDD OP.1 TDD HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70 [13.2]
OP. 1
20 MHz R.87-4 TDD HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70 [13.6]
TDD
CCs

1 2x20 MHz As specified in Table 8.2.2.9.1-4 per CC ≥5
2 20 MHz + 15 MHz As specified in Table 8.2.2.9.1-4 per CC ≥5
NOTE: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets is defined
in clause 8.1.2.3
CCs

2 20 MHz + 20 MHz + 15 MHz As specified in Table 8.2.2.9.1-4 per CC ≥5
in clause 8.1.2.3
3GPP
Release 16 774 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs

2 20 MHz + 20 MHz + 20 MHz + 15 MHz As specified in Table 8.2.2.9.1-4 per CC ≥8
in clause 8.1.2.3
CCs

1 5x20 MHz As specified in Table 8.2.2.9.1-4 per CC 8, ≥11
2 15 MHz + 4x20 MHz As specified in Table 8.2.2.9.1-4 per CC 8, ≥11
in clause 8.1.2.3
8.2.2.9.2 Minimum Requirement for Rel-16 further enhanced HST
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify UE performance in
the HST-SFN-500 and HST-500 scenario. The test for HST-SFN-500 scenario defined in B.3B is applied when
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2-r16 [7] is received. The test for HST-500 scenario defined in B.3C is applied when
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2-r16 [7] is not received. HST-500 test is not applicable to UE that has passed HST-SFN-500
test.
Table 8.2.2.9.2-1: Test Parameters for UE performance in HST-SFN-500 and HST-500 scenario (FRC)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB=1 .
3GPP
Release 16 775 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Antenna of (dB)
Throughp
ut (%)
1 NOTE 2 10 MHz R.87-1 TDD OP.1 TDD HST-SFN- 2x2 70 9.6 ≥1
500
2 10 MHz R.87 TDD OP.1 TDD HST-500 2x2 70 11.4 ≥1
NOTE 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1 and 8.1.2.6.
NOTE 2: The requirement defined is based on the normalized channel model, i.e.the power of each tap is normalized to
the instantaneous total received power from four taps.
8.2.3 TDD FDD CA (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.2.3-1 are valid for all the TDD FDD CA tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.2.3-1: Common Test Parameters

Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1)
1
for TDD CC only
Special subframe configuration (Note
4
2) for TDD CC only
Maximum number of FDD PCell Processes 8 for FDD and TDD CCs
HARQ processes per
component carrier TDD PCell Processes 11 for FDD CC; 7 for TDD CC

4
transmission
Redundancy version coding sequence
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and 5
Number of OFDM symbols for OFDM MHz bandwidths,
PDCCH per component carrier symbols 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz
bandwidths
Cell_ID 0
ACK/NACK feedback mode PUCCH format 3
Downlink HARQ-ACK FDD PCell As specified in Clause 7.3.3 in TS36.213 [6]

timing TDD PCell As specified in Clause 7.3.4 in TS36.213 [6]
The applicability of ther requirements are specified in Clause 8.1.2.3. The single carrier performance with different
bandwidths for multiple CA configurations specified in Clause 8.2.3 cannot be applied for UE single carrier test.
3GPP
Release 16 776 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

purpose of these tests is to verify the single-antenna performance with different channel models and MCS.
8.2.3.1.1 Minimum Requirement for FDD PCell
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.1.1-4 based on single
carrier requirement specified in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table

Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation dB 0

Modulation QPSK
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs
3GPP
Release 16 777 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.3.1.1-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations
for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
Band- Reference OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value

width Channel Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR
Configuration Throughpu
t (%)
1.4 MHz R.4 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.3
3 MHz R.42-1 OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70
-1.1
FDD
5MHz R.42-2 OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70
-1.0
FDD
10MHz R.2 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.7
-1.6
FDD
for TDD SCell (FRC)
Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value

width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR
(%)
1.4 MHz R.4 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -0.6
3 MHz R.42-1 OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70
-0.8
TDD
5MHz R.42-2 OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70
-1.2
TDD
-1.4
TDD
Table 8.2.3.1.1-4: Minimum performance for multiple CA configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)
Test CA Bandwidth combination Minimum performance requirement UE

numbe (MHz) Category
r Total FDD CC TDD CC
1 2x20 20 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥5
CC
2 20+10 10 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥5
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
be assigned on any FDD CC.
3GPP
Release 16 778 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r Total FDD CC TDD CC
1 3x20 20 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 ≥5
per CC
2 20+20+1 15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 ≥5
5 per CC
0 per CC
4 3x20 2x20 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 ≥5
per CC
5 20+20+1 20+15 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 ≥5
5 per CC
0 per CC
7 20+10+1 2x10 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 ≥5
0 per CC
8 10+15+2 10 15+20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 ≥5
0 per CC
0 per CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
be assigned on any FDD CC.
3GPP
Release 16 779 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r Total FDD CC TDD
CC
1 4x20 20 3x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
CC
2 4x20 2×20 2×20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
CC
3 3x20+15 20+15 2×20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
CC
4 2×15+2x 2×15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
20 CC
5 3x20+15 2×20+15 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
CC
6 2×15+2x 2x15+20 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
20 CC
7 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
CC
8 4x20 3x20 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
CC
9 10+3x20 10 3x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
CC
10 2x10+2x 2x10 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
20 CC
11 2x10+20 2x10 20+15 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
+15 CC
12 10+3x20 10+20 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
CC
13 10+15+2 10+15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
x20 CC
14 10+15+2 10+15+20 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per ≥8
x20 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 780 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

number (MHz) Category
Total FDD CC TDD
CC
1 15+4×20 15+2×20 2×20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
CC
2 2×15+3×2 2×15+20 2×20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
0 CC
3 4x20+20 4x20 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
CC
4 3x20+2x2 3x20 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
0 CC
5 2x20+3x2 2x20 3X20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
0 CC
6 20+4x20 20 4x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
CC
CC
8 10+20+3x 10+20 3x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
20 CC
0 CC
10 10+2×20+ 10+2x20 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
2×20 CC
11 10+15+20 10+15+2 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
+2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
1 1×20+5×2 1×20 5×20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.1-3 per 8, ≥11
0 CC
0 CC

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC
3GPP
Release 16 781 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.3.1.2 Minimum Requirement for TDD PCell
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.1.2-4 based on single
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell with 3DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.1.2-5 based on single

Downlink ρA dB 0
allocation dB 0

Modulation QPSK
Note 1:
PB=0 .
3GPP
Release 16 782 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
for FDD SCell (FRC)

t (%)
1.4 MHz R.4 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -1.3
3 MHz R.42-1 OP.1 FDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70
-1.1
FDD
-1.0
FDD
-1.6
FDD
for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

t (%)
1.4 MHz R.4 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70 -0.6
3 MHz R.42-1 OP.1 TDD EVA5 1x2 Low 70
-0.8
TDD
-1.2
TDD
-1.4
TDD
Test Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) Minimum performance requirement UE

numbe Total FDD CC TDD CC Category
r
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.3B
be assigned on any TDD CC.
3GPP
Release 16 783 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numbe Total FDD TDD CC Category
r CC
CC
2 20+20+15 15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥5
CC
CC
CC
5 20+20+15 20+15 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥5
CC
CC
7 20+10+10 2x10 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥5
CC
8 10+15+20 10 15+20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥5
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
be assigned on any TDD CC.
3GPP
Release 16 784 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numb (MHz) Category
er Total FDD CC TDD
CC
CC
CC
CC
4 2×15+2x2 2×15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥8
0 CC
CC
6 2×15+2x2 2x15+20 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥8
0 CC
CC
CC
CC
10 2x10+2x2 2x10 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥8
0 CC
11 2x10+20+ 2x10 20+15 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥8
15 CC
CC
13 10+15+2x 10+15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥8
20 CC
14 10+15+2x 10+15+2 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per ≥8
20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 785 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numbe Total FDD CC TDD Category
r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
8 10+20+3x2 10+20 3x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per 8, ≥11
0 CC
CC
10 10+2×20+2 10+2x20 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per 8, ≥11
×20 CC
11 10+15+20+ 10+15+2 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.2.3.1.2-3 per 8, ≥11
2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC
3GPP
Release 16 786 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.3.2 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance 2Tx Antenna port

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each
component carrier.
3GPP
Release 16 787 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Band- Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value

width e Channel Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR
n t (%)
1.4 MHz R.11-5 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
13.6
FDD FDD
3 MHz R.11-6 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.3
FDD FDD
5MHz R.11-2 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.3
FDD FDD
10MHz OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
R.11 FDD 12.9
FDD
15MHz R.11-7 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.8
FDD FDD
R.30 FDD 12.9
FDD
for TDD SCell (FRC)

n t (%)
1.4 MHz R.11-5 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
13.2
TDD TDD
3 MHz R.11-6 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.8
TDD TDD
5MHz R.11-7 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.6
TDD TDD
10MHz R.11-8 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.8
TDD TDD
15MHz R.11-9 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.9
TDD TDD
20MHz R.30-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
13.0
TDD TDD

r
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.3B
3GPP
Release 16 788 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 789 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numb Total FDD CC TDD Category
er CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
11 2x10+20+1 2x10 20+15 As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1-3 per ≥8
5 CC
CC
13 10+15+2x2 10+15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1-3 per ≥8
0 CC
14 10+15+2x2 10+15+2 20 As defined in Table 8.2.3.2.1-2 and Table 8.2.3.2.1-3 per ≥8
0 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 790 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC
3GPP
Release 16 791 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.3.2.1A Soft buffer management test for FDD PCell
For TDD-FDD CA, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.1A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table
8.2.3.2.1A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the UE
performance with proper instantaneous buffer implementation for FDD as PCell.
Table 8.2.3.2.1A-1: Test Parameters for CA

FDD Carrier TDD Carrier
Downlink ρA dB -3 -3
allocation dB 0 0

Note 1:
PB =1 .
Table 8.2.3.2.1A-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA
Correl Reference value

ation
Propa- matrix
Fraction of UE
Test Reference OCNG gation and
Band-width maximum SNR cate
num. channel pattern condi- anten
throughput (dB) gory
tion na
(%)
config
.
OP.1 FDD
PCell 20MHz R.30 FDD 70 13.2
(Note 1) 2x2
1 EVA70 3
OP.1 TDD Low
SCell 20MHz R.30-2 TDD 70 13.2
(Note 1)
OP.1 FDD
PCell 20MHz R.35-1 FDD 70 16.3
(Note 1) 2x2
2 EVA70 4
OP.1 TDD Low
(Note 1)
OP.1 FDD
(Note 1) 2x2
3 EVA70 3
OP.1 TDD Low
(Note 1)
OP.1 FDD
(Note 1) 2x2
4 EVA70 4
OP.1 TDD Low
(Note 1)
OP.1 FDD
(Note 1) 2x2
5 EVA70 3
OP.1 TDD Low
(Note 1)
OP.1 FDD
(Note 1) 2x2
6 EVA70 4
OP.1 TDD Low
(Note 1)
sets are defined in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 792 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: The same PDSCH transmission mode is applied to each
component carrier.
3GPP
Release 16 793 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
for FDD SCell (FRC)

n t (%)
1.4 MHz R.11-5 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
13.6
FDD FDD
3 MHz R.11-6 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.3
FDD FDD
5MHz R.11-2 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.3
FDD FDD
R.11 FDD 12.9
FDD
15MHz R.11-7 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.8
FDD FDD
R.30 FDD 12.9
FDD

n t (%)
1.4 MHz R.11-5 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
13.2
TDD TDD
3 MHz R.11-6 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.8
TDD TDD
5MHz R.11-7 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.6
TDD TDD
10MHz R.11-8 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.8
TDD TDD
15MHz R.11-9 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
12.9
TDD TDD
20MHz R.30-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x2 Low 70
13.0
TDD TDD

r
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.3B
3GPP
Release 16 794 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

number Total FDD CC TDD CC Category
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 795 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

er CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
0 CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
15 CC
CC
20 CC
20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 796 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC
3GPP
Release 16 797 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.3.2.2A Soft buffer management test for TDD PCell
For TDD-FDD CA, the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.2.2A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table
8.2.3.2.2A-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the UE
performance with proper instantaneous buffer implementation for TDD as PCell.
Table 8.2.3.2.2A-1: Test Parameters for CA

FDD Carrier TDD Carrier
Downlink ρA dB -3 -3
allocation dB 0 0

Note 1:
PB =1 .
Table 8.2.3.2.2A-2: Minimum performance (FRC) for CA
Correl Reference value

ation
Propa- matrix
Fraction of UE
Test Reference OCNG gation and
Band-width maximum SNR cate
num. channel pattern condi- anten
throughput (dB) gory
tion na
(%)
config
.
OP.1 TDD
PCell 20MHz R.30-2 TDD 70 13.2
(Note 1)) 2x2
1 EVA70 3
OP.1 FDD Low
SCell 20MHz R.30 FDD 70 13.2
(Note 1
OP.1 TDD 16.2
PCell 20MHz R.35-1 TDD 70
(Note 1) 2x2
2 EVA70 4
OP.1 FDD Low 16.2
SCell 20MHz R.35-1 FDD 70
(Note 1)
OP.1 TDD 13.2
(Note 1) 2x2
3 EVA70 3
OP.1 FDD Low 16.0
(Note 1)
OP.1 TDD 16.2
(Note 1) 2x2
4 EVA70 4
OP.1 FDD Low 15.8
(Note 1)
OP.1 TDD 13.2
(Note 1) 2x2
5 EVA70 3
OP.1 FDD Low 15.8
(Note 1)
OP.1 TDD 16.2
(Note 1) 2x2
6 EVA70 4
OP.1 FDD Low 15.8
(Note 1)
sets are defined in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 798 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.3.3 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance 4Tx Antenna Port
3GPP
Release 16 799 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
Wideband precoding for 1.4MHz, 4
for 3MHz and 5MHz CCs, 6 for
Precoding granularity PRB
10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and
20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
TDD CC ms 1 or 4 (Note 3)
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
Note 4: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 3.

n t (%)
1.4 MHz R.14-4 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.4
FDD FDD
3 MHz R.14-5 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
9.5
FDD FDD
5MHz R.14-6 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
9.5
FDD FDD
R.14 FDD 10.1
FDD
15MHz R.14-7 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
10.1
FDD FDD
20MHz R.14-3 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
10.3
FDD FDD
3GPP
Release 16 800 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
for TDD SCell (FRC)

n t (%)
1.4 MHz R.43-1 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 11.0
TDD TDD
3 MHz R.43-2 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
9.8
TDD TDD
10.0
TDD TDD
10MHz R.43-4 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
10.5
TDD TDD
15MHz R.43-5 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
10.6
TDD TDD
R.43 TDD 10.7
TDD

r
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.3B
3GPP
Release 16 801 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r
CC
5 CC
0 CC
CC
5 CC
0 CC
0 CC
0 CC
0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 802 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

er CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
0 CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
15 CC
CC
20 CC
20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 803 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC
3GPP
Release 16 804 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 805 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
Widelband pre-coding for 1.4MHz, 4
20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
0000000000000000000000000000
0000111111111111111100000000
bitmap
00000000
PDSCH transmission mode TM4
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
for FDD SCell (FRC)

n t (%)
1.4 MHz R.14-4 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.4
FDD FDD
3 MHz R.14-5 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
9.5
FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
R.14 FDD 10.1
FDD
15MHz R.14-7 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
10.1
FDD FDD
20MHz R.14-3 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
10.3
FDD FDD
3GPP
Release 16 806 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

n t (%)
1.4 MHz R.43-1 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 11.0
TDD TDD
3 MHz R.43-2 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
9.8
TDD TDD
10.0
TDD TDD
10MHz R.43-4 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
10.5
TDD TDD
15MHz R.43-5 OP.1 EVA5 4x2 Low 70
10.6
TDD TDD
R.43 TDD 10.7
TDD

r
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.3B
3GPP
Release 16 807 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 808 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numb Category
er Total FDD CC TDD
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
5 CC
CC
0 CC
0 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 809 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.3B.

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC

Total FDD CC TDD
CC
0 CC
0 CC
3GPP
Release 16 810 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.3.4 Minimum Requirement for Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance 4Tx

Antenna Port for dual connectivity
For dual connectivity the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.3.4-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in
Table 8.2.3.4-2 and Table 8.2.3.4-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.2.3.4-1 and the downlink physical
channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance
with wideband and frequency selective precoding by using dual connectivity transmission.
Table 8.2.3.4-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for TDD-FDD dual
connectivity

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
s dB -3
8 for FDD CC
PMI delay (Note 2) ms
10 or 11 for TDD CC
Reporting interval ms 1 for FDD CC
1 or 4 for TDD CC (Note 3)

bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
and SCG
MCG and SCG
(Note 5)
Note 1:
PB=1 .
configured.
Table 8.2.3.4-2: FDD single carrier performance for multiple dual connectivity configurations
Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propa Correlatio Reference value

h e channel patter - n matrix Fraction SNR
3GPP
Release 16 811 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
of
maximum
(dB)
n gation and throughpu
condi- antenna t (%)
R.14-4 OP. 1 tion config. 10.3
1.4MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70
FDD FDD 6
R.14-5 OP. 1
FDD FDD
R.14-6 OP. 1
FDD FDD
OP. 1
10 MHz R.14 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.1
FDD
R.14-7 OP. 1
15MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.1
FDD FDD
R.14-3 OP. 1
20MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.3
FDD FDD
Table 8.2.3.4-3: TDD single carrier performance for multiple dual connectivity configurations
Propa Correlatio Reference value

OCNG - n matrix Fraction of
Bandwidt Referenc SN
patter gation and maximum
h e channel R
n condi- antenna throughpu
(dB)
tion config. t (%)
R.43-1 OP.1
1.4MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 11.0
TDD TDD
R.43-2 OP.1
TDD TDD
R.43-3 OP.1
TDD TDD
R.43-4 OP.1
10 MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.5
TDD TDD
R.43-5 OP.1
15MHz EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.6
TDD TDD
OP. 1
TDD
Table 8.2.3.4-4: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity
Test num. Bandwidth combination Requirement UE category

As specified in Table 8.2.3.4-2 and Table ≥5
1 2x20 MHz
8.2.3.4-3 per CC
8.2.3.5.0 General
3GPP
Release 16 812 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
NOTE 1: B P =1
.
component carrier.
Table 8.2.3.5.1-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations for FDD PCell and SCell
(FRC)

Propa-
gation SNR
condition (dB)
OP. 1
FDD
OP. 1
10 MHz R.87 FDD HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70 [13.3]
FDD
OP. 1
FDD
OP. 1
FDD
3GPP
Release 16 813 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.3.5.1-3: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Fraction of
maximum SNR
throughput (dB)
tion config.
(%)
10 MHz R.87 TDD OP.1 TDD HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70 [13.2]
OP. 1
20 MHz R.87-4 TDD HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70 [13.6]
TDD

r
CC
CC
CC
in clause 8.1.2.3B

r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
in clause 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 814 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

er CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
5 CC
CC
0 CC
0 0 CC
in clause 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 815 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in clause 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 816 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB=1 .
component carrier.
for FDD SCell (FRC)

n t (%)
5 MHz R.87-2 OP.1 HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70
[13,9]
FDD FDD
10 MHz OP.1 HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70
R.87 FDD [13.3]
FDD
[13.9]
FDD FDD
[14.1]
FDD FDD

n t (%)
[13.1]
TDD TDD
10 MHz OP.1 HST-SFN 2x2 Low 70
R.87 TDD [13.2]
TDD
[13.4]
TDD TDD
[13.6]
TDD TDD
3GPP
Release 16 817 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r
CC
CC
CC
in clause 8.1.2.3B

number Total FDD CC TDD CC Category
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
per CC
in clause 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 818 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

er CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
0 CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
15 CC
CC
20 CC
20 0 CC
in clause 8.1.2.3B.
3GPP
Release 16 819 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in clause 8.1.2.3B.
8.2.4 LAA
8.2.4.1.1 FDD PCell (FDD single carrier)
The parameters specified in Table 8.2.4.1.1-1 are valid for FDD CC and LAA SCell(s) unless otherwise stated. And the
additional parameters specified in Table 8.2.4.1.1-2 are valid for LAA SCell(s).
3GPP
Release 16 820 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.4.1.1-1: Common Test Parameters
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
(Note 1)
coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and 256QAM
Cell_ID 0
Note 1: For retransmission in partial subframes, the TB size should be kept the same as
the initial transmission regardless of the initial transmission is performed in full
subframes or partial subframes.
Table 8.2.4.1.1-2: Addtional Test Parameters for LAA SCell(s)

DMTC Periodicity ms 80
dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12 0
ms80-r12
Discovery signal subframe 1
occasion duration
Power allocation of Same as power allocation of CRS within a
discovery signal transmission burst in the test
For CA with LAA SCell(s), the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.4.1.1-4, with the addition of the parameters in
Table 8.2.4.1.1-1, Table 8.2.4.1.1-2, Table 8.2.4.1.1-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex
C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with frequency selective precoding
for CA with LAA SCell(s).
3GPP
Release 16 821 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.4.1.1-3: Test Parameters for Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
CCs
bitmap 001111111111111111000000000000
0000
DL Burst transmission pattern
As specified in B.8
for LAA SCell
The number of subframes set
{1,3,5,8}
(S1) in a burst
Occupied OFDM symbols set
{6,9,12,14}
in the last subframe
Random variable p defined in
0.5
B.8
timing error relative of LAA
μs 0
SCell to PCell
Frequency offset of th i-th LAA
Hz 200
SCell relative to PCell
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
Table 8.2.4.1.1-4: Single carrier performance for PCell for multiple CA configurations
Reference value
Correlation
Propa- Fraction of
gation maximum SNR
config.
t (%)
1.4MH
R.14-4 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.4
z
3GPP
Release 16 822 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.4.1.1-5: Single carrier performance for LAA SCell(s) for multiple CA configurations
Reference value
Propa-
Band- Sub-test Reference OCNG matrix and norminal
gation SNR
width (Note 2) channel pattern antenna maximum
condition (dB)
(Note 1)
1 R.1 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 18.7
2 R.1 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 18.6
20MHz
3 R.1 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 18.9
4 R.1 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 19
Note 1: Fraction of nominal maximum throughput is calculated based on random transmission occasions of
PDSCH.
Note 2: An UE is required to fulfill only one test of Sub-test 1-4 depending on UE capabilities of endingDwPTS
and secondSlotStartingPosition. For an UE not supporting both endingDwPTS and
secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfill Sub-test 1; For an UE not supporting endingDwPTS
but supporting secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfill Sub-test 2; For an UE supporting
endingDwPTS but not supporting secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfil Sub-test 3; and For
an UE supporting both endingDwPTS and secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfill Sub-test 4.
Table 8.2.4.1.1-6: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with one
LAA SCell
Test Aggregated Bandwidth (MHz) Minimum performance requirement (Note 2) UE

number Total PCell LAA Category
SCell
1 2x20 20 20 As defined in Table 8.2.4.1.1-4 and Table 8.2.4.1.1-5 ≥5
2 15+20 15 20 As defined in Table 8.2.4.1.1-4 and Table 8.2.4.1.1-5 ≥5
in 8.1.2.3D.
Note 2: Apply a per-CC requirement defined in 8.2.4.1.1-4 for PCell and apply a per-CC requirement defined in
8.2.4.1.1-5 for LAA SCell.
Table 8.2.4.1.1-7: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with two
LAA SCells

numbe Total PCell LAA Category
r SCell
2 15+2x20 15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.2.4.1.1-4 and Table 8.2.4.1.1-5 ≥5
in 8.1.2.3D.
Note 2: Apply a per-CC requirement defined in Table 8.2.4.1.1-4 for PCell and apply a per-CC requirement defined
in Table 8.2.4.1.1-5 for LAA SCell.
3GPP
Release 16 823 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.4.1.1-8: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with three
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
Table 8.2.4.1.1-9: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with four
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
Table 8.2.4.1.1-10: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with five
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
Table 8.2.4.1.1-11: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with six
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
3GPP
Release 16 824 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.2.4.1.2 TDD PCell (TDD single carrier)
The parameters specified in Table 8.2.4.1.2-1 are valid for TDD CC and LAA SCell(s) unless otherwise stated. And the
Table 8.2.4.1.2-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)

Uplink downlink 1
Special subframe 4
Cell ID 0
processes per
component carrier
Maximum number of 4
HARQ transmission
(Note 3)

dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12 0
ms80-r12
Discovery signal subframe 1
occasion duration
For CA with LAA SCell(s), the requirements are specified in Table 8.2.4.1.2-4, with the addition of the parameters in
Table 8.2.4.1.2-1, Table 8.2.4.1.2-2, Table 8.2.4.1.2-3 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex
C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with frequency selective precoding
for CA with LAA SCell(s).
3GPP
Release 16 825 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.4.1.2-3: Test Parameters for Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
CCs
bitmap 001111111111111111000000000000
0000
DL Burst transmission pattern
As specified in B.8
for LAA SCell
{1,3,5,8}
(S1) in a burst
{6,9,12,14}
Random variable p defined in
0.5
B.8
μs 0
SCell to PCell
Hz 200
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between
1ms and 4ms.
layers.
Table 8.2.4.1.2-4: Single carrier performance for PCell for multiple CA configurations
Reference value
Correlation
Propa- Fraction of
gation maximum SNR
config.
t (%)
1.4MH
R.43-1 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 11.0
z
20MHz R.43 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 70 10.7
3GPP
Release 16 826 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.2.4.1.2-5: Single carrier performance for LAA SCell for multiple CA configurations
Reference value
Correlation
Propa- Fraction of
Bandwidt Sub-test Reference OCNG matrix and
gation maximum SNR
h (Note 2) channel pattern antenna
condition throughput (%) (dB)
config.
(Note 1)
1 R.1 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 18.7
2 R.1 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 18.6
20MHz
3 R.1 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 18.9
4 R.1 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 19
Note 1: Fraction of nominal maximum throughput is calculated based on random transmission occasions of
PDSCH.
LAA SCell

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
3GPP
Release 16 827 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
3GPP
Release 16 828 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.3 Demodulation of PDSCH (User-Specific Reference

Symbols)
8.3.1 FDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.3.1-1 are valid for FDD unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.3.1-1: Common Test Parameters for User-specific Reference Symbols

Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
Processes 8
processes
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM and
coding sequence
1024QAM
Number of OFDM
OFDM symbols 2
symbols for PDCCH
Frequency domain: 1 PRG for
Precoder update
Transmission modes 9 and 10
granularity
Time domain: 1 ms
Note 1: Void.
Note 2: Void.
8.3.1.1 Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing

For single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C, the requirements
are specified in Table 8.3.1.1-1 and 8.3.1.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.1-3 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance on one of
the antenna ports 7 or 8 with and without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port, and to verify rate
matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power.
3GPP
Release 16 829 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with multiple CSI-
RS configurations
3GPP
Release 16 830 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
parameter Unit Test 1, Test 1a Test 2 Test 3 Test 4, Test 4a Test 5

power ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
allocation dB -3 -3 -3 -3 -3

Beamforming
Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1
model
Cell-specific
reference Antenna ports 0,1
signals
Antenna ports 15, Antenna ports 15, Antenna
CSI reference Antenna ports 15, Antenna ports 15,
…, 18 …,18 ports 15, …,
signals …,18 …,18
18
CSI-RS
periodicity and
Subframes 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2 5/2
subframe offset
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference
signal 0 3 0 0 0
configuration
csi-RS-
ConfigZP- N/A N/A N/A {0,1} N/A
ApList
Zero-power
CSI-RS 0100000000000000
3/ 3/
configuration Subframes 3/ or
000100000000000 000100000000000 N/A
ICSI-RS / / bitmap 0001000000000000 0001000000000000
0 0
ZeroPowerCSI- (Note 7)
RS bitmap
N oc at
dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98 -98
antenna port
Symbols for OCNG (Note
OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4)
unused PRBs 4)
Number of
allocated
PRB 50 50 50 50 50
resource blocks
(Note 2)
Simultaneous
No Yes (Note 3, 5) No No No
transmission
PDSCH
transmission 9 9 9 9 9
mode
Number of
MBSFN Subframes 6 (Note 6) NA NA 6 (Note 6) NA
subframes
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8.
Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal is mapped onto the antenna port (7 or 8) not used for the input signal under test.
Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data
transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.
Note 5:
n
The two UEs’ scrambling identities SCID are set to 0 for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous transmission
test cases.
Note 6: For FDD mode, 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are allocated as MBSFN subframes.
Note 7: Through DCI signalling, indicating aperiodic ZP-CSI-RS in sub-frames #3 and #8 per frame, the indicated aperiodic ZP-CSI-RS
is random selected from RRC-configured AP ZP CSIRS list.
3GPP
Release 16 831 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous

transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE UE DL

number h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category Cat-
MCS Antenna Maximum (dB) egory
t (%)
1 10 MHz R.43-1 OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 -1.2 ≥1 ≥6
QPSK 1/3 FDD
1a 10 MHz R.43-2 OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 [-1.3] ≥1 ≥6
QPSK 1/3 FDD
3 10MHz R. 66 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 24.3 11-12 ≥11
256QAM
4 10 MHz R.43-1 OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 [-1.2] ≥1 ≥6
QPSK 1/3 FDD
4a 10 MHz R.43-2 OP.1 FDD EVA5 2x2 Low [70] TBD ≥1 ≥6
QPSK 1/3 FDD
5 10MHz R.101 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Low 70 30.1 TBD 20, ≥ 22
1024QAM
Note 1: For UE that does not support aperiodic ZP-CSI-RS, test 1a will be run and test 1 will be skipped if the UE indicates support of
pdsch-CollisionHandling-r13. Otherwise, test 1 will be run and test 1a will be skipped. For UE that does not support aperiodic
ZP-CSI-RS, test 4 and test 4a will be skipped.
Note 2: For UE that supports AP ZP CSIRS, test 4a will be run and test 4 will be skipped if the UE indicates support of pdsch-
CollisionHandling-r13. Otherwise, test 4 will be run and test 4a will be skipped. For UE that supports AP ZP CSIRS, test 1 and
test 1a will be skipped.
Table 8.3.1.1-3: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous


number and MCS Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
(%)
64QAM 1/2
Note 1: The reference channel applies to both the input signal under test and the interfering signal.
8.3.1.1A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A – Single-layer Spatial

Multiplexing with TM9 interference model
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.1A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.1A-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify closed loop rank one
performance on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the
serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell
applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4. In 8.3.1.1A-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and
Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and
Cell 2, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 832 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9
interference model
3GPP
Release 16 833 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
parameter Unit Cell 1 Cell 2

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation
 dB -3 -3
Antenna ports 15,
…,18
CSI-RS periodicity and
Subframes 5/2 N/A
subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference signal
0 N/A
configuration
-98 N/A
15kHz
DIP (Note 2) dB N/A -1.73
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126
2 2
symbols
As specified in
Beamforming model clause B.4.3 N/A
(Note 4, 5)
As specified in
clause B.5.4
Probability of Rank 1 N/A 70
occurrence of
transmission rank Rank 2 N/A 30
in interfering cells
Precoder update granularity PRB 50 6
PMI delay (Note 5) Ms 8 N/A

Reporting interval Ms 5 N/A
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 N/A
bitmap 0000000000000000
N/A
0000000000000000
1111111111111111
Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 6) N/A
No simultaneous
transmission on the
other antenna port in
Simultaneous transmission N/A
(7 or 8) not used for
the input signal
under test
Physical channel for CQI
PUSCH(Note 8) N/A
reporting
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 5 N/A
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to
N oc ´ is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.
3GPP
Release 16 834 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto
antenna port 7 or 8.
Note 4: The precoder in clause B.4.3 follows UE recommended PMI.
Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report
both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in
downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on
PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.
Table 8.3.1.1A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS with TM9

interference model
Test Referenc OCNG Propagation Correlatio Reference Value UE

Number e Pattern Conditions n Matrix Categor
Channel Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 and Fraction of SINR y
Configurat Throughput (%) (Note
ion (Note 2)
3)
1 R.48 FDD OP.1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 -1.1 ≥1
FDD

E /N ´
Note 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.
8.3.1.1B Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (demodulation subframe overlaps with

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.1B-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.3.1.1B-1. The purpose is
to verify the performance of the antenna ports 7 or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in
the serving cell if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the
aggressor cell with CRS assistance information. In Table 8.3.1.1B-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are
the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell
3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
3GPP
Release 16 835 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1B-1: Test parameters of TM9-Single-Layer (2 CSI-RS ports) – Non-MBSFN ABS
3GPP
Release 16 836 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB 0 -3 -3
Downlink power
B dB 0 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB -3 N/A N/A
 Reference Value
E s N oc 2 dB in Table 12 10
8.3.1.1B-2
Cell Id 0 1 126
Antenna ports
CSI reference signals N/A N/A
15,16
subframe offset Subframes 5/2 N/A N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
3/
configuration Subframes /
00100000000000 N/A N/A
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap
00
bitmap
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
11000000 11000000
10000000
10000000
RLM/RRM Measurement
10000000 N/A N/A
10000000
10000000
11000000
11000000
CCSI,0 11000000 N/A N/A
11000000
(Note7) 00111111
00111111
CCSI,1 00111111 N/A N/A
00111111
00111111
2 Note 8 Note 8
symbols
PDSCH transmission mode TM9-1layer Note 9 Note 9
3GPP
Release 16 837 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Frequency
domain: 1 PRG
Precoding granularity N/A N/A
Time domain: 1
ms
Beamforming model Annex B.4.1 N/A N/A
Note 1: PB  1 .
aggressor ABS.
ABS
Note 5: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated
PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is
overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the
definition of the reference channel.
in [7]
Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3
applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5.
Table 8.3.1.1B-2: Minimum Performance of TM9-Single-Layer (2 CSI-RS ports) – Non-MBSFN ABS

(%) 3)
1 R.51 FDD OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 7.8 ≥2
FDD FDD FDD

8.3.1.1C Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B – Single-layer Spatial

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.1C-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.1C-1 and the
performance on one of the antenna ports 7, 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the
serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of two interfering cells applying
3GPP
Release 16 838 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.6.4. In 8.3.1.1C-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3
are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and
Table 8.3.1.1C-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (Single-layer) with TM9
interference model

ρA dB 0 0 0
Downlink power allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 0
 dB -3 -3 -3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
3
CFI indicated in PCFICH 3 3

Interference model
Random
wideband As specified in As specified in
Precoding
precoding per clause B.6.4 clause B.6.4
TTI
CSI reference signals
15, 16, 17, 18 15, 16 15, 16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset
Subframes 10 / 1 10 / 1 10 / 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference signal configuration 5 6 7
6/ 6/ 6/
10000000000 010000000000 00100000000
ICSI-RS /ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap bitmap
00000 0000 00000
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB =1
3GPP
Release 16 839 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1C-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, CDM-
multiplexed DM RS with TM9 interference model
Test Referenc OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Matrix and Reference Value UE
Num e Conditions Antenna Configuration Categ
ber Channel Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Fraction of SNR (dB) ory
1 2 3 1 2 3 Maximum (Note 2)
Throughput
(%)
1 R.69 OP. N/A N/A EP EP EP 4x2 2x2 2x2 85 18.5 ≥1
FDD 1 A5 A5 A5 Low Low Low
FD
D

Es / N oc of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.1.1D Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B – Single-layer Spatial

Multiplexing with CRS interference model
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.1D-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.1D-1 and the
serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by the CRS of the interfering cell, applying
the CRS interference model defined in clause B.6.5. In 8.3.1.1D-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are
interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3,
respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 840 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1D-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (Single-layer) with CRS
interference model

ρA dB 0 0 0
 dB -3 -3 -3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
Interference model
Random
wideband
Precoding N/A N/A
precoding per
TTI
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB =1
Table 8.3.1.1D-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, CDM-
multiplexed DM RS with CRS interference model

(%) 2)
1 R.71 FDD OP. N/A N/A EP EP EP 2x2 Low 85 14.3 ≥2
1 A5 A5 A5
FD
D
Note 2:
E /N
3GPP
Release 16 841 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.3.1.1E Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B – Single-layer Spatial

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.1E-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.1E-1 and the
transmission mode 3 interference model defined in clause B.6.2. In 8.3.1.1E-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3
Table 8.3.1.1E-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (Single-layer) with TM3
interference model

ρA dB 0 -3 -3
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) -3 -3
allocation
 dB -3 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 3.28 0.74
Cell Id 0 1 6
3 Random from Random from
CFI indicated in PCFICH
{1,2,3} {1,2,3}
Interference model
Random
Precoding
TTI
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB =1
3GPP
Release 16 842 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1E-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, CDM-

(%) 2)
1 R.70 FDD OP. N/A N/A EP EP EP 2x2 Low 85 11.5 ≥1
1 A5 A5 A5
FD
D
Note 2:
E /N
8.3.1.1F Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B – Single-layer Spatial

Multiplexing with TM10 serving cell configuration and TM9 interference model
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.1F-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.1F-1 and the
serving cell when the PDSCH transmission configured with TM10 in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one
dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.6.3. The NAICS
network assistance is provided when the serving cell TM10 is configured with QCL-type A and PCID based DM-RS
scrambling. The neighbouring cell has transmission mode TM9 and NeighCellsInfo-r12 for interfering cell indicates
presence of TM9. In 8.3.1.1F-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical
channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 843 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1F-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM10
serving cell configuration and TM9 interference model

ρA dB 0 0 0
 dB -3 -3 -3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
Interference model
Random
Precoding
TTI
15, 16, 17, 18 15, 16 15, 16
Subframes 10 / 1 10 / 1 10 / 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
6/ 6/ 6/
10000000000 010000000000 00100000000
00000 0000 00000
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB =1
3GPP
Release 16 844 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1F-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, CDM-
multiplexed DM RS with TM10 serving cell configuration and TM9 interference model

Number e Conditions Matrix and Cate
Channel Antenna gory
Configuration
Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Fraction of SNR
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Note 2)
(%)
1 R.69 OP. N/A N/A EP EP EP 4x2 2x2 2x2 85 18.2 ≥1
FDD 1 A5 A5 A5 Low Low Low
FD
D
Note 2: SINR corresponds to

8.3.1.1G Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (CRS assistance information is configured)

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.1G-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.3.1.1G-1. The purpose is
the serving cell with CRS assistance information. In Table 8.3.1.1G-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3
are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1, Cell2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.2.
The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
3GPP
Release 16 845 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1G-1: Test parameters of TM9-Single-Layer (2 CSI-RS ports)

A dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
B dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB -3 -3 -3
Reference
^
E s /N oc dB Value in Table 10.45 4.6
8.3.1.1G-2
Time Offset to Cell 1 s N/A 3 -1
Cell Id 0 1 128
Antenna ports
15,16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe
offset Subframes 5/2 N/A N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
3/
0010000000000 N/A N/A
000
bitmap
2 2 2
symbols
PDSCH transmission mode TM9-1layer N/A N/A
Frequency
domain: 1 PRG
Time domain: 1
ms
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
3GPP
Release 16 846 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1G-2: Minimum Performance of TM9-Single-Layer (2 CSI-RS ports)
Propagation
OCNG Pattern Correlation Reference Value
Conditions (Note1)
Matrix and UE
Test Reference Fraction of SNR
Antenna Cate
Number Channel Maximum (dB)
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Configurati gory
Throughput (Note
on (Note 2)
(%) 3)
R.51-1 OP.1
1 N/A N/A EVA5 2x2 Low 70 11.6 ≥2
FDD FDD
E s /N oc ^
8.3.1.1H Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (With Enhanced DMRS table configured)

For single-layer transmission on antenna port 7, 8, 11 or 13 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C, the
requirement is specified in Table 8.3.1.1H-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.1H-1 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of the test is to verify rank-1 performance on antenna
port 11 with a simultaneous transmission on the antenna port 7, 8 or 13 with DMRS enhancement table and 4
orthogonal DMRS ports (dmrs-Enhancements-r13 UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]).
3GPP
Release 16 847 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1H-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with interfering
simultaneous transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations with Enhanced DMRS table
parameter Unit Test 1

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3
Beamforming model Annex B.4.1A
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,…,18

offset Subframes 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
3
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration Subframes / 3/
ICSI-RS / bitmap 0001000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap

Number of allocated resource
PRB 50
blocks (Note 2)
Simultaneous transmission Yes (Note 3, 5)
dmrs-Enhancements-r13 Enable
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped onto
antenna port 11.
Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal are random mapped
onto one antenna port among antenna port 7, 8 and 13. The
upadate granularity for randomized mapping antenna port is 1 PRG
in frequency domain and 1ms in time domain.
Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number
of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted
over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data,
which is QPSK modulated.
Note 5: The two UEs’ scrambling identities

nSCID are set to 0 with OCC =4.
Table 8.3.1.1H-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous

transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations with Enhanced DMRS table

(%)
64QAM 1/2
3GPP
Release 16 848 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.3.1.1I Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (with assistance information for

simultaneous transmition interfering PDSCH)
For single-layer transmission on a DMRS antenna port upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C, the
requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.1I-1, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.1I-2 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance on one
DMRS antenna port with a simultaneous transmission on on of the other DMRS antenna port with or without DMRS
enhancement table and 4 orthogonal DMRS ports (dmrs-Enhancements-r13 UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]).
Table 8.3.1.1I-1: Test Parameters for Minimun Performance Requirement - Single-layer Spatial
Multiplexing with assistance information for simultaneous transmition interfering PDSCH (FRC)
parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3
Beamforming model Annex B.4.1

Subframes 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference signal configuration 3
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration
Subframes / 3/
ICSI-RS /
bitmap 0001000000000000

Number of allocated resource blocks PRB 50
Simultaneous transmission Yes
Number of MBSFN subframes Subframes NA
dmrs-Enhancements-r13 Disabled Enable Enable
k-max-r14 (Note 5) 1 1 3
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 3: In Test 1, the modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped randomly onto antenna port
7 or 8. Modulation symbols of an interference signal are mapped randomly onto one of the
n
remaining DMRS antenna port. The two UEs’ scrambling identities SCID are set to 0 with OCC
=2.
Note 4: In Test 2 and Test 3, the modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped randomly onto
antenna port 7, 8, 11 or 13. Modulation symbols of an interference signal are mapped randomly
n
onto one of the remaining DMRS antenna port. The two UEs’ scrambling identities SCID are set
to 0 with OCC =4.
Note 5: k-max-r14 is decribed in subclause 6.3.2 of [7].
Note 6: The upadate granularity for randomized mapping antenna port is 50 PRGs in frequency domain
and 1ms in time domain.
3GPP
Release 16 849 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.1I-2: Minimum performance for Minimun Performance Requirement - Single-layer Spatial

(%)
1
2 10 MHz R.cc FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Low 70 15.2 ≥2
3
8.3.1.2 Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

For dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C, the requirements
are specified in Table 8.3.1.2-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.2-1 where Cell 1 is the serving cell
and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is set according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of
these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB allocation, to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference
symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power, and to verify that the UE correctly estimate SNR.
Table 8.3.1.2-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple CSI-
RS configurations
Test 1
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
power  dB -3 -3
allocation
PDSCH_RA dB 4 NA
PDSCH_RB dB 4 NA
3GPP
Release 16 850 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Cell-specific reference Antenna ports 0 and Antenna ports 0 and

signals 1 1
Cell ID 0 126
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,16 NA
Beamforming model Annex B.4.2 NA

subframe offset Subframes 5/2 NA
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 NA
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes 3/
ICSI-RS / NA
/ bitmap 0010000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS
bitmap
-98 -98
15kHz
Es / N oc Reference Value in
Table 8.3.1.2-2
7.25dB
Symbols for unused

OCNG (Note 2) NA
PRBs
Number of allocated
PRB 50 NA
resource blocks (Note 2)
Simultaneous
No NA
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9 Blanked
mode
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of
virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the
OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK
modulated.
Table 8.3.1.2-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS
configurations

number and MCS Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Categ
Cell1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Fraction of SNR ory
on Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.51 FDD OP.1 N/A ETU5 ETU5 2x2 Low 70 14.2 ≥2
16QAM 1/2 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 851 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.3.1.2A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - Dual-Layer Spatial

Multiplexing
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of this test is to verify rank two performance
for full RB allocation upon antenna ports 7 and 8.
Table 8.3.1.2A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple CSI-
RS configurations

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3
Cell-specific reference Antenna ports 0
signals and 1
Antenna ports
15,16
subframe offset TCSI- Subframes 5/2
RS / ∆CSI-RS

8
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes 3/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0010000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS
bitmap
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 2)
PRBs
Number of allocated
PRB 50
Simultaneous
No
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9
mode
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an
arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per
virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG
PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random
data, which is QPSK modulated.
3GPP
Release 16 852 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.2A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) with
multiple CSI-RS configurations

(%)
1 10 MHz R.51 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 Medium 70 17.4 ≥2
16QAM 1/2
8.3.1.3 Performance requirements for DCI format 2D and non Quasi Co-located
Antenna Ports
8.3.1.3.1 Minimum requirement with Same Cell ID (with single NZP CSI-RS resource)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.3.1-3, with the additional parameters in Table 8.3.1.3.1-1 and Table
8.3.1.3.1-2. The purpose of this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when
the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission point share the same Cell ID. In particular the
test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and compensation of the
timing difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation and rate matching according to the
‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ (PQI) signalling defined in [6], configured according to Table
8.3.1.3.1-2. In Tables 8.3.1.3.1-1 and 8.3.1.3.1-2, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell and transmission point
2 (TP 2) transmits PDSCH. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to Table C.3.4-1 and for TP 2
according to Table C.3.4-2.
3GPP
Release 16 853 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.3.1-1: Test Parameters for quasi co-location type B: same Cell ID
Parameter Unit TP 1 TP 2
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
 dB -3 -3
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 (Note 2)
CSI-RS 0 antenna ports NA Port {15,16}

qcl-CSI-RS-ConfigNZPId-r11,
CSI-RS 0 periodicity and Subframes NA 5/2
NA 8
CSI-RS 0 configuration
csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11, Zero-
power CSI-RS 0 configuration 2/
NA
ICSI-RS / 0000010000000000
ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap
-98 -98
15kHz
Es / N oc dB
Reference point in
Table 8.3.1.3.1-3
Reference point in
Table 8.3.1.3.1-3
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 0
2 2
symbols
PDSCH transmission mode Blanked 10
Number of allocated PRB PRB NA 50

qcl-Operation, ‘PDSCH RE
Mapping and Quasi-Co- Type B, ‘00’
Location Indicator’
Reference point in
Time offset between TPs s NA
Table 8.3.1.3.1-3
Frequency error between TPs Hz NA 0
Port 7 as specified in
Beamforming model NA
clause B.4.1
Symbols for unused PRBs NA OCNG (Note 3)
Note 1:
PB=1
Noet 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 have zero transmission power.
Table 8.3.1.3.1-2: Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set
PQI set Parameters in each PQI set DL transmission

index hypothesis for each
PQI Set
3GPP
Release 16 854 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
NZP CSI-RS Index (For quasi ZP CSI-RS configuration TP 1 TP 2

co-location)
PQI set 0 CSI-RS 0 ZP CSI-RS 0 Blanked PDSCH
Table 8.3.1.3.1-3: Minimum performance for quasi co-location type B: same Cell ID
Test Referenc OGCN Time Propagation Correlation Reference Value UE

Numbe e pattern offset Conditions Matrix and Categor
r Channel betwee (Note1) Antenna y
TP 1 TP 2 n TPs TP 1 TP 2 Configuratio Fraction of SNR
(s) n (Note 2) Maximum (dB)
Throughpu (Not
t (%) e 3)
1 R.52 FDD NA OP. 2 EPA5 EPA 2x2 Low 70 12.1 ≥2
1 5
FDD
2 R.52 FDD NA OP. -0.5 EPA5 EPA 2x2 Low 70 12.6 ≥2
1 5
FDD
Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP 1 and TP 2 are statistically independent.
Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for TP 1 and TP 2.

E^ s / N oc of TP 2 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.1.3.2 Minimum requirements with Same Cell ID (with multiple NZP CSI-RS resources)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.3.2-3, with the additional parameters in Tables 8.3.1.3.2-1 and 8.3.1.3.2-2.
The purpose of this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when the UE
receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission point share the same Cell ID. In particular the test
verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and compensation of the
‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ (PQI) signalling defined in [6]. In Tables 8.3.1.3.2-1 and
8.3.1.3.2-2, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH, and
transmission point 2 (TP 2) has same Cell ID as TP 1. Multiple NZP CSI-RS resources and ZP CSI-RS resources are
configured. In each sub-frame, DL PDSCH transmission is dynamically switched between 2 TPs with multiple PDSCH
RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator configuration (PQI). Configurations of PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-
Co-Location Indicator and downlink transmission hypothesis are defined in Table 8.3.1.3.2-2. The downlink physical
channel setup for TP 1 is according to Table C.3.4-1 and for TP 2 according to Table C.3.4-2.
Table 8.3.1.3.2-1: Test Parameters for timing offset compensation with DPS transmission
parameter Unit TP 1 TP 2
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
s dB -3 -3
3GPP
Release 16 855 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Beamforming model
Antenna ports
CSI reference signals 0 N/A
{15,16}
CSI-RS 0 periodicity and
Subframes 5/2 N/A
CSI reference signal 0
0 N/A
configuration
Antenna ports
{15,16}
Subframes N/A 5/2
N/A 8
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS 0
configuration Subframes 2/
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0010000000000000
Zero-power CSI-RS1
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0000010000000000
ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmapS
Es / N oc dB
Reference Value in
Table 8.3.1.3.2-3
Reference Value in
Table 8.3.1.3.2-3
-98 -98
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 0
2 2
symbols
Reference Value in
Timing offset between TPs N/A
Table 8.3.1.3.2-3
Frequency offset between TPs Hz N/A 0
PRB 50 50
blocks
% 30 70
PDSCH transmission(Note 3)
Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4)
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 have zero transmission power.
Note 3: PDSCH transmission from TPs shall be randomly determined independently for
each subframe. Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TPs are
specified.
3GPP
Release 16 856 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

index hypothesis for
each PQI Set
co-location)
PQI set 0 CSI-RS 0 ZP CSI-RS 0 PDSCH Blanked
Table 8.3.1.3.2-3: Performance Requirements for timing offset compensation with DPS transmission
Test Timing Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference Value UE

Number offset(us) Channel Pattern Conditions Matrix and Category
TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2 Antenna Fraction of SNR
(%) 3)
1 2 R.53 FDD OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 12.2 ≥2
FDD FDD
2 -0.5 R.53 FDD OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 12.5 ≥2
FDD FDD
Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP 1and TP 2 are statistically independent.

Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of TP 1 and TP 2.

Es / N oc of both TP 1 and TP 2 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.1.3.3 Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and Colliding CRS (with single NZP CSI-
RS resource)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.3.3-2, with the additional parameters in Table 8.3.1.3.3-1. The purpose of
this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when the UE receives DCI
format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission points have different Cell ID and colliding CRS. In particular the
frequency difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation and rate matching behaviour
according to the ‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ signalling defined in [6]. In Table 8.3.1.3.3-1,
transmission point 1 (TP 1) is serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH, and transmission
point 2 (TP 2) transmits PDSCH with different Cell ID. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to
Table C.3.4-1 and for TP 2 according to Table C.3.4-2.
Table 8.3.1.3.3-1: Test Parameters for quasi co-location type B with different Cell ID and Colliding
CRS
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
s dB -3 -3
3GPP
Release 16 857 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
As specified in
Beamforming model N/A
clause B.4.2
Antenna ports
{15,16}
Subframes N/A 5/2
N/A 0
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS 0
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0010000000000000
Reference point in
Es / N oc dB Table 8.3.1.3.3-2 +
Reference Value in
Table 8.3.1.3.3-2
4dB
-98 -98
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126
1 2
symbols
Timing offset between TPs us N/A 0

PDSCH transmission mode Blank 10
N/A 50
block
Symbols for unused PRBs N/A OCNG(Note2)
Note 1:
PB =1
Table 8.3.1.3.3-2: Performance Requirements for quasi co-location type B with different Cell ID and
Colliding CRS

(Note1) Antenna
TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2 Configuration Fraction of SNR
(Note 2) Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Note 3)
(%)
3GPP
Release 16 858 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
1 R.54 FDD N/A OP.1 EPA5 ETU5 2x2 Low 70 14.4 ≥2

FDD
Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP.1 and TP.2 are statistically independent.
Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of TP.1 and TP.2.

Es / N oc of TP.2 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.1.3.4 Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and non-colliding CRS (with single
NZP CSI-RS resource and CRS assistance information is configured)
the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where three transmission points have different Cell ID and non-colliding
CRS. In particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and
compensation of the frequency difference and time difference between two transmission points, channel parameters
estimation and rate matching behaviour according to the ‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’
signalling defined in [6]. Further, the test verifies that the UE, configured with the CRS assistance information [7], can
mitigate interference from CRS for demodulation. The CRS assistance information [7] includes TP 3. In Table
8.3.1.3.4-1, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH,
transmission point 2 (TP 2) transmits PDSCH with different Cell ID, and Transmission point 3 (TP 3) is the aggressor
transmission point. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to Table C.3.4-1, for TP 2 is according
to Table C.3.4-2, and for TP 3 is according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 859 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.3.4-1: Test Parameters for quasi co-location type B with different Cell ID and non-
Colliding CRS when CRS assistance information is configured
parameter Unit TP 1 TP 2 TP 3
ρA dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 0
s dB -3 -3 -3
Beamforming model N/A N/A
clause B.4.1
Antenna ports
CSI reference signals 0 N/A N/A
{15,16}
Subframes N/A 5/2 N/A
N/A 0 N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS 0
N/A N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0010000000000000
Es / N oc dB 10.45
Reference Value in
Table 8.3.1.3.4-3
8.45

-98 -98 N/A
15kHz
Cell Id 0 1 128
1 2 2
symbols
Timing offset to TP 1 us N/A -0.5 3
Frequency offset to TP 1 Hz N/A 200 -100

Mapping and Quasi-Co- Type B, ‘00’ N/A
PDSCH transmission mode Blank 10 9
N/A 50 N/A
block
Symbols for unused PRBs N/A OCNG(Note2) N/A
As specified in
Interference model N/A N/A
clause B.5.4
transmission in interference % N/A N/A 20
cells
Probability of Rank 1 % N/A N/A 80
occurrence of
transmission rank Rank 2 % N/A N/A 20
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per
virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data,
3GPP
Release 16 860 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

each PQI Set
co-location)
non-Colliding CRS when CRS assistance information is configured
Propagation
Refere Conditions (Note1)
Matrix and UE
Test nce Fraction of SNR
Antenna Cate
Number Chann Maximum (dB)
TP 1 TP 2 TP3 TP 1 TP 2 TP3 Configurati gory
el Throughput (Note
on (Note 2)
(%) 3)
R.52-1 OP.1
1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 10.8 ≥2
FDD FDD
Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP.1, TP.2 and TP.3 are statistically independent.
Note 2: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of TP.1, TP.2 and TP.3.

8.3.1.3.5 Minimum requirements with different Cell ID and non-colliding CRS (with multiple
NZP CSI-RS resources and CRS assistance information is configured)
receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where three transmission points have different Cell ID and non-colliding CRS. In
particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and
compensation of the frequency difference and timing difference between two transmission points, channel parameters
estimation and rate matching according to the ‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ (PQI) signalling
defined in [6]. Further, the test verifies that the UE, configured with the CRS assistance information [7], can mitigate
interference from CRS for demodulation. The CRS assistance information [7] includes TP 3. In Tables 8.3.1.3.5-1 and
8.3.1.3.5-2, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH,
Transmission point 2 (TP 2) has different Cell ID as TP 1, and Transmission point 3 (TP 3) is the aggressor
transmission point. Multiple NZP CSI-RS resources and ZP CSI-RS resources are configured. In each sub-frame, DL
PDSCH transmission is dynamically switched between TP 1 and TP 2 with multiple PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-
Co-Location Indicator configuration (PQI). Configurations of PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator
and downlink transmission hypothesis are defined in Table 8.3.1.3.5-2. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is
according to Table C.3.4-1, for TP 2 is according to Table C.3.4-2, and for TP 3 is according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 861 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.3.5-1: Test Parameters DPS transmission with CRS assistance information
3GPP
Release 16 862 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
s dB -3 -3 -3
As specified in As specified in N/A
Beamforming model
Antenna ports N/A
{15,16}
CSI-RS 0 periodicity and N/A
Subframes 5/2 N/A
CSI reference signal 0 N/A
0 N/A
configuration
Antenna ports N/A
{15,16}
Subframes N/A 5/2
N/A 8
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS 0 N/A
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0010000000000000
Zero-power CSI-RS1 N/A
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0000010000000000
Es / N oc (Note 2) dB
Reference Value in
Table 8.3.1.3.5-3
Reference Value in
Table 8.3.1.3.5-3
8.45
N oc at antenna port dBm/ N/A

-98 -98
15kHz
Cell Id 0 1 128
Number of control OFDM 2

2 2
symbols
Timing offset to TP 1 N/A -0.5 3
Number of allocated resource N/A

PRB 50 50
blocks
Probability of occurrence of N/A

% 30 70
Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) N/A
As specified in
clause B.5.4
cells
3GPP
Release 16 863 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
occurrence of
transmission
rank in Rank 2 % N/A N/A 20
interfering
cells
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2:
Es / N oc of TP1 is set the same as that of TP2.
Note 3: PDSCH transmission from TP 1 and TP 2 shall be randomly determined independently for each subframe.
Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TPs are specified.

each PQI Set
co-location)
Table 8.3.1.3.5-3: Performance Requirements DPS transmission with CRS assistance information
Propagation
Matrix and UE
Antenna Cate
el Throughput (Note
on (Note 2)
(%) 3)
R.52-1 OP.1 OP.1
1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 10.7 ≥2
FDD FDD FDD

Es / N oc of both TP.1 and TP.2 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.1.3.6 Minimum requirements for QCL Type C and 2 Layers Spatial Multiplexing
the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario with non-coherent joint transmission from two transmission points. The
test verifies that the UE configured with quasi co-location type C performs correct tracking and compensation of the
frequency and time difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation, channel estimation and
rate matching behaviour according to the ‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ signalling defined in
[6]. In Table 8.3.1.3.6-1, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals,
PBCH and PDSCH, and transmission point 2 (TP 2) has different Cell ID and transmits PDSCH. In the test the PDSCH
is transmitted from TP1 and TP2. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for TP
2 according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 864 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
s dB -3 -3
Random beamforming Random beamforming
Beamforming model
(rank 1) (rank 1)
CSI reference signals 0 Antenna ports {15,16}

CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe N/A
Subframes 5/2
offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference signal 0 configuration 0

CSI-RS 1 periodicity and subframe
Subframes N/A 5/2
Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration 2/
Subframes/bitmap N/A
ICSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS bitmap 0010000000000000
Zero-power CSI-RS1 configuration 2/
Es / N oc dB SNR1 SNR2 = SNR1
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 126
Number of control OFDM symbols /
2 2
PDSCH start
Timing offset relative to TP 1 us N/A 2
Frequency offset relative to TP 1 Hz N/A 200

qcl-Operation, ‘PDSCH RE Mapping
Type C, ‘00’
and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’
PDSCH transmission mode (Note 2) 10 10
Number of allocated resource block 50 50
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: PDSCH transmission is done from both TPs (CW1 is transmitted from TP 1 and CW2 is transmitted from TP
2)

each PQI Set
co-location)
PQI set 0 CSI-RS 0 for CW1 ZP CSI-RS 0 PDSCH PDSCH
CSI-RS 1 for CW2
3GPP
Release 16 865 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.3.6-3: Performance Requirements

(Note1) Antenna
TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2 Configuration Fraction of SNR1
Throughput (Note 3)
(%)
1 R.97 R.97 OP.1F OP.1F EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 11.1 ≥2
FDD FDD DD DD

Es / N oc of TP 1 and TP 2 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.1.4 Performance Requirements for semiOpenLoop transmission

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.1.4-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.1.4-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank one and rank
two performances for full RB allocation upon antenna ports 7 and 8 with higher layer parameter semiOpenLoop is
configured.
3GPP
Release 16 866 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.4-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) when high layer
parameter semiOpenLoop is configured
parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2

Downlink ρA dB 0 0
power ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
allocation dB -3 -3

Cell-specific Antenna ports 0 Antenna ports 0
reference signals and 1 and 1
CSI reference Antenna ports Antenna ports
signals 15,16 15,16,17,18
Beamforming model B.4.3 (Note 3) B.4.3 (Note 3)
CSI-RS periodicity
and subframe offset Subframes 5/2 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
0 0
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration 3/
Subframes / 3/
ICSI-RS / 001000000000000
bitmap 0010000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS 0
bitmap
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2)
PRBs
Number of allocated
resource blocks PRB 50 50
(Note 2)
Simultaneous
No No
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9 9
mode
Rank Number of
1 2
PDSCH
semiOpenLoop True True
Note 1:
PB =1
modulated.
Note 3: For 2 antenna ports {15, 16}, the precoding matrix corresponding to
codebook index 0 from Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in [4] with υ=2 ;
For 4 antenna ports { 15 , 16 ,17 ,18 } , the precoding matrix random seleted
from Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 in [4] with   2 .
3GPP
Release 16 867 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.1.4-2: Minimum Performance Requirements for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) when high
layer parameter semiOpenLoop is configured

(%)
1 10 MHz R.86A OP.1 FDD EVA 70Hz 2x2 Medium 70 [0.6] ≥1
QPSK 1/3 FDD
2 10 MHz R.45A-1 OP.1 FDD EVA 70Hz 4x2 Low 70 [14.9] ≥2
16QAM 1/2 FDD
8.3.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.3.2-1 are valid for TDD unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.3.2-1: Common Test Parameters for User-specific Reference Symbols
Uplink downlink
1
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
Processes 7
processes
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM and
coding sequence
1024QAM
Number of OFDM
OFDM symbols 2
symbols for PDCCH
Frequency domain: 1 PRB for
Precoder update Transmission mode 8, 1 PRG for
granularity Transmission modes 9 and 10
Time domain: 1 ms
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: as specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]
8.3.2.1 Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing

For single-layer transmission on antenna port 5, the requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.1-2, with the addition of
the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to
verify the demodulation performance using user-specific reference signals with full RB or single RB allocation.
3GPP
Release 16 868 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing DRS
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4

ρA dB 0 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
 dB 0 0 0 0
Cell-specific reference
Antenna port 0
signals
N oc at antenna port dB/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98
OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG
(Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
PDSCH transmission 7 7 7 7
mode
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Table 8.3.2.1-2: Minimum performance DRS (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.25 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 -0.8 ≥1
QPSK 1/3
16QAM 1/2
5MHz R.26-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 7.0 1
16QAM 1/2 TDD
64QAM 3/4
10 MHz R.27-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 17.0 1
64QAM 3/4 TDD
16QAM 1/2
For single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2B, the requirements
are specified in Table 8.3.2.1-4 and 8.3.2.1-5, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1-3 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance on one of
the antenna ports 7 or 8 with and without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port.
3GPP
Release 16 869 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1-3: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4 Test 5

ρA dB 0 0 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
Antenna port 0 and antenna port 1
signals
OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG
(Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4) (Note 4)
Yes Yes
Simultaneous transmission No No No
(Note 3, 5) (Note 3, 5)
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test is mapped onto antenna port 7 or 8.
Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal is mapped onto the antenna port (7 or 8) not used for the
input signal under test.
Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH
per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random
Note 5:
n
The two UEs’ scrambling identities SCID are set to 0 for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering
simultaneous transmission test cases.
Table 8.3.2.1-4: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous

transmission (FRC)

number h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
MCS Antenna Maximum (dB)
t (%)
1 10 MHz R.31 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 -1.0 ≥1
QPSK 1/3
2 10 MHz R.32 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Medium 70 7.7 ≥2
16QAM 1/2
5MHz R.32-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Medium 70 7.7 1
16QAM 1/2 TDD
64QAM 3/4
10 MHz R.33-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 17.7 1
64QAM 3/4 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 870 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1-5: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous

transmission (FRC)

(%)
16QAM 1/2 (Note 1)
64QAM 1/2 (Note 1)
8.3.2.1A Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (with multiple CSI-RS configurations)

are specified in Table 8.3.2.1A-2 and 8.3.2.1A-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1A-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance
on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 with and without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port, and to verify
rate matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power.
3GPP
Release 16 871 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with multiple
CSI-RS configurations
Parameter Unit Test 1, Test 1a Test 2 Test 3 Test 4, Test 4a Test 5

power ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
allocation dB -3 -3 -3 -3 -3

Cell-specific
reference Antenna ports 0,1
signals
CSI reference Antenna ports 15, Antenna ports 15, Antenna ports 15, Antenna ports 15, Antenna ports
signals …,22 …,18 …,18 …,22 15,…,18
Beamforming
Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1
model
CSI-RS
periodicity and
Subframes 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/4 5/4
subframe offset
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference
signal 1 3 3 1 3
configuration
csi-RS-
ConfigZP- N/A NA NA {0,1} NA
ApList
Zero-power
001000010000000
CSI-RS
4/ 4/ 0 or
001000010000000 001000000000000 000100010000000 N/A
ICSI-RS / / bitmap 0010000000000000
0 0 0
ZeroPowerCSI-
(Note 7)
RS bitmap
N oc at
dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98 -98
antenna port
Symbols for
OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4)
unused PRBs
Number of
allocated
PRB 50 50 100 50 50
resource blocks
(Note 2)
Simultaneous
No Yes (Note 3, 5) No No No
transmission
PDSCH
transmission 9 9 9 9 9
mode
Number of
MBSFN Subframes 2 (Note 6) NA NA 2 (Note 7) NA
subframes
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal is mapped onto the antenna port (7 or 8) not used for the input signal under test.
Note 4: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data
transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.
Note 5:
n
The two UEs’ scrambling identities SCID are set to 0 for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous transmission
test cases.
Note 6: For TDD mode, 2 subframes (#4/9) are allocated as MBSFN subframes.
Note 7: Through DCI signalling, indicating aperiodic ZP-CSI-RS in sub-frames #4 and #9 per frame, the indicated aperiodic ZP-CSI-RS is
random selected from RRC-configured AP ZP CSIRS list.
3GPP
Release 16 872 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1A-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous

Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE UE DL

number h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category Cat-
MCS Antenna Maximum (dB) egory
t (%)
1 10 MHz R.50-1 OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 -0.73 ≥1 ≥6
QPSK 1/3 TDD
1a 10 MHz R.50-2 OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 [-0.6] ≥1 ≥6
QPSK 1/3 TDD
3 20MHz R. 66 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 24.3 11-12 ≥11
256QAM
4 10 MHz R.50-1 OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 [-0.73] ≥1 ≥6
QPSK 1/3 TDD
4a 10 MHz R.50-2 OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low [70] TBD ≥1 ≥6
QPSK 1/3 TDD
5 10MHz R.101 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Low 70 29.0 TBD 20, ≥ 22
1024QAM
Note 1: For UE that does not support aperiodic ZP-CSI-RS, test 1a will be run and test 1 will be skipped if the UE indicates support of
pdsch-CollisionHandling-r13. Otherwise, test 1 will be run and test 1a will be skipped. For UE that does not support aperiodic
ZP-CSI-RS, test 4 and test 4a will be skipped.
Note 2: For UE that supports AP ZP CSIRS, test 4a will be run and test 4 will be skipped if the UE indicates support of pdsch-
CollisionHandling-r13. Otherwise, test 4 will be run and test 4a will be skipped. For UE that supports AP ZP CSIRS, test 1 and
test 1a will be skipped.
Table 8.3.2.1A-3: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous


(%)
64QAM 1/2
8.3.2.1B Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A – Single-layer Spatial

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.1B-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1B-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify closed-loop rank one
applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4. In 8.3.2.1B-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and
Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1and
3GPP
Release 16 873 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1B-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9
interference model
3GPP
Release 16 874 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation
 dB -3 -3
Antenna ports 15,
…,18
Subframes 5/4 N/A
0 N/A
configuration
-98 N/A
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126
2 2
symbols
As specified in
(Note 4, 5)
As specified in
clause B.5.4
occurrence of
PMI delay (Note 5) ms 10 or 11 N/A

Reporting interval ms 5 N/A
bitmap 0000000000000000
N/A
0000000000000000
1111111111111111
No simultaneous
transmission on the
the input signal
under test
PUSCH(Note 8) N/A
reporting
Note 1:
PB=1
3GPP
Release 16 875 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1B-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS with TM9

interference model
Test Referenc OCNG Propagation Correlatio Reference Value UE

Number e Pattern Conditions n Matrix Categor
Channel Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 and Fraction of SINR y
Configurat Throughput (%) (Note
ion (Note 2)
3)
1 R.48 TDD OP.1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 4x2 Low 70 -1.0 ≥1
TDD

E /N ´
8.3.2.1C Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (demodulation subframe overlaps with

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.1C-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.3.2.1C-1. The purpose is
the serving cell if the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell takes place in subframes that overlap with ABS [9] of the
aggressor cell with CRS assistance information. In Table 8.3.2.1C-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are
the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell
3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
3GPP
Release 16 876 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1C-1: Test parameters of TM9-Single-Layer (2 CSI-RS ports) – Non-MBSFN ABS
3GPP
Release 16 877 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB 0 -3 -3
Downlink power
B dB 0 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB -3 N/A N/A
 Reference Value
8.3.2.1C-2
Cell Id 0 1 126
Antenna ports
15,16
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
4/
00100000000000 N/A N/A
00
bitmap
0000000001 0000000001
0000000001 0000000001
N/A N/A
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A N/A
(Note7) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1100111000
2 Note 8 Note 8
symbols
PDSCH transmission mode TM9-1layer Note 9 Note 9
Frequency
domain: 1 PRG
Time domain: 1
ms
3GPP
Release 16 878 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: PB  1 .
aggressor ABS.
ABS
in [7]
Note 9: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3
applying OCNG pattern as defined in Annex A.5.
4ms.
Table 8.3.2.1C-2: Minimum Performance of TM9-Single-Layer (2 CSI-RS ports) – Non-MBSFN ABS

(%) 3)
1 R.51 TDD OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 8.5 ≥2
TDD TDD TDD

8.3.2.1D Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B – Single-layer Spatial

Multiplexing with TM9 interference
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.1D-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1D-1 and the
performance on one of the antenna ports 7or 8 without a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the
transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.6.4. In 8.3.2.1D-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3
3GPP
Release 16 879 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1D-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (Single-layer) with TM9
interference model

ρA dB 0 0 0
 dB -3 -3 -3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
3 3 3
normal subframes
3 3
subframes
2 2 2
special subframes
2 2
subframes
Interference model
Random
Precoding
TTI
15, 16, 17, 18 15, 16 15, 16
Subframes 10 / 4 10 / 4 10 / 4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
9/ 9/ 9/
10000000000 010000000000 00100000000
00000 0000 00000
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB=1
3GPP
Release 16 880 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1D-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, CDM-
Test Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Matrix and Reference Value UE
Numb Channel Conditions Antenna Configuration Cate
er Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Fraction of SNR (dB) gory
1 2 3 1 2 3 Maximum (Note 2)
Throughput (%)
1 R.69 TDD OP. N/A N/A EP EP EP 4x2 2x2 2x2 85 18.0 ≥1
1 A5 A5 A5 Low Low Low
TD
D

8.3.2.1E Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B – Single-layer Spatial

Multiplexing with CRS interference model
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.1E-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1E-1 and the
serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by the CRS of the interfering cell, applying
the CRS interference model defined in clause B.6.5. In 8.3.2.1E-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering
cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3,
respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 881 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1E-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (Single-layer) with CRS
interference model

ρA dB 0 0 0
 dB -3 -3 -3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
3 3 3
normal subframes
3 3
subframes
2 2 2
special subframes
2 2
subframes
Interference model
Random
wideband
Precoding N/A N/A
precoding per
TTI
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB=1
3GPP
Release 16 882 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1E-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, CDM-
multiplexed DM RS with CRS interference model

(%) 2)
1 R.71 TDD OP. N/A N/A EP EP EP 2x2 Low 85 14.0 ≥2
1 A5 A5 A5
TD
D

8.3.2.1F Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B – Single-layer Spatial

Multiplexing with TM3 interference
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.1F-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1F-1 and the
transmission mode 3 interference model defined in clause B.6.2. In 8.3.2.1F-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3
3GPP
Release 16 883 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1F-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (Single-layer) with TM3
interference model

ρA dB 0 -3 -3
Downlink power allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1) -3 -3
 dB -3 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 3.28 0.74
Cell Id 0 1 6
3 3 3
normal subframes
CFI indicated in PCFICH in normal 3 Random from Random from
subframes set {1,2,3} set {1,2,3}
2 2 2
special subframes
CFI indicated in PCFICH in special 2 Random from Random from
subframes set {1,2} set {1,2}
Interference model
Random
Precoding
TTI
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB=1
3GPP
Release 16 884 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1F-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, CDM-

(%) 2)
1 R.70 TDD OP. N/A N/A EP EP EP 2x2 Low 85 11.3 ≥1
1 A5 A5 A5
TD
D

8.3.2.1G Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B – Single-layer Spatial

Multiplexing with TM10 serving cell configuration and TM9 interference model
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.1G-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1G-1 and the
serving cell when the PDSCH transmission configured with TM10 in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one
dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.6.3. The NAICS
network assistance is provided when the serving cell TM10 is configured with QCL-type A and PCID based DM-RS
scrambling. The neighbouring cell has transmission mode TM9 and NeighCellsInfo-r12 for interfering cell indicates
presence of TM9. In 8.3.2.1G-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical
channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 885 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1G-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) Multiplexing
with TM10 serving cell configuration and TM9 interference model

ρA dB 0 0 0
 dB -3 -3 -3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34

Cell Id 0 1 6
Number of control OFDM symbols in 3
3 3
normal subframes
3 3
subframes
2 2 2
special subframes
2 2
subframes
Interference model
Random
Precoding
TTI
15, 16, 17, 18 15, 16 15, 16
Subframes 10 / 4 10 / 4 10 / 4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
9/ 9/ 9/
10000000000 010000000000 00100000000
00000 0000 00000
N/A
r12 dB0} dB0}
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1:
PB=1
3GPP
Release 16 886 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1G-2: Minimum Performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type B, CDM-
multiplexed DM RS Multiplexing with TM10 serving cell configuration and TM9 interference model

Antenna gory
Configurati
on
Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell Cell C C C Fraction of SNR
1 2 3 1 2 3 ell ell ell Maximum (dB)
1 2 3 Throughput (%) (Note 2)
1 R.69 TDD OP. N/A N/A EP EP EP 4x 2x 2x 85 18.0 ≥1
1 A5 A5 A5 2 2 2
TD Lo Lo Lo
D w w w

8.3.2.1H Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (CRS assistance information is configured)

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.1H-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.3.2.1H-1. The purpose is
the serving cell with CRS assistance information. In Table 8.3.2.1H-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3
are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.2.
The CRS assistance information [7] includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
3GPP
Release 16 887 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1H-1: Test parameters of TM9-Single-Layer (2 CSI-RS ports)
3GPP
Release 16 888 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
 dB -3 -3 -3
Reference
^
E s /N oc dB Value in Table 10.45 4.6
8.3.2.1H-2
Time Offset to Cell 1 s N/A 3 -1
Cell Id 0 1 126
Antenna ports
15,16
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
4/
0010000000000 N/A N/A
000
bitmap
2 2 2
symbols
PDSCH transmission mode TM9-1layer N/A N/A
% N/A 20 20
Probability of
occurrence of Rank 1 % N/A 80 80
transmission
rank in
interfering Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
cells
Frequency
domain: 1 PRG
Time domain: 1
ms
3GPP
Release 16 889 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: PB  1 .
4ms.
Table 8.3.2.1H-2: Minimum Performance of TM9-Single-Layer (2 CSI-RS ports)
Propagation
Conditions (Note1)
Matrix and UE
Antenna Cate
Throughput (Note
on (Note 2)
(%) 3)
R.51-1 OP.1
1 N/A N/A EVA5 2x2 Low 70 11.9 ≥2
TDD TDD
8.3.2.1I Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (With Enhanced DMRS table configured)

requirement is specified in Table 8.3.2.1I-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1I-1 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of the test is to verify rank-1 performance on antenna
port 11 with a simultaneous transmission on the antenna port 7, 8 or 13 with DMRS enhancement table and 4
3GPP
Release 16 890 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1I-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with interfering
simultaneous transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations with Enhanced DMRS table

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3

TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
3
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
ICSI-RS / bitmap 0010000000000000

PRB 50
blocks (Note 2)
Note 1:
PB=1 .
antenna port 11.

Table 8.3.2.1I-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous


(%)
64QAM 1/2
3GPP
Release 16 891 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.3.2.1J Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (with assistance information for

simultaneous transmition interfering PDSCH)
For single-layer transmission on a DMRS antenna port upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2C, the
requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.1J-1, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.1J-2 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance on one
DMRS antenna port with a simultaneous transmission on one of the other DMRS antenna port with or without DMRS
enhancement table and 4 orthogonal DMRS ports (dmrs-Enhancements-r13 UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]).
Table 8.3.2.1J-1: Test Parameters for Minimun Performance Requirement - Single-layer Spatial

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3

Subframes 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Subframes / 4/
ICSI-RS /
bitmap 0010000000000000

Number of allocated resource blocks PRB 50
Simultaneous transmission Yes
Number of MBSFN subframes Subframes NA
dmrs-Enhancements-r13 Disabled Enable Enable
k-max-r14 (Note 5) 1 1 3
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 3: In Test 1, the modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped randomly onto antenna port
7 or 8. Modulation symbols of an interference signal are mapped randomly onto one of the
n
remaining DMRS antenna port. The two UEs’ scrambling identities SCID are set to 0 with OCC
=2.
Note 4: In Test 2 and Test 3, the modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped randomly onto
antenna port 7, 8, 11 or 13. Modulation symbols of an interference signal are mapped randomly
n
onto one of the remaining DMRS antenna port. The two UEs’ scrambling identities SCID are set
to 0 with OCC =4.
Note 5: k-max-r14 is decribed in subclause 6.3.2 of [7].
Note 6: The upadate granularity for randomized mapping antenna port is 50 PRGs in frequency domain
and 1ms in time domain.
3GPP
Release 16 892 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.1J-2: Minimum performance for Minimun Performance Requirement - Single-layer Spatial

(%)
1
2 10 MHz R.cc TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Low 70 15.2 ≥2
3
8.3.2.2 Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

For dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 2B, the requirements
are specified in Table 8.3.2.2-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.2-1 and the downlink physical
channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB
allocation.
Table 8.3.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer)

Downlink ρA dB 0 0
allocation dB -3 -3

Cell-specific
Antenna port 0 and antenna port
reference
1
symbols
Beamforming
Annex B.4.2
model
N oc at antenna
dBm/15kHz -98 -98
port
Symbols for OCNG OCNG
unused PRBs (Note 2) (Note 2)
Number of
allocated PRB 50 50
resource blocks
PDSCH
transmission 8 8
mode
Note 1:
PB=1 .
transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo
random data, which is QPSK modulated.
3GPP
Release 16 893 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.2-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.31 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA5 2x2 Low 70 4.5 ≥2
QPSK 1/3
16QAM 1/2
8.3.2.2A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - Dual-Layer Spatial

Multiplexing
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the rank-2
performance for full RB allocation upon antenna ports 7 and 8.
Table 8.3.2.2A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer)

Downlink ρA dB 0
allocation dB -3

Cell-specific Antenna port 0
reference and antenna
symbols port 1
Beamforming
Annex B.4.2
model
N oc at antenna
dBm/15kHz -98
port
Symbols for OCNG
unused PRBs (Note 2)
Number of
allocated PRB 50
resource blocks
PDSCH
transmission 8
mode
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to
an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one
PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over
the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated
3GPP
Release 16 894 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.2A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC)

(%)
16QAM 1/2
8.3.2.3 Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (with multiple CSI-RS configurations)

are specified in Table 8.3.2.3-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.3-1 where Cell 1 is the serving cell
and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is set according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of
these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB allocation, to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference
symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power, and to verify that the UE correctly estimate SNR.
Table 8.3.2.3-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple CSI-
RS configurations
Test 1
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2
ρA dB 0 0
power  dB -3 -3
allocation
PDSCH_RA dB 4 NA
PDSCH_RB dB 4 NA
3GPP
Release 16 895 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Antenna ports 0 and 1
signals and 1
Cell ID 0 126
Antenna ports
CSI reference signals NA
15,16
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 NA
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration 4/
Subframes
ICSI-RS / 001000000000000 NA
/ bitmap
ZeroPowerCSI-RS 0
bitmap
-98 -98
15kHz
Reference Value in Test specific,
Es / N oc Table 8.3.2.3-2 7.25dB
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 2) NA
PRBs
Number of allocated
PRB 50 NA
Simultaneous
No NA
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9 Blanked
mode
Note 1:
PB=1
modulated.
Table 8.3.2.3-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS
configurations

number and MCS Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Cate
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Fraction of SNR gory
on Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.51 TDD OP.1 N/A ETU5 ETU5 2x2 Low 70 14.8 ≥2
16QAM 1/2 TDD

3GPP
Release 16 896 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.3.2.4 Performance requirements for DCI format 2D and non Quasi Co-located
Antenna Ports
8.3.2.4.1 Minimum requirement with Same Cell ID (with single NZP CSI-RS resource)
the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission point share the same Cell ID. In particular the
‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ (PQI) signalling defined in [6], configured according to Table
8.3.2.4.1-2. In Tables 8.3.2.4.1-1 and 8.3.2.4.1-2, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell and transmission point
2 (TP 2) transmits PDSCH. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to Table C.3.4-1 and for TP 2
according to Table C.3.4-2.
3GPP
Release 16 897 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.4.1-1: Test Parameters for quasi co-location type B: same Cell ID
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
 dB -3 -3
CSI-RS 0 antenna ports NA Port {15,16}

CSI-RS 0 periodicity and Subframes NA 5/4
NA 8
CSI-RS 0 configuration
csi-RS-ConfigZPId-r11, Zero-
power CSI-RS 0 configuration 4/
NA
ICSI-RS / 0000010000000000
-98 -98
15kHz
Reference point in Reference point in
Es / N oc dB
Table 8.3.2.4.1-3 Table 8.3.2.4.1-3
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 0
2 2
symbols
PDSCH transmission mode Blanked 10
Number of allocated PRB PRB NA 50

Reference point in
Time offset between TPs s NA
Table 8.3.2.4.1-3
Frequency error between TPs Hz NA 0
Beamforming model NA
clause B.4.1
Symbols for unused PRBs NA OCNG (Note 3)
Note 1:
PB=1
Noet 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 have zero transmission power.

index hypothesis for each
PQI Set
3GPP
Release 16 898 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

co-location)
Table 8.3.2.4.1-3: Minimum performance for quasi co-location type B: same Cell ID
Test Referenc OGCN Time Propagation Correlation Reference Value UE

Numbe e pattern offset Conditions Matrix and Categor
r Channel betwee (Note1) Antenna y
TP 1 TP 2 n TPs TP 1 TP 2 Configuratio Fraction of SNR
(s) n (Note 2) Maximum (dB)
Throughpu (Not
t (%) e 3)
1 R.52 TDD NA OP. 2 EPA5 EPA 2x2 Low 70 12 ≥2
1 5
TDD
2 R.52 TDD NA OP. -0.5 EPA5 EPA 2x2 Low 70 12.4 ≥2
1 5
TDD
Note 2: The correlation matrix and antenna configuration apply for TP 1 and TP 2.

E^ s / N oc of TP 2 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.2.4.2 Minimum requirements with Same Cell ID (with multiple NZP CSI-RS resources)
receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission point share the same Cell ID. In particular the test
verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and compensation of the
‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ (PQI) signalling defined in [6]. In Tables 8.3.2.4.2-1 and
8.3.2.4.2-2, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH, and
transmission point 2 (TP 2) has same Cell ID as TP 1. Multiple NZP CSI-RS resources and ZP CSI-RS resources are
configured. In each sub-frame, DL PDSCH transmission is dynamically switched between 2 TPs with multiple PDSCH
RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator configuration (PQI). Configurations of PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-
Co-Location Indicator and downlink transmission hypothesis are defined in Table 8.3.2.4.2-2. The downlink physical
channel setup for TP 1 is according to Table C.3.4-1 and for TP 2 according to Table C.3.4-2.
Table 8.3.2.4.2-1: Test Parameters for timing offset compensation with DPS transmission
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
s dB -3 -3
3GPP
Release 16 899 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Beamforming model
Antenna ports
{15,16}
Subframes 5/4 N/A
0 N/A
configuration
Antenna ports
{15,16}
Subframes N/A 5/4
N/A 8
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS 0
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0010000000000000
Zero-power CSI-RS1
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0000010000000000
Reference Value in Reference Value in
Es / N oc dB
Table 8.3.2.4.2-3 Table 8.3.2.4.2-3
-98 -98
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 0
2 2
symbols
Reference Value in
Timing offset between TPs N/A
Table 8.3.2.4.2-3
PRB 50 50
blocks
% 30 70
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 have zero transmission power.
Note 3: PDSCH transmission from TPs shall be randomly determined independently for
each subframe. Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TPs are
specified.
3GPP
Release 16 900 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

each PQI Set
co-location)
Table 8.3.2.4.2-3: Performance Requirements for timing offset compensation with DPS transmission
Test Timing Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference Value UE

Number offset(us) Channel Pattern Conditions Matrix and Category
TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2 Antenna Fraction of SNR
(%) 3)
1 2 R.53 TDD OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 12.3 ≥2
TDD TDD
2 -0.5 R.53 TDD OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 12.5 ≥2
TDD TDD
Note 1: The propagation conditions for TP 1and TP 2 are statistically independent.

Es / N oc of both TP 1 and TP 2 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.2.4.3 Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and Colliding CRS (with single NZP
CSI-RS resource)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.4.3-2, with the additional parameters in Table 8.3.2.4.3-1. The purpose of
this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna ports when the UE receives DCI
format 2D in a scenario where the two transmission points have different Cell ID and colliding CRS. In particular the
frequency difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation and rate matching behaviour
according to the ‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ signalling defined in [6]. In Table 8.3.2.4.3-1,
transmission point 1 (TP 1) is serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH, and transmission
point 2 (TP 2) transmits PDSCH with different Cell ID. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to
Table C.3.4-1 and for TP 2 according to Table C.3.4-2.
Table 8.3.2.4.3-1: Test Parameters for quasi co-location type B with different Cell ID and Colliding
CRS
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
s dB -3 -3
3GPP
Release 16 901 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
As specified in
clause B.4.2
Antenna ports
{15,16}
Subframes N/A 5/4
N/A 0
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS 0
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0010000000000000
Reference point in
Reference Value in
Es / N oc dB Table 8.3.2.4.3-2 +
Table 8.3.2.4.3-2
4dB
-98 -98
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126
1 2
symbols
Timing offset between TPs us N/A 0

PDSCH transmission mode Blank 10
N/A 50
block
Symbols for unused PRBs N/A OCNG(Note2)
Note 1:
PB=1
Colliding CRS

(Note1) Antenna
TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2 Configuration Fraction of SNR
Throughput (Note 3)
(%)
3GPP
Release 16 902 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
1 R.54 TDD N/A OP.1 EPA5 ETU5 2x2 Low 70 14.7 ≥2

TDD

Es / N oc of TP 2 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.2.4.4 Minimum requirement with Different Cell ID and non-Colliding CRS (with single
NZP CSI-RS resource and CRS assistance information is configured)
the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where three transmission points have different Cell ID and non-colliding
CRS. In particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and
compensation of the frequency difference and time difference between two transmission points, channel parameters
estimation and rate matching behaviour according to the ‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’
signalling defined in [6]. Further, the test verifies that the UE, configured with the CRS assistance information [7], can
mitigate interference from CRS for demodulation. The CRS assistance information [7] includes TP 3. In Table
8.3.2.4.4-1, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH,
transmission point 2 (TP 2) transmits PDSCH with different Cell ID, and Transmission point 3 (TP 3) is the aggressor
transmission point. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to Table C.3.4-1, for TP 2 is according
to Table C.3.4-2, and for TP 3 is according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 903 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.4.4-1: Test Parameters for quasi co-location type B with different Cell ID and non-colliding
CRS when CRS assistance information is configured
3GPP
Release 16 904 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
s dB -3 -3 -3
Beamforming model N/A N/A
clause B.4.1
Antenna ports
CSI reference signals 0 N/A N/A
{15,16}
Subframes N/A 5/4 N/A
N/A 0 N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS 0
N/A N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0010000000000000
Reference Value in
Es / N oc dB 10.45
Table 8.3.2.4.4-3
8.45

-98 -98 N/A
15kHz
Cell Id 0 1 128
1 2 2
symbols
Timing offset to TP 1 us N/A -0.5 3

Mapping and Quasi-Co- Type B, ‘00’ N/A
PDSCH transmission mode Blank 10 9
N/A 50 N/A
block
Symbols for unused PRBs N/A OCNG(Note2) N/A
As specified in
clause B.5.4
cells
occurrence of
transmission
interfering
cells
Note 1:
PB=1
3GPP
Release 16 905 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

each PQI Set
co-location)
non-Colliding CRS when CRS assistance information is configured
Propagation
Matrix and UE
Antenna Cate
el Throughput (Note
on (Note 2)
(%) 3)
R.52-1 OP.1
1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 11.1 ≥2
TDD TDD

8.3.2.4.5 Minimum requirements with different Cell ID and non-colliding CRS (with multiple
NZP CSI-RS resources and CRS assistance information is configured)
receives DCI format 2D in a scenario where three transmission point have the different Cell ID and non-colliding CRS.
In particular the test verifies that the UE, configured with quasi co-location type B, performs correct tracking and
compensation of the frequency difference and timing difference between two transmission points, channel parameters
estimation and rate matching according to the ‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ (PQI) signalling
defined in [6]. Further, the test verifies that the UE, configured with the CRS assistance information [7], can mitigate
interference from CRS for demodulation. The CRS assistance information [7] includes TP 3. In Tables 8.3.2.4.5-1 and
8.3.2.4.5-2, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals and PBCH,
Transmission point 2 (TP 2) has different Cell ID as TP 1, and Transmission point 3 (TP3) is the aggressor transmission
point. Multiple NZP CSI-RS resources and ZP CSI-RS resources are configured. In each sub-frame, DL PDSCH
transmission is dynamically switched between TP 1 and TP 2 with multiple PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-
Location Indicator configuration (PQI). Configurations of PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator and
downlink transmission hypothesis are defined in Table 8.3.2.4.5-2. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is
according to Table C.3.4-1, for TP 2 is according to Table C.3.4-2, and for TP 3 is according to Annex C.3.2
3GPP
Release 16 906 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.4.5-1: Test Parameters for DPS transmission with CRS assistance information
3GPP
Release 16 907 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
s dB -3 -3 -3
As specified in As specified in N/A
Beamforming model
Antenna ports N/A

{15,16}
Subframes 5/4 N/A
0 N/A
configuration
Antenna ports N/A
{15,16}
Subframes N/A 5/4
N/A 8
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS 0 N/A
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0010000000000000
Zero-power CSI-RS1 N/A
N/A
ICSI-RS / /bitmap 0000010000000000
Es / N oc (Note 2)
dB
Reference Value in Reference Value in 8.45
Table 8.3.2.4.5-3 Table 8.3.2.4.5-3
N oc at antenna port dBm/ N/A
-98 -98
15kHz
Cell Id 0 1 128
Number of control OFDM 2

2 2
symbols
Timing offset to TP 1 N/A -0.5 3
Number of allocated resource N/A

PRB 50 50
blocks
Probability of occurrence of N/A

% 30 70
Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 4) OCNG (Note 4) N/A
As specified in
clause B.5.4
cells
Probability of
occurrence of Rank 1 % N/A N/A 80
transmission
3GPP
Release 16 908 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
interfering
cells
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2:
Es / N oc of TP 1 is set the same as that of TP 2.
Note 3: PDSCH transmission from TP 1 and TP 2 shall be randomly determined independently for each subframe.
Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TPs are specified.

each PQI Set
co-location)
Table 8.3.2.4.5-3: Performance Requirements for DPS transmission with CRS assistance information
Propagation
Matrix and UE
Antenna Cate
el Throughput (Note
on (Note 2)
(%) 3)
R.52-1 OP.1 OP.1
1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 11.2 ≥2
TDD TDD TDD

Es / N oc of both TP.1 and TP.2 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
8.3.2.4.6 Minimum requirements for QCL Type C and 2 Layers Spatial Multiplexing
the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario with non-coherent joint transmission from two transmission points. The
test verifies that the UE configured with quasi co-location type C performs correct tracking and compensation of the
frequency and time difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation, channel estimation and
rate matching behaviour according to the ‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location Indicator’ signalling defined in
[6]. In Table 8.3.2.4.6-1, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH, synchronization signals,
PBCH and PDSCH, and transmission point 2 (TP 2) has different Cell ID and transmits PDSCH. In the test the PDSCH
is transmitted from TP 1 and TP 2. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for
TP 2 according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 909 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation
s dB -3 -3
Beamforming model
(rank 1) (rank 1)

Subframes 5/4

CSI-RS 1 periodicity and subframe
Subframes N/A 5/4
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 126
2 2
PDSCH start

Type C, ‘00’
Note 1:
PB=1
2)
3GPP
Release 16 910 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

each PQI Set
co-location)
CSI-RS 1 for CW2
Table 8.3.2.4.6-3: Performance Requirements

(Note1) Antenna
Throughput (Note 3)
(%)
1 R.97 [R.97 OP.1T OP.1T EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 10.7 ≥2
TDD TDD DD DD

8.3.2.5 Performance Requirements for semiOpenLoop transmission

The requirements are specified in Table 8.3.2.5-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.2.5-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank one and rank
two performances for full RB allocation upon antenna ports 7 and 8 with higher layer parameter semiOpenLoop is
configured.
3GPP
Release 16 911 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.5-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) when high layer
parameter semiOpenLoop is configured

Downlink ρA dB 0 0
allocation dB -3 -3

Cell-specific Antenna ports 0 Antenna ports 0
reference signals and 1 and 1
CSI reference Antenna ports Antenna ports
signals 15,16 15,16,17,18
Beamforming model B.4.3 (Note 3) B.4.3 (Note 3)
CSI-RS periodicity
and subframe offset Subframes 5/4 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
0 0
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration 4/
Subframes / 4/
ICSI-RS / 001000000000000
bitmap 0010000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS 0
bitmap
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 2) OCNG (Note 2)
PRBs
Number of allocated
resource blocks PRB 50 50
(Note 2)
Simultaneous
No No
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9 9
mode
Rank Number of
1 2
PDSCH
semiOpenLoop True True
Note 1:
PB=1
modulated.
Note 3: For 2 antenna ports {15, 16}, the precoding matrix corresponding to
codebook index 0 from Table 6.3.4.2.3-1 in [4] with υ=2 ;
For 4 antenna ports { 15,16 ,17 ,18 } , the precoding matrix random seleted
from Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 in [4] with   2
3GPP
Release 16 912 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.2.5-2: Minimum Performance Requirements for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) when high
layer parameter semiOpenLoop is configured

(%)
1 10 MHz R.76A OP.1 TDD EVA 70Hz 2x2 Medium 70 [0.9] ≥1
QPSK 1/3 TDD
2 10 MHz R.61A OP.1 TDD EVA 70Hz 4x2 Low 70 [15.6] ≥2
16QAM 1/2 TDD
8.3.3 LAA
8.3.3.1 Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing with DM-RS
8.3.3.1.1 FDD PCell (FDD single carrier)
The parameters specified in Table 8.3.3.1.1-1 are valid for FDD CC and LAA SCell(s) unless otherwise stated. And the

Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
Processes 8
processes
Maximum number of
HARQ transmission 4
(Note 1)
Precoder update Frequency domain: 1 PRG
granularity Time domain: 1 ms
Note 2: Void.
3GPP
Release 16 913 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12
0
ms80-r12
Discovery signal
subframe 1
occasion duration
For CA with LAA SCell(s), the requirements for dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a
PDCCH with DCI format 2C are specified in Table 8.3.3.1.1-7, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.3.1.1-3,
Table 8.3.3.1.1-4 and Table 8.3.3.1.1-5. The downlink physical channel setup is set according to Annex C.3.2. The
purpose of these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB allocation for CA with LAA SCell(s).
Table 8.3.3.1.1-3: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for PCell

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
 dB 0
Subframe configuration Non-MBSFN
NOTE 1: B P =1
.
NOTE 2: PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK.
NOTE 3: Void.
3GPP
Release 16 914 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.3.1.1-4: Test Parameters for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) for CA with LAA SCell(s)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocatio
n  dB -3
Cell-specific
reference signals
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,16
DMRS ports (dual
port 7 and port 8
layer transmission)
CSI-RS periodicity
and subframe offset Subframes 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes 3/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0010000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS
bitmap
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 2)
PRBs
PDSCH transmission
9
mode
DL Burst
transmission pattern As specified in B.8
for LAA SCell
The number of
subframes set (S1) in {1,3,5,8}
a burst
Occupied OFDM
symbols set in the {6,9,12,14}
last subframe
Random variable p
0.5
defined in B.8
timing error relative of
μs 0
LAA SCell to PCell
Frequency offset of th
i-th LAA SCell relative Hz 200
to PCell
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned only within
burst transmissions to a LAA UE; the data transmitted
over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo
3GPP
Release 16 915 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.3.1.1-5: Single carrier performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) for PCell for multiple CA
configurations
Reference value
Correlation
Propa- Fraction of
gation Norminal SNR
condition maximum (dB)
config.
throughput (%)
1.4MHz R.11-5 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.6
Table 8.3.3.1.1-6: Single carrier performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) for LAA SCell
for multiple CA configurations
Reference value
Correlation
Propa- Fraction of
Band- Sub-test Reference OCNG matrix and
gation maximum SNR
width (Note 2) channel pattern antenna
condition throughput (%) (dB)
config.
(Note 1)
1 R.2 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14.1
2 R.2 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14
20MHz
3 R.2 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14.2
4 R.2 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14.2
Note 1: Fraction of nominal maximum throughput is calculated based on random occasions of LAA PDSCH
transmission.
LAA SCell

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
3GPP
Release 16 916 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
3GPP
Release 16 917 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
8.3.3.1.2 TDD Pcell (TDD single carrier)
The parameters specified in Table 8.3.3.1.2-1 are valid for TDD CC and LAA SCell(s) unless otherwise stated. And the
Uplink downlink
1
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
Processes 7
processes
Maximum number of
HARQ transmission 4
(Note 3)
Precoder update
Transmission modes 9
granularity
Time domain: 1 ms
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: As specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4]
3GPP
Release 16 918 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12
0
ms80-r12
Discovery signal
subframe 1
occasion duration
For CA with LAA SCell(s), the requirements for dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a
PDCCH with DCI format 2C are specified in Table 8.3.3.1.2-7, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.3.3.1.2-3,
Table 8.3.3.1.2-4 and Table 8.3.3.1.2-5, The downlink physical channel setup is set according to Annex C.3.2. The
purpose of these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB allocation for CA with LAA SCell(s).
Table 8.3.3.1.2-3: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) for PCell

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
 dB 0
NOTE 1: B P =1
.
NOTE 2: PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK.
NOTE 3: Void.
3GPP
Release 16 919 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.3.1.2-4: Test Parameters for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) for LAA SCell(s)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocatio
n  dB -3
Cell-specific
reference signals
CSI reference
Antenna ports 15,16
signals
DMRS ports (dual
port 7 and port 8
layer transmission)
CSI-RS periodicity
and subframe offset Subframes 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference
8
signal configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes 4/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0010000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS
bitmap
N oc at antenna
dBm/15kHz -98
port
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 2)
PRBs
PDSCH
9
transmission mode
DL Burst
transmission pattern As specified in B.8
for LAA SCell
The number of
subframes set (S1) {1,3,5,8}
in a burst
Occupied OFDM
symbols set in the {6,9,12,14}
last subframe
Random variable p
0.5
defined in B.8
Timing error relative
of LAA SCell to μs 0
PCell
Frequency offset of
th i-th LAA SCell Hz 200
relative to PCell
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned only within
burst transmissions to a LAA UE; the data transmitted
over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo
3GPP
Release 16 920 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.3.3.1.2-5: Single carrier performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) for PCell for multiple CA
configurations

Propa-
gation SNR
condition (dB)
1.4MHz R.11-5 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA70 2x2 Low 70 13.2
Table 8.3.3.1.2-6: Single carrier performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) for LAA SCell(s)
for multiple CA configurations
Reference value
Propa-
Band- Sub-test Reference OCNG matrix and Norminal
gation SNR
width (Note2) channel pattern antenna maximum
condition (dB)
(Note 1)
1 R.2 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14.1
2 R.2 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14
20MHz
3 R.2 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14.2
4 R.2 FS3 OP.1 FS3 EVA5 2x2 Low 70 14.2
Note 1: Fraction of nominal maximum throughput is calculated based on random occasions of LAA PDSCH
transmission.
LAA SCell

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
3GPP
Release 16 921 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
3GPP
Release 16 922 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
LAA SCells

r SCell
in 8.1.2.3D.
8.4 Demodulation of PDCCH/PCFICH

The receiver characteristics of the PDCCH/PCFICH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the
Downlink Scheduling Grant (Pm-dsg). PDCCH and PCFICH are tested jointly, i.e. a miss detection of PCFICH implies
a miss detection of PDCCH.
8.4.1 FDD
Table 8.4.1-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH
Single antenna Transmit

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2 2
PHICH Ng (Note 1) 1 1
PHICH duration Normal Normal
Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG
Cell ID 0 0
PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB 0 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB 0 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB

Note 1: According to Clause 6.9 in TS 36.211 [4]

For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 923 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.4.1.1-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH
Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference

number level Channel Pattern Condition configuration value
and Pm- SNR
correlation dsg (dB)
Matrix (%)
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x2 Low 1 -1.7
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.2.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.4.1.2.1-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH
Test Bandwidth Aggregation Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-dsg (%) SNR (dB)
and correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1 -0.6
Test Bandwidth Aggregatio Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number n level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-dsg SNR
and correlation (%) (dB)
Matrix
1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 6.3

aggressor cell ABS)
For the parameters for non-MBSFN ABS specified in Table 8.4.1-1 and Table 8.4.1.2.3-1, the average probability of a
missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.2.3-2. The downlink
physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. In Table 8.4.1.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and
Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2
is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.
For the parameters for MBSFN ABS specified in Table 8.4.1-1 and Table 8.4.1.2.3-3, the average probability of a
physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 924 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.4.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH – Non-MBSFN ABS
3GPP
Release 16 925 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB -3 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Reference Value
Es / N oc 2 dB in Table 8.4.1.2.3- 1.5
2
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 1
00000100
00000100
ABS pattern (Note 4) N/A 00000100
01000100
00000100
00000100 N/A
00000100
00000100
Pattern (Note 5)
00000100
00000100
00000100
00000100
CCSI,0 00000100 N/A
01000100
(Note 6) 11111011
11111011
CCSI,1 11111011 N/A
10111011
11111011
PHICH Ng (Note 9) 1 N/A
PHICH duration Extended N/A
3GPP
Release 16 926 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe
aggressor ABS.
Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDCCH/PCFICH other than that associated with SIB1/Paging
are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS
subframe of aggressor cell.
[7];
measurements defined in [7];
Note 8: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 in the test.
Table 8.4.1.2.3-2: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH – Non-MBSFN ABS
Test Aggregati Referen OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference

Numb on Level ce Conditions Matrix and Value
er Channel (Note 1) Antenna
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Configuration Pm- SNR
dsg (dB)
(%) (Note
2)
1 8 CCE R15-1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 1 -3.9
FDD FDD FDD

3GPP
Release 16 927 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.4.1.2.3-3: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH – MBSFN ABS
3GPP
Release 16 928 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB -3 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Reference Value
Es / N oc 2 dB in Table 8.4.1.2.3- 1.5
4
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126
0001000000
0100000010
0000001000
0000000000
0001000000 N/A
0000000000
0001000000
0100000010
CCSI,0 N/A
0000001000
(Note 6) 1110111111
1011111101
CCSI,1 N/A
1111110111
1111111111
N/A 001000
100001
MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 9)
000100
000000
PHICH duration extended N/A
3GPP
Release 16 929 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13
of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS.
Note 2: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS.
Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 4th, 12th, 19th and 27th subframes indicated by ABS pattern
are MBSFN ABS subframes. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated
overlapped with the MBSFN ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in
the definition of the reference channel.
[7].
Note 9: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], four frames with 24 bits is chosen for MBSFN
Table 8.4.1.2.3-4: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCHICH – MBSFN ABS
Test Aggregati Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference Value

Numb on Level Channel Pattern Conditions Matrix and
er (Note 1) Antenna
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Configurati Pm- SNR
on dsg (dB)
(%) (Note 2)
1 8 CCE R15-1 FDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 1 -4.2
FDD FDD


missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.2.4-2.
In Tables 8.4.1.2.4-1 and 8.4.1.2.4-3, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell3are the aggressor cells. The
C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.
3GPP
Release 16 930 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 931 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
N oc1 dBm/15kHz -98(Note 1) N/A N/A
N oc at antenna
port
 Reference
8.4.1.2.4-2
Cell Id 0 126 1
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
00000100
00000100
RLM/RRM Measurement
00000100 N/A N/A
00000100
00000100
00000100
00000100
CCSI,0 00000100 N/A N/A
00000100
CSI Subframe 00000100
Sets (Note 6) 11111011
11111011
CCSI,1 11111011 N/A N/A
11111011
11111011
Number of control OFDM symbols 2 Note 7 Note 7
PHICH Ng (Note 10) 1 N/A N/A
PHICH duration Normal N/A N/A
Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG
3GPP
Release 16 932 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
aggressor ABS.
Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDCCH/PCFICH other than that associated with SIB1/Paging are
transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS
[7];
Note 8: The number of the CRS ports in Cell1, Cell2 and Cell 3is the same.
Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell2 and Cell 3 in the test.
Note 10 According to Clause 6.9 in TS 36.211 [4]
Test Aggregati Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value

Number on Level Channel Conditions (Note 1) Matrix and
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell3 Antenna Pm- SNR
Configuration dsg (dB)
(Note 2) (%) (Note 3)
1 8 CCE R.15-2 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 1 -2.2
FDD FDD FDD FDD

3GPP
Release 16 933 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 934 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
N oc at antenna
port
Reference
 Value in
E s N oc 2 dB 5 3
Table
8.4.1.2.4-4
Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN MBSFN MBSFN
Cell Id 0 126 1
0001000000 0001000000
0100000010 0100000010
0000001000 0000001000
0000000000 0000000000
0001000000
N/A N/A
0000000000
0001000000
0100000010
CCSI,0 N/A N/A
0000001000
Sets (Note 6) 1110111111
1011111101
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1111110111
1111111111
001000 001000
MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 100001 100001
N/A
7) 000100 000100
000000 000000
3GPP
Release 16 935 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of
a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS.
Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. The 4th, 12th, 19th and 27th subframes indicated by ABS pattern
are MBSFN ABS subframes. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated
PDCCH/PCFICH are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped
with the MBSFN ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition
of the reference channel.
[7].
Note 7: MBSFN Subframe Allocation as defined in [7], four frames with 24 bits are chosen for MBSFN
Table 8.4.1.2.4-4: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH – MBSFN ABS

(Note 2) (%) (Note 3)
FDD FDD FDD FDD

8.4.1.2.5 Enhanced Downlink Control Channel Performance Requirement Type A - 2 Tx

Antenna Port under Asynchronous Network
The test purpose is to verify the Enhanced Downlink Control Channel Performance Requirement Type A for
PDCCH/PCFICH with 2 transmit antennas for the case of dominant interferer with interference model defined in clause
B.5.2. For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1-1 and Table 8.4.1.2.5-1, the average probability of a missed downlink
scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.2.5-2 for the Enhanced Downlink Control
Channel Performance Requirement Type A. In Table 8.4.1.2.5-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the
agressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3,
respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] is not provided.
3GPP
Release 16 936 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.4.1.2.5-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH

PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
PDSCH_RA
Downlink OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
allocation PDCCH_RB
PHICH_RB dB -3 -3 -3
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
Number of DL control region
3 3 3
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 3 3
Interference model As specified in As specified in
N/A
Probability of
Rank 1 % N/A 80 80
occurrence of
PDSCH transmission
rank in interfering Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
cells
Time offset relative to Cell 1 ms N/A 0.33 0.67
Frequency shift relative to Cell 1 Hz N/A 0 0
Note 1: According to Clause 6.9 in TS 36.211 [4].
Table 8.4.1.2.5-2: Minimum Performance for PDCCH/PCFICH for Enhanced Downlink Control Channel
Performance Requirement Type A
Test Aggregatio Reference OCNG Propagation Conditions Antenna Reference Value

Number n level Channel Pattern (Note 2) Configuration
(Note 1) Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 and Correlation Pm- SNR (dB)
Matrix (Note 3) dsg (Note 4)
(%)
1 2 CCE R.16-1 OP.1 EVA70 EVA70 EVA70 2x2 Low 1 16.5
FDD FDD
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.

3GPP
Release 16 937 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Antenna Port with Non-Colliding CRS Dominant Interferer
The purpose of this test is to verify the Enhanced Downlink Control Channel Performance Requirement Type A for
PDCCH/PCFICH with 2 transmit antennas for the case of dominant interferer with the non-colliding CRS pattern and
applying interference model defined in clause B.7.1. For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1-1 and Table 8.4.1.2.6-
1, the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table
8.4.1.2.6-2. In Table 8.4.1.2.6-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the agressor cells. The downlink
physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The CRS
assistance information [7] is provided and includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink PHICH_RA dB -3 N/A N/A
power PCFICH_RB
allocation PDCCH_RB dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RB
PHICH_RB dB -3 N/A N/A
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
3 3 3
OFDM symbols
PHICH Ng (Note 1) 1/6 N/A N/A
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A
NA
Unused RE-s and PRB-s (Note 2) OCNG OCNG OCNG
Time Offset relative to Cell 1 s N/A 2 3
Note 2: For Cell 2 and Cell 3 unused RE-s and PRB-s do not include control region REs.
3GPP
Release 16 938 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Aggregatio Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference Value

Number n level Channel Pattern Conditions (Note 2) Configuration
(Note 1) Cell Cell Cell and Correlation Pm-dsg SNR (dB)
1 2 3 Matrix (Note 3) (%) (Note 4)
1 4 CCE R.16-2 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 1 12.8
FDD FDD

8.4.1.2.7 Enhanced Downlink Control Channel Performance Requirement Type B - 2 Tx

Antenna Port with Colliding CRS Dominant Interferer
The purpose of this test is to verify the Enhanced Downlink Control Channel Performance Requirement Type B for
PDCCH/PCFICH with 2 transmit antennas for the case of dominant interferer with the colliding CRS pattern and
3GPP
Release 16 939 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 6 1
1 1 1
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A
NA
Performance Requirement Type B

FDD FDD


3GPP
Release 16 940 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
1 1 1
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A

FDD FDD

3GPP
Release 16 941 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

applying interference model defined in clause B.7.1.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.4.1-1 and Table 8.4.1.2.9-1, the average probability of a missed downlink
scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.4.1.2.9-2. In Table 8.4.1.2.9-1, Cell 1 is the
serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex
C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] is provided and includes
information on Cell 2 and Cell 3.

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
As defined in
Es / N oc dB Table 8.4.1.2.9- 13.91 3.34
2
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A
NA
3GPP
Release 16 942 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

FDD FDD

8.4.2 TDD
Table 8.4.2-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Uplink downlink configuration
0 0
(Note 1)
4
(Note 2)
Cell ID 0 0
PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB 0 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB 0 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB


3GPP
Release 16 943 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.4.2.1-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x2 Low 1 -1.6

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1 0.1

Matrix
1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17 TDD OP.1 EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 6.5
TDD

aggressor cell ABS)
physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3.. In Table 8.4.2.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and
Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2
is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.
physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 944 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB -3 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Reference Value
Es / N oc 2 dB in Table 1.5
8.4.2.2.3-2
BWChannel MHz 10 10

Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells)
Cell Id 0 1
0000010001
0000000001
Pattern(Note 5) 0000000001
0000010001
CCSI,0 N/A
Sets(Note 6) 1100101000
CCSI,1 N/A
1100111000
aggressor ABS.
Note 3: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols of a subframe overlapping with aggressor non-ABS
Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDCCH/PCFICH other than that associated with SIB1/Paging
are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS
[7].
3GPP
Release 16 945 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Aggregatio Referenc OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference

Numbe n Level e Channel Conditions Matrix and Value
r (Note 1) Antenna
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Configuration Pm- SNR
dsg (dB)
(%) (Note
2)
1 8 CCE R15-1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 1 -3.9
TDD TDD TDD

3GPP
Release 16 946 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB -3 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Reference Value
Es / N oc 2 dB in Table 1.5
8.4.2.2.3-4
BWChannel MHz 10 10

Time Offset between Cells μs 2.5 (synchronous cells)
Cell Id 0 126
0000000001
0000000001
Pattern(Note 5) 0000000001
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A
Sets(Note 6) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A
1100111000
MBSFN Subframe Allocation (Note 9) N/A 000010
Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13
of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS.
MBSFN ABS subframes.PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH
are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the MBSFN
ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference
channel.
[7].
3GPP
Release 16 947 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Number on Level Channel Conditions(Note 1) Matrix and
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Pm-dsg SNR
Configurati (%) (dB)
on (Note 2)
1 8 CCE R15-1 TDD OP.1 OP.1 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 1 -4.1
TDD TDD


In Tables 8.4.2.2.4-1 and 8.4.2.2.4-3, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3are the aggressor cells. The
C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.
3GPP
Release 16 948 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
N oc at antenna
port
 Reference
8.4.2.2.4-2
Cell Id 0 126 1
0000000001 0000000001
0000000001 0000000001
N/A N/A
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A N/A
Sets (Note 6) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1100111000
2 Note 7 Note 7
symbols
Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10, #12, #13 of a subframe
aggressor ABS.
Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDCCH/PCFICH other than that associated with SIB1/Paging are
transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS
[7];
3GPP
Release 16 949 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

(Note 2) (%) (Note 3)
TDD TDD TDD TDD

3GPP
Release 16 950 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 951 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
N oc at antenna
port
 Reference
8.4.2.2.4-4
Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN MBSFN MBSFN
Cell Id 0 126 1
0000000001 0000000001
0000000001 0000000001
N/A N/A
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A N/A
Sets (Note 6) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1100111000
MBSFN Subframe Allocation
N/A 000010 000010
(Note 7)
3GPP
Release 16 952 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #4, #5, #6, #7, #8, #9, #10, #11, #12, #13 of
a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS.
MBSFN ABS subframes. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH
are transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the MBSFN
ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the reference
channel.
[7].
Cell2 is the same.

(Note 2) (%) (Note 3)
TDD TDD TDD TDD


8.4.2.2.5-2. In Table 8.4.2.2.5-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink
3GPP
Release 16 953 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 6 1
UL/DL Configuration 0 0 0
Special Subframe Configuration 4 4 4
Number of DL control region 3 for subframes 0 and 5
OFDM symbols 2 for subframes 1 and 6
3 for subframes 0 and 5
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A

TDD TDD


3GPP
Release 16 954 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.4.2.2.6-2. In Table 8.4.2.2.6-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
Number of DL control region 3 for subframes 0 and 5
OFDM symbols 2 for subframes 1 and 6
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A

TDD TDD

3GPP
Release 16 955 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)


PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 6 1
1 1 1
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A
3GPP
Release 16 956 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

TDD TDD


3GPP
Release 16 957 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell Id 0 1 6
1 1 1
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A

TDD TDD

3GPP
Release 16 958 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)


PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
As defined in
Es / N oc dB Table 8.4.1.2.9- 13.91 3.34
2
Cell ID 0 1 6
2
OFDM symbols
CFI indicated in PCFICH 2
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A
N/A
3GPP
Release 16 959 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

TDD TDD

8.4.3 LAA
The parameters specified in Table 8.4.3-1 are valid for all LAA PDCCH tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.4.3-1: Common test Parameters for PDCCH
Transmit
Parameter Unit
diversity
PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB -3
Downlink power OCNG_RA
allocation PCFICH_RB
(Note 1) PDCCH_RB
dB -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
PHICH Ng (Note 1) 1
PHICH duration Normal
Unused RE-s and PRB-s (Note
OCNG
2)
Cell ID 0
Note 1: In LAA Scell(s), PCFICH_RB, PHICH_RA, and
PHICH_RB are not available.
Note 2: OCNG is applied only within LAA burst.
8.4.3.1.1 FDD Pcell (FDD single carrier)
8.4.3.1.1.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port
The average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table
8.4.3.1.1.1-2 for Pcell and in Table 8.4.3.1.1.1-3 for LAA Scell(s), with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.4.3-1,
and Table 8.4.3.1.1.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 960 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.4.3.1.1.1-1: Test Parameters for LAA Scell(s)

dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12 ms80-
0
r12
Downlink Burst transmission
As specified in B.8
pattern for LAA SCell
{1,3, 5, 8}
(S1) in a burst
Uniform random number (p) in
0.5
the burst model
{6, 9, 12,14}
μs 15
SCell to PCell
Hz 200
Note 2: The OCNG shall be applied for the non-scheduled OFDM symbols within the
burst, and which OFDM symbols are scheduled within the burst is according to
UE capability.
Table 8.4.3.1.1.1-2: Single carrier performance for CCs which are not LAA Scells for multiple CA
configurations
Test Bandwi Aggrega Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number dth tion Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm- SNR (dB)
level and dsg
correlation (%)
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16 FDD OP.1 EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 -0.6
FDD
Table 8.4.3.1.1.1-3: Single carrier performance for LAA Scell(s) for multiple CA configurations
Test Bandwidth Aggregati Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number on level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm- SNR (dB)
and dsg
correlation (%)
Matrix
1 20 MHz 4 CCE R.3 FS3 OP.1 EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 0.2
FS3
FS3
FS3
FS3
Note1： UE is required to fulfill only one test among test 1-4 depending on it’s capability for endingDwPTS and
secondSlotStartingPosition. For UE don’t support endingDwPTS and secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to
fulfill test 1; For UE don’t support endingDwPTS and support secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfill test
2; For UE support endingDwPTS and don’t support secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfil test 3; and
For UE support both endingDwPTS and secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfill test 4.
3GPP
Release 16 961 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.4.3.1.2 TDD Pcell (TDD single carrier)
The average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table
8.4.3.1.2.1-2 for Pcell and in Table 8.4.3.1.2.1-3 for LAA Scell(s), with the additional of the parameters in Table 8.4.3-
1, and Table 8.4.3.1.2.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.4.3.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for LAA Scell(s)

dmtc-PeriodOffset-r12 ms80-
0
Table r12
Downlink Burst transmission
As specified in B.8
pattern for LAA SCell
{1,3, 5, 8}
(S1) in a burst
Uniform random number (p) in
0.5
the burst model
subframeStartPosition ‘s07’
{6, 9, 12,14}
μs 15
SCell to PCell
Hz 200
Note 2: The OCNG shall be applied for the non-scheduled OFDM symbols within the
burst, and which OFDM symobls are scheduled within the burst is according to
UE capability.
8.4.3.1.2.1-2: Single carrier performance for CCs which are not LAA Scells for multiple CA
configurations
Test Bandwi Aggrega Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number dth tion Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm- SNR (dB)
level and dsg
correlation (%)
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16 TDD OP.1 EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 -0.6
TDD
3GPP
Release 16 962 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.4.3.1.2.1-3: Single carrier performance for LAA Scell(s) for multiple CA configurations
Test Bandwidth Aggregati Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number on level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm- SNR
and dsg (dB)
correlation (%)
Matrix
FS3
FS3
FS3
FS3
Note1： UE is required to fulfill only one test among test 1-4 depending on it’s capability for endingDwPTS and
secondSlotStartingPosition. For UE don’t support endingDwPTS and secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to
fulfill test 1; For UE don’t support endingDwPTS and support secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfill
test 2; For UE support endingDwPTS and don’t support secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfil test 3;
and For UE support both endingDwPTS and secondSlotStartingPosition, it is required to fulfill test 4.
8.5 Demodulation of PHICH

The receiver characteristics of the PHICH are determined by the probability of miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK
(Pm-an). It is assumed that there is no bias applied to the detection of ACK and NACK (zero-threshold delection).
8.5.1 FDD
Table 8.5.1-1: Test Parameters for PHICH

Parameter Unit
port diversity
PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB 0 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PDCCH_RB -3
dB 0
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
PHICH Ng (Note 1) Ng = 1 Ng = 1
UL Grant should be included with the
PDCCH Content
proper information aligned with A.3.6.
Cell ID 0 0
Note 1: according to Clause 6.9 in TS 36.211 [4]
3GPP
Release 16 963 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an) shall
be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.5.1.1-1: Minimum performance PHICH
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-an (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.18 OP.1 FDD ETU70 1 x 2 Low 0.1 5.5
Table 8.5.1.2.1-1: Minimum performance PHICH

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.19 OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 0.1 4.4
1A 5MHz (Note 1) R.19-1 OP.1 FDD EVA 70 2x2 Low 0.1 4
be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2.2-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.

and
correlation
Matrix
1 5 MHz R.20 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.1

aggressor cell ABS)
For the parameters specified in Table 8.5.1-1 and Table 8.5.1.2.3-1, the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for
NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2.3-2. The downlink physical setup is in accordance
with Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3. In Table 8.5.1.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The
3GPP
Release 16 964 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3,
respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 965 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.5.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for PHICH
3GPP
Release 16 966 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
Downlink power
PHICH_RA dB -3 -3
allocation
OCNG_RA
PCFICH_RB
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
N oc at antenna port N oc 1 dBm/15kHz -100.5 (Note 1) N/A
Reference Value
Es / N oc 2 dB in Table 8.5.1.2.3- 1.5
2
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 1
00000100
00000100
01000100
00000100
00000100 N/A
00000100
00000100
Pattern (Note 5)
00000100
00000100
00000100
00000100
CSI Subframe Sets
CCSI,0 00000100 N/A
(Note 6)
01000100
00000100
11111011
11111011
CCSI,1 11111011 N/A
10111011
11111011
3GPP
Release 16 967 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
overlapping with the aggressor ABS
aggressor ABS
Note 4: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PHICH is transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the
subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell but not in the 26th subframe
indicated by the ABS pattern.
[7]
measurements defined in [7]
Cell2 is the same.
Test Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Antenna Reference Value

Number Channel Conditions Configuration
(Note 1) and
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Correlation Pm-an SNR (dB)
Matrix (%) (Note 2)
1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 0.1 4.6
FDD FDD


NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2.4-2. In Table 8.5.1.2.4-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell,
and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex
C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including
Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.
3GPP
Release 16 968 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 969 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
N oc at antenna
port
 Reference Value
E s N oc 2 dB in Table 8.5.1.2.4- 5 3
2
Cell Id 0 126 1
UL Grant should
be included with
the proper
PDCCH Content N/A N/A
information
aligned with
A.3.6.
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
00000100
00000100
RLM/RRM Measurement
00000100 N/A N/A
00000100
00000100
00000100
00000100
CCSI,0 00000100 N/A N/A
00000100
Sets (Note 6) 11111011
11111011
CCSI,1 11111011 N/A N/A
11111011
11111011
3GPP
Release 16 970 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
aggressor ABS
subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell but not in the 26th subframe
indicated by the ABS pattern.
[7]
Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in the test

Number Channel Conditions (Note 1) Configuration
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 and Correlation Pm-an SNR (dB)
Matrix (Note 2) (%) (Note 3)
1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 0.1 5.0
FDD FDD FDD

E s N oc 2 of Cell 1.

Antenna Ports under Asynchronous Network
NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.1.2.5-2. The purpose of this test is to verify the PHICH
performance with 2 transmit antennas when the serving cell PHICH transmission is interfered by two interfering cells
and applying interference model defined in clause B.5.2. In Table 8.5.1.2.5-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and
Cell 3 are the agressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2
and Cell 3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] is not provided.
3GPP
Release 16 971 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
PDSCH_RA
OCNG_RA
Downlink power allocation PCFICH_RB
PHICH_RB
PDCCH_RB dB -3 -3 -3
PDSCH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell ID 0 1 6
PDSCH transmission rank in
interfering cells Rank 2 % N/A 20 20
Time offset relative to Cell 1 ms N/A 0.33 0.67
Frequency offset relative to Cell 1 Hz N/A 0 0
Table 8.5.1.2.5-2: Minimum performance PHICH for Enhanced Downlink Control Channel

1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EVA7 EVA7 EVA7 2x2 Low 0.1 17.9
FDD FDD FDD 0 0 0

Note 3:
E
N oc 2 of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

Antenna Ports with Non-Colliding CRS Dominant Interferer
with the dominant interferer having the non-colliding CRS pattern and applying interference model defined in clause
B.7.1. In Table 8.5.1.2.6-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the agressor cells. The downlink
3GPP
Release 16 972 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
PHICH_RA dB -3 N/A N/A
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell ID 0 1 6

1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 0.1 15.8
FDD FDD FDD

Note 3:
E

Antenna Ports with Colliding CRS Dominant Interferer
with the dominant interferer having the colliding CRS pattern and applying interference model defined in clause B.7.1.
In Table 8.5.1.2.7-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical
3GPP
Release 16 973 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The CRS assistance
information [7] is provided and includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell ID 0 6 1

FDD FDD FDD

Note 3:
E

B.7.1. In Table 8.5.1.2.8-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink
3GPP
Release 16 974 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell ID 0 1 6

FDD FDD FDD

Note 3:
E
8.5.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 975 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.5.2-1: Test Parameters for PHICH
Single Transmit diversity

Parameter Unit
antenna port
Uplink downlink configuration (Note
1 1
1)
Special subframe configuration
4 4
(Note 2)
PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB 0 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PDCCH_RB
dB 0 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB

PDCCH Content
proper information aligned with A.3.6.
Cell ID 0 0
Note 3: according to Clause 6.9 in TS 36.211 [4]

Table 8.5.2.1-1: Minimum performance PHICH

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.18 OP.1 TDD ETU70 1 x 2 Low 0.1 5.8
3GPP
Release 16 976 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.19 OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 0.1 4.2

and
correlation
Matrix
1 5 MHz R.20 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4 x 2 Medium 0.1 6.2

aggressor cell ABS)
NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.2.2.3-2. The downlink physical setup is in accordance
with Annex C.3.2 and Annex C.3.3, In Table 8.5.2.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The
downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 is according to Annex C.3.3,
respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 977 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
PHICH_RA dB -3 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
Es / N oc 2 dB
Reference Value in
Table 8.5.2.2.3-2
1.5
BWChannel MHz 10 10

Cell Id 0 1
0000010001
0000000001
0000010001
CCSI,0 N/A
(Note 6) 1100101000
CCSI,1 N/A
1100111000
aggressor ABS
subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell but not in subframe 5
[7]
Cell2 is the same.
3GPP
Release 16 978 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Number Channel Conditions Configuration
(Note 1) and
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Correlation Pm-an SNR (dB)
Matrix (%) (Note 2)
1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 2x2 Low 0.1 4.6
TDD TDD


NACK (Pm-an) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.5.2.2.4-2. In Table 8.5.2.2.4-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell,
and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex
C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including
Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.
3GPP
Release 16 979 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 980 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
OCNG_RA
Downlink power
PCFICH_RB
allocation
PDCCH_RB
dB -3 -3 -3
PHICH_RB
OCNG_RB
N oc at antenna
N oc 2 dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 2) N/A N/A
port
 Reference Value
8.5.2.2.4-2
Non-
MBSFN
Cell Id 0 126 1
UL Grant should
be included with
the proper
PDCCH Content N/A N/A
information
aligned with
A.3.6.
0000000001
0000000001
0000000001
1
N/A N/A
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A N/A
Sets (Note 6) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1100111000
3GPP
Release 16 981 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
aggressor ABS
subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell but not in subframe 5
[7]
Note 9: SIB-1 will not be transmitted in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in the test.

1 R.19 OP.1 OP.1 OP.1 EPA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x2 Low 0.1 5.7
TDD TDD TDD

E s N oc 2 of Cell 1.

3GPP
Release 16 982 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell ID 0 6 1

TDD TDD TDD

E s N oc 2 of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.

3GPP
Release 16 983 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell ID 0 1 6

TDD TDD TDD


3GPP
Release 16 984 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell ID 0 6 1

TDD TDD TDD


3GPP
Release 16 985 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
Cell ID 0 1 6

TDD TDD TDD

8.6 Demodulation of PBCH

The receiver characteristics of the PBCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the PBCH (Pm-bch),
which is defined as
A
Pm  bch  1 
B
3GPP
Release 16 986 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Where A is the number of correctly decoded MIB PDUs and B is the Number of transmitted MIB PDUs (Redundancy
versions for the same MIB are not counted separately).
8.6.1 FDD
Table 8.6.1-1: Test Parameters for PBCH

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Downlink power PBCH_RA dB 0 -3

allocation PBCH_RB dB 0 -3
Cell ID 0 0

For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be
below the specified value in Table 8.6.1.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.6.1.1-1: Minimum performance PBCH
Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB)
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.21 ETU70 1 x 2 Low 1 -6.1
For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detected PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below
the specified value in Table 8.6.1.2.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.6.1.2.1-1: Minimum performance PBCH

and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.22 EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 -4.8
3GPP
Release 16 987 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.23 EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 -3.5
8.6.1.2.3 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port under Time Domain Measurement

Resource Restriction with CRS Assistance Information
For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.1.2.3-1 and Table 8.6.1.2.3-2, the averaged probability of a miss-detected
PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.6.1.2.3-2. Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3
are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and
Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, repectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is
provided.
Table 8.6.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for PBCH

PBCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
allocation PBCH_RB
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RB
Reference
^
E s /N oc dB Value in Table 4 2
8.6.1.2.3-2
BWChannel MHz 1.4 1.4 1.4
Time Offset between Cells ms N/A 3 -1
Cell Id 0 126 1
01000000 01000000
01000000 01000000
ABS Pattern (Note 4) N/A 01000000 01000000
01000000 01000000
01000000 01000000
Note 3: The PBCH transmission from Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 overlap. The same PBCH transmission
redundancy version is used for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.
with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the
reference channel.
3GPP
Release 16 988 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Reference Propagation Conditions (Note 1) Antenna Reference Value

Number Channel Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Configuration and Pm-bch SNR (dB)
Correlation Matrix (%) (Note 3)
(Note 2)
1 R.22 ETU30 ETU30 ETU30 2x2 Low 1 -3.0
^
Note 3: SNR corresponds to Es / N oc of cell 1.
8.6.2 TDD
Table 8.6.2-1: Test Parameters for PBCH

Parameter Unit
port diversity
1
(Note 1)
4
(Note 2)
Downlink power PBCH_RA dB 0 -3

allocation PBCH_RB dB 0 -3
Cell ID 0 0

the specified value in Table 8.6.2.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.6.2.1-1: Minimum performance PBCH

and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.21 ETU70 1 x 2 Low 1 -6.4
3GPP
Release 16 989 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.22 EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 -4.8

and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.23 EVA5 4 x 2 Medium 1 -4.1
8.6.2.2.3 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port under Time Domain Measurement

Resource Restriction with CRS Assistance Information
For the parameters specified in Table 8.6.2.2.3-1 and Table 8.6.2.2.3-2, the averaged probability of a miss-detected
PBCH (Pm-bch) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.6.2.2.3-2. Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3
are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and
Cell 3 is according to Annex C3.3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is
provided.
3GPP
Release 16 990 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.6.2.2.3-1: Test Parameters for PBCH

PBCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
allocation PBCH_RB
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RB
Reference
^
E s /N oc dB Value in Table 4 2
8.6.2.2.3-2
BWChannel MHz 1.4 1.4 1.4
Time Offset between Cells ms N/A 3 -1
Cell Id 0 126 1
0000000001 0000000001
ABS Pattern (Note 4) N/A
0000000001 0000000001
Note 3: The PBCH transmission from Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3 overlap. The same PBCH transmission
redundancy version is used for Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3.
with the ABS subframe of aggressor cell and the subframe is available in the definition of the
reference channel.
Test Reference Propagation Conditions (Note Antenna Reference Value

Number Channel 1) Configuration and
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 3 Correlation Matrix Pm-bch SNR (dB) (Note
(Note 2) (%) 3)
1 R.22 ETU30 ETU30 ETU30 2x2 Low 1 -3.0
^
Note 3: SNR corresponds to Es / N oc of cell 1.
8.7 Sustained downlink data rate provided by lower layers

The purpose of the test is to verify that the Layer 1 and Layer 2 correctly process in a sustained manner the received
packets corresponding to the maximum number of DL-SCH transport block bits received within a TTI for the UE
category indicated. The sustained downlink data rate shall be verified in terms of the success rate of delivered PDCP
SDU(s) by Layer 2. The test case below specifies the RF conditions and the required success rate of delivered TB by
Layer 1 to meet the sustained data rate requirement. The size of the TB per TTI corresponds to the largest possible DL-
SCH transport block for each UE category using the maximum number of layers for spatial multiplexing. Transmission
modes 1 and 3 are used with radio conditions resembling a scenario where sustained maximum data rates are available.
Test case is selected according to table 8.7-1 depending on UE capability for CA and EPDCCH.
3GPP
Release 16 991 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7-1: SDR test applicability
Single carrier UE CA UE not Single carrier UE CA UE

not supporting supporting supporting supporting
EPDCCH EPDCCH EPDCCH EPDCCH
FDD 8.7.1 8.7.1 8.7.3 8.7.1, 8.7.3
TDD 8.7.2 8.7.2 8.7.4 8.7.2, 8.7.4
8.7.1 FDD (single carrier and CA)


Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and 256QAM
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
symbols for PDCCH per OFDM symbols 1
component carrier
Static propagation condition
Propagation condition
No external noise sources are applied
For UE not supporting 256QAM, the requirements are specified in Table 8.7.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in
Table 8.7.1-2 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE
category and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified inTable 8.7.1-4. The TB
success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.
For UE supporting 256QAM, the requirements are specified in Table 8.7.1-6, with the addition of the parameters in
category and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified in Table 8.7.1-7, the TB
success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames. For UE supporting 256QAM, the requirement in Table 8.7.1-
3 is not applicable.
For UE supporting 256QAM and category 9/10 and category 13, the requirements are specified in both Table 8.7.1-3
and Table 8.7.1-6, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.7.1-2 and in Table 8.7.1-5 respectivly. The downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category and bandwidth
combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified inTable 8.7.1-4 and in Table 8.7.1-7 for the category
9/10 and category 13, the TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.
3GPP
Release 16 992 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 993 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.1-2: test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (FDD 64QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 994 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Downlink
Codeboo
Ês at Symbols
power
Antenna
Bandwidth Transmissio k subset allocation (dB) antenna for
Test configuratio
(MHz) n mode restrictio port unused
n
n ρA ρB  (dBm/15kHz PRBs
)
OP.6
1 10 1 1x2 N/A 0 0 0 -85
FDD
OP.6
1A 10 1 1x1 N/A 0 0 0 -85
FDD
OP.6
1B 20 1 1x1 N/A 0 0 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
2 10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
3,4,6 20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
3A 10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
3B, OP.1
2x10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
4A FDD
3C, OP.1
15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
4B FDD
OP.1
6A 2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
6B 10+15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
6C 10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
6D 15+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
6E 2x15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
6F 15+5 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
6G 20+5 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7 3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7A 15+20+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7B 10+20+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7C 15+15+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7D 10+15+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7E 10+10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7F 10+15+15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7G 5+10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7H 5+15+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7I 5+10+10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7J 5+5+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
3GPP
Release 16 995 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
OP.1
7K 3x10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7L 5+5+10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8 4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
20+20+20+1 OP.1
8A 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
0 FDD
20+20+10+1 OP.1
8B 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
0 FDD
OP.1
8C 20+20+10+5 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8D 20+10+10+5 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8E 15+3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8F 2x15+2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8G 10+15+2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8H 3x10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8I 2x5+2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8J 2x5+10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8K 4x10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
9 5x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
9A 15+4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
9B 10+4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
9C 2x10+3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
9D 5+10+3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
9E 3x10+2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
9F 4x10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
10 6x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
11 7x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
NOTE 1: For CA test cases, PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Test 1-6E,
and PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK for Test 7-7G.
3GPP
Release 16 996 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.1-3: Minimum requirement (FDD 64QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 997 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Number of bits of a DL-SCH Measurement channel Reference value

transport block received within a TTI TB success rate [%]
1 10296 R.31-1 FDD 95
1A 10296 R.31-1 FDD 95
1B 10296 R.31-1A FDD 95
2 25456 R.31-2 FDD 95
3 51024 R.31-3 FDD 95
3A 36696 (Note 2) R.31-3A FDD 85
3B 25456 R.31-2 FDD 95
3C 51024 R.31-3C FDD 85
4 75376 (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85
4A 36696 (Note 2) R.31-3A FDD 85
4B 55056 (Note 5) R.31-4B FDD 85
6 75376 (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85
6A 75376 (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85
6B 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
55056 for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 15MHz CC
6C 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
75376 (Note 3) for 20MHz CC R.31-4 FDD for 20MHz CC
6D 55056 for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 15MHz CC 85
6E 55056 (Note 5) for two 15MHz CCs R.31-4B FDD for two 15MHz CCs 85
6F 55056 (Note 5) for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 15MHz CC 85
6G 75376 (Note 3) for 20MHz CC R.31-4 FDD for 20MHz CC 85
7 75376 (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85
7A 55056 (Note 5) for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 15MHz CC 85
7C 55056 (Note 5) for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 15MHz CC 85
7D 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
7E 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
7F 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
7G 18336 (Note 6) for 5MHz CC R.31-6 FDD for 5MHz CC 85
36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC
7H 18336 (Note 6) for 5MHz CC R.31-6 FDD for 5MHz CC 85
7I 18336 (Note 6) for 5MHz CC R.31-6 FDD for 5MHz CC 85
18336 (Note 6) for 5MHz CC R.31-6 FDD for 5MHz CC 85
7J
7K 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
7L
8E
8F
8G 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
3GPP
Release 16 998 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
8H
8I
8J 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC
8K 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
8 75376 (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85
8A 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC 85
8C 18336 (Note 6) for 5MHz CC R.31-6 FDD for 5MHz CC 85
8D 18336 (Note 6) for 5MHz CC R.31-6 FDD for 5MHz CC 85
9 75376 (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85
9A
9B
9C
9D 36696 (Note 2) for 10MHz CC R.31-3A FDD for 10MHz CC
9E
9F
10 75376 (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85
11 75376 (Note 3) R.31-4 FDD 85
Note 1: For 2 layer transmissions, 2 transport blocks are received within a TTI.
Note 2: 35160 bits for sub-frame 5.
Note 4: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where NDL_newtx is
the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport
blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks.
Note 5: 52752bits for sub-frame 5.
Note 6: 15840bits for sub-frame 0.
3GPP
Release 16 999 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.1-4: Test points for sustained data rate (FRC 64QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 1000 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Maximum Cat 11,

supported 12
CA
Bandwidth/ Cat. Cat. Cat. DL Cat.
confi Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 4 DL
Bandwidth 1bis 6,7 9,10 15
g Cat.
combination
(MHz) 11,12
10 1 1A 2 3A 3A - - - -
Single
15 - - - 3C 4B - - - -
carrier
20 - 1B - 3 4 6 - - -
10+10 - - - 3B 4A 4A 4A - -
10+15 - - - 3B 4A 6B 6B - -
10+20 - - - 3B 4A 6C 6C - -
15+15 - - - 3B 4A 6E 6E - -
CA
15+5 - 3B 4A 6F 6F - -
with
20+5 - - - 3 4 6G 6G - -
2CCs
15+20 - - - 3B 4A 6D 6D - -
3B or 3 4A or 4 -
20+20 - - - (Note (Note 6A 6A -
4) 4)
3x20 - - - - - 6A 7 7 -
15+20+20 - - - - - 6A 7A 7A -
10+20+20 - - - - - 6A 7B 7B -
15+15+20 - 6D 7C 7C -
10+15+20 - - - - - 6D 7D 7D -
CA 10+10+20 - - - - - 7E 7E 7E -
with 10+15+15 - - - - - 7F 7F 7F -
3CCs 5+10+20 - - - - - 7G 7G 7G -
5+15+20 - - - - - 7H 7H 7H -
5+10+10 - - - - - 7I 7I 7I -
5+5+20 7J 7J 7J
3x10 7K 7K 7K
5+5+10 7L 7L 7L
4x20 - - - - - - 7 8 8
20+20+20+10 - - - - - - 7 8A 8A
20+20+10+10 - - - - - - 8B 8B 8B
20+20+10+5 - - - - - - 8C 8C 8C
20+10+10+5 - - - - - - 8D 8D 8D
CA
15+3x20 8E 8E 8E
with
2x15+2x20 8F 8F 8F
4CCs
10+15+2x20 8G 8G 8G
3x10+20 8H 8H 8H
2x5+2x20 8I 8I 8I
2x5+10+20 8J 8J 8J
4x10 8K 8K 8K
5x20 - - - - - - - 8 9
15+4x20 10
CA
10+4x20 11
with
2x10+3x20 12
5CCs
5+10+3x20 13
3x10+2x20 14
CA
with 6x20 - - - - - - - 10 10
6CCs
CA
with 7x20 - - - - - - - 11 11
7CCs
Note 1: Void.
Note 2: For non-CA UE, test is selected for maximum supported bandwidth.
3GPP
Release 16 1001 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 3: Void.
Note 4: If the intra-band contiguous CA is the only CA configuration supported by category 3 or 4 UE, the single
carrier test is selecte, i.e., Test 3 for UE category 3 and Test 4 for UE category 4. Otherwise, Test 3B
applies for category 3 UE and Test 4A applies for category 4 UE.
in 8.1.2.3.
Note 6: If DL category is signalled by the UE under test, then select the test point according to UE DL Category.
Otherwise, select the test point according to the UE category signalled.
3GPP
Release 16 1002 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.1-5: test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (FDD 256QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 1003 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Downlink power
Ês at
Codeboo allocation (dB) Symbols
Antenna
Bandwidth Transmission k subset antenna for
Test configuratio
(MHz) mode restrictio port unused
n ρA ρB 
n (dBm/15kHz PRBs
)
OP.1
1 20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
2 2x15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
2A 15+5 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
3 10+15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
3A 20+5 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
4 10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
6 15+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
7 2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
8 3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
9 15+20+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
10 10+20+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
11 15+15+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
12 10+15+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
13 10+10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
14 10+15+15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
15 5+10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
15A 5+15+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
15B 5+10+10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
15C 5+5+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
15D 3x10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
15E 5+5+10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
16 4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
20+20+20+1 OP.1
17 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
0 FDD
20+20+10+1 OP.1
18 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
0 FDD
OP.1
18A 20+20+10+5 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
18B 20+10+10+5 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1004 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
OP.1
18C 15+3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
18D 2x15+2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
18E 10+15+2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
18F 3x10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
18G 2x5+2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
18H 2x5+10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
18I 4x10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
19 5x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
19A 15+4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
19B 10+4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
19C 2x10+3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
19D 5+10+3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
19E 3x10+2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
19F 4x10+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
20 6x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
21 7x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85
FDD
Note 1: For CA test cases, PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK.
3GPP
Release 16 1005 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.1-6: Minimum requirement (FDD 256QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 1006 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Measurement channel Reference value

TB success rate [%]
1 R.68 FDD 85
2 R.68-1 FDD 85
R.68-1 FDD for 15MHz CC 85
2A
R.68-3 FDD for 5MHz CC
3
R.68 FDD for 20MHz CC 85
3A
4
R.68 FDD for 20MHz CC
6
7 R.68 FDD 85
8 R.68 FDD 85
9
10
11
12 R.68-1 FDD for 15MHz CC
13
14
15 R.68-2 FDD for 10MHz CC
15A R.68-1 FDD for 15MHz CC
15B
15C
15D R.68-2 FDD for 10MHz CC 85
15E
16 R.68 FDD 85
17
18
18A R.68-2 FDD for 10MHz CC
18B R.68-2 FDD for 10MHz CC
18C
18D
18E R.68-2 FDD for 10MHz CC 85
3GPP
Release 16 1007 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

18F
18G
18H R.68-2 FDD for 10MHz CC
18I R.68-2 FDD for 10MHz CC 85
19 R.68 FDD 85
19A
19B
19C
19D R.68-2 FDD for 10MHz CC
19E
19F
20 R.68 FDD 85
21 R.68 FDD 85
Note 1: For 2 layer transmissions, 2 transport blocks are received within
a TTI.
Note 2: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate =
100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where NDL_newtx is the number
of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of
retransmitted DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number
of correctly received DL transport blocks.
3GPP
Release 16 1008 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Maximum Cat. 11,

supported 12
CA Bandwidth/ DL Cat. DL Cat. DL Cat.
config Bandwidth DL Cat. 13 15 16
combination 11, 12
(MHz)
Single
20 - 1 - -
carrier
2x15 2 2 - -
15+5 2A 2A - -
CA 10+15 3 3 - -
with 20+5 3A 3A - -
2CCs 10+20 4 4 - -
15+20 6 6 - -
20+20 7 7 - -
3x20 8 7 8 -
15+20+20 9 7 9 -
10+20+20 10 7 10 -
15+15+20 11 6 11 -
10+15+20 12 6 12 -
CA 10+10+20 13 13 13 -
with 10+15+15 14 14 14 -
3CCs 5+10+20 15 15 15 -
5+15+20 15A 15A 15A -
5+10+10 15B 15B 15B -
5+5+20 15C 15C 15C
3x10 15D 15D 15D
5+5+10 15E 15E 15E
4x20 8 - 16 16
20+20+20+10 8 - 17 17
20+20+10+10 18 - 18 18
20+20+10+5 18A - 18A 18A
20+10+10+5 18B - 18B 18B
CA
15+3x20 18C 18C 18C
with
2x15+2x20 18D 18D 18D
4CCs
10+15+2x20 18E 18E 18E
3x10+20 18F 18F 18F
2x5+2x20 18G 18G 18G
2x5+10+20 18H 18H 18H
4x10 18I 18I 18I
5x20 - - 16 19
15+4x20 20
CA 10+4x20 21
with 2x10+3x20 22
5CCs 5+10+3x20 23
3x10+2x20 24
4x10+20 25
CA
with 6x20 - - - 20
6CCs
CA
with 7x20 - - - 21
7CCs
NOTE 1: If DL category is signalled by the UE under test, then select the test point according to UE
DL Category. Otherwise, select the test point according to the UE category signalled.
3GPP
Release 16 1009 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.7.2 TDD (single carrier and CA)

Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
component carrier
success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames. For UE supporting 256QAM, the requirement in Table 8.7.2-
3 is not applicable.
For UE supporting 256QAM and category 9/10 and category 13, the requirements are specified in both Table 8.7.2-3
and Table 8.7.2-6, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.7.2-2 and in Table 8.7.2-5 respectivly. The downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category and bandwidth
combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified inTable 8.7.2-4 and in Table 8.7.2-7 for the category
9/10 and category 13, the TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.
3GPP
Release 16 1010 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.2-2: test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (TDD 64QAM)
Downlink
Ês
power at
Codebook ACK/NACK Symbols
Bandwidt Transmission Antenna allocation (dB) antenna
Test subset feedback for unused
h (MHz) mode configuration port
restriction mode PRBs
ρA ρB  (dBm/15
kHz)
1 10 1 1x2 N/A 0 0 0 -85 Bundling OP.6 TDD
1A 10 1 1x1 N/A 0 0 0 -85 Bundling OP.6 TDD
1B 20 1 1x1 N/A 0 0 0 -85 Bundling OP.6 TDD
2 10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 Bundling OP.1 TDD
3 20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 Bundling OP.1 TDD
3A 15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 Muliplexing OP.2 TDD
4,6 20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 Multiplexing OP.1 TDD
-
6A 2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 OP.1 TDD
(Note 1)
6B 20+15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
7 3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 2) OP.1 TDD
7A 15+20+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 2) OP.1 TDD
8 4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 2) OP.1 TDD
9 15+3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 2) OP.1 TDD
10 5x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 2) OP.1 TDD
11 15+4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 2) OP.1 TDD
12 6x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 2) OP.1 TDD
13 7x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 2) OP.1 TDD
Note 1: PUCCH format 1b with channel selection is used to feedback ACK/NACK.
Note 2: PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK.
3GPP
Release 16 1011 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.2-3: Minimum requirement (TDD 64QAM)

transport block received within TB success rate [%]
a TTI for normal/special sub-
frame
1 10296/0 R.31-1 TDD 95
1A 10296/0 R.31-1 TDD 95
1B 10296/0 R.31-1A TDD 95
2 25456/0 R.31-2 TDD 95
3 51024/0 R.31-3 TDD 95
3A 51024/0 R.31-3A TDD 85
4 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85
6 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85
6A 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85
6B 55056/0 for 15MHz CC R.31-5 TDD for 15MHz CC 85
75376/0 for 20MHz CC (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD for 20MHz CC
7 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85
55056/0 for 15MHz CC R.31-5 TDD for 15MHz CC
7A 85
8 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85
55056/0 for 15MHz CC R.31-5 TDD for 15MHz CC 85
9
10 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85
55056/0 for 15MHz CC R.31-5 TDD for 15MHz CC 85
11
12 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85
13 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31-4 TDD 85
3GPP
Release 16 1012 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Cat.
Bandwidth/
11, 12
CA Bandwidth Cat. Cat. Cat. 9, DL
Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 4 DL
config combination 1bis 6,7 10 Cat. 15
Cat.
(MHz)
11, 12
10 1 1A 2 - - - - - -
Single
15 - - - 3A 3A - - - -
carrier
20 - 1B - 3 4 6 - - -
3(Note 4 (Note
20+20 - - -- 6A 6A - -
CA with 4) 4)
2CCs 3(Note 4 (Note
15+20 - - - 6B 6B - -
4) 4)
CA with 3x20 - - - - - 6A 7 7 -
3 CCs 15+20+20 - - - - - 6A 7A 7A -
CA with 4x20 - - - - - - 7 8 8
4 CCs 15+3x20 - - - - - - 7 9 9
CA with 5x20
5 CCs 15+4x20
CA with
6x20 12 12
6 CCs
CA with
7x20 13 13
7 CCs
Note 2: For non-CA UE, test is selected for maximum supported bandwidth.
Note 3: Void.
Note 4: If the intra-band contiguous CA is the only CA configuration supported by category 3 or 4 UE, single carrier
test is selected.
in 8.1.2.3.
Table 8.7.2-5: test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (TDD 256QAM)
Downlink
Ês at
power
Codebook ACK/NACK Symbols
Bandwidth Transmission Antenna allocation (dB) antenna
Test subset feedback for unused
(MHz) mode configuration port
restriction mode PRBs
ρA ρB  (dBm/15
kHz)
1 20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 Bundling OP.1 TDD
2 15+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
3 2x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
4 3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
5 15+20+20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
6 4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
7 15+3x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
8 5x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
9 15+4x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
10 6x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
11 7x20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 -85 (Note 1) OP.1 TDD
Note 1: For CA test cases, PUCCH format 3 is used to feedback ACK/NACK.
3GPP
Release 16 1013 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.2-6: Minimum requirement (TDD 256QAM)
Test Measurement channel Reference value

TB success rate [%]
1 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 TDD for 15MHz CC 85
2
R.68 TDD for 20MHz CC
3 R.68 TDD 85
4 R.68 TDD 85
5
6 R.68 TDD 85
7
8 R.68 TDD 85
9
10 R.68 TDD 85
11 R.68 TDD 85
Note 1: For 2 layer transmissions, 2 transport blocks are received
within a TTI.
Note 2: The TB success rate is defined as TB success rate =
100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where NDL_newtx is the
number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is
the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and
NDL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport
blocks.
Bandwidth/ Cat. 11,

CA Bandwidth 12 DL Cat. DL Cat. DL Cat.
config combination DL Cat. 13 15 16
(MHz) 11, 12
Single
20 - 1 - -
carrier
CA with 15+20 2 2 - -
2CCs 2x20 3 3 - -
CA with 3 3x20 4 3 4 -
CCs 15+20+20 5 3 5 -
CA with 4 4x20 4 - 6 6
CCs 15+3x20 5 - 7 7
CA with 5 5x20 8
CCs 15+4x20 9
CA with 6
6x20 10
CCs
CA with 7
7x20 11
CCs
8.7.3 FDD (EPDCCH scheduling)

3GPP
Release 16 1014 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.3-1: Common test parameters (FDD)

Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
component carrier
Number of EPDCCH
1
sets
EPDCCH transmission
Localized
type
Number of PRB per 2 PRB pairs
EPDCCH set and 10MHz BW: Resource blocks nPRB = 48, 49
EPDCCH PRB pair 15MHz BW: Resource blocks nPRB = 70, 71
allocation 20MHz BW: Resource blocks nPRB = 98, 99
EPDCCH Starting
Derived from CFI (i.e. default behaviour)
Symbol
ECCE Aggregation
2 ECCEs
Level
Number of EREGs per
4
ECCE
EPDCCH candidate is randomly assigned
EPDCCH scheduling
in each subframe
EPDCCH precoder
Fixed PMI 0
(Note 1)
EPDCCH monitoring SF 1111111111 0000000000
pattern 1111111111 0000000000
Timing advance μs 100
Note 1: EPDCCH precoder parameters are defined for tests with 2 x 2 antenna
configuration
The requirements are specified in Table 8.7.3-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.7.3-2 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category, CA capability and
bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified in Table 8.7.3-4. The TB success rate shall
be sustained during at least 300 frames.
3GPP
Release 16 1015 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.3-2: Test parameters for SDR test for PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH (FDD)
Downlink power
Ês
Codeboo allocation (dB) at Symbol
Antenna
Bandwidt Transmissio k subset antenna s for
Test configuratio
h (MHz) n mode restrictio port unused
n A B  δ
n (dBm/15kHz PRBs
)
OP.6
1 10 1 1x2 N/A 0 0 0 0 -85
FDD
OP.1
2 10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 3 -85
FDD
3,4, OP.1
20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 3 -85
6 FDD
OP.1
3A 10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 3 -85
FDD
3C, OP.1
15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 3 -85
4B FDD
Table 8.7.3-3: Minimum requirement (FDD)

transport block received within a TTI TB success rate [%]
1 10296 R.31E-1 FDD 95
2 25456 R.31E-2 FDD 95
3 51024 R.31E-3 FDD 95
3A 36696 (Note 2) R.31E-3A FDD 85
3C 51024 R.31E-3C FDD 85
4 75376 (Note 3) R.31E-4 FDD 85
4B 55056 (Note 5) R.31E-4B FDD 85
6 75376 (Note 3) R.31E-4 FDD 85
Table 8.7.3-4: Test points for sustained data rate (FRC)
CA Category Category
Bandwidth (MHz) Category 3 Category 4 Category 6 Category 7
config 1 2
10 1 2 3A 3A - -
Single
15 - - 3C 4B - -
carrier
20 - - 3 4 6 6
Note 1: The test is selected for maximum supported bandwidth.
8.7.4 TDD (EPDCCH scheduling)

3GPP
Release 16 1016 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.4-1: Common test parameters (TDD)

Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
component carrier
Number of EPDCCH
1
sets
EPDCCH transmission
Localized
type
2 PRB pairs
10MHz BW: Resource blocks nPRB = 48,
Number of PRB per
49
EPDCCH set and
EPDCCH PRB pair
71
allocation
99
EPDCCH Starting
Derived from CFI (i.e. default behaviour)
Symbol
ECCE Aggregation
2 ECCEs
Level
Number of EREGs per 4 for normal subframe and for special
ECCE subframe
EPDCCH candidate is randomly assigned
EPDCCH scheduling
in each subframe
EPDCCH precoder
Fixed PMI 0
(Note 2)
UL-DL configuration 1: 1101111111
EPDCCH monitoring SF 0000000000
pattern UL-DL configuration 5: 1100111001
0000000000
Timing advance μs 100
Note 1: As specified in Table 4.2-1 in TS 36.211 [4].
Note 2: EPDCCH precoder parameters are defined for tests with 2 x 2 antenna
configuration
The requirements are specified in Table 8.7.4-3, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.7.4-2 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category, CA capability and
bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified inTable 8.7.4-4. The TB success rate shall be
sustained during at least 300 frames.
3GPP
Release 16 1017 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.4-2: Test parameters for SDR test for PDSCH scheduled by EPDCCH (TDD)
Downlink
Codebo
Ês
power at
Symbol ACK/
Antenna ok allocation (dB) antenna
Tes Bandwid Transmissi s for NACK
configurati subset port
t th (MHz) on mode unused feedback
on restrictio (dBm/15kHz
A B  δ PRBs mode
n )
OP.6
1 10 1 1x2 N/A 0 0 0 0 -85 Bundling
TDD
OP.1
2 10 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 3 -85 Bundling
TDD
OP.1
3 20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 3 -85 Bundling
TDD
OP.2 Multiplexi
3A 15 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 3 -85
TDD ng
OP.1 Multiplexi
4,6 20 3 2x2 10 -3 -3 0 3 -85
TDD ng
Table 8.7.4-3: Minimum requirement (TDD)

transport block received within TB success rate [%]
a TTI for normal/special sub-
frame
1 10296/0 R.31E-1 TDD 95
2 25456/0 R.31E-2 TDD 95
3 51024/0 R.31E-3 TDD 95
3A 51024/0 R.31E-3A TDD 85
4 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31E-4 TDD 85
6 75376/0 (Note 2) R.31E-4 TDD 85
Table 8.7.4-4: Test points for sustained data rate (FRC)
Bandwidth/
CA Bandwidth Category Category
Category 3 Category 4 Category 6 Category 7
config combination 1 2
(MHz)
10 1 2 - - - -
Single
15 - - 3A 3A - -
carrier
20 - - 3 4 6 6
Note 1: The test is selected for maximum supported bandwidth.
8.7.5 TDD FDD CA

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.5-1 are valid for all TDD FDD CA tests unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1018 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.5-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD FDD CA)
Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1) for

1
TDD CC
Special subframe configuration (Note 2)
4
for TDD CC
ρA dB -3
Downlink power allocation ρB dB -3
 dB 0
Cell ID 0
HARQ processes per
Maximum number of HARQ transmission 4

Redundancy version coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM
Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH OFDM
1
per component carrier symbols
Transmission mode TM3
Codebook subset restriction 10
Antenna configuration 2x2
Ês at antenna port (dBm/15kHz) -85
OP.1 FDD for FDD CC,

OP.1 TDD for TDD CC
As specified in Clause 7.3.3 in
FDD PCell
Downlink HARQ-ACK TS36.213 [6]
timing As specified in Clause 7.3.4 in
TDD PCell
TS36.213 [6]
8.7.5.1 Minimum Requirement FDD PCell

For UE not supporting 256QAM, the requirements for TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell are specified in Table 8.7.5.1-1
with the additional parameters specified in Table 8.7.5-1, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex
C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as
specified inTable 8.7.5.1-2. The TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.
For UE supporting 256QAM, the requirements for TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell are specified in Table 8.7.5.1-3 with
the additional parameters specified in Table 8.7.5-1, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
The test points are applied to UE category or UE DL category, and bandwidth combination with the maximum
aggregated bandwidth as specified in Table 8.7.5.1-4. The TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.
For UE supporting 256QAM, the requirement in Table 8.7.5.1-1 is not applicable.
3GPP
Release 16 1019 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
The applicability of the requirements are specified in Clause 8.1.2.3B. The test coverage for different number of
component carriers is defined in 8.1.2.4.
3GPP
Release 16 1020 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.5.1-1: test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (TDD FDD CA 64QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 1021 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Number of bits of a DL- Measurement channel Reference

SCH transport block value
received within a TTI
Bandwidth (MHz)
Test (for normal/special
num subframe for TDD,
ber except for subframe #5)
TB
Total FDD CC TDD CC FDD CC TDD CC FDD CC TDD CC success
rate [%]
1 2x20 20 20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
2 10+20 10 20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
2A 15+20 15 20 55056 75376/0 R.31-5 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
3 10+10 10 10 36696 36696/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-6 TDD 85
4 3x20 20 2x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
5 15+20+20 15 2x20 55056 75376/0 R.31-5 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
6 10+20+20 10 2x20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
7 3x20 2x20 20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
20MHz CC for 20MHz CC,
8 20+20+15 20+15 20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
15MHz CC for 15MHz CC
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
9 20+20+10 20+10 20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
36696 for R.31-3A FDD
9A 20+10+10 2x10 20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A R.31-4 TDD 85
10+15+20 10 15+20 R.31-5 TDD
75376/0 for for 15MHz
20MHz CC CC
9B 36696 R.31-3A FDD 85
55056/0 for R.31-4 TDD
15MHz CC for 20MHz
CC
10+15+20 10+15 20 36696 for R.31-3A FDD
9C 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
10 4x20 20 3x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
11 4x20 2×20 2×20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
12 3x20+15 20+15 2×20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
13 2×15+2x20 2×15 2x20 55056 75376/0 R.31-5 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
2×20+1 20MHz CC for 20MHz CC,
14 3x20+15 20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
5 55056 for R.31-5 FDD
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
15 2×15+2x20 2x15+20 20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
15A 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
36696 for R.31-3A FDD
15B 4x20 3x20 20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
15C 10+3x20 10 3x20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
15D 2x10+2x20 2x10 2x20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
15E 2x10+20+1 2x10 20+15 36696 75376/0 for R.31-3A FDD R.31-5 TDD 85
3GPP
Release 16 1022 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
5 for 15MHz
20MHz CC CC
55056/0 for R.31-4 TDD
15MHz CC for 20MHz
CC
10+3x20 10+20 2x20 75376 for R.31-4 FDD
15F 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
36696 for R.31-3A FDD
10+15+2x2 10+15 2x20 36696 for R.31-3A FDD
0 10MHz CC for 10MHz CC
15G 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
10+15+2x2 10+15+ 20 36696 for R.31-3A FDD
0 20 10MHz CC for 10MHz CC
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
15H 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
16 4x20+15 2x20+15 2x20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
17 2x15+3x20 2x15+20 2x20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
18 4x20+20 4x20 20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
19 3x20+2x20 3x20 2x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
20 2x20+3x20 2x20 3x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
21 20+4x20 20 4x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
36696 for R.31-3A FDD
22 10+4x20 10 4x20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
36696 for R.31-3A FDD
10+20+3x2 10MHz CC for 10MHz CC,
23 10+20 3x20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
0 75376 for R.31-4 FDD
36696 for R.31-3A FDD
24 2x10+3x20 2x10 3x20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
36696 for R.31-3A FDD
10+2×20+ 10MHz CC for 10MHz CC,
25 10+2x20 2x20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
2×20 75376 for R.31-4 FDD
36696 for R.31-3A FDD
10+15+20 10+15+ 55056 for R.31-5 FDD
26 2x20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
+2x20 20 15MHz CC for 15MHz CC
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
27 20+5x20 20 5x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
28 2x20+4x20 2x20 4x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
29 20+6x20 20 6x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
30 2x20+5x20 2x20 5x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
3GPP
Release 16 1023 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.5.1-2: Test points for sustained data rate (FRC 64QAM)
Maximum supported Bandwidth/ Cat. 6, Cat. Cat 11,

CA Bandwidth combination (MHz) 7 9,10 12 DL Cat.
Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 4
config DL Cat. DL Cat. DL Cat. 15
Total FDD CC TDD CC
6, 7 9, 10 11, 12
2x20 20 20 - - 3 3 1 1 - -
CA
10+20 10 20 - - 3 3 2 2 - -
with
15+20 15 20 - - 3 3 2A 2A - -
2CCs
10+10 10 10 - - 3 3 3 3 - -
3x20 20 2x20 - - - - 1 4 4 -
15+20+20 15 2x20 - - - - 2A 5 5 -
10+20+20 10 2x20 - - - - 2 6 6 -
CA 3x20 2x20 20 - - - - 1 7 7 -
with 20+20+15 20+15 20 - - - - 1 8 8 -
3CCs 20+20+10 20+10 20 - - - - 1 9 9 -
20+10+10 2x10 20 - - - - 2 9A 9A -
10+15+20 10 15+20 2 9B 9B
10+15+20 10+15 20 2A 9C 9C
4x20 20 3x20 - - - - - 4 10 10
4x20 2×20 2×20 - - - - - 4 or 7 11 11
3x20+15 20+15 2×20 - - - - - 4 12 12
2×15+2x20 2×15 2x20 - - - - - 5 13 13
3x20+15 2×20+15 20 - - - - - 7 14 14
2×15+2x20 2x15+20 20 - - - - - 8 15 15
CA 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 - - - - - 7 15A 15A
with 4x20 2x15+20 20 - - - - - 8 15B 15B
4CCs 10+3x20 10 3x20 6 15C 15C
2x10+2x20 2x10 2x20 6 15D 15D
2x10+20+15 2x10 20+15 9A 15E 15E
10+3x20 10+20 2x20 4 15F 15F
10+15+2x20 10+15 2x20 5 15G 15G
10+15+2x20 10+15+2 20
8 15H 15H
0
4x20+15 2x20+15 2x20 - - - - - - 11 16
2x15+3x20 2x15+20 2x20 - - - - - - 12 17
4x20+20 4x20 20 18
3x20+2x20 3x20 2x20 19
2x20+3x20 2x20 3x20 20
CA 20+4x20 20 4x20 21
with 5 10+4x20 10 4x20 22
CCs 10+20+3x20 10+20 3x20 23
2x10+3x20 2x10 3x20 24
10+2×20+2× 10+2x20 2x20
25
20
10+15+20+2 10+15+2 2x20
26
x20 0
CA 20+5x20 20 5x20 27 27
with 6
2x20+4x20 2x20 4x20 28 28
CCs
CA 20+6x20 20 6x20 29 29
with 7
2x20+5x20 2x20 5x20 30 30
CCs
Note 1: Void.
Note 2: Void.
Note 3: If DL category is signalled by the UE under test, then select the test point according to UE DL Category. Otherwise, select
the test point according to the UE category signalled.
3GPP
Release 16 1024 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.5.1-3: Minimum requirement (TDD FDD CA 256QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 1025 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Measurement channel Reference

Bandwidth (MHz)
value
Test
TB
number
Total FDD CC TDD CC FDD CC TDD CC success
rate [%]
1 2x20 20 20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
2 10+20 10 20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
3 15+20 15 20 R.68-1 FDD R.68 TDD 85
4 3x20 20 2x20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
5 15+20+20 15 2x20 R.68-1 FDD R.68 TDD 85
6 10+20+20 10 2x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68TDD 85
7 3x20 2x20 20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
8 20+20+15 20+15 20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
9 20+20+10 20+10 20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC
9A 20+10+10 2x10 20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
10+15+20 10 15+20 R.68-1
TDD for
15MHz CC
9B R.68-2 FDD 85
R.68 TDD
for 20MHz
CC
10+15+20 10+15 20 R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC,
9C R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
10 4x20 20 3x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68TDD 85
11 4x20 2×20 2×20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
12 3x20+15 20+15 2×20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
2×15+2x2
13 2×15 2x20 R.68-1 FDD R.68 TDD 85
0
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
14 3x20+15 2×20+15 20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
2×15+2x2 20MHz CC,
15 2x15+20 20 R.68 TDD 85
0 R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
15A 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC
15B 4x20 3x20 20 R.68 FDD R.68TDD 85
15C 10+3x20 10 3x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68TDD 85
2x10+2x2 2x10 2x20
15D R.68-2 FDD R.68TDD 85
0
2x10+20+ 2x10 20+15 R.68-1
15E 15 R.68-2 FDD TDD for 85
15MHz CC
3GPP
Release 16 1026 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
R.68 TDD
for 20MHz
CC
10+3x20 10+20 2x20 R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
15F R.68 TDD 85
R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC
10+15+2x 10+15 2x20 R.68-2 FDD
20 for 10MHz CC,
15G R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
10+15+2x 10+15+2 20 R.68-2 FDD
20 0 for 10MHz CC,
R.68-1 FDD
15H R.68 TDD 85
for 15MHz CC,
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
16 4x20+15 2x20+15 2x20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
2x15+3x2 20MHz CC,
17 2x15+20 2x20 R.68 TDD 85
0 R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
18 4x20+20 4x20 20 R.68 FDD R.68TDD 85
3x20+2x2
19 3x20 2x20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
0
2x20+3x2
20 2x20 3x20 R.68 FDD R.68TDD 85
0
21 20+4x20 20 4x20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
22 10+4x20 10 4x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
R.68 FDD for
10+20+3x 20MHz CC,
23 10+20 3x20 R.68 TDD 85
20 R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC
2x10+3x2
24 2x10 3x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
0
R.68 FDD for
10+2×20+ 20MHz CC,
25 10+2x20 2x20 R.68 TDD 85
2×20 R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC
R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC,
10+15+20 10+15+2 R.68-1 FDD
26 2x20 R.68 TDD 85
+2x20 0 for 15MHz CC,
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC
27 20+5x20 20 5x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
2x20+4x2
28 2x20 4x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
0
29 20+6x20 20 6x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
2x20+5x2
30 2x20 5x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
0
3GPP
Release 16 1027 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Maximum supported Bandwidth/ Cat. 11,

CA Bandwidth combination (MHz) 12 DL Cat. DL Cat. DL Cat.
config DL Cat. 13 15 16
Total FDD CC TDD CC
11, 12
CA 2x20 20 20 1 1 - -
with 10+20 10 20 2 2
2CCs 15+20 15 20 3 3 - -
3x20 20 2x20 4 1 4 -
15+20+20 15 2x20 5 3 5 -
10+20+20 10 2x20 6 2 6 -
CA 3x20 2x20 20 7 1 7 -
with 20+20+15 20+15 20 8 1 8 -
3CCs 20+20+10 20+10 20 9 1 9 -
20+10+10 2x10 20 9A 2 9A
10+15+20 10 15+20 9B 2 9B
10+15+20 10+15 20 9C 3 9C
4x20 20 3x20 4 - 10 10
4x20 2×20 2×20 4 or 7 - 11 11
3x20+15 20+15 2×20 8 - 12 12
2×15+2x20 2×15 2x20 5 - 13 13
3x20+15 2×20+15 20 7 - 14 14
2×15+2x20 2x15+20 20 8 - 15 15
CA 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 7 - 15A 15A
with 4x20 2x15+20 20 8 - 15B 15B
4CCs 10+3x20 10 3x20 6 15C 15C
2x10+2x20 2x10 2x20 6 15D 15D
2x10+20+15 2x10 20+15 9A 15E 15E
10+3x20 10+20 2x20 4 15F 15F
10+15+2x20 10+15 2x20 5 15G 15G
10+15+2x20 10+15+2 20
8 15H 15H
0
4x20+15 2x20+15 2x20 - - 14 or 12 16
2x15+3x20 2x15+20 2x20 - - 15 or 12 17
4x20+20 4x20 20 18
3x20+2x20 3x20 2x20 19
2x20+3x20 2x20 3x20 20
CA 20+4x20 20 4x20 21
with 10+4x20 10 4x20 22
5CCs 10+20+3x20 10+20 3x20 23
2x10+3x20 2x10 3x20 24
10+2×20+2× 10+2x20 2x20
25
20
10+15+20+2 10+15+2 2x20
26
x20 0
CA 20+5x20 20 5x20 27
with
2x20+4x20 2x20 4x20 28
6CCs
CA 20+6x20 20 6x20 29
with
2x20+5x20 2x20 5x20 30
7CCs
3GPP
Release 16 1028 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.7.5.2 Minimum Requirement TDD PCell

For UE not supporting 256QAM, the requirements for TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell are specified in Table 8.7.5.2-1
with the additional parameters specified in Table 8.7.5-1, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex
C.3.2. The test points are applied to UE category and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated bandwidth as
specified inTable 8.7.5.2-2. The TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.
For UE supporting 256QAM, the requirements for TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell are specified in Table 8.7.5.2-3 with
the additional parameters specified in Table 8.7.5-1, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
The test points are applied to UE category or UE DL category, and bandwidth combination with maximum aggregated
bandwidth as specified in Table 8.7.5.2-4. The TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames. For UE
supporting 256QAM, the requirements in Table 8.7.5.2-1 is not applicable.
The applicability of ther requirements are specified in Clause 8.1.2.3B. The test coverage for different number of
3GPP
Release 16 1029 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.5.2-1: test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (TDD FDD CA 64QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 1030 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Number of bits of a DL- Measurement channel Referen

SCH transport block ce value
received within a TTI
Bandwidth (MHz) (for normal/special
Test
subframe for TDD,
num
except for subframe
ber
#5)
TB
Total FDD CC TDD CC FDD CC TDD CC FDD CC TDD CC success
rate [%]
1 2x20 20 20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
2 10+20 10 20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
2A 15+20 15 20 55056 75376/0 R.31-5 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
3 10+10 10 10 36696 36696/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-6 TDD 85
4 3x20 20 2x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
5 15+20+20 15 2x20 55056 75376/0 R.31-5 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
6 10+20+20 10 2x20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
7 3x20 2x20 20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
20MHz CC
8 20+20+15 20+15 20 75376/0 CC, R.31-5 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for
FDD for
15MHz CC
15MHz CC
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
20MHz CC
9 20+20+10 20+10 20 75376/0 CC, R.31-3A R.31-4 TDD 85
36696 for
FDD for
10MHz CC
10MHz CC
9A 20+10+10 2x10 20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A R.31-4 TDD 85
10+15+20 10 15+20 75376/0 R.31-5 TDD
for 20MHz for 15MHz
CC CC
9B 36696 R.31-3A FDD 85
55056/0 R.31-4 TDD
for 15MHz for 20MHz
CC CC
10+15+20 10+15 20 36696 for R.31-3A FDD
9C 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
10 4x20 20 3x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
11 4x20 2×20 2×20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
20MHz CC
12 3x20+15 20+15 2×20 75376/0 CC, R.31-5 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for
FDD for
15MHz CC
15MHz CC
2×15+2x2
13 2×15 2x20 55056 75376/0 R.31-5 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
0
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
20MHz CC
14 3x20+15 2×20+15 20 75376/0 CC, R.31-5 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for
FDD for
15MHz CC
15MHz CC
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
2×15+2x2 20MHz CC
15 2x15+20 20 75376/0 CC, R.31-5 R.31-4 TDD 85
0 55056 for
FDD for
15MHz CC
15MHz CC
15A 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 75376 for 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
3GPP
Release 16 1031 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
for 20MHz
20MHz CC
CC, R.31-3A
36696 for
FDD for
10MHz CC
10MHz CC
3GPP
Release 16 1032 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
15B 4x20 3x20 20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85

15C 10+3x20 10 3x20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
15D 2x10+2x20 2x10 2x20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
2x10+20+ 2x10 20+15 75376/0 R.31-5 TDD
15 for 20MHz for 15MHz
CC CC
15E 36696 R.31-3A FDD 85
55056/0 R.31-4 TDD
for 15MHz for 20MHz
CC CC
10+3x20 10+20 2x20 R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
20MHz CC
15F 75376/0 CC, R.31-3A R.31-4 TDD 85
36696 for
FDD for
10MHz CC
10MHz CC
10+15+2x 10+15 2x20 36696 for R.31-3A FDD
20 10MHz CC for 10MHz CC
15G 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
10+15+2x 10+15+2 20 36696 for R.31-3A FDD
20 0 10MHz CC for 10MHz CC
55056 for R.31-5 FDD
15H 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
75376 for R.31-4 FDD
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
20MHz CC
16 4x20+15 2x20+15 2x20 75376/0 CC, R.31-5 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for
FDD for
15MHz CC
15MHz CC
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
20MHz CC
17 2x15+3x20 2x15+20 2x20 75376/0 CC, R.31-5 R.31-4 TDD 85
55056 for
FDD for
15MHz CC
15MHz CC
18 4x20+20 4x20 20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
19 3x20+2x20 3x20 2x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
20 2x20+3x20 2x20 3x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
21 20+4x20 20 4x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
22 10+4x20 10 4x20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
10+20+3x 20MHz CC
23 10+20 3x20 75376/0 CC, R.31-3A R.31-4 TDD 85
20 36696 for
FDD for
10MHz CC
10MHz CC
24 2x10+3x20 2x10 3x20 36696 75376/0 R.31-3A FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for
for 20MHz
10+2×20+ 20MHz CC
25 10+2x20 2x20 75376/0 CC, R.31-3A R.31-4 TDD 85
2×20 36696 for
FDD for
10MHz CC
10MHz CC
R.31-4 FDD
75376 for for 20MHz
20MHz CC CC,
10+15+20 10+15+2 55056 for R.31-5 FDD
26 2x20 75376/0 R.31-4 TDD 85
+2x20 0 15MHz CC for 15MHz
36696 for CC, R.31-3A
10MHz CC FDD for
10MHz CC
27 20+5x20 20 5x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
3GPP
Release 16 1033 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
28 2x20+4x20 2x20 4x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85

29 20+6x20 20 6x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
30 2x20+5x20 2x20 5x20 75376 75376/0 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD 85
3GPP
Release 16 1034 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Maximum supported Bandwidth/ Cat. 6, Cat. Cat 11,

CA Bandwidth combination (MHz) 7 9,10 12 DL Cat.
Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 4
config DL Cat. DL Cat. DL Cat. 15
Total FDD CC TDD CC
6, 7 9, 10 11, 12
2x20 20 20 - - 3 3 1 1 - -
CA
10+20 10 20 - - 3 3 2 2 - -
with
15+20 15 20 - - 3 3 2A 2A - -
2CCs
10+10 10 10 - - 3 3 3 3 - -
3x20 20 2x20 - - - - 1 4 4 -
15+20+20 15 2x20 - - - - 2A 5 5 -
10+20+20 10 2x20 - - - - 2 6 6 -
CA 3x20 2x20 20 - - - - 1 7 7 -
with 20+20+15 20+15 20 - - - - 1 8 8 -
3CCs 20+20+10 20+10 20 - - - - 1 9 9 -
20+10+10 2x10 20 - - - - 2 9A 9A -
10+15+20 10 15+20 2 9B 9B
10+15+20 10+15 20 2A 9C 9C
4x20 20 3x20 - - - - - 4 10 10
4x20 2×20 2×20 - - - - - 4 or 7 11 11
3x20+15 20+15 2×20 - - - - - 4 12 12
2×15+2x20 2×15 2x20 - - - - - 5 13 13
3x20+15 2×20+15 20 - - - - - 7 14 14
2×15+2x20 2x15+20 20 - - - - - 8 15 15
CA 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 - - - - - 7 15A 15A
with 4x20 2x15+20 20 - - - - - 8 15B 15B
4CCs 10+3x20 10 3x20 6 15C 15C
2x10+2x20 2x10 2x20 6 15D 15D
2x10+20+15 2x10 20+15 9A 15E 15E
10+3x20 10+20 2x20 4 15F 15F
10+15+2x20 10+15 2x20 5 15G 15G
10+15+2x20 10+15+2 20
8 15H 15H
0
4x20+15 2x20+15 2x20 - - - - - - 11 16
2x15+3x20 2x15+20 2x20 - - - - - - 12 17
4x20+20 4x20 20 18
3x20+2x20 3x20 2x20 19
2x20+3x20 2x20 3x20 20
CA 20+4x20 20 4x20 21
with 5 10+4x20 10 4x20 22
CCs 10+20+3x20 10+20 3x20 23
2x10+3x20 2x10 3x20 24
10+2×20+2× 10+2x20 2x20
25
20
10+15+20+2 10+15+2 2x20
26
x20 0
CA 20+5x20 20 5x20 27 27
with 6
2x20+4x20 2x20 4x20 28 28
CCs
CA 20+6x20 20 6x20 29 29
with 7
2x20+5x20 2x20 5x20 30 30
CCs
Note 1: Void.
Note 2: Void.
Note 3: If DL category is signalled by the UE under test, then select the test point according to UE DL Category. Otherwise, select
the test point according to the UE category signalled.
3GPP
Release 16 1035 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.5.2-3: Minimum requirement (TDD FDD CA 256QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 1036 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Measurement channel Reference

Bandwidth (MHz)
Test value
number TB success
Total FDD CC TDD CC FDD CC TDD CC
rate [%]
1 2x20 20 20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
2 10+20 10 20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
3 15+20 15 20 R.68-1 FDD R.68 TDD 85
4 3x20 20 2x20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
5 15+20+20 15 2x20 R.68-1 FDD R.68 TDD 85
6 10+20+20 10 2x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68TDD 85
7 3x20 2x20 20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
8 20+20+15 20+15 20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
9 20+20+10 20+10 20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC
9A 20+10+10 2x10 20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
10+15+20 10 15+20 R.68-1 TDD
for 15MHz
9B R.68-2 FDD CC 85
R.68 TDD for
20MHz CC
10+15+20 10+15 20 R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC,
9C R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
10 4x20 20 3x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68TDD 85
11 4x20 2×20 2×20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
12 3x20+15 20+15 2×20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
13 2×15+2x20 2×15 2x20 R.68-1 FDD R.68 TDD 85
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
14 3x20+15 2×20+15 20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
15 2×15+2x20 2x15+20 20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
15A 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC
15B 4x20 3x20 20 R.68 FDD R.68TDD 85
15C 10+3x20 10 3x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68TDD 85
15D 2x10+2x20 2x10 2x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68TDD 85
2x10+20+15 2x10 20+15 R.68-1 TDD
for 15MHz
15E R.68-2 FDD CC 85
R.68 TDD for
20MHz CC
15F 10+3x20 10+20 2x20 R.68 FDD for R.68 TDD 85
20MHz CC,
R.68-2 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1037 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
for 10MHz CC
10+15+2x20 10+15 2x20 R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC,
15G R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
10+15+2x20 10+15+2 20 R.68-2 FDD
0 for 10MHz CC,
R.68-1 FDD
15H R.68 TDD 85
for 15MHz CC,
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
16 4x20+15 2x20+15 2x20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC,
17 2x15+3x20 2x15+20 2x20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68-1 FDD
for 15MHz CC
18 4x20+20 4x20 20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
19 3x20+2x20 3x20 2x20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
20 2x20+3x20 2x20 3x20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
21 20+4x20 20 4x20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD 85
22 10+4x20 10 4x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC,
23 10+20+3x20 10+20 3x20 R.68 TDD 85
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC
24 2x10+3x20 2x10 3x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
R.68-2 FDD
10+2×20+2 for 10MHz CC,
25 10+2x20 2x20 R.68 TDD 85
×20 R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC
R.68-2 FDD
for 10MHz CC,
10+15+20+ 10+15+2 R.68-1 FDD
26 2x20 R.68 TDD 85
2x20 0 for 15MHz CC,
R.68 FDD for
20MHz CC
27 20+5x20 20 5x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
28 2x20+4x20 2x20 4x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
29 20+6x20 20 6x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
30 2x20+5x20 2x20 5x20 R.68-2 FDD R.68 TDD 85
3GPP
Release 16 1038 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

CA Bandwidth combination (MHz) 12 DL Cat. DL Cat. DL Cat.
config DL Cat. 13 15 16
Total FDD CC TDD CC
11, 12
CA 2x20 20 20 1 1 - -
with 10+20 10 20 2 2
2CCs 15+20 15 20 3 3 - -
3x20 20 2x20 4 1 4 -
15+20+20 15 2x20 5 3 5 -
10+20+20 10 2x20 6 2 6 -
CA 3x20 2x20 20 7 1 7 -
with 20+20+15 20+15 20 8 1 8 -
3CCs 20+20+10 20+10 20 9 1 9 -
20+10+10 2x10 20 9A 2 9A
10+15+20 10 15+20 9B 2 9B
10+15+20 10+15 20 9C 3 9C
4x20 20 3x20 4 - 10 10
4x20 2×20 2×20 4 or 7 - 11 11
3x20+15 20+15 2×20 8 - 12 12
2×15+2x20 2×15 2x20 5 - 13 13
3x20+15 2×20+15 20 7 - 14 14
2×15+2x20 2x15+20 20 8 - 15 15
CA
3x20+10 2x20+10 20 7 - 15A 15A
with
4x20 2x15+20 20 8 - 15B 15B
4CCs
10+3x20 10 3x20 6 15C 15C
2x10+2x20 2x10 2x20 6 15D 15D
2x10+20+15 2x10 20+15 9A 15E 15E
10+3x20 10+20 2x20 4 15F 15F
10+15+2x20 10+15 2x20 5 15G 15G
10+15+2x20 10+15+20 20 8 15H 15H
4x20+15 2x20+15 2x20 - - 14 or 12 16
2x15+3x20 2x15+20 2x20 - - 15 or 12 17
4x20+20 4x20 20 18
3x20+2x20 3x20 2x20 19
2x20+3x20 2x20 3x20 20
CA 20+4x20 20 4x20 21
with 10+4x20 10 4x20 22
5CCs 10+20+3x20 10+20 3x20 23
2x10+3x20 2x10 3x20 24
10+2×20+2×2 10+2x20 2x20
25
0
10+15+20+2x 10+15+20 2x20
26
20
CA 20+5x20 20 5x20 27
with
2x20+4x20 2x20 4x20 28
6CCs
CA 20+6x20 20 6x20 29
with
2x20+5x20 2x20 5x20 30
7CCs
Note 1: If DL category is signalled by the UE under test, then select the test point according to UE DL Category. Otherwise,
select the test point according to the UE category signalled.
3GPP
Release 16 1039 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.7.6 FDD (DC)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.6-1 are valid for all FDD DC tests unless otherwise stated.

Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ processes per
Processes 8
component carrier

4
transmission
Redundancy version coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and 256QAM
1
Symbols for unused PRBs OP.1 FDD

Separate ACK/NACK feedbacks with
PUCCH format 3 on the MCG and SCG
Time offset between MCG CC and μs 0 for UE under test supporting
SCG CC synchronous dual connectivity;
500 for UE under test supporting both
asynchronous and synchrounous dual
connectivity (Note 1)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3
 dB 0
Note 1: Asynchronous and synchrous dual connectivity are defined in TS36.300 [11].
Note 2: If the UE supports both SCG bearer and Split bearer, the Split bearer is configured.
success rate across CGs shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.
success rate across CGs shall be sustained during at least 300 frames. For UE supporting 256QAM, the requirements in
Table 8.7.6-2 are not applicable.
3GPP
Release 16 1040 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
The applicability of ther requirements are specified in Clause 8.1.2.3A.
3GPP
Release 16 1041 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.6-2: Minimum requirement (DC 64QAM)
3GPP
Release 16 1042 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwidth Number of bits of a Measurement Reference value

number combination DL-SCH transport channel TB success rate(%)
(MHz) block received
within a TTI DRB type of DRB type of SCG
Split bearer bearer (Note 3)
(Note 2) MCG SCG
1 2x10 25456 R.31-2 FDD 95 95 95
2 2x10 36696 (Note 4) R.31-3A FDD 85 85 85
3 10+20 36696 (Note 4) for R.31-3A FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC 10MHz CC
75376 (Note 5) for R.31-4 FDD for
20MHz CC 20MHz CC
4 2x15 55056 (Note 6) R.31-4B FDD 85 85 85
5 15+20 55056 for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 85 85 85
75376 (Note 5) for 15MHz CC
20MHz CC R.31-4 FDD for
20MHz CC
6 2x20 75376 (Note 5) R.31-4 FDD 85 85 85
6A 10+15 36696 (Note 4) for R.31-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC 10MHz CC
15MHz CC 15MHz CC
7 15+5 55056 for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 85 85 85
18336 for 5MHz CC 15MHz CC
R.31-6 FDD for 5MHz
CC
8 15+20+20 55056 for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 85 85 85
20MHz CC
9 15+15+20 55056for 15MHz CC R.31-5 FDD for 85 85 85
20MHz CC
10 10+10+20 36696 (Note 4) for R.31-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC 10MHz CC
20MHz CC 20MHz CC
11 10+15+15 36696 (Note 4) for R.31-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC 10MHz CC
15MHz CC 15MHz CC
12 10+15+20 36696 (Note 4) for R.31-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC 10MHz CC
15MHz CC 15MHz CC
20MHz CC 20MHz CC
13 10+20+20 36696 (Note 4) for R.31-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC 10MHz CC
20MHz CC 20MHz CC
14 3x20 75376 (Note 5) R.31-4 FDD 85 85 85
Note 2: For the configuration of DRB type of Split bearer, the TB success rate across CGs is defined as TB
success rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where NDL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL
transport blocks , NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of
correctly received DL transport blocks. All the above numbers of transmitted, retransmitted or correctly
received DL transport blocks are calculated as the sum of the numbers of DL transport blockes across all
3GPP
Release 16 1043 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
the CGs used for DC transmission or reception.

Note 3: For the configuration of DRB type of SCG bearer, the TB success rate across CGs is defined as TB
transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of
received DL transport blocks are calculated as the sum of the numbers of DL transport blockes per CG
used for DC transmission or reception, separately.
Table 8.7.6-3: Test points for sustained data rate (FRC DC 64QAM)
Maximum
Cat. 11, 12
DC supported
Cat. 3 Cat. 4 Cat. 6, 7 Cat. 9, 10
config Bandwidth DL Cat.
combination (MHz) 11,12
2x10 1 2 2 2 -
10+20 1 2 3 3 -
2x15 1 2 4 4 -
DC with
15+20 1 2 5 5 -
2CCs
2x20 1 2 6 6 -
10+15 1 2 6A 6A -
15+5 7 7 7 7 -
15+20+20 - - 8 8 8
15+15+20 - - 9 9 9
10+10+20 - - 10 10 10
DC with
10+15+15 - - 11 11 11
3 CCs
10+15+20 - - 12 12 12
10+20+20 - - 13 13 13
20+20+20 - - 14 14 14
3GPP
Release 16 1044 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwidth Measurement Reference value

number combination channel TB success rate (%)
(MHz)
DRB type of DRB type of SCG
(Note 2) MCG SCG
1 2x10 R.68-2 FDD 85 85 85
2 10+20 R.68-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC
R.68 FDD for 20MHz
CC
3 2x15 R.68-1 FDD 85 85 85
4 15+20 R.68-1 FDD for 85 85 85
15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for 20MHz
CC
5 2x20 R.68 FDD 85 85 85
6 15+5 R.68-1 FDD for 85 85 85
15MHz CC
R.68-3 FDD for 5MHz
CC
6A 10+15 R.68-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC
R.68-1 FDD for
15MHz CC
7 15+20+20 R.68-1 FDD for 85 85 85
15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for 20MHz
CC
8 15+15+20 R.68-1 FDD for 85 85 85
15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for 20MHz
CC
9 10+10+20 R.68-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC
R.68 FDD for 20MHz
CC
10 10+15+15 R.68-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC
R.68-1 FDD for
15MHz CC
11 10+15+20 R.68-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC
R.68-1 FDD for
15MHz CC
R.68 FDD for 20MHz
CC
12 10+20+20 R.68-2 FDD for 85 85 85
10MHz CC
R.68 FDD for 20MHz
CC
13 20+20+20 R.68 FDD 85 85 85
Note 2: For the configuration of DRB type of Split bearer, the TB success rate across CGs is
defined as TB success rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where NDL_newtx is
the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks , NDL_retx is the number of
retransmitted DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received
3GPP
Release 16 1045 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
DL transport blocks. All the above numbers of transmitted, retransmitted or correctly

received DL transport blocks are calculated as the sum of the numbers of DL
transport blockes across all the CGs used for DC transmission or reception.
Note 3: For the configuration of DRB type of SCG bearer, the TB success rate across CGs is
the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of
transport blockes per CG used for DC transmission or reception, separately.
Maximum
Cat. 11, 12
supported
DC DL Cat.
Bandwidth DL Cat.15
config DL Cat. 13
combination
11,12
(MHz)
2x10 1 1
10+20 2 2
2x15 3 3
DC with
15+20 4 4
2CCs
2x20 5 5
10+15 6A 6A -
15+5 6 6
15+20+20 7 5
15+15+20 8 4 8
10+10+20 9 2 9
DC with
10+15+15 10 3 10
3CCs
10+15+20 11 4 11
10+20+20 12 5 12
20+20+20 13 5 13
8.7.7 TDD (DC)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.7-1 are valid for all TDD DC tests unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1046 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Uplink downlink configuration 2 (Note 2)

Cell ID 0
Processes 7
component carrier

1
Symbols for unused PRBs OP.1 TDD

Time offset between MCG CC and SCG μs 0 for UE under test supporting
CC synchronous dual connectivity;
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3
 dB 0
success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames. For UE supporting 256QAM, the requirements in Table 8.7.7-
2 are not applicable.
3GPP
Release 16 1047 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwidth Number of bits of a Measurement Reference value

number combinatio DL-SCH transport channel TB success rate across CGs(%)
n (MHz) block received within
a TTI DRB type of DRB type of SCG
(Note 2) MCG SCG
1 2x20 75376/0 (Note 4) R.31-4A TDD 85 85 85
2 3x20 75376/0 (Note 4) R.31-4A TDD 85 85 85
3 4x20 75376/0 (Note 4) R.31-4A TDD 85 85 85
R.31-5 TDD for 85 85 85
55056/0 for 15MHz CC
15MHz CC
4 15+3x20 75376/0 for 20MHz CC
R.31-4 TDD for
(Note 4)
20MHz CC
Note 2: For the configuration of DRB type of Split bearer,the TB success rate across CGs is defined as TB success
rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where NDL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport
blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of correctly
received DL transport blocks. All the above numbers of transmitted, retransmitted or correctly received DL
transport blocks are calculated as the sum of the numbers of DL transport blockes across all the CGs used for
DC transmission or reception.
Note 3: For the configuration of DRB type of SCG bearer, the TB success rate across CGs is defined as TB success
transport blocks are calculated as the sum of the numbers of DL transport blockes per CG used for DC
transmission or reception, separately.
3GPP
Release 16 1048 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Maximum Cat. 11, 12

DC supported
Cat. 3 Cat. 4 Cat. 6, 7 Cat. 9, 10 DL Cat. DL Cat.15
config Bandwidth
11, 12
combination (MHz)
DC with
2x20 - - 1 1 - -
2CCs
DC with
3x20 - - 1 2 2 -
3CCs
DC with 4x20 - - - 2 3 3
4CCs 15+3x20 - - - 2 4 4
Test Bandwidth Measurement channel Reference value

number combination TB success rate (%)
(MHz)
DRB type of DRB type of SCG
(Note 2) MCG SCG
1 2x20 R.68-3 TDD 85 85 85
Note 2: For the configuration of DRB type of Split bearer, the TB success rate across CGs is
transport blockes across all the CGs used for DC transmission or reception.
Note 3: For the configuration of DRB type of SCG bearer, the TB success rate across CGs is
transport blockes per CG used for DC transmission or reception, separately.
Maximum
Cat. 11, 12
DC supported
DL Cat. 13 DL Cat. 15 DL Cat. 16
combination (MHz) 11, 12
DC with
2x20 1 1 - -
2CCs
DC with
3x20 2 1 2 -
3CCs
DC with 4x20 2 - 3 3
4CCs 15+3x20 2 - 4 4
3GPP
Release 16 1049 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.7.8 TDD FDD (DC)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.8-1 are valid for all TDD FDD DC tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.7.8-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD FDD DC)
Uplink downlink configuration for TDD

2 (Note 2)
CC
Special subframe configuration for TDD
4
CC
Cell ID 0
Processes 8 for FDD CC; 7 for TDD CC
component carrier

1
OP.1 TDD for TDD CC; OP.1 FDD for

FDD CC
Time offset between MCG CC and SCG μs 0 for UE under test supporting
CC synchronous dual connectivity;
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3
s dB 0
3GPP
Release 16 1050 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames. For UE supporting 256QAM, the requirements in Table 8.7.8-
2 are not applicable.
Table 8.7.8-2: Minimum requirement (TDD FDD DC 64QAM)
Number of bits of a Reference value

DL-SCH transport TB success rate across CGs(%)
block received within
a TTI (for Measurement DRB type of SCG
Test Bandwidth (MHz)
normal/special channel DRB type bearer (Note 3)
num
subframe for TDD, of Split
ber
except for subframe bearer
#5) (Note 2) MCG SCG
FDD TDD
Total FDD CC TDD CC FDD CC TDD CC
CC CC
75376 75376/0 R.31-4 R.31-4A
1 2x20 20 20 85 85 85
(Note 4) (Note 4) FDD TDD
Note 2: For the configuration of DRB type of Split bearer,the TB success rate across CGs is defined as TB success
transport blocks are calculated as the sum of the numbers of DL transport blockes across all the CGs used
for DC transmission or reception.
Note 3: For the configuration of DRB type of SCG bearer, the TB success rate across CGs is defined as TB
transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of
received DL transport blocks are calculated as the sum of the numbers of DL transport blockes per CG
used for DC transmission or reception, separately.
Table 8.7.8-3: Test points for sustained data rate (FRC TDD FDD DC 64QAM)
Maximum supported Bandwidth/ Bandwidth

Cat. 6, Cat.
CA config combination (MHz)
7 9,10
Total FDD CC TDD CC
DC with
2x20 20 20 1 1
2CCs
Table 8.7.8-4: Minimum requirement (TDD FDD DC 256QAM)
Reference value
TB success rate across CGs(%)
Measurement
Test Bandwidth (MHz) DRB type of SCG
channel DRB type
num bearer (Note 3)
ber of Split
bearer
FDD TDD (Note 2) MCG SCG
Total FDD CC TDD CC
CC CC
3GPP
Release 16 1051 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
R.68 R.68-3
1 2x20 20 20 85 85 85
FDD TDD
Note 2: For the configuration of DRB type of Split bearer, the TB success rate across
CGs is defined as TB success rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where
NDL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is the
number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of
correctly received DL transport blocks. All the above numbers of transmitted,
retransmitted or correctly received DL transport blocks are calculated as the sum
of the numbers of DL transport blockes across all the CGs used for DC
transmission or reception.
Note 3: For the configuration of DRB type of SCG bearer, the TB success rate across
CGs is defined as TB success rate = 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where
NDL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is the
number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of
correctly received DL transport blocks. All the above numbers of transmitted,
retransmitted or correctly received DL transport blocks are calculated as the sum
of the numbers of DL transport blockes per CG used for DC transmission or
reception, separately.
Table 8.7.8-5: Test points for sustained data rate (FRC TDD FDD DC 256QAM)

CA Bandwidth combination (MHz) 12 DL Cat.
config DL Cat. 13
Total FDD CC TDD CC
11, 12
DC 2x20 20 20 1 1
with
2CCs
8.7.9 FDD (4 Rx)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.9-1 are valid for all FDD tests for 4Rx capable UEs unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1052 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Transmission mode 3
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
component carrier
Ês at antenna port

dBm/15kHz -85
2 layer CC 2x2 or 2x4

Antenna configuration
4 layer CC 4x4
Codebook subset 2 layer CC 10
4 layer CC 1000
restriction
2 layer CC ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB,  = 0dB
Downlin power
allocation
Symbols for unused

OP.1 FDD
PRBs
For UE not supporting 256QAM, the TB success rate shall be higher than 85% when PDSCH are scheduled with FRC
in Table 8.7.9-2 with the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
For UE supporting 256QAM, the TB success rate shall be higher than 85% when PDSCH are scheduled with FRC in
Table 8.7.9-3 with the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. For UE supporting 256QAM, the
requirement with 64QAM is not applicable.
The TB success rate is defined as 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where NDL_newtx is the number of newly
transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the
number of correctly received DL transport blocks. The TB success rate shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.
3GPP
Release 16 1053 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.9-2: Per-CC FRC for SDR test (FDD 64QAM)
MIMO layer Bandwidth Reference channel

5 R.31-6 FDD
10 R.31-3A FDD
2 layer
15 R.31-5 FDD
20 R.31-4 FDD
5 R.31-10 FDD
10 R.31-7 FDD
4 layer
15 R.31-8 FDD
20 R.31-9 FDD

5 R.68-3 FDD
10 R.68-2 FDD
2 layer
15 R.68-1 FDD
20 R.68 FDD
5 R.68-7 FDD
10 R.68-4 FDD
4 layer
15 R.68-5 FDD
20 R.68-6 FDD
CA configuration, bandwidth combination and MIMO layer on each CC is determined by following procedure.
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
B i ∈{5,10,15,20} is MIMO layer and bandwidth of CC i.
Table 8.7.9-4: Void
Table 8.7.9-5: Void
8.7.10 TDD (4 Rx)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.10-1 are valid for all TDD tests for 4Rx capable UEs unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1054 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Transmission mode 3
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
component carrier
Ês dBm/15kHz -85

at antenna port
Symbols for unused

OP.1 TDD
PRBs
4 layer CC 4x4
4 layer CC 1000
restriction
Downlin power
allocation
Symbols for unused

OP.1 TDD
PRBs
3GPP
Release 16 1055 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.10-2: Per-CC FRC for SDR test(TDD 64QAM)

10 R.31-6 TDD
2 layer 15 R.31-5 TDD
20 R.31-4 TDD
10 R.31-7 TDD
20 R.31-9 TDD
Table 8.7.10-3: Per-CC FRC for SDR test (TDD 256QAM)

10 R.68-2 TDD
20 R.68 TDD
10 R.68-5 TDD
20 R.68-7 TDD
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
Table 8.7.10-4: Void
Table 8.7.10-5: Void
8.7.11 TDD FDD CA (4 Rx)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.11-1 are valid for all TDD FDD CA tests for 4Rx capable UEs unless otherwise
stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1056 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit FDD CC TDD CC

Transmission mode 3 3
Uplink downlink
N/A 1
Special subframe
N/A 4
Cell ID 0 0
Inter-TTI Distance 1 1
Number of HARQ
processes per Processes 8 8
component carrier
Maximum number of
4 4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and 256QAM {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and 256QAM
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
symbols for PDCCH per OFDM symbols 1 1
component carrier
Cross carrier scheduling Not configured Not configured
Static propagation condition Static propagation condition
Propagation condition No external noise sources are No external noise sources are
applied applied

dBm/15kHz -85 -85
2 layer CC 2x2 or 2x4 2x2 or 2x4

4 layer CC 4x4 4x4
Codebook subset 2 layer CC 10 10
4 layer CC 1000 1000

restriction
2 layer CC ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB,  = 0dB ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB,  = 0dB
Downlin power
4 layer CC ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB,  = 3dB ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB,  = 3dB
allocation
Symbols for unused

OP.1 FDD OP.1 TDD
PRBs
3GPP
Release 16 1057 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.11-2: Per-CC FRC for SDR test (TDD-FDD 64QAM)
TDD Reference
MIMO layer Bandwidth FDD Reference channel
channel
5 R.31-6 FDD N/A
10 R.31-3A FDD R.31-6 TDD
2 layer
15 R.31-5 FDD R.31-5 TDD
20 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD
5 R.31-10 FDD N/A
10 R.31-7 FDD R.31-7 TDD
4 layer
15 R.31-8 FDD R.31-8 TDD
20 R.31-9 FDD R.31-9 TDD
TDD Reference
channel
5 R.68-3 FDD N/A
10 R.68-2 FDD R.68-2 TDD
2 layer
15 R.68-1 FDD R.68-1 TDD
20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD
5 R.68-7 FDD N/A
10 R.68-4 FDD R.68-5 TDD
4 layer
15 R.68-5 FDD R.68-6 TDD
20 R.68-6 FDD R.68-7 TDD
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
8.7.11.1 Void
Table 8.7.11.1-1: Void
Table 8.7.11.1-4:Void
3GPP
Release 16 1058 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.7.12 LAA
8.7.12.1 FDD CA in licensed bands

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.12.1-1 are valid for all LAA CA SDR tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.7.12.1-1: Common Test Parameters
Parameter Unit FDD CC LAA CC

Transmission mode 3
Cell ID 0 0
Number of HARQ
processes per component Processes 8
carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
coding sequence
Number of OFDM symbols
OFDM
for PDCCH per component 1
symbols
carrier
Static propagation condition (B.1)

dBm/15kHz -85

4 layer CC 4x4
4 layer CC 1000
restriction
2 layer CC ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB, s = 0dB
Downlink power allocation ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB, s = 3dB
4 layer CC
Symbols for unused PRBs OP.1 FDD TBD
in Table 8.7.12.1-2 with the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.7.12.1-3 with the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. For UE supporting 256QAM, the
For LAA SCell, per-CC separate FRCs are defined for different UE capability for endingDwPTS and
secondSlotStartingPosition.
3GPP
Release 16 1059 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.12.1-2: Per-CC FRC for SDR test (64QAM)
LAA supporting LAA not

MIMO Bandwidth LAA supporting initial partial SF but supporting both
FDD
layer (MHz) end partial SF not supporting end initial and end
partial SF partial SF
5 R.31-6 FDD N/A N/A N/A
10 R.31-3A FDD N/A N/A N/A
2 layer
15 R.31-5 FDD N/A NA NA
20 R.31-4 FDD R.6 FS3 R.7 FS3 R.5 FS3
4 layer
20 R.31-9 FDD R.9 FS3 R.10 FS3 R.8 FS3

FDD
2 layer
15 R.68-1 FDD N/A NA NA
20 R.68 FDD R.12 FS3 R.13 FS3 R.11 FS3
4 layer
20 R.68-6 FDD R.15 FS3 R.16 FS3 R.14 FS3
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
8.7.12.2 TDD CA in licensed bands

3GPP
Release 16 1060 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit TDD CC LAA CC

Transmission mode 3
Uplink downlink
1 N/A
Special subframe
4 N/A
Cell ID 0 0
Number of HARQ
processes per component Processes 8
carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
coding sequence
Number of OFDM symbols
OFDM
for PDCCH per component 1
symbols
carrier

dBm/15kHz -85

4 layer CC 4x4
4 layer CC 1000
restriction
Downlink power allocation ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB, s = 3dB
4 layer CC
Symbols for unused PRBs OP.1 TDD TBD

3GPP
Release 16 1061 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

FDD
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
10 R.31-6 TDD N/A N/A N/A
2 layer
15 R.31-5 TDD N/A NA NA
20 R.31-4 TDD R.6 FS3 R.7 FS3 R.5 FS3
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
4 layer
20 R.31-9 TDD R.9 FS3 R.10 FS3 R.8 FS3

FDD
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 layer
15 R.68-1 TDD N/A NA NA
20 R.68 TDD R.12 FS3 R.13 FS3 R.11 FS3
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
4 layer
20 R.68-6 TDD R.15 FS3 R.16 FS3 R.14 FS3
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
8.7.12.3 TDD-FDD CA in licensed bands

3GPP
Release 16 1062 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit FDD CC TDD CC LAA CC

Transmission mode 3
Uplink downlink
N/A 1 N/A
Special subframe
N/A 4 N/A
Cell ID 0 0 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
OFDM
symbols for PDCCH 1
symbols
per component carrier
Cross carrier
Not configured
scheduling

dBm/15kHz -85

4 layer CC 4x4
4 layer CC 1000
restriction
Downlink power
allocation
Symbols for unused

OP.1 FDD OP.1 TDD TBD
PRBs
3GPP
Release 16 1063 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
LAA supporting
LAA not
LAA initial partial SF
MIMO Bandwidth supporting
FDD TDD supporting end but not
layer (MHz) both initial and
partial SF supporting end
end partial SF
partial SF
R.31-6
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
FDD
R.31-3A R.31-6
10 N/A N/A N/A
FDD TDD
2 layer
R.31-5 R.31-5
15 N/A NA NA
FDD TDD
R.31-4 R.31-4
20 R.6 FS3 R.7 FS3 R.5 FS3
FDD TDD
R.31-10
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
FDD
R.31-7 R.31-7
10 N/A N/A N/A
FDD TDD
4 layer
R.31-8 R.31-8
15 N/A N/A N/A
FDD TDD
R.31-9 R.31-9
20 R.9 FS3 R.10 FS3 R.8 FS3
FDD TDD
LAA supporting
LAA not
LAA initial partial SF
MIMO Bandwidth supporting
FDD TDD supporting end but not
layer (MHz) both initial and
partial SF supporting end
end partial SF
partial SF
R.68-3
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
FDD
R.68-2 R.68-2
10 N/A N/A N/A
2 layer FDD TDD
R.68-1 R.68-1
15 N/A NA NA
FDD TDD
20 R.68 FDD R.68 TDD R.12 FS3 R.13 FS3 R.11 FS3
R.68-7
5 N/A N/A N/A N/A
FDD
R.68-4 R.68-4
10 N/A N/A N/A
FDD TDD
4 layer
R.68-5 R.68-5
15 N/A N/A N/A
FDD TDD
R.68-6 R.68-6
20 R.15 FS3 R.16 FS3 R.14 FS3
FDD TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1064 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
8.7.13 FDD DC (4 Rx)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.13-1 are valid for all FDD tests for 4Rx capable UEs unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1065 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Transmission mode 3
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
component carrier

dBm/15kHz -85

4 layer CC 4x4
4 layer CC 1000
restriction
Downlin power
allocation
Symbols for unused

OP.1 FDD
PRBs
ACK/NACK feedback Separate ACK/NACK feedbacks with
mode PUCCH format 3 on the MCG and SCG
Time offset between μs 0 for UE under test supporting
MCG CC and SCG CC synchronous dual connectivity;
Note 2: If the UE supports both SCG bearer and Split bearer, the Split bearer is
configured.
3GPP
Release 16 1066 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
number of correctly received DL transport blocks. The TB success rate across CGs shall be sustained during at least 300
frames.

5 R.31-6 FDD
10 R.31-3A FDD
2 layer
15 R.31-5 FDD
20 R.31-4 FDD
5 R.31-10 FDD
10 R.31-7 FDD
4 layer
15 R.31-8 FDD
20 R.31-9 FDD

5 R.68-3 FDD
10 R.68-2 FDD
2 layer
15 R.68-1 FDD
20 R.68 FDD
5 R.68-7 FDD
10 R.68-4 FDD
4 layer
15 R.68-5 FDD
20 R.68-6 FDD
DC configuration, bandwidth combination and MIMO layer on each CC is determined by following procedure.
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
8.7.14 TDD DC (4 Rx)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.14-1 are valid for all TDD tests for 4Rx capable UEs unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1067 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Transmission mode 3
Special subframe
4
configuration
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
component carrier

dBm/15kHz -85

4 layer CC 4x4
4 layer CC 1000
restriction
Downlin power
allocation
Symbols for unused

OP.1 TDD
PRBs
ACK/NACK feedback Separate ACK/NACK feedbacks with
mode PUCCH format 3 on the MCG and SCG
Time offset between μs 0 for UE under test supporting
MCG CC and SCG CC synchronous dual connectivity;
Note 2: If the UE supports both SCG bearer and Split bearer, the Split bearer is
configured.
3GPP
Release 16 1068 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
frames.

10 R.31-6 TDD
20 R.31-4 TDD
10 R.31-7 TDD
20 R.31-9 TDD

10 R.68-2 TDD
20 R.68 TDD
10 R.68-5 TDD
20 R.68-7 TDD
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
8.7.15 TDD FDD DC (4 Rx)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.15-1 are valid for all TDD FDD tests for 4Rx capable UEs unless otherwise
stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1069 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.15-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD FDD)

Uplink downlink
N/A 1
Special subframe
N/A 4
Cell ID 0 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4 4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and
coding sequence 256QAM 256QAM
Number of OFDM
symbols for PDCCH OFDM symbols 1 1
per component carrier
Cross carrier
scheduling
applied applied

dBm/15kHz -85 -85

4 layer CC 4x4 4x4
4 layer CC 1000 1000

restriction
ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB,  = ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB,  =
2 layer CC
Downlin power 0dB 0dB
ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB,  = ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB,  =
allocation 4 layer CC
3dB 3dB
Symbols for unused

OP.1 FDD OP.1 TDD
PRBs
ACK/NACK feedback Separate ACK/NACK feedbacks with PUCCH format 3 on the MCG
mode and SCG
Time offset between μs 0 for UE under test supporting synchronous dual connectivity;
MCG CC and SCG 500 for UE under test supporting both asynchronous and
CC synchrounous dual connectivity (Note 1)
3GPP
Release 16 1070 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
frames.
TDD Reference
channel
5 R.31-6 FDD N/A
10 R.31-3A FDD R.31-6 TDD
2 layer
15 R.31-5 FDD R.31-5 TDD
20 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD
5 R.31-10 FDD N/A
10 R.31-7 FDD R.31-7 TDD
4 layer
15 R.31-8 FDD R.31-8 TDD
20 R.31-9 FDD R.31-9 TDD
TDD Reference
channel
5 R.68-3 FDD N/A
10 R.68-2 FDD R.68-2 TDD
2 layer
15 R.68-1 FDD R.68-1 TDD
5 R.68-7 FDD N/A
10 R.68-4 FDD R.68-5 TDD
4 layer
15 R.68-5 FDD R.68-6 TDD
20 R.68-6 FDD R.68-7 TDD
N−1
B agg= ∑ Ri B i
i=0

Ri ∈{2,4} and
8.7.16 FDD (1024QAM and up to 4Rx supported)

The common parameters are specified in Table 8.7.16-1 for UE which is capable of supporting 1024QAM.
3GPP
Release 16 1071 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Transmission mode 3
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM and
coding sequence 1024QAM
Number of OFDM
component carrier
Ês dBm/15kHz -85

at antenna port
4 layer CC 4x4
restriction 4 layer CC 1000
Downlin power 2 layer CC ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB,  = 0dB

allocation 4 layer CC ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB,  = 3dB
Symbols for unused
OP.1 FDD
PRBs
The UE capability for 1024QAM is signalled per band or per band combination, hence the SDR tests with the mixed
modulation orders and the mixed receiver antenna numbers across CC-s are specified.
For UE not supporting CA and supporting 1024QAM, the TB success rate shall be higher than 85% when PDSCH is
scheduled with FRC in Table 8.7.16-4 according the UE capability. The maximum supported channel bandwidth and
MIMO layer are configured during the test.
For UE supporting CA and supporting 1024QAM at least on one CC for a supported CA configuration, the SDR
requirements are specified as follows:
- If UE is capable of supporting 256QAM, the TB success rate shall be higher than 85% on each CC when
PDSCH-s are scheduled with FRC-s in Table 8.7.16-3 for the transmission with 256QAM and Table 8.7.16-4 for
the transmission with 1024QAM according to the reported capability of supported modulation order for the
determined CA configuration.
- If UE is not capable of supporting 256QAM, the TB success rate shall be higher than 85% on each CC when
For UE supporting 1024 QAM, the SDR requirement with 64QAM and 256QAM only is not applicable.
The CA configuration or band for single carrier, bandwidth combination or bandwidth for single carrier, modulation
order on each CC and MIMO layer on each CC are determined by the following procedure.
3GPP
Release 16 1072 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
- Among all the supported CA configurations which support 1024QAM at least on one CC, select one set of {CA
configuration or a band, bandwidth combination or bandwidth, modulation order on each CC, MIMO layer on
each CC}, which leads to the largest equivalent aggregated bandwidth. The equivalent aggregated bandwidth is
defined as
N−1
B agg= ∑ M i Ri Bi
i=0
Where N is the number of CCs, Ri ∈ {2,4 } represents the MIMO layer, B i ∈ { 5 ,10 ,15 , 20 } represents the
bandwidths on each CC, [ M i ∈ { 0 .75 , 1,1 .25 } is the scaling factor according to the supported modulation order
on each CC, where Mi = 0.75 is used if the maximum modulation order of CC i is 64QAM, Mi = 1 is used if the
maximum modulation order of CC i is 256QAM, and Mi = 1.25 is used if the maximum modulation order of CC
i is 1024QAM.]
- When there are multiple sets of {CA configuration or a band, bandwidth combination or bandwidth, modulation
order on each CC, MIMO layer on each CC} which can reach the same equivalent aggregated bandwidth, select
one among the sets with the largest number of CCs supporting 1024QAM.
order on each CC, MIMO layer on each CC} which can reach the same equivalent aggregated bandwidth with
the same number of CCs supporting 1024QAM, select one among the sets with the largest number of CCs
supporting 4 layer.
- The procedure applies also for the single carrier operating band instead of CA configuration, and bandwidth
The TB success rate for single carrier or on each CC for CA is defined as 100%*NDL_correct_rx/ (NDL_newtx + NDL_retx), where
NDL_newtx is the number of newly transmitted DL transport blocks, NDL_retx is the number of retransmitted DL transport
blocks, and NDL_correct_rx is the number of correctly received DL transport blocks. The TB success rate shall be sustained
during at least 300 frames.

5 R.31-6 FDD
10 R.31-3A FDD
2 layer
15 R.31-5 FDD
20 R.31-4 FDD
5 R.31-10 FDD
10 R.31-7 FDD
4 layer
15 R.31-8 FDD
20 R.31-9 FDD

5 R.68-3 FDD
10 R.68-2 FDD
2 layer
15 R.68-1 FDD
20 R.68 FDD
5 R.68-7 FDD
10 R.68-4 FDD
4 layer
15 R.68-5 FDD
20 R.68-6 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1073 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

5 R.105-3 FDD
10 R.105-2 FDD
2 layer
15 R.105-1 FDD
20 R.105 FDD
5 R.105-7 FDD
10 R.105-6 FDD
4 layer
15 R.105-5 FDD
20 R.105-4 FDD
8.7.17 TDD (1024QAM and up to 4 Rx supported)


Transmission mode 3
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM, and
coding sequence 1024QAM
Number of OFDM
component carrier
Êsat antenna port

dBm/15kHz -85
Symbols for unused

OP.1 TDD
PRBs
4 layer CC 4x4
restriction 4 layer CC 1000
Downlin power 2 layer CC ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB,  = 0dB

allocation 4 layer CC ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB,  = 3dB
Symbols for unused
OP.1 TDD
PRBs
3GPP
Release 16 1074 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
defined as
N−1
i=0
Where N is the number of CCs, Ri ∈ {2,4 } represents the MIMO layer, B i ∈ { 10 ,15 ,20 } represents the
bandwidths on each CC, [ M i ∈ { 0 .75 , 1,1 .25 } is the scaling factor according to the supported modulation order
on each CC, where Mi = 0.75 is used if the maximum modulation order of CC i is 64QAM, Mi = 1 is used if the
maximum modulation order of CC i is 256QAM, and Mi = 1.25 is used if the maximum modulation order of CC
i is 1024QAM.]
supporting 4 layer.
3GPP
Release 16 1075 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.17-2: Per-CC FRC for SDR test(TDD 64QAM)

10 R.31-6 TDD
20 R.31-4 TDD
10 R.31-7 TDD
20 R.31-9 TDD

10 R.68-2 TDD
20 R.68 TDD
10 R.68-5 TDD
20 R.68-7 TDD

10 R.105-2 TDD
20 R.105 TDD
10 R.105-5 TDD
20 R.105-3 TDD
8.7.18 TDD FDD CA (1024QAM and up to 4 Rx supported)

3GPP
Release 16 1076 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Uplink downlink
N/A 1
Special subframe
N/A 4
Cell ID 0 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4 4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM and {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM, and
coding sequence 1024QAM 1024QAM
Number of OFDM
symbols for PDCCH per OFDM symbols 1 1
component carrier
Cross carrier scheduling Not configured Not configured
applied applied

dBm/15kHz -85 -85

4 layer CC 4x4 4x4

restriction 4 layer CC 1000 1000
Downlin power 2 layer CC ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB,  = 0dB ρ A = -3dB, ρB = -3dB,  = 0dB

allocation 4 layer CC ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB,  = 3dB ρ A = -6dB, ρB = -6dB,  = 3dB
Symbols for unused
OP.1 FDD OP.1 TDD
PRBs
3GPP
Release 16 1077 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
defined as
N−1
i=0
Where N is the number of CCs, Ri ∈ {2,4 } represents the MIMO layer, B i ∈ { 5 ,10 ,15 , 20 } represents the
bandwidths on each FDD CC and B i ∈ { 10 ,15 ,20 } represents the bandwidths on each FDD CC, [
M i ∈ { 0 .75 , 1,1 .25 } is the scaling factor according to the supported modulation order on each CC, where M =
i
0.75 is used if the maximum modulation order of CC i is 64QAM, Mi = 1 is used if the maximum modulation
order of CC i is 256QAM, and Mi = 1.25 is used if the maximum modulation order of CC i is 1024QAM.]
supporting 4 layer.
MIMO layer Bandwidth FDD Reference channel TDD Reference channel

5 R.31-6 FDD N/A
10 R.31-3A FDD R.31-6 TDD
2 layer
15 R.31-5 FDD R.31-5 TDD
20 R.31-4 FDD R.31-4 TDD
5 R.31-10 FDD N/A
10 R.31-7 FDD R.31-7 TDD
4 layer
15 R.31-8 FDD R.31-8 TDD
20 R.31-9 FDD R.31-9 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1078 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

5 R.68-3 FDD N/A
10 R.68-2 FDD R.68-2 TDD
2 layer
15 R.68-1 FDD R.68-1 TDD
5 R.68-7 FDD N/A
10 R.68-4 FDD R.68-5 TDD
4 layer
15 R.68-5 FDD R.68-6 TDD
20 R.68-6 FDD R.68-7 TDD

5 R.105-3 FDD N/A
10 R.105-2 FDD R.105-2 TDD
2 layer
15 R.105-1 FDD R.105-1 TDD
20 R.105 FDD R.105 TDD
5 R.105-7 FDD N/A
10 R.105-6 FDD R.105-5 TDD
4 layer
15 R.105-5 FDD R.105-4 TDD
20 R.105-4 FDD R.105-3 TDD
8.7.19 TDD (8 Rx)

The parameters specified in Table 8.7.19-1 are valid for all TDD tests for 8Rx capable UEs unless otherwise stated. For
2/4 layer carrier configurations, please refer to Table 8.7.10-1. 8 layer carier configuration is specified in Table 8.7.19-
1.
3GPP
Release 16 1079 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.7.19-1: Common Test Parameters for 8 Layer (TDD)

ρA dB 0
Downlink power allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3
Beamforming model Annex B.4.3(Note 3, 4)
Subframes 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Subframes 4/
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap / bitmap 0010000000000000
Symbols for unused PRBs OP.1 TDD
Cell ID 0
Processes 7
component carrier

{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM and
256QAM
Number of allocated resource blocks
PRB 50
(Note 2)
1
Propagation condition No external noise sources are
applied
Simultaneous transmission No
Precoding granularity 50
PMI delay 10 or 11
Reporting interval 1 or 4
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 False
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x0000 0000 0000 0010 0000
0000 0000
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4,9 and 41 resource blocks
(RB0–RB20 and RB30–RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0 and the DwPTS
portion of sub-frames 1,6.
3GPP
Release 16 1080 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

10 R.31-6 TDD
20 R.31-4 TDD
10 R.31-7 TDD
20 R.31-9 TDD
10 R.31-10 TDD
20 R.31-12 TDD

10 R.68-2 TDD
20 R.68 TDD
10 R.68-5 TDD
20 R.68-7 TDD
10 R.68-8 TDD
20 R.68-10 TDD
- Select the set(s) of {CA configuration, bandwidth combination, MIMO layer} among all the supported CA
configurations that leads to the largest equivalent aggregated bandwidth which does not cause the transport block
bits within a TTI to exceed the capability of the category of UE under test when the defined reference channel
applies on each CC. The equivalent aggregated bandwidth is defined as
Where N is the number of CCs,

Ri ∈ { 2,4 , 8 }
and
B i ∈{5,10,15,20} Bi ∈ { 5,10,15,20 }are
MIMO layer and bandwidth of CC i . And for and for
3GPP
Release 16 1081 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.8 Demodulation of EPDCCH

The receiver characteristics of the EPDCCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the Downlink
Scheduling Grant (Pm-dsg). For the distributed transmission tests in 8.8.1, EPDCCH and PCFICH are tested jointly, i.e.
a miss detection of PCFICH implies a miss detection of EPDCCH. For other tests, EPDCCH and PCFICH are not tested
jointly.
8.8.1 Distributed Transmission
8.8.1.1 FDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.8.1.1-1 are valid for all FDD distributed EPDCCH tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.8.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Distributed EPDCCH

Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2 (Note 1)
Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG
Cell ID 0
ρA dB -3
Downlink power ρB dB -3
allocation  dB 0
δ dB 3
N oc at antenna port dBm/ -98
15kHz
Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN
PRB 1
Precoder Update Granularity
ms 1
Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B. 4.4
Cell Specific Reference Signal Port 0 and 1
Number of EPDCCH Sets Configured 2 (Note 2)
4 (1st Set)
Number of PRB per EPDCCH Set
8 (2nd Set)
EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring NA
PDSCH TM TM3
DCI Format 2A
Note 1: The starting symbol for EPDCCH is derived from the
PCFICH. RRC signalling epdcch-StartSymbol-r11 is not
configured.
Note 2: The two sets are distributed EPDCCH sets and non-
overlapping with PRB = {3, 17, 31, 45} for the first set and
PRB = {0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49} for the second set.
EPDCCH is scheduled in the first set for Test 1 and second
set for Test 2, respectively. Both sets are always configured.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.8.1.1-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg)
3GPP
Release 16 1082 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.8.1.1-2: Minimum performance Distributed EPDCCH

number level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 ECCE R.55 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 2.60
2 10 MHZ 16 ECCE R.56 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1 -3.20
8.8.1.1.1 Void
Table 8.8.1.1.1-1: Void
8.8.1.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.8.1.2-1 are valid for all TDD distributed EPDCCH tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.8.1.2-1: Test Parameters for Distributed EPDCCH

Cell ID 0
ρA dB -3
allocation  dB 0
δ dB 3
15kHz
PRB 1
ms 1
Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B. 4.4
4 (1st Set)
8 (2nd Set)
PDSCH TM TM3
DCI Format 2A
TDD UL/DL Configuration 0
TDD Special Subframe 1 (Note 3)
configured.
Note 3: Demodulation performance is averaged over normal and
special subframe.
3GPP
Release 16 1083 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.8.1.2-2: Minimum performance Distributed EPDCCH

Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 ECCE R.55 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 2.80
2 10 MHZ 16 ECCE R.56 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1 -3.10
8.8.1.2.1 Void
Table 8.8.1.2.1-1: Void
8.8.2 Localized Transmission with TM9
8.8.2.1 FDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.8.2.1-1 are valid for all FDD TM9 localized ePDCCH tests unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1084 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.8.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Localized EPDCCH with TM9

For EPDCCH starting symbol symbols 2 (Note 1) the
Cell ID 0
ρA dB 0
Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB -3
dB 0

-98
15kHz
PRB 1
ms 1
Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B.4.5
CSI-RS Reference Signal Port 15 and 16
CSI-RS reference signal resource
0
configuration
CSI reference signal subframe
2
configuration ICSI-RS
ZP-CSI-RS configuration bitmap 0000010000000000
ZP-CSI-RS subframe configuration IZP-CSI-
2
RS
Number of EPDCCH Sets 2 (Note 2)

EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring pattern 1111111110 1111111101 1111111011
subframePatternConfig-r11 1111110111 (Note 3)
PDSCH TM TM9
Note 1: The starting symbol for EPDCCH is signalled with epdcch-StartSymbol-r11. However, CFI is
set to 1.
Note 2: The first set is distributed transmission with PRB = {0, 49} and the second set is localized
transmission with PRB = {0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49}. ePDCCH is scheduled in the second set
for all tests.
Note 3: EPDCCH is scheduled in every SF. UE is required to monitor ePDCCH for UE-specific search
space only in SFs configured by subframePatternConfig-r11. Legacy PDCCH is not scheduled.
parameters specified in Table 8.8.2.1-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be
below the specified value in Table 8.8.2.1-2. EPDCCH subframe monitoring is configured and the subframe monitoring
requirement in EPDCCH restricted subframes is statDTX of 99.9%.
The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.8.2.1-2: Minimum performance Localized EPDCCH with TM9

Matrix
2 10 MHZ 8 ECCE R.58 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 2.5
3GPP
Release 16 1085 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.8.2.1.1 Void
Table 8.8.2.1.1-1: Void
8.8.2.1.2 Void
Table 8.8.2.1.2-1: Void
Table 8.8.2.1.2-2: Void
Table 8.8.2.1.2-3: Void
8.8.2.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.8.2.2-1 are valid for all TDD TM9 localized ePDCCH tests unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1086 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.8.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Localized EPDCCH with TM9

Cell ID 0
ρA dB 0
Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB -3
dB 0

15kHz
PRB 1
ms 1
0
configuration
0
0
RS

1100011000 1100010000 1100011000
EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring pattern
1100001000 1100011000 1000011000
subframePatternConfig-r11
1100011000 (Note 3)
PDSCH TM TM9
set to 1.
for all tests.
Note 4: Demodulation performance is averaged over normal and special subframe.
parameters specified in Table 8.8.2.2-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be
below the specified value in Table 8.2.2.2-2. EPDCCH subframe monitoring is configured and the subframe monitoring
requirement in EPDCCH restricted subframes is statDTX of 99.9%.
3GPP
Release 16 1087 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.8.2.2-2: Minimum performance Localized EPDCCH with TM9

Matrix
1 10 MHz 2 ECCE R.57 TDD OP.7 EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 12.8
TDD
2 10 MHZ 8 ECCE R.58 TDD OP.7 EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 2.0
TDD
8.8.2.2.1 Void
Table 8.8.2.2.1-1: Void
8.8.2.2.2 Void
Table 8.8.2.2.2-1: Void
Table 8.8.2.2.2-2: Void
Table 8.8.2.2.2-3: Void
8.8.3 Localized transmission with TM10 Type B quasi co-location type
8.8.3.1 FDD
shall be below the specified values in Table 8.8.3.1-2. In Table 8.8.3.1-1, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell.
3GPP
Release 16 1088 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.8.3.1-1: Test Parameters for Localized Transmission TM10 Type B quasi co-location type
3GPP
Release 16 1089 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2
ρA dB 0
Downlink
dB 0
power
allocation dB -3
dB 0
0dB power
 imbalance is Reference value Reference value Reference value
E s N oc dB considered in Table 8.8.3.1- in Table 8.8.3.1- in Table 8.8.3.1-
between TP 1 2 2 2
and TP 2,
dBm/
N oc at antenna port 15kH -98
z
Bandwidth MHz 10 10 10 10
Number of configured
2 (Note 1) 2 (Note1)
EPDCCH Sets
EPDCCH-PRB-Set ID
0 1 0 1
(setConfigId)
Transmission type of EPDCCH-
Localized Localized Localized Localized
PRB-set
Number of PRB pair per
PRB 8 8 8 8
EPDCCH-PRB-set
EPDCCH beamforming model Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5
PDSCH transmission mode TM10 TM10 TM10 TM10
Probability of Probability of
occurrence of occurrence of
PDSCH transmission Blanked in all Transmit in all
PDSCH PDSCH
scheduling the subframes the subframes
transmission is transmission is
30% (Note 3) 70% (Note 3)
CSI reference
Non-zero signal N/A 0 N/A 0
power CSI configuration
reference CSI reference
signal signal subframe
N/A 2 N/A 2
(NZPId=1) configuration ICSI-
RS
CSI reference
Non-zero signal N/A N/A 10 N/A
N/A N/A 2 N/A
RS
CSI-RS
Configuration list Bitma 0000010000000 1000010000000
Zero power N/A N/A
(ZeroPowerCSI- p 000 000
CSI
RS bitmap)
reference
CSI-RS
signal
subframe
(ZPId=1) N/A 2 N/A 2
configuration ICSI-
RS
Zero power CSI-RS Bitma N/A N/A 1000010000000 N/A

CSI Configuration list p 000
reference (ZeroPowerCSI-
signal RS bitmap)
3GPP
Release 16 1090 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CSI-RS
subframe
(ZPId=2) N/A N/A 2 N/A
configuration ICSI-
RS
Non-Zero power
CSI RS Identity N/A 1 N/A 1
PQI set 0 (NZPId)
(Note 4) Zero power CSI
RS Identity N/A 1 N/A 1
(ZPId)
Non-Zero power
CSI RS Identity N/A N/A 2 N/A
PQI set 1 (NZPId)
RS Identity N/A N/A 2 N/A
(ZPId)
Symb
Number of PDCCH symbols 1 (Note 2)
ols
pdsch-Start- pdsch-Start- pdsch-Start- pdsch-Start-
EPDCCH starting position
r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2)
Subframe configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN
Time offset between TPs s N/A 2 N/A 2
Frequency shift between TPs Hz N/A 200 N/A 200
Cell ID 0 126 0 126
Note 1: Resource blocks nPRB =0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49 are allocated for both the first set and the second set.
Note 2: The starting OFDM symbol for EPDCCH is determined from the higher layer signalling pdsch-Start-r11.
And CFI is set to 1.
Note 3: The TP from which PDSCH is transmitted shall be randomly determined independently for each subframe.
Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TP 1 and TP 2 are specified.
Note 4: For PQI set 0, PDSCH and EPDCCH are transmitted from TP 2. For PQI set 1, PDSCH and EPDCCH are
transmitted from TP1. EPDCCH and PDSCH are transmitted from same TP.
Table 8.8.3.1-2: Minimum Performance
Test Aggregatio Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number n level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-dsg (%) SNR (dB)
and correlation
Matrix
1 2 ECCE R.59 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 13.4
2 2 ECCE R.59 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 13.4
8.8.3.2 TDD
shall be below the specified values in Table 8.8.3.2-2. In Table 8.8.3.2-1, transmission point 1 (TP1) is the serving cell.
3GPP
Release 16 1091 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.8.3.2-1: Test Parameters for Localized Transmission TM10 Type B quasi co-location type
3GPP
Release 16 1092 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2
ρA dB 0
Downlink
dB 0
power
allocation dB -3
dB 0
0dB power
 imbalance is Reference value Reference value Reference value
E s N oc dB considered in Table 8.8.3.2- in Table 8.8.3.2- in Table 8.8.3.2-
between TP 1 2 2 2
and TP 2,
dBm/
N oc at antenna port 15kH -98
z
Bandwidth MHz 10 10 10 10
Number of EPDCCH Sets 2 (Note 1) 2 (Note1)
EPDCCH-PRB-Set ID
0 1 0 1
(setConfigId)
Transmission type of EPDCCH-
Localized Localized Localized Localized
PRB-set
Number of PRB pair per
PRB 8 8 8 8
EPDCCH-PRB-set
EPDCCH beamforming model Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5 Annex B.4.5
PDSCH transmission mode TM10 TM10 TM10 TM10
Probability of Probability of
occurrence of occurrence of
PDSCH transmission Blanked in all Transmit in all
PDSCH PDSCH
scheduling the subframes the subframes
transmission is transmission is
30% (Note 3) 70% (Note 3)
CSI reference signal Antenna ports Antenna ports Antenna ports Antenna ports
configurations 15,16 15,16 15,16 15,16
CSI reference
Non-zero signal N/A 0 N/A 0
N/A 0 N/A 0
RS
CSI reference
Non-zero signal N/A N/A 10 N/A
N/A N/A 0 N/A
RS
CSI-RS
Configuration list Bitma 0000010000000 1000010000000
Zero power N/A N/A
(ZeroPowerCSI- p 000 000
CSI
RS bitmap)
reference
CSI-RS
signal
subframe
(ZPId=1) N/A 0 N/A 0
configuration ICSI-
RS
3GPP
Release 16 1093 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CSI-RS
Configuration list Bitma 1000010000000
Zero power N/A N/A N/A
(ZeroPowerCSI- p 000
CSI
RS bitmap)
reference
CSI-RS
signal
subframe
(ZPId=2) N/A N/A 0 N/A
configuration ICSI-
RS
Non-Zero power
CSI RS Identity N/A 1 N/A 1
PQI set 0 (NZPId)
RS Identity N/A 1 N/A 1
(ZPId)
Non-Zero power
CSI RS Identity N/A N/A 2 N/A
PQI set 1 (NZPId)
RS Identity N/A N/A 2 N/A
(ZPId)
Symb
Number of PDCCH symbols 1 (Note 2)
ols
pdsch-Start- pdsch-Start- pdsch-Start- pdsch-Start-
EPDCCH starting position
r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2) r11=2 (Note 2)
Subframe configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN
Time offset between TPs s N/A 2 N/A 2
Frequency shift between TPs Hz N/A 200 N/A 200
Cell ID 0 126 0 126
TDD UL/DL configuration 0
TDD special subframe 1
Note 1: Resource blocks nPRB = 0, 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49 are allocated for both the first set and the second set.
Note 2: The starting OFDM symbol for EPDCCH is determined from the higher layer signalling pdsch-Start-r11.
And CFI is set to 1.
Note 3: The TP from which PDSCH is transmitted shall be randomly determined independently for each subframe.
Probabilities of occurrence of PDSCH transmission from TP 1 and TP 2 are specified.
Note 4: For PQI set 0, PDSCH and EPDCCH are transmitted from TP 2. For PQI set 1, PDSCH and EPDCCH are
transmitted from TP1. EPDCCH and PDSCH are transmitted from same TP.
Table 8.8.3.2-2: Minimum Performance
Test Aggregatio Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number n level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-dsg (%) SNR (dB)
and correlation
Matrix
1 2 ECCE R.59 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 13.6
2 2 ECCE R.59 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA5 2 x 2 Low 1 13.6
8.8.4 Enhanced Downlink Control Channel Performance Requirements

Type A - Localized Transmission with CRS Interference Model
8.8.4.1 FDD
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.8.4.1-2. The purpose of this test is to verify the localized EPDCCH
performance, when the EPDCCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by the CRS of the interfering cells,
3GPP
Release 16 1094 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
applying the CRS interference model defined in clause B.6.5. In Table 8.8.4.1-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2
and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1,
Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] is provided and includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
Table 8.8.4.1-1: Test Parameters for EPDCCH

Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 1 (Note 1) 2 2
EPDCCH starting symbol symbols 2 (Note 1) N/A N/A
PHICH duration Normal Normal Normal
Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG N/A N/A
Cell ID 0 1 6
ρA dB 0 -3 -3
ρB dB 0 -3 -3
Downlink power allocation
 dB -3 0 0
δ dB 0 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
PRB 1 N/A N/A
EPDCCH Precoder Update Granularity
ms 1 N/A N/A
EPDCCH Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B. 4.5 N/A N/A
CSI-RS Reference Signal Port 15 and 16 N/A N/A
0 N/A N/A
configuration
2 N/A N/A
00000100000
ZP-CSI-RS configuration bitmap N/A N/A
00000
ZP-CSI-RS subframe configuration IZP-CSI-RS 2 N/A N/A
Number of EPDCCH Sets 1 N/A N/A
EPDCCH Set type Localized N/A N/A
Number of PRB per EPDCCH Set 8 N/A N/A
0, 7, 14, 21,
EPDCCH Set PRBs N/A N/A
28, 35, 42, 49
PDSCH TM TM9 N/A N/A
Time offset to cell 1 s N/A 2 3
Note 1: The starting symbol for EPDCCH is signalled with epdcch-StartSymbol-r11. CFI is set to 1.
Note 2: EPDCCH is scheduled in every subframe. EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring pattern is not configured.
Table 8.8.4.1-2: Minimum performance for EPDCCH for enhanced downlink control channel
performance requirements Type A

Matrix
1 10 MHz 2 ECCE R.57 FDD OP.7 FDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 13.4
3GPP
Release 16 1095 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.8.4.2 TDD
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.8.4.2-2. The purpose of this test is to verify the localized EPDCCH
performance, when the EPDCCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by the CRS of the interfering cells,
applying the CRS interference model defined in clause B.6.5. In Table 8.8.4.2-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2
and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1,
Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] is provided and includes Cell 2 and Cell 3.
3GPP
Release 16 1096 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

EPDCCH starting symbol symbols 2 (Note 1) N/A N/A
Cell ID 0 1 6
ρA dB 0 -3 -3
ρB dB 0 -3 -3
 dB -3 0 0
δ dB 0 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
PRB 1 N/A N/A
ms 1 N/A N/A
EPDCCH Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B. 4.5 N/A N/A
CSI-RS Reference Signal Port 15 and 16 N/A N/A
0 N/A N/A
configuration
2 N/A N/A
00000100000
ZP-CSI-RS configuration bitmap N/A N/A
00000
ZP-CSI-RS subframe configuration IZP-CSI-RS 2 N/A N/A
Number of EPDCCH Sets 1 N/A N/A
EPDCCH Set type Localized N/A N/A
0, 7, 14, 21,
EPDCCH Set PRBs N/A N/A
28, 35, 42, 49
TDD UL/DL Configuration 0 0 0
TDD Special Subframe 1 (Note 4) 1 1
Note 1: The starting symbol for EPDCCH is signalled with epdcch-StartSymbol-r11. CFI is set to 1.
Note 3: Demodulation performance is averaged over normal and special subframes.

Matrix
1 10 MHz 2 ECCE R.57 TDD OP.7 TDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 14.2
3GPP
Release 16 1097 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Type A - Distributed Transmission with TM9 Interference Model
8.8.5.1 TDD
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.8.5.1-2. The purpose of this test is to verify the distributed EPDCCH
performance when the EPDCCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by two interfering cells and applying TM9
interference model. In Table 8.8.5.1-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The
downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The CRS

Cell ID 0 6 1
ρA dB -3 -3 -3
ρB dB -3 -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
δ dB 3 3 3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
PRB 1 N/A N/A
EPDCCH precoder Update Granularity
ms 1 N/A N/A
Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B. 4.4 N/A N/A
Number of EPDCCH Sets Configured 1 N/A N/A
EPDCCH Set type Distributed N/A N/A
EPDCCH Set PRBs 3, 17, 31, 45 N/A N/A
PDSCH precoder update granularity PRB N/A 50 50
TDD UL/DL Configuration 0 0 0
TDD Special Subframe 1 (Note 3) 1 1
Note 1: The starting symbol for EPDCCH is derived from the PCFICH. RRC signalling epdcch-StartSymbol-
r11 is not configured.
Note 3: Demodulation performance is averaged over normal and special subframes.
3GPP
Release 16 1098 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 ECCE R.55-1 OP.7 TDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 14.8
TDD

Type A - Distributed Transmission with TM3 Interference Model
8.8.6.1 FDD
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.8.6.1-2. The purpose of this test is to verify the distributed EPDCCH
performance when the serving cell EPDCCH transmission is interfered by two interfering cells applying asynchronous
TM3 interference model. In Table 8.8.6.1-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The
downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1, Cell 2 and Cell 3, respectively. The CRS
assistance information [7] is not provided.
3GPP
Release 16 1099 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Cell ID 0 1 6
ρA dB -3 -3 -3
ρB dB -3 -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
δ dB 3 0 0
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 13.91 3.34
PRB 1 N/A N/A
ms 1 N/A N/A
EPDCCH Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B.4.4 N/A N/A
Number of EPDCCH Sets Configured 1 N/A N/A
EPDCCH Set type Distributed N/A N/A
EPDCCH Set PRBs 3, 17, 31, 45 N/A N/A
Note 1: The starting symbol for EPDCCH is derived from the PCFICH. RRC signalling epdcch-StartSymbol-
r11 is not configured.

Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 ECCE R.55-1 OP.7 FDD EVA70 2 x 2 Low 1 15.9
FDD
8.9 Demodulation (single receiver antenna)

The SNR deifintion is given in Clause 8.1.1 where the number of receiver antennas NRX assumed for the minimum
performance requirement in this clause is 1.
3GPP
Release 16 1100 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.9.1 PDSCH
8.9.1.1 FDD and half-duplex FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.9.1.1-1 are valid for FDD and half-duplex FDD tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.9.1.1-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD and half-duplex FDD)

Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
Number of OFDM
5 MHz bandwidths,
component carrier
bandwidths
Frequency domain: 1 PRG
Precoder update
Time domain: 1 ms for Transmission
granularity
mode 9
8.9.1.1.1 Transmit diversity performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.9.1.1.1.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.9.1.1.1.1-1 and the
Table 8.9.1.1.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)
A dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -3 (Note 1)
s dB 0
Note 1: PB  1 .
3GPP
Release 16 1101 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.9.1.1.1.1-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC)
Test Band- Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE DL

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction SNR category
and Antenna of (dB)
MCS Configuration Maximum
Throughp
ut (%)
1 10 MHz R.62 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 9.0 0
16QAM
1/2
2 10 MHz R.84 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 9.3 1bis
16QAM
1/2
8.9.1.1.2 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
8.9.1.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port
one performance with frequency selective precoding.
Table 8.9.1.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
A dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -3 (Note 1)
s dB 0
CodeBookSubsetRestricti 001111
on bitmap
PDSCH transmission 4
mode
Note 1: PB  1 .
subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not
later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the
3GPP
Release 16 1102 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.9.1.1.2.1-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR categor
and Antenna Maximum (dB) y
MCS Configuration Throughput
(%)
64QAM
1/2
A dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -6 (Note 1)
s dB 0
CodeBookSubsetRestricti 000000000000FFFF
on bitmap
mode
Note 1: PB  1 .

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR categor
and Antenna Maximum (dB) y
MCS Configuration Throughput
(%)
64QAM
1/2
3GPP
Release 16 1103 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.9.1.1.2.3 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Ports with CRS
assistance information
The requirements are specified in Table 8.9.1.1.2.3-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.9.1.1.2.3-1. In Table
8.9.1.1.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel
Table 8.9.1.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters

A dB -6 -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 3 3 3
Es / N oc dB N/A 10.45 4.6
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
N/A N/A
bitmap FFFF
Time offset relative to Cell 1 ms N/A 3 -1
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF #n based on PMI
the eNB downlink before SF #(n+4).
3GPP
Release 16 1104 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.9.1.1.2.3-2: Minimum performance for PDSCH

(%) 3)
1 R.93 FDD OP.1 N/A N/A EPA5 4x1 Low 70 16.7 1bis
FDD
8.9.1.1.3 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
8.9.1.1.3.1 Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing
are specified in Table 8.9.1.1.3.1-2 with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.9.1.1.3.1-1 and the downlink physical
channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance on one of the
antenna ports 7 or 8, and to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and
zero transmission power.
3GPP
Release 16 1105 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.9.1.1.3.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with multiple

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
s dB -3
Beamforming model Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.3
Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports 0,1
signals
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,…,18 Antenna ports 15,16
subframe offset Subframes 5/2 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
0 0
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration Subframes 3/ 3/
ICSI-RS / / bitmap 0001000000000000 0001000000000000
Reporting mode N/A PUSCH 3-1
Reporting interval N/A 5
PMI delay (Note 4) N/A 8

CodeBookSubsetRestrictio
N/A 001111
n bitmap
Number of allocated
PRB 6 50
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH
per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random
before SF#(n+4).
Table 8.9.1.1.3.1-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS
configurations
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE DL

number h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR category
t (%)
QPSK 1/3
QPSK 1/3
3GPP
Release 16 1106 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.9.1.1.3.2 Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing with CRS assistance information
The purpose of the test is to verify the single-layer spatial multiplexing TM9 performance under assumption that UE
applies CRS interference mitigation in the scenario with 2 CRS antenna ports in the serving and aggressor cells.

A dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
 dB -3 -3 -3
^
E s /N oc dB N/A 11.75 5.69
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
Antenna ports
15,16
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
3/
0010000000000 N/A N/A
000
bitmap
PDSCH transmission mode TM9 N/A N/A
Frequency
domain: 1 PRG
Time domain: 1
ms
001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
Time offset relative to Cell 1 s N/A 3 -1
% N/A 10 10
occurrence of
interfering cells
3GPP
Release 16 1107 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: PB  1 .
Table 8.9.1.1.3.2-2: Minimum Performance
Propagation
Conditions (Note1)
Matrix and UE
Antenna Cate
Throughput (Note
on (Note 2)
(%) 3)
OP.1
1 R.94 FDD N/A N/A EPA5 2x1 Low 70 11.9 1bis
FDD
E s /N oc ^
8.9.1.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.9.1.2-1 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.9.1.2-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)
Uplink downlink 1
Special subframe 4
Cell ID 0

processes per
component carrier
Maximum number of 4
HARQ transmission
coding sequence {0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
Number of OFDM OFDM symbols 4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and
symbols for PDCCH per 5 MHz bandwidths,
component carrier 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz
bandwidths
Precoder update Frequency domain: 1 PRG
granularity Time domain: 1 ms for Transmission
mode 9
ACK/NACK feedback Multiplexing
mode
3GPP
Release 16 1108 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.9.1.2.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC)
A dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -3 (Note 1)
s dB 0
Note 1: PB  1 .
Test Bandw Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE DL

number idth Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR category
(%)
1 10 MHz R.62 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 8.8 0
16QAM
1/2
2 10 MHz R.84 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 9.5 1bis
16QAM
1/2
3GPP
Release 16 1109 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
s dB 0
bitmap
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will
alternate between 1ms and 4ms.
Table8.9.1.2.2.1-2: Minimum performance Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

number h Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR category
Configuratio Throughput
n (%)
1 10 MHz R.63 TDD OP.1 EPA5 2x1 Low 70 13.1 0
64QAM 1/2 TDD
Table 8.9.1.2.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC(

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
s dB 0
3GPP
Release 16 1110 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

CodeBookSubsetRestriction 000000000000FFF
bitmap F
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will
alternate between 1ms and 4ms.

number h Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR category
n (%)
1 10 MHz R.85 TDD OP.1 EPA5 4x1 Low 70 11.6 1bis
64QAM 1/2 TDD
8.9.1.2.2.3 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Ports with CRS

A dB -6 -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 3 3 3
Es / N oc dB N/A 10.45 4.6
Cell ID 0 1 6
3GPP
Release 16 1111 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
N/A N/A
bitmap FFFF
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
4ms.

(%) 3)
1 R.93 TDD OP.1 N/A N/A EPA5 4x1 Low 70 16.8 1bis
TDD
are specified in Table 8.9.1.2.3.1-2 with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.9.1.2.3.1-1 and the downlink physical
channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify rank-1 performance on one of the
antenna ports 7 or 8, and to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and
zero transmission power.
3GPP
Release 16 1112 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.9.1.2.3.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with multiple

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
s dB -3
signals
Antenna ports 15,
…,18
subframe offset Subframes 5/4 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
1 1
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration Subframes 4/ 4/
ICSI-RS / / bitmap 0010000100000000 0000001000000000
Reporting mode N/A PUSCH 3-1
Reporting interval N/A 5
PMI delay (Note 4) N/A 10

N/A 001111
n bitmap
Number of allocated
PRB 6
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped onto antenna port 7
or 8.
3GPP
Release 16 1113 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.9.1.2.3.1-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous


number h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR category
t (%)
1 10 MHz R.64 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 4.5 0
QPSK 1/3
2 10 MHz R.86 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 2.9 1bis
QPSK 1/3
8.9.1.2.3.2 Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing with CRS assistance information
The purpose of the test is to verify the single-layer spatial multiplexing TM9 performance under assumption that UE
applies CRS interference mitigation in the scenario with 2 CRS antenna ports in the serving and aggressor cells.

A dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
 dB -3 -3 -3
^
E s /N oc dB N/A 11.75 5.69
Cell ID 0 1 128
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
Antenna ports
15,16
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
1 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
4/
0010000000000 N/A N/A
000
bitmap
2 2 2
symbols
PDSCH transmission mode TM9 N/A N/A
3GPP
Release 16 1114 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Frequency
domain: 1 PRG
Time domain: 1
ms
001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
Time offset relative to Cell 1 s N/A 3 -1
% N/A 10 10
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
Propagation
Conditions (Note1)
Matrix and UE
Antenna Cate
Throughput (Note
on (Note 2)
(%) 3)
OP.1
1 R.94 TDD N/A N/A EPA5 2x1 Low 70 11.3 1bis
TDD
E s /N oc ^
8.9.2 PHICH
8.9.2.1 FDD and half-duplex FDD
8.9.2.1.1 Transmit diversity performance
3GPP
Release 16 1115 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference UE DL

number h Channel Pattern Condition configuration and value category
correlation Matrix Pm- SNR
an (dB)
(%)
1 10 MHz R.19 OP.1 EPA5 2 x 1 Low 0.1 8.6 0, 1bis
FDD
8.9.2.2 TDD
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value UE DL

number h Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-an SNR category
and (%) (dB)
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.19 OP.1 EPA5 2 x 1 Low 0.1 8.6 0, 1bis
TDD
8.9.3 PBCH
Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value UE DL

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB) category
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.22 EPA5 2 x 1 Low 1 -1.3 0, 1bis
8.9.3.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1116 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value UE DL

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB) category
and
correlation
Matrix
1 1.4 MHz R.22 EPA5 2 x 1 Low 1 -1.7 0, 1bis
8.9.4 PDCCH/PCFICH

3GPP
Release 16 1117 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
As defined in
Es / N oc dB Table 8.9.4.1.1- 13.91 3.34
2
Cell Id 0 1 6
1 1 1
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A
NA

FDD FDD


3GPP
Release 16 1118 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
As defined in
Es / N oc dB Table 8.9.4.1.2- 13.91 3.34
2
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A
NA

FDD FDD

3GPP
Release 16 1119 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.9.4.2 TDD


PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
0,1 0,1 0,1
As defined in
Es / N oc dB Table 8.9.4.2.1- 13.91 3.34
2
Cell Id 0 1 6
1 1 1
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A
NA
3GPP
Release 16 1120 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

TDD TDD


3GPP
Release 16 1121 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3 -3
OCNG_RA
power PCFICH_RB
OCNG_RB
As defined in
Es / N oc dB Table 8.9.4.2.2- 13.91 3.34
2
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
OFDM symbols
PDSCH TM 4 N/A N/A
NA

TDD TDD

8.10 Demodulation (4 receiver antenna ports)

The performance requirements specified in this clause are valid for 4Rx capable UEs.
3GPP
Release 16 1122 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1 PDSCH
8.10.1.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.10.1.1-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.10.1.1-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD)
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM and
coding sequence
1024QAM
Number of OFDM 5 MHz bandwidths,
OFDM symbols
symbols for PDCCH 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz
Precoder update
granularity
Time domain: 1 ms
Cell_ID 0
8.10.1.1.1 Transmit diversity performance with 2Tx Antenna Ports (Cell-Specific Reference
Symbols)
Table 8.10.1.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with 4 RX Antenna
Ports
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB =1 .
3GPP
Release 16 1123 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.1-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) with 4 RX Antenna Ports

(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 EVA5 2x4 Medium 70 3.9 ≥2
16QAM 1/2 FDD correlation A,
ULA
8.10.1.1.1A Transmit diversity performance wit Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A -

2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM3 interference model
The requirements are specified in Table 8.10.1.1.1A-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.10.1.1.1A-1 and the
one dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 3 interference model defined in clause B.5.2. In Table
8.10.1.1.1A-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is an interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is
according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 1124 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.1A-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference
model
Downlink power allocation ρA dB -3 -3
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1) -3
 dB 0 0
0,1 0,1
DIP (NOTE 2) dB N/A -2.23
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 1
2
Number of control OFDM symbols 2
2
PDSCH transmission mode N/A
N/A As specified in
Interference model
clause B.5.2
Rank 1 % N/A 80
transmission rank in interfering cells
Rank 2 % N/A 20
Reporting interval ms
5 N/A
Reporting mode
PUCCH 1-0 N/A
N/A
5)
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex
2 N/A
NOTE 1:
PB =1
N ´
NOTE 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to oc is
defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.
NOTE 3: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the interfering cell.
NOTE 4: Cell 2 transmission is delayed with respect to Cell 1 by 0.33 ms.
NOTE 5: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and
#6 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe
SF#5 and #0.
3GPP
Release 16 1125 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.1A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3
interference model

Number Channel Pattern Conditions Matrix and Cate
Antenna gory
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Configurati Fraction of SINR
on (NOTE 3) Maximum (dB)
Throughput (NOTE
(%) 2)
FDD
NOTE 1: The propagation conditions for Cell 1 and Cell 2 are statistically independent.
NOTE 2: SINR corresponds to s

E /N ´
NOTE 3: Correlation matrix and antenna configuration parameters apply for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2.
8.10.1.1.2 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with 2Tx Antenna Ports (Cell-Specific
Reference Symbols)
Table 8.10.1.1.2-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) with 4 RX Antenna Ports

ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB =1 .
Table 8.10.1.1.2-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) with 4 RX Antenna Ports
Reference value
Correlation
Bandwidt Propa- Fraction of UE
Test Reference OCNG matrix and
h and gation maximum SNR cate
num channel pattern antenna
MCS condi-tion Throughput (dB) gory
config.
(%)
10 MHz
OP.1
1 16QAM R.11 FDD EVA70 2x4 Low 70 8.0 ≥2
FDD
1/2
8.10.1.1.3 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A -

Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port with TM4 interference model
(Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined
3GPP
Release 16 1126 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
in clause B.5.3. In Table 8.10.1.1.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical
channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.
Table 8.10.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with TM4 interference
model and 4 RX Antenna Ports
ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3
allocation
 dB 0 0
0,1 0,1
dBm/15kHz -98 N/A
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 1
6
As specified in
clause B.5.3
Probability of
Rank 1 % N/A 80
occurrence of
Rank 2 % N/A 20
interfering cells
50
8
PMI delay (Note 4) ms N/A
N/A
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1
N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 1111
N/A
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative
N ´
to oc is defined by its associated DIP value as specified in clause B.5.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1127 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

(FRC) with TM4 interference model and 4 RX Antenna Ports

Number Channel Pattern Conditions Matrix and Cate
and MCS Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Fraction of SINR gory
(Note 3) Throughput (%) (Note 2)
16QAM FDD

E /N ´
8.10.1.1.4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance, Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4

Tx Antenna Port (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
Table 8.10.1.1.4-1: Test Parameters for Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with 4 RX Antenna
Ports

ρA dB -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 3 3

bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000 00000000
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
3GPP
Release 16 1128 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.4-2: Minimum performance Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with 4 RX Antenna
Ports
Reference value DL
Propa- Correlation
Test Bandwid Fraction of UE UE
Referenc OCNG gation matrix and
num th and maximum SNR cate- categ
echannel pattern condi- antenna
. MCS throughput (dB) gory ory
tion config.
(%)
1 10 MHz R.36 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 10.1 ≥2 ≥6
2 10 MHz R.72 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 18.0 11-12 ≥11
256 QAM
3 10MHz R.102 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 27.7 TBD 20, ≥
1024QA FDD 22
M
8.10.1.1.4A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

with 2Tx Antenna Ports
The requirements are specified in Table 8.10.1.1.4A-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.10.1.1.4A-1 and
the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop
rank-two performance with wideband precoding.
Table 8.10.1.1.4A-1: Test Parameters for Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)

A dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -3 (Note 1)
 dB 0
N oc dBm/15kHz -98
at antenna port
bitmap
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance
at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink
SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be
Table 8.10.1.1.4A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing
with TM4 (FRC)

number width Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 2x4 Medium 70 16.8 ≥2
3GPP
Release 16 1129 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.1.5 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A – Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing

with TM9 interference model (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4. In 8.10.1.1.5-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and
Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and
3GPP
Release 16 1130 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.5-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with TM9
interference model and 4 RX Antenna Ports
3GPP
Release 16 1131 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation
 dB -3 -3
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,16 N/A

Subframes 5/2 N/A
0 N/A
configuration
-98 N/A
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126

As specified in
(Note 4, 5)
As specified in
clause B.5.4
occurrence of

N/A
bitmap
No simultaneous
transmission on the
(7 or 8) used for the
input signal under
test
PUSCH(Note 8) N/A
reporting
Note 1:
PB=1
3GPP
Release 16 1132 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.5-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS with TM9

interference model and 4 RX Antenna Ports

Number Channel Pattern Conditions Matrix and Categor
and MCS Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Fraction SINR y
Configurati of (dB)
Throughp
ut (%)
1 R. 76 FDD OP.1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 2x4 Low 70 -3.0 ≥1
QPSK FDD

E /N ´
8.10.1.1.5A Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify closed loop rank
one performance on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 with a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the
serving cell, and to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero
transmission power.
Table 8.10.1.1.5A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with multiple

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3
3GPP
Release 16 1133 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Antenna ports 0,1
signals
subframe offset Subframes 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
3
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes 3/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0001000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS
bitmap
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 4)
PRBs
Number of allocated
PRB 50
Simultaneous
Yes (Note 3, 5)
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9
mode
Number of MBSFN
Subframes NA
subframes
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal is mapped onto the antenna port (7 or 8) not
used for the input signal under test.
Note 5:
n
The two UEs’ scrambling identities SCID are set to 0 for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with
interfering simultaneous transmission test cases.
Table 8.10.1.1.5A-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous


(%)
64QAM 1/2
8.10.1.1.5B Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (With Enhanced DMRS table configured)
requirement is specified in Table 8.10.1.1.5B-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.10.1.1.5B-1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of the test is to verify rank-1 performance on
3GPP
Release 16 1134 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
antenna port 11 with a simultaneous transmission on the antenna port 7, 8 or 13 with DMRS enhancement table and 4
Table 8.10.1.1.5B-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with
interfering simultaneous transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations with Enhanced
DMRS table

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3

TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
3
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
ICSI-RS / bitmap 0001000000000000

PRB 50
blocks (Note 2)
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: The modulation symbols of the signal under test are mapped onto antenna port 11.
Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal are random mapped onto one antenna
port among antenna port 7, 8 and 13. The upadate granularity for randomized
mapping antenna port is 1 PRG in frequency domain and 1ms in time domain.
with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall
be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.

Table 8.10.1.1.5B-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous


(%)
64QAM 1/2
3GPP
Release 16 1135 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.1.6 Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
are specified in Table 8.10.1.1.6-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.10.1.1.6-1 where Cell 1 is the serving
cell and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is set according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose
of these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB allocation, to verify rate matching with multiple CSI
reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power, and to verify that the UE correctly
estimate SNR.
Table 8.10.1.1.6-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple
CSI-RS configurations with 4 RX Antenna Ports
Test 1
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2
ρA dB 0 0
power  dB -3 -3
allocation
PDSCH_RA dB 4 NA
PDSCH_RB dB 4 NA
Cell-specific reference Antenna ports 0 and Antenna ports 0 and
signals 1 1
Cell ID 0 126
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,16 NA

TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 NA
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes 3/
ICSI-RS / NA
/ bitmap 0010000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS
bitmap
-98 NA
15kHz
Table 8.10.1.1.6-2
7.25dB
Symbols for unused

OCNG (Note 2) NA
PRBs
Number of allocated
PRB 50 NA
Simultaneous
No NA
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9 Blanked
mode
Note 1:
PB=1
modulated.
3GPP
Release 16 1136 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.6-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS
configurations and 4 RX Antenna Ports

number and MCS Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Categ
Cell1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Fraction of SNR ory
on Throughput
(%)
1 10 MHz R.51 FDD OP.1 N/A ETU5 ETU5 2x4 Low 70 9.2 ≥2
16QAM 1/2 FDD
The requirements are specified in 8.10.1.1.6A-2, with the addition of the parameters in 8.10.1.1.6A-1 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of this test is to verify rank-two performance for full RB
allocation upon antenna ports 7 and 8.
3GPP
Release 16 1137 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.1.6A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple CSI-RS
configurations

A dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
B dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3
signals and 1
Antenna ports
15,16
RS / ∆CSI-RS

8
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes 3/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0010000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS
bitmap
N oc dBm/15kHz -98
at antenna port
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 2)
PRBs
Number of allocated
PRB 50
Simultaneous
No
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9
mode
Note 1: PB  1
8.10.1.1.6A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) with

multiple CSI-RS configurations

(%)
1 10 MHz R.51 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x4 Medium 70 16.2 ≥2
16QAM 1/2
3GPP
Release 16 1138 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.1.6B Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing with altCQI-Table-1024QAM configured (User-

Specific Reference Symbols)
The requirements are specified in 8.10.1.1.6B-2, with the addition of the parameters in 8.10.1.1.6B-1 and the downlink
physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of this test is to verify rank-two performance for full RB
allocation upon antenna ports 7 and 8.
8.10.1.1.6B-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple CSI-RS
configurations

A dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
B dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3
signals and 1
Antenna ports
15,16, 17, 18
RS / ∆ CSI-RS

3
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes
ICSI-RS / N/A
/ bitmap
ZeroPowerCSI-RS
bitmap
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 2)
PRBs
Number of allocated
PRB 50
Simultaneous
No
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9
mode
Note 1: PB  1
8.10.1.1.6B-2: Minimum performance Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing with altCQI-Table-1024QAM
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE DL

(%)
1 10 MHz R.102 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 29.4 20, ≥ 22
1024QAM FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1139 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.1.7 Open-loop spatial multiplexing, 3 Layer Multiplexing with 4 Tx Antenna Ports

Table 8.10.1.1.7-1: Test parameters for Open Loop spatial multiplexing, 3 Layers with 4 Tx ports and 4
Rx ports

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Antenna
ports
signals
0,1,2,3
-98
15kHz
PDSCH rank 3
bitmap
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Table 8.10.1.1.7-2: Minimum performance Open Loop spatial multiplexing, 3 Layers with 4 Tx ports
and 4 Rx ports

number and MCS Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
(%)
1 10 MHz R.73 FDD OP.1 EVA70 4x4 Low 70 15.1 ≥5
64QAM FDD
8.10.1.1.7A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - Open-loop spatial multiplexing, 3

Layer Multiplexing with 4 Tx Antenna Ports (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
3GPP
Release 16 1140 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.7A-1: Test parameters for Open Loop spatial multiplexing, 3 Layers with 4 Tx ports and
4 Rx ports

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Antenna
ports
signals
1,2,3,4
-98
15kHz
PDSCH rank 3
bitmap
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Table 8.10.1.1.7A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for Open Loop spatial multiplexing,
3 Layers with 4 Tx ports

number and MCS Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
(%)
1 10 MHz R.73-1 OP.1 EVA70 4x4 Medium A 70 22.2 ≥5
16QAM FDD FDD
8.10.1.1.8 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance, 4 Layers spatial multiplexing 4 Tx

antennas (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
3GPP
Release 16 1141 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.8-1: Test parameters for Closed Loop spatial multiplexing, 4 Layers spatial
multiplexing with 4 Tx ports and 4 Rx ports

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
15kHz
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna Ports 0,1,2,3
PDSCH rank 4
PMI delay ms 8
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0xFFFF000000000000
bitmap
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Table 8.10.1.1.8-2: Minimum performance for Closed Loop spatial multiplexing, 4 Layers spatial

number h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor
MCS Antenna Maximum (dB) y
Configuration Throughput (%)
1 10 MHz R.74 FDD OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 14.9 ≥5
16QAM 1/2 FDD
8.10.1.1.9 4 Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
3GPP
Release 16 1142 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.9-1: Minimum performance for 4 Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference
Symbols)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 1a

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3 -3
4 layer precoding based on WB 4 layer precoding based on WB
Beamforming model
PMI feedback PMI feedback
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,…,18 Antenna ports 15,…,18

Subframes 5/2 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference signal configuration 3 3
Subframes 3/ 3/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0001000000000000 0001000000000000

PRB 50 50
(Note 2)
Simultaneous transmission No No
Precoding granularity 50 50
PMI delay 8 8
Reporting interval 1 1
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 False False
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0xFFFF000000000000 0xFFFF000000000000
DMRS OCC length per port 2 4
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0–RB20 and RB30–
RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0.
Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE;
the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK
modulated.
Table 8.10.1.1.9-2: Minimum performance for for 4 Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific
Reference Symbols)

1 10 MHz R.75 FDD OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 18.4 ≥5
16QAM FDD
1a 10MHz R.75A OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 [17.4] ≥5
16QAM FDD FDD
NOTE: For a UE supporting TM9 rank3/4 transmission based on DMRS OCC length 4, Test 1a will be run and Test 1
will be skipped. Otherwise, Test 1a is not applicable and only Test 1 will be run.
3GPP
Release 16 1143 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.1.9A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - 4 Layer Spatial Multiplexing

(User-Specific Reference Symbols)
Table 8.10.1.1.9A-1: Minimum performance for 4 Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference
Symbols)

ρA dB 0
 dB -3

Subframes 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Subframes 3/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0001000000000000

PRB 50
(Note 2)
PMI delay 8
Reporting interval 1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0xFFFF000000000000
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 and 41 resource
blocks (RB0–RB20 and RB30–RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0.
Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual
UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG
PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.
3GPP
Release 16 1144 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Symbols)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.75 FDD OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Medium A 70 18.2 ≥5
16QAM FDD Xpol
8.10.1.1.10 Closed loop spatial multiplexing performance - Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

2 Tx Antenna Port with CRS assistance information (Cell-Specific Reference
Symbols)
The requirements are specified in Table 8.10.1.1.10-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.10.1.1.10-1. In Table
8.10.1.1.10-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The downlink physical channel

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 0 0 0
3GPP
Release 16 1145 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Reference
8.10.1.1.10-2
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
Table 8.10.1.1.10-2: Minimum Performance for PDSCH

(%) 3)
1 R.35 FDD OP.1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x4 low 70 11.1 ≥2
FDD

Symbols)
8.10.1.1.11-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup is
3GPP
Release 16 1146 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] is provided to
the UE and includes information on Cell 2.
CRS interference mitigation in the scenario with 4 CRS antenna ports in the serving and aggressor cell.

A dB -6 -6
Downlink power
B dB -6 (Note 1) -6 (Note 1)
allocation
s dB 3 3

-98 N/A
15kHz
Reference Value in
Es / N oc dB 10.45
Table 8.10.1.1.11-2
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 1
Number of control OFDM symbols
2 2
(CFI)
Precoding granularity PRB 50 N/A
PMI delay (Note 2) ms 8 N/A
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 000000000000FFFF N/A
Time Offset relative to Cell 1 ms N/A 3
Frequency shift relative to Cell 1 Hz N/A 300
As specified in clause
B.5.3
% N/A 20
Probability of Rank 1 % N/A 80
occurrence of
transmission rank in Rank 2 % N/A 20
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .

on (Note 2) Throughput (Note 3)
(%)
3GPP
Release 16 1147 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
1 R.36-1 OP.1 FDD N/A EVA5 EVA5 4x4 low 70 9.3 ≥2

FDD

with CRS assistance information (User-Specific Reference Symbols)

A dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
s dB -3 -3 -3
3GPP
Release 16 1148 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Reference
8.10.1.1.12-2
Cell ID 0 1 6
Antenna ports
15,16
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
3/
001000000000 N/A N/A
0000
bitmap
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
Frequency
domain: 50
Precoding granularity PRB PRB N/A N/A
Time domain: 1
ms
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .

(%) 3)
1 R.X FDD OP.1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x4 low 70 12.3 ≥2
FDD
Es / N oc ^
E s / N oc ^
3GPP
Release 16 1149 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.1.13 Performance requirements for DCI format 2D and non Quasi Co-located Antenna
Ports
8.10.1.1.13.1 Minimum requirements for QCL Type C and 3 Layers Spatial Multiplexing
The requirements are specified in Table 8.10.1.1.13.1-3, with the additional parameters in Table 8.10.1.1.13.1-1 and
Table 8.10.1.1.13.1-2. The purpose of this test is to verify the UE capability of supporting non quasi-colocated antenna
ports when the UE receives DCI format 2D in a scenario with non-coherent joint transmission from two transmission
points. The test verifies that the UE configured with quasi co-location type C performs correct tracking and
compensation of the frequency and time difference between two transmission points, channel parameters estimation,
channel estimation and rate matching behaviour according to the ‘PDSCH RE Mapping and Quasi-Co-Location
Indicator’ signalling defined in [6]. In Table 8.10.1.1.13.1-1, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting
PDCCH, synchronization signals, PBCH and PDSCH, and transmission point 2 (TP 2) has different Cell ID and
transmits PDSCH. In the test the PDSCH is transmitted from TP 1 and TP 2. The downlink physical channel setup for
TP 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for TP 2 according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1150 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
s dB -3 -3
Beamforming model
(rank 2) (rank 1)
Antenna ports
CSI reference signals 0
{15,16,17,18}
Subframes 5/2
Antenna ports
{15,16,17,18}
Subframes 5/2
Es / N oc dB SNR1 SNR2 = SNR1-3dB
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 126
2 2
PDSCH start

Type C, ‘00’
Note 1:
PB=1
2)
3GPP
Release 16 1151 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.13.1-2: Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set

each PQI Set
co-location)
CSI-RS 1 for CW1
Table 8.10.1.1.13.1-3: Performance Requirements

(Note1) Antenna
Throughput (Note 3)
(%)
FDD FDD DD DD

3GPP
Release 16 1152 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
s dB -3 -3
Beamforming model
(rank 2) (rank 2)
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1,2,3 Antenna ports 0,1,2,3
Antenna ports
{15,16,17,18}
Subframes 5/2
Antenna ports
{15,16,17,18}
Subframes 5/2
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 126
2 2
PDSCH start

Type C, ‘00’
Note 1:
PB=1
2)
3GPP
Release 16 1153 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

each PQI Set
co-location)
CSI-RS 1 for CW2

(Note1) Antenna
Throughput (Note 3)
(%)
0 0 DD DD
FDD FDD

8.10.1.1.14 HST-SFN performance
8.10.1.1.14.1 Minimum Requirement for Rel-16 further enhanced HST
The requirements are specified in Table 8.10.1.1.14.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.10.1.1.14.1-1
and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of this test is to verify UE performance
in the HST-SFN-500 scenario. The test for HST-SFN-500 scenario defined in B.3B is applied when
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2-r16 [7] is received.
Table 8.10.1.1.14.1-1: Test Parameters for UE performance in HST-SFN-500 scenario (FRC)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB =1 .
3GPP
Release 16 1154 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.1.14.1-2: Minimum performance UE in HST-SFN-500 scenario (FRC)

Antenna of (dB)
Throughp
ut (%)
1 NOTE 2 10 MHz R.87-1 FDD OP.1 FDD HST-SFN- 2x4 70 6.8 ≥1
500

Uplink downlink
1
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM, 256QAM and
coding sequence
1024QAM
OFDM symbols
Precoder update
granularity
Time domain: 1 ms
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
3GPP
Release 16 1155 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Symbols)
The requirements are specified in Table 8. 10.1.2.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8. 10.1.2.1-1 and the
Table 8.10.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with 4Rx Antenna Ports
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Note 1: PB  1
Table 8.10.1.2.1-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) with 4Rx Antenna Ports

2x4 Medium
10 MHz OP.1
1 R.11 TDD EVA5 correlation A, 70 3.9 ≥2
16QAM 1/2 TDD
ULA
8.10.1.2.1A Transmit diversity performance with Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A

– 2 Tx Antenna Ports with TM3 interference model
The requirements are specified in Table 8.10.1.2.1A-2, with the addition of parameters in Table 8.10.1.2.1A-1 and the
one dominant interfering cells applying transmission mode 3 interference model defined in clause B.5.2. In Table
8.10.1.2.1A-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2, 3 are interfering cells. The downlink physical channel setup is
3GPP
Release 16 1156 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.1A-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with TM3 interference
model

ρA dB -3 -3
 dB 0 0
0,1 0,1
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 1
N/A As specified in
Interference model
clause B.5.2
Probability of occurrence of Rank 1 % N/A 80
Rank 2 % N/A 20
interfering cells
N/A
5)
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 4: The cells are time-synchronous.
3GPP
Release 16 1157 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.1A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Transmit Diversity (FRC) with TM3
interference model

Number Channel Pattern Conditions Matrix and Categ
Antenna ory
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Configurati Fraction of SINR
on (Note 3) Maximum (dB)
Throughput (Note
(%) 2)
TDD

E /N ´
8.10.1.2.2 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with 2Tx Antenna Ports (Cell-
Table 8.10.1.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) with 4Rx Antenna Ports
ρA -3
dB
Downlink power -3 (Note 1)
ρB dB
allocation
 dB 0
Note 1:
PB=1
Table 8.10.1.2.2-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) with 4Rx Antenna Ports
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

num and MCS Channel Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Cate
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x4 Low 70 7.7 ≥2
16QAM 1/2 TDD TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1158 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.2.3 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A -

Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port with TM4 interference model
in clause B.5.3. In Table 8.10.1.2.3-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cells. The downlink
physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively.
model and 4Rx Antenna Ports

ρA dB -3 -3
 dB 0 0
Antenna ports
0,1
dBm/15kHz -98 N/A

BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 1
B.5.3
Rank 2 % N/A 20
interfering cells
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 1111 N/A
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2:
N ´
The respective received power spectral density of each interfering cell relative to oc is
3GPP
Release 16 1159 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.3-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing

(FRC) with TM4 interference model and 4Rx Antenna Ports

and MCS Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Fraction of SINR gory
(%) 2)
16QAM TDD

E /N ´
8.10.1.2.4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance, Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4

Tx Antenna Ports (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
Table 8.10.1.2.4-1: Test Parameters for Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with 4Rx Antenna Ports

ρA dB -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
 dB 3 3

ACK/NACK feedback mode Bundling Bundling
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000 00000000
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval will alternate between 1ms and 4ms.
3GPP
Release 16 1160 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.4-2: Minimum performance Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) with 4Rx Antenna
Ports
Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE DL UE

h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Categor category
(%)
1 10 MHz R.36 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 10.4 ≥2 ≥6
64 QAM
2 10 MHz R.72 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 17.5 11-12 ≥11
256QAM
3 10MHz R.102 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 28.6 TBD 20, ≥ 22
1024QAM

with 2Tx Antenna Ports
rank-two performance with wideband precoding.
Table 8.10.1.2.4A-1: Test Parameters for Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC)
A dB -3
Downlink power
B dB -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0

bitmap
Note 1: PB  1 .
subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be
Note 3: For Uplink - downlink configuration 1 the reporting interval
will alternate between 1ms and 4ms.
3GPP
Release 16 1161 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.4A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing
(FRC)

t (%)
1 10 MHz R.11-1 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU70 2x4 Medium 70 16.9 ≥2
8.10.1.2.5 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A – Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing

with TM9 interference model (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify closed-loop rank one
applying transmission mode 9 interference model defined in clause B.5.4. In 8.10.1.2.5-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and
Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1and
3GPP
Release 16 1162 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
interference model and 4Rx Antenna Ports
3GPP
Release 16 1163 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation
 dB -3 -3

Subframes 5/4 N/A
0 N/A
configuration
-98 N/A
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126

As specified in
(Note 4, 5)
As specified in
clause B.5.4
occurrence of

N/A
bitmap
No simultaneous
transmission on the
the input signal
under test
PUSCH(Note 8) N/A
reporting
Note 1:
PB=1
3GPP
Release 16 1164 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.5-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS with TM9

interference model and 4Rx Antenna Ports

Number Channel Pattern Conditions Matrix and Categ
and MCS Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Fraction of SINR ory
(%)
QPSK TDD

E /N ´
8.10.1.2.5A Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (with multiple CSI-RS configurations)
the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify closed loop rank
one performance on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 with a simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the
serving cell, and to verify rate matching with multiple CSI reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero
transmission power.
Table 8.10.1.2.5A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with multiple

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3
3GPP
Release 16 1165 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Antenna ports 0,1
signals

subframe offset Subframes 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
3
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes 4/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0010000000000000
ZeroPowerCSI-RS
bitmap
-98
15kHz
Symbols for unused
OCNG (Note 4)
PRBs
Number of allocated
PRB 50
Simultaneous
Yes (Note 3, 5)
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9
mode
Number of MBSFN
Subframes NA
subframes
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 3: Modulation symbols of an interference signal is mapped onto the antenna port (7 or 8) not
used for the input signal under test.
Note 5:
n
The two UEs’ scrambling identities SCID are set to 0 for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with
interfering simultaneous transmission test cases.
Table 8.10.1.2.5A-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous


(%)
64QAM 1/2
Table 8.10.1.2.5A-3: Void
3GPP
Release 16 1166 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.2.5B Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing (With Enhanced DMRS table configured)
requirement is specified in Table 8.10.1.2.5B -2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.10.1.2.5B -1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of the test is to verify rank-1 performance on
antenna port 11 with a simultaneous transmission on the antenna port 7, 8 or 13 with DMRS enhancement table and 4
Table 8.10.1.2.5B-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer) with
interfering simultaneous transmission (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS configurations with Enhanced
DMRS table

ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3

TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
3
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
ICSI-RS / bitmap 0010000000000000

PRB 50
blocks (Note 2)
Note 1:
PB=1 .
antenna port 11.

3GPP
Release 16 1167 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.5B-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with interfering simultaneous


(%)
64QAM 1/2
8.10.1.2.6 Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
are specified in Table 8.10.1.2.6-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.10.1.2.6-1 where Cell 1 is the serving
cell and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is set according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose
of these tests is to verify the rank-2 performance for full RB allocation, to verify rate matching with multiple CSI
reference symbol configurations with non-zero and zero transmission power, and to verify that the UE correctly
estimate SNR.
3GPP
Release 16 1168 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.6-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple
CSI-RS configurations and 4Rx Antenna Ports
Test 1
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2
ρA dB 0 0
power  dB -3 -3
allocation
PDSCH_RA dB 4 NA
PDSCH_RB dB 4 NA
signals and 1
Cell ID 0 126
Antenna ports
CSI reference signals NA
15,16
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 NA
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration 4/
Subframes
ICSI-RS / 001000000000000 NA
/ bitmap
ZeroPowerCSI-RS 0
bitmap
-98 NA
15kHz
Table 8.10.1.2.6-2
7.25dB
Symbols for unused

OCNG (Note 2) NA
PRBs
Number of allocated
PRB 50 NA
Simultaneous
No NA
transmission
PDSCH transmission
9 Blanked
mode
Note 1:
PB=1
modulated.
3GPP
Release 16 1169 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.6-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC) with multiple CSI-RS
configurations

number and MCS Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Cate
on Throughput (%)
1 10 MHz R.51 TDD OP.1 N/A ETU5 ETU5 2x4 Low 70 9.5 ≥2
16QAM 1/2 TDD
the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the rank-two
Table 8.10.1.2.6A-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer)

Downlink A dB 0
power B dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation dB -3

symbols port 1
Beamforming
Annex B.4.3
model
N oc
at antenna dBm/15kHz -98
port
Symbols for OCNG
Number of
allocated PRB 50
resource blocks
Reporting
PUSCH 3-1
mode
PDSCH
transmission 9
mode
Note 1: PB  1 .
3GPP
Release 16 1170 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.6A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC)

(%)
16QAM 1/2
8.10.1.2.6B Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing with altCQI-Table-1024QAM configured (User-

The requirements are specified in Table 8.10.1.2.6B-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.10.1.2.6B-1 and
the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of these tests is to verify the rank-two
3GPP
Release 16 1171 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.6B-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (dual layer) with multiple

Downlink A dB 0
allocation dB -3

symbols port 1
CSI reference Antenna ports
signals 15,16, 17, 18
Beamforming
Annex B.4.3
model
CSI-RS
periodicity and
Subframes 5/4
subframe offset
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference
signal 3
configuration
Zero-power
CSI-RS
configuration
Subframes / bitmap N/A
ICSI-RS /
ZeroPowerCSI-
RS bitmap
N oc
at antenna dBm/15kHz -98
port
Symbols for OCNG
Number of
allocated PRB 50
resource blocks
Reporting
PUSCH 3-1
mode
PDSCH
transmission 9
mode
Note 1: PB  1 .
Table 8.10.1.2.6B-2: Minimum performance Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing with altCQI-Table-

1024QAM
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE DL

(%)
1 10 MHz R.102 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 29.0 20, ≥ 22
1024QAM TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1172 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.2.7 Open-loop spatial multiplexing, 3 Layer Multiplexing with 4 Tx Antenna Ports

Table 8.10.1.2.7-1: Test parameters for Open Loop spatial multiplexing, 3 Layers with 4 Tx ports and 4
Rx ports
Parameter Unit
ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Antenna Ports
0,1,2,3
PDSCH rank 3
bitmap
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Table 8.10.1.2.7-2: Minimum performance Open Loop spatial multiplexing, 3 Layers with 4 Tx ports
and 4 Rx ports

(%)
64QAM TDD
8.10.1.2.7A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - Open-loop spatial multiplexing, 3

Layer Multiplexing with 4 Tx Antenna Ports (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
3GPP
Release 16 1173 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.7A-1: Test parameters for Open Loop spatial multiplexing, 3 Layers with 4 Tx ports and
4 Rx ports
Parameter Unit
ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Antenna Ports
0,1,2,3
PDSCH rank 3
bitmap
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Table 8.10.1.2.7A-2: Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C for Open Loop spatial multiplexing,
3 Layers with 4 Tx ports

(%)
1 10 MHz R.73-1 OP.1 EVA70 4x4 medium A 70 22.2 ≥5
16QAM TDD TDD
8.10.1.2.8 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance, 4 Layers spatial multiplexing 4 Tx

antennas
3GPP
Release 16 1174 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.8-1: Test parameters for Closed Loop spatial multiplexing, 4 Layers spatial

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
15kHz
PDSCH rank 4
PMI delay ms 10 or 11
Reporting interval ms 1 or 4
bitmap
Uplink-Downlink Configuration 1
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Table 8.10.1.2.8-2: Minimum performance for Closed Loop spatial multiplexing, 4 Layers spatial

(%)
1 10 MHz R.74 TDD OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 14.4 ≥5
16QAM 1/2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1175 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Symbols)

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3 -3
4 layer precoding based on WB 4 layer precoding based on WB
Beamforming model
PMI feedback PMI feedback
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,…,18 Antenna ports 15,…,18

Subframes 5/4 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI reference signal configuration 3 3
Subframes 4/ 4/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0010000000000000 0010000000000000

PRB 50 50
(Note 2)
Simultaneous transmission No No
Precoding granularity 50 50
PMI delay 10 or 11 10 or 11
Reporting interval 1 or 4 1 or 4
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4TX-r12 False False
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0xFFFF000000000000 0xFFFF000000000000
DMRS OCC length per port 2 4
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4, 9 and 41 resource blocks (RB0–RB20 and RB30–RB49) are
allocated in sub-frame 0,1 and 6.
Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual UE;
the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK
modulated.
Reference Symbols)

number h amd Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
(%)
1 10 MHz R.75 TDD OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 19.0 ≥5
16QAM TDD
1a 10MHz R.75A OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 [18.0] ≥5
16QAM TDD TDD
NOTE: For a UE supporting TM9 rank3/4 transmission based on DMRS OCC length 4, Test 1a will be run and Test 1 will be
skipped. Otherwise, Test 1a is not applicable and only Test 1 will be run.
3GPP
Release 16 1176 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.2.9A Enhanced Performance Requirement Type C - 4 Layer Spatial Multiplexing

Symbols)

ρA dB 0
 dB -3
Beamforming model Annex B.4.3 (Note 4, 5)

Subframes 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Subframes 4/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0010000000000000

PRB 50
(Note 2)
PMI delay 10 or 11
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0xFFFF000000000000
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4, 9 and 41 resource blocks
(RB0–RB20 and RB30–RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0,1 and 6.
3GPP
Release 16 1177 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Symbols)

(%)
1 10 MHz R.75 TDD OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Medium A 70 18.1 ≥5
16QAM TDD Xpol

Symbols)

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 0 0 0
3GPP
Release 16 1178 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Reference
8.10.1.2.10-2
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
4ms.

(%) 3)
1 R.35 TDD OP.1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x4 low 70 11.2 ≥2
TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1179 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Symbols)
8.10.1.2.11-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup is
according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell 2, respectively. The CRS assistance information [7] is provided to
the UE and includes information on Cell 2.
CRS interference mitigation in the scenario with 4 CRS antenna ports in the serving and aggressor cell.

A dB -6 -6
Downlink power
B dB -6 (Note 1) -6 (Note 1)
allocation
s dB 3 3

-98 N/A
15kHz
Reference Value in
Es / N oc dB 10.45
Table 8.10.1.2.11-2
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 1
Number of control OFDM symbols
2 2
(CFI)
Precoding granularity PRB 50 N/A
Reporting interval ms 1 or 4 (Note 3) N/A
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 000000000000FFFF N/A
Time Offset relative to Cell 1 ms N/A 3
B.5.3
% N/A 20
Probability of Rank 1 % N/A 80
occurrence of
transmission rank in Rank 2 % N/A 20
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
4ms.
3GPP
Release 16 1180 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

(%)
1 R.36-1 OP.1 TDD N/A EVA5 EVA5 4x4 low 70 9.8 ≥2
TDD

with CRS assistance information (User-Specific Reference Symbols)

A dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
s dB -3 -3 -3
3GPP
Release 16 1181 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Reference
8.10.1.2.12-2
Cell ID 0 1 6
Antenna ports
15,16
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
8 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
4
/00100000000 N/A N/A
00000
bitmap
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
Frequency
domain: 50
Precoding granularity PRB PRB N/A N/A
Time domain: 1
ms
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .

(%) 3)
1 R.X TDD OP.1 N/A N/A EVA5 EVA5 EVA5 2x4 low 70 12.0 ≥2
TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1182 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.1.2.13 Performance requirements for DCI format 2D and non Quasi Co-located Antenna
Ports
3GPP
Release 16 1183 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation
s dB -3 -3
Beamforming model
(rank 2) (rank 1)
Antenna ports
{15,16,17,18}
Subframes 5/4
Antenna ports
{15,16,17,18}
Subframes 5/4
Es / N oc dB SNR1 SNR2 = SNR1-3dB
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 126
2 2
PDSCH start

Type C, ‘00’
Note 1:
PB=1
2)
3GPP
Release 16 1184 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

each PQI Set
co-location)
CSI-RS 1 for CW1

(Note1) Antenna
Throughput (Note 3)
(%)
1 R.98 R.99 OP.1T OP.1T EPA5 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 11.1 ≥2
TDD TDD DD DD

3GPP
Release 16 1185 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation
s dB -3 -3
Beamforming model
(rank 2) (rank 2)
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1,2,3 Antenna ports 0,1,2,3
Antenna ports
{15,16,17,18}
Subframes 5/4
Antenna ports
{15,16,17,18}
Subframes 5/4
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 126
2 2
PDSCH start

Type C, ‘00’
Note 1:
PB=1
2)
3GPP
Release 16 1186 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

each PQI Set
co-location)
CSI-RS 1 for CW2

(Note1) Antenna
Throughput (Note 3)
(%)
1 R.10 R.10 OP.1T OP.1T EPA5 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 15.4 ≥2
0 0 DD DD
TDD TDD

8.10.1.2.14 HST-SFN performance
8.10.1.2.14.1 Minimum Requirement for Rel-16 further enhanced HST
The requirements are specified in Table 8.10.1.2.14-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.10.1.2.14-1 and
the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose of this test is to verify UE performance in
the HST-SFN-500 scenario. The test for HST-SFN-500 scenario defined in B.3B is applied when
highSpeedEnhDemodFlag2-r16 [7] is received.
Table 8.10.1.2.14-1: Void
Table 8.10.1.2.14-2: Void
NOTE: Table 8.10.1.2.14-1 and Table 8.10.1.2.14-2 are moved to subclause 8.10.1.2.14.1 as Table 8.10.1.2.14.1-
1 and Table 8.10.1.2.14.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1187 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.1.2.14.1-1: Test Parameters for UE performance in HST-SFN-500 scenario (FRC)
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (NOTE 1)
allocation
 dB 0
NOTE 1:
PB =1 .
Table 8.10.1.2.14.1-2: Minimum performance UE in HST-SFN-500 scenario (FRC)

Antenna of (dB)
Throughp
ut (%)
1 NOTE 2 10 MHz R.87-1 TDD OP.1 TDD HST-SFN- 2x4 70 6.8 ≥1
500
NOTE 1: Test case applicability is defined in 8.1.2.1 and 8.1.2.6.
8.10.2 PDCCH/PCFICH
8.10.2.1 FDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.10.2.1-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.10.2.1-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH with 4 Rx Antenna Ports

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Unused RE-s and PRB-s (Note 2) OCNG OCNG
Cell ID 0 0
ρA dB 0 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 -3
 dB 0 0

Note 1: according to Clause 6.9 in TS 36.211 [4].
Note 2: PDSCH is mapped as OCNG.
3GPP
Release 16 1188 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.2.1.1 Single-antenna port performance
For the parameters specified in Table 8.10.2.1-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-
dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.10.2.1.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex
C.3.2.
Table 8.10.2.1.1-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH with 4Rx Antenna ports
Test Bandwidth Aggregatio Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference

number n level Channel Pattern Condition configuration and value
correlation Matrix Pm- SNR
dsg (dB)
(%)
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU70 1x4 Low 1 -5.4
8.10.2.1.2 Transmit diversity performance with 2 Tx Antenna Ports
dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8. 10.2.1.2-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex
C.3.2.
Table 8.10.2.1.2-1: Minimum performance PDCCH/PCFICH with 4 Rx Antenna Ports
Test Bandwidth Aggregatio Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference

numbe n level Channel Pattern Condition configuration value
r and correlation Pm- SNR
Matrix dsg (dB)
(%)
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 4 Low 1 -3.5
C.3.2.

Matrix
1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 4 Medium A 1 -0.4
Xpol

For the parameters specified in Table 8.10.2.1.4-1, the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-
dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.10.2.1.4-2. In Table 8.10.2.1.4-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2
3GPP
Release 16 1189 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell,
respectively.

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink PHICH_RA dB -3 N/A
power PCFICH_RB
allocation PDCCH_RB dB -3 -3
OCNG_RB
PHICH_RB dB -3 N/A
As defined in
Es / N oc dB Table 13.91
8.10.2.1.4-2
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 1
2 2
OFDM symbols
CFI indicated in PCFICH 2 2
PHICH Ng (Note 1) 1/6 N/A
PHICH duration Normal N/A
PDSCH TM 4 N/A
Interference model As specified in
NA
clause B.7.1
Time Offset relative to Cell 1 s N/A 2
Note 2: For Cell 2 unused RE-s and PRB-s do not include control region REs.
Table 8.10.2.1.4-2: Minimum Performance for PDCCH/PCFICH for Enhanced Downlink Control
Channel Performance Requirement Type A

(Note 1) Cell 1 Cell 2 and Correlation Pm-dsg SNR (dB)
1 1 CCE R.17-2 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 4x4 Low 1 16.5
FDD FDD
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for Cell 1 and Cell 2.

3GPP
Release 16 1190 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.2.2 TDD
Table 8.10.2.2-1: Test Parameters for PDCCH/PCFICH

Parameter Unit
port diversity
0 0
(Note 1)
4
(Note 2)
Cell ID 0 0
ρA dB 0 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 -3
 dB 0 0

Note 4: PDSCH is mapped as OCNG.
8.10.2.2.1 Single-antenna port performance
C.3.2.
Test Bandwidt Aggregation Referenc OCNG Propagati Antenna Reference value

numbe h level e Pattern on configuratio Pm-dsg SNR (dB)
r Channel Condition n and (%)
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz 8 CCE R.15 OP.1 TDD ETU70 1x4 Low 1 -4.7
TDD
C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1191 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwidt Aggregation Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value

number h level Channel Pattern Condition configuration and Pm- SNR
correlation Matrix dsg (dB)
(%)
1 10 MHz 4 CCE R.16 TDD OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 4 Low 1 -3.2
C.3.2.

Matrix
1 5 MHz 2 CCE R.17 TDD OP.1 EPA5 4 x 4 Medium A 1 0.0
TDD Xpol

For the parameters specified in Table 8.10.2.2.4-1, the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-
dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.10.2.2.4-2. In Table 8.10.2.2.4-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2
is the aggressor cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell 1 and Cell,
respectively.
3GPP
Release 16 1192 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDCCH_RA
dB -3 -3
OCNG_RA
Downlink PHICH_RA dB -3 N/A
power PCFICH_RB
allocation PDCCH_RB dB -3 -3
OCNG_RB
PHICH_RB dB -3 N/A
As defined in
Es / N oc dB Table 13.91
8.10.2.1.4-2
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell ID 0 1
UL/DL Configuration 0 0
Special Subframe Configuration 4 4
2
OFDM symbols
CFI indicated in PCFICH 2
PHICH Ng (Note 1) 1/6 N/A
PHICH duration Normal N/A
PDSCH TM 4 N/A
Interference model As specified in
NA
clause B.7.1
Time Offset relative to Cell 1 s N/A 2
Note 2: For Cell 2 unused RE-s and PRB-s do not include control region REs.
Table 8.10.2.1.4-2: Minimum Performance for PDCCH/PCFICH for Enhanced Downlink Control
Channel Performance Requirement Type A

(Note 1) Cell 1 Cell 2 and Correlation Pm-dsg SNR (dB)
1 1 CCE R.17-2 OP.1 EPA5 EPA5 4x4 Low 1 17.9
TDD TDD
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for Cell 1 and Cell 2.

8.10.3 PHICH
The receiver characteristics of the PHICH are determined by the probability of miss-detecting an ACK for a NACK
(Pm-an). It is assumed that there is no bias applied to the detection of ACK and NACK (zero-threshold delection).
3GPP
Release 16 1193 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.3.1 FDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.10.3.1-1 are valid for all FDD tests with 4Rx unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.10.3.1-1: Test Parameters for PHICH with 4 Rx Antenna Ports

Parameter Unit
port diversity
ρA dB 0 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 -3
 dB 0 0
PDCCH Content proper information aligned with A.3.6.
DL Grant: Note 2
Cell ID 0 0
Note 2: Reference measurement channel R.15 FDD for Single Tx Antenna 8.10.3.1.1,
R15-2 FDD for Transmit Diversity with 2Tx Antenna Port 8.10.3.1.2, R17 FDD for
Transmit diversity with 4Tx Antenna Port 8.10.3.1.3, according to Table A.3.5.1-1
with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1
for the serving cell.
8.10.3.1.1 Single Tx Antenna Port performance
For the parameters specified in Table 8.10.3.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting ACK for NACK (Pm-an)
shall be below the specified value in Table 8.10.3.1.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex
C.3.2.
Table 8.10.3.1.1-1: Minimum performance PHICH with 4 Rx Antenna Ports

and
correlation
Matrix
C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1194 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.19 OP.1 FDD EVA70 2 x 4 Low 0.1 0.6
shall be below the specified value in Table 8 .10.3.1.3-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex
C.3.2.

and
correlation
Matrix
1 5 MHz R.20 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4 x 4 Medium 0.1 0.1
correlation A,
Cross polarized
8.10.3.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.10.3.2-1 are valid for all TDD tests with 4 Rx unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1195 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.3.2-1: Test Parameters for PHICH with 4 Rx Antenna Ports

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Uplink downlink configuration (Note
1 1
1)
4 4
(Note 2)
ρA dB 0 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 -3
 dB 0 0
PDCCH Content proper information aligned with A.3.6.
DL Grant: Note 4
Cell ID 0 0
Note 4: Reference measurement channel R.15 TDD for Single Tx Antenna 8.10.3.2.1,
R15-2 TDD for Transmit Diversity with 2Tx Antenna Port 8.10.3.2.2, R17 TDD for
Transmit diversity with 4Tx Antenna Port 8.10.3.2.3, according to Table A.3.5.2-1
with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1
for the serving cell
8.10.3.2.1 Single Tx Antenna Port performance
C.3.2.

and
correlation
Matrix
C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1196 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

and
correlation
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.19 OP.1 TDD EVA70 2 x 4 Low 0.1 0.9
C.3.2.

and
correlation
Matrix
1 5 MHz R.20 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4 x 4 Medium 0.1 0.3
cotrrelation A,
Cross polarized
8.10.4 ePDCCH
The receiver characteristics of the EPDCCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the Downlink
Scheduling Grant (Pm-dsg). For the distributed transmission tests in 8.10.4.1, EPDCCH and PCFICH are tested jointly,
i.e. a miss detection of PCFICH implies a miss detection of EPDCCH. For other tests, EPDCCH and PCFICH are not
tested jointly.
8.10.4.1 Distributed Transmission with 4Rx
8.10.4.1.1 FDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.10.4.1.1-1 are valid for all FDD distributed EPDCCH test with 4Rx unless
otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1197 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.4.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Distributed EPDCCH with 4Rx

Cell ID 0
ρA dB -3
allocation  dB 0
δ dB 3
15kHz
PRB 1
ms 1
4 (1st Set)
8 (2nd Set)
PDSCH TM TM3
DCI Format 2A
configured.
For the parameters specified in Table 8.10.4.1.1-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-
C.3.2.
Table 8.10.4.1.1-2: Minimum performance Distributed EPDCCH with 4Rx Antenna ports

Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 ECCE R.55 FDD OP.7 FDD EVA5 2 x 4 Low 1 -0.7
8.10.4.1.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.10.4.1.2-1 are valid for all TDD distributed EPDCCH tests with 4Rx unless
otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1198 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.4.1.2-1: Test Parameters for Distributed EPDCCH with 4Rx

Cell ID 0
ρA dB -3
allocation  dB 0
δ dB 3
15kHz
PRB 1
ms 1
4 (1st Set)
8 (2nd Set)
PDSCH TM TM3
DCI Format 2A
configured.
Note 3: Demodulation performance is averaged over normal and
special subframe.
C.3.2.
Table 8.10.4.1.2-2: Minimum performance Distributed EPDCCH with 4Rx Antenna ports

Matrix
1 10 MHz 4 ECCE R.55 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA5 2 x 4 Low 1 -0.7
2 10 MHZ 16 ECCE R.56 TDD OP.7 TDD EVA70 2 x 4 Low 1 -5.8
3GPP
Release 16 1199 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.10.4.2 Localized Transmission with TM9 and 4Rx
8.10.4.2.1 FDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.10.4.2.1-1 are valid for all FDD TM9 localized ePDCCH tests with 4Rx unless
otherwise stated.
Table 8.10.4.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Localized EPDCCH with TM9 and 4Rx

Cell ID 0
ρA dB 0
Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB -3
dB 0

-98
15kHz
PRB 1
ms 1
0
configuration
2
2
RS

EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring pattern 1111111110 1111111101 1111111011
subframePatternConfig-r11 1111110111 (Note 3)
PDSCH TM TM9
set to 1.
for all tests.
parameters specified in Table 8.10.4.2.1-1 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall
be below the specified value in Table 8.10.4.2.1-2. EPDCCH subframe monitoring is configured and the subframe
monitoring requirement in EPDCCH restricted subframes is statDTX of 99.9%.
3GPP
Release 16 1200 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.10.4.2.1-2: Minimum performance Localized EPDCCH with TM9 and 4Rx Antenna ports

Matrix
8.10.4.2.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.10.4.2.2-1 are valid for all TDD TM9 localized ePDCCH tests unless otherwise
stated.
Table 8.10.4.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Localized EPDCCH with TM9 and 4Rx

EPDCCH starting symbol symbols 2 (Note 1)
Cell ID 0
ρA dB 0
Downlink power dB 0
allocation dB -3
dB 0

15kHz
PRB 1
ms 1
0
configuration
0
0
RS

1100011000 1100010000 1100011000
EPDCCH Subframe Monitoring pattern
1100001000 1100011000 1000011000
subframePatternConfig-r11
1100011000 (Note 3)
PDSCH TM TM9
set to 1.
for all tests.
Note 4: Demodulation performance is averaged over normal and special subframe.
3GPP
Release 16 1201 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.10.4.2.2-2. EPDCCH subframe monitoring is configured and the
subframe monitoring requirement in EPDCCH restricted subframes is statDTX of 99.9%.
Table 8.10.4.2.2-2: Minimum performance Localized EPDCCH with TM9 and 4Rx Antenna ports

Matrix
1 10 MHz 2 ECCE R.57 TDD OP.7 EVA5 2 x 4 Low 1 6.0
TDD
2 10 MHz 8 ECCE R.58 TDD OP.7 EVA5 2 x 4 Low 1 -2.1
TDD
8.11 Demodulation (UE supporting coverage enhancement)

The requirements for UE DL Category M1 in this sub-clause are defined based on the simulation results with UE DL
Category M1 unless otherwise stated.
The requirements for UE DL Category M2 in this sub-clause are defined based on the simulation results with UE DL
Category M2 unless otherwise stated.
The requirements of UE DL Category M1 in this sub-clause are applicable for UE DL Category M2, UE DL Category
1bis and Category 0, as specified in the applicability rule in the sub-clause 8.1.2.8A.
The requirements of UE DL Category M2 in this sub-clause are applicable for UE DL Category 1bis and Category 0, as
specified in the applicability rule in the sub-clause 8.1.2.8A.
8.11.1 PDSCH
8.11.1.1 FDD and half-duplex FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.11.1.1-1 are valid for FDD and half-duplex FDD tests unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1202 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.1.1-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD and half-duplex FDD)
Parameter Unit CE Mode A CE Mode B

Number of HARQ
8 or 10
(Note 2)
component carrier
Maximum number of
4 4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version {0, 2, 3, 1} for QPSK and
coding sequence rvidx 16QAM {0,0,0,0,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,1,1,1,1
(Note 1) …} for QPSK
4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for
Number of OFDM
3 MHz and 5 MHz bandwidths, 3 MHz and 5 MHz bandwidths,
2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20
component carrier
MHz bandwidths MHz bandwidths
Beamforming Precoder
Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4
for MPDCCH
Frequency domain: 1 PRB Frequency domain: 1 PRB
Precoder update Time domain: identical during Time domain: identical during
granularity for MPDCCH the hopping period (interval- the hopping period (interval-
FDD for CE Mode A) FDD for CE Mode B)
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1111111111 1111111111
DownlinkOrTddSubfram
eBitmapBR)
Note 1: rvidx is defined in TS 36.213 [6] Table 7.1.7.1-2.
Note 2: For UE supporting ce-pdsch-tenProcesses-r13, the number of HARQ processese are set to 10,
otherwise, it is set to 8.
The requirements are specified in Table 8.11.1.1.1.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.11.1.1.1.1-1 and
rank-one performance with frequency selective precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 1203 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
A dB -3
Downlink power B dB -3 (Note 1)
allocation s dB 0
δ dB 3

ms 10
Reporting interval
Physical channel for CQI PUSCH(Note4)
reporting
cqi-pmi-ConfigIndex 12
CodeBookSubsetRestricti 001111
on bitmap
mode
Coverage enhancement
CE Mode A
mode
OFDM starting symbol
2
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of
repetitions 1
(mpdcch-NumRepetition)
Frequency hopping
(mpdcch-pdsch- Disabled
HoppingConfig)
MPDCCH transmission
ms 1
duration
Starting subframe
configuration for
1
MPDCCH
(mpdcch_startSF_UESS)
Narrowband for
MPDCCH 1
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
Note 1: PB  1 .
later than SF#(n-4), This reported PMI cannot be applied at the
Note 3: For each test, DC subcarrier puncturing shall be considered.
Note 4: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is
necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH.
PDCCH DCI format 6-0A shall be transmitted in downlink
SF#1 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK
on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5.
Note 5: If not otherwise stated, the values in this table refer to
parameters in TS 36.211 [4] or/and TS 36.213 [6] as
appropriate.
3GPP
Release 16 1204 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwid Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value

number th and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR (dB)
MCS Antenna Maximum
10MHz
1 16QAM R.79 FDD OP.2 FDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70% 8.6
1/2
8.11.1.1.1.2 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port with CRS
The purpose of the test is to verify the closed loop single-layer spatial multiplexing TM6 performance under assumption
that UE applies CRS interference mitigation in the scenario with 2 CRS antenna ports in the serving and aggressor cells.

A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 0 0 0
Es / N oc dB N/A 11.75 5.69
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
Coverage enhancement mode CE Mode A N/A N/A
2 N/A N/A
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of repetitions
1 N/A N/A
Frequency hopping
Disabled N/A N/A
(mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingConfig)
MPDCCH transmission duration ms 1 N/A N/A
Starting subframe configuration
for MPDCCH 1 N/A N/A
PUSCH(Note4)
reporting
3GPP
Release 16 1205 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
% N/A 10 10
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4). This reported PMI cannot be applied at
Note 4: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 6-0A shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1
to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5.

(%) 3)
1 R.79 FDD OP.1 N/A N/A EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x1 Low 70 12.5 M2
FDD

A dB -6 -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 3 3 3
3GPP
Release 16 1206 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Es / N oc dB N/A 10.45 4.6

Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
2 N/A N/A
(startSymbolBR)
1 N/A N/A
Frequency hopping
Disabled N/A N/A
PUSCH(Note4)
reporting
001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 6-0A shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1

(%) 3)
1 R.95 FDD OP.1 N/A N/A EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 4x1 Low 70 11.4 M2
3GPP
Release 16 1207 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
FDD
For single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 upon detection of a MPDCCH with DCI format 6-1A, the
requirements are specified in Table 8.11.1.1.2.1-2 with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.11.1.1.2.1-1 and the
on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8.
3GPP
Release 16 1208 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.1.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer)

ρA dB 0 0 0
Downlink power ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
allocation s dB -3 -3 -3
δ dB 0 0 0
Beamforming model Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1 Annex B.4.1
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 6) -98 (Note 6) -98 (Note 6)
Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 3) OCNG (Note 3) OCNG (Note 3)
PRB 6 6 6
blocks (Note 2)
Coverage enhancement mode CE Mode A CE Mode A CE Mode A
2 2 2
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of repetitions for
PDSCH (pdsch- 16 16 Not configured
maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA)
PDSCH repetition number 8 4 2
Frequency hopping
Enabled Enabled Enabled
Frequency hopping offset
1 1 1
(mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingOffset)
Frequency hopping interval
ms 8 2 1
(interval-FDD)
MPDCCH transmission duration
ms 8 2 1
(mPDCCH-NumRepetition)
MPDCCH repetition number 8 2 1
Number of narrowbands for
frequency hopping (mpdcch-pdsch- 2 2 2
HoppingNB)
Starting subframe configuration for
MPDCCH 4 8 10
Narrowband for MPDCCH
7 7 7
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
MPDCCH aggregation level 24 24 24
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with one PDSCH per virtual
UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK
modulated.
Note 5: If not otherwise stated, the values in this table refer to parameters in TS 36.211 [4] or/and TS 36.213 [6] as
appropriate.
3GPP
Release 16 1209 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.1.1.2.1-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS (FRC)

n (%)
1 10MHz R.80 FDD OP.2 EPA5 2x1 Low 70 -2.0 M1
QPSK 1/3 FDD
2 10MHz R.80-1 OP.2 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 -4.0 ≥1
QPSK 1/3 FDD FDD
3 10MHz R.80-2 OP.2 EPA5 2x4 Low 70 -4.0 ≥1
QPSK 1/3 FDD FDD
8.11.1.1.2.2 (Void)
8.11.1.1.2.3 (Void)
8.11.1.1.3.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port supporting narrowband transmission
Table 8.11.1.1.3.1-1a, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the
performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas.
3GPP
Release 16 1210 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.1.1.3.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity performance (FRC)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 2a Test 3 Test 4

A dB -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
Downlink power B dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)

allocation s dB 0 0 0 0 0
δ dB 3 3 3 3 3

-98 -98 -98 -98 -98
15kHz
CE Mode CE Mode
Coverage enhancement mode CE Mode B CE Mode A CE Mode B
A B
2 2 2 2 2
(startSymbolBR)
(for PDSCH (pdsch-
Not Not Not Not Not
maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA/
configured configured configured configured configured
pdsch-
maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB))
PDSCH repetition number 64 1 1 32 16
Frequency hopping
(mpdcch-pdsch- Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled
HoppingConfig)
1 N/A N/A 1 1
ms 16 N/A N/A 8 4
(interval-FDD)
MPDCCH transmission
duration ms 64 1 1 32 8
MPDCCH repetition number 64 1 1 32 8
frequency hopping 4 N/A N/A 4 4
(mpdcch-pdsch-HoppingNB)
for MPDCCH 2.5 1 1 2.5 4
7 0 0 7 7
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
MPDCCH aggregation level 24 8 8 24 24
CRS muting outside UE RF
bandwidth (crs- Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled
IntfMitigEnabled)
Number of PRBs for CRS
transmission (crs- N/A N/A 6 N/A N/A
IntfMitigNumPRBs)
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 3: Test 1, test 3 and test 4 are applicable for UE supporting CE Mode B. Test 2 is applicable for UE not
supporting CE Mode B. Test 2a is applicable for UE not supporting CE Mode B and UE capable of ce-CRS-
IntfMitig.
appropriate.
3GPP
Release 16 1211 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.1.1.3.1-1a: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity performance (FRC)

A dB -3 -3
Downlink power B dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)

allocation s dB 0 0
δ dB 3 3

-98 -98
15kHz
Coverage enhancement mode CE Mode A CE Mode A

2 2
(startSymbolBR)
(for PDSCH (pdsch-
Not Not
configured configured
pdsch-
PDSCH repetition number 1 1
Frequency hopping
Disabled Disabled
N/A N/A
ms N/A N/A
(interval-FDD)
ms 4 1
MPDCCH repetition number 4 1
frequency hopping N/A N/A
MPDCCH 1 1
0 0
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
MPDCCH aggregation level 8 8
Disabled Disabled
bandwidth (crs-IntfMitigEnabled)
Activation of 64QAM for non-
repeated PDSCH in CE Mode A Disabled Enabled
(ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config)
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 3: If not otherwise stated, the values in this table refer to parameters in
TS 36.211 [4] or/and TS 36.213 [6] as appropriate.
3GPP
Release 16 1212 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

(%)
1 10MHz R.81 FDD OP.2 FDD ETU1 2x1 Low 70 - M1
QPSK 1/10 13.5
2 10MHz R.79 FDD OP.2 FDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 9.4 M1
16QAM 1/2
2a 10MHz R.79 FDD OP.2 FDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 9.6 M1
16QAM 1/2
3 10MHz R.81-1 OP.2 FDD ETU1 2x2 Low 70 - ≥1
QPSK 1/10 FDD 13.3
4 10MHz R.81-2 OP.2 FDD ETU1 2x4 Low 70 - ≥1
QPSK 1/10 FDD 13.3
5 10MHz R.103 OP.2 FDD EPA200 2x1 Low 70 3.8 M1
QPSK 1/3 FDD
6 10MHz R.104 OP.2 FDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 12.9 M1
64QAM 0.4 FDD
8.11.1.1.3.2 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port supporting wideband transmission
the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit

(Note 4)
A dB -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
Downlink power B dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)

δ dB 3 3 3 3 3
3GPP
Release 16 1213 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

-98 -98 -98 -98 -98
15kHz
Coverage enhancement mode CE Mode A CE Mode B CE Mode B CE Mode A CE Mode A

2 2 2 2 2
(startSymbolBR)
for PDSCH (pdsch-
Not Not Not Not
maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA/ Not configured
configured configured configured configured
pdsch-
maxNumRepetitionCEmodeB)
Frequency hopping
Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled
5 5 5 N/A N/A
ms 4 16 16 N/A N/A
(interval-FDD)
Maximum number of MPDCCH
repetitions 16 64 64 8 2
MPDCCH transmission duration ms 16 64 64 8 2
frequency hopping 2 2 2 N/A N/A
for MPDCCH 2 2 2 2.5 5
0 0 0 0 0
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
IntfMitigEnabled)
IntfMitigNumPRBs)
Note 1: PB  1 .
appropriate.
Note 4: Test 2a is applicable for UE supporting CE Mode B and UE capable of ce-CRS-IntfMitig.

(%)
3GPP
Release 16 1214 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
1 10MHz R.90 FDD OP.2 FDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 -5.4 M2

QPSK 1/3
2 10MHz R.91 FDD OP.2 FDD ETU1 2x1 Low 70 - M2
QPSK 1/10 13.1
2a 10MHz R.91 FDD OP.2 FDD ETU1 2x1 Low 70 - M2
QPSK 1/10 12.9
3 10MHz R.92-1 OP.2 FDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 -4.8 ≥1
QPSK 1/2 FDD
4 10MHz R.92-2 OP.2 FDD EPA5 2x4 Low 70 -4.9 ≥1
QPSK 1/2 FDD

3GPP
Release 16 1215 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Uplink downlink
1 1
Special subframe
4 4
Cell ID 0 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4 4
HARQ transmission
{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,2,2,2,
Redundancy version
2,2,2,2,2,2,2,3,3,3,3,3,3,
coding sequence rvidx
{0, 2, 3, 1} for QPSK and 3,3,3,3,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,
(Note 3)
16QAM 1} for QPSK
4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth,
Number of OFDM 3 for 3 MHz and 5 MHz 3 for 3 MHz and 5 MHz
symbols for PDCCH per OFDM symbols bandwidths, bandwidths,
component carrier 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz
and 20 MHz bandwidths and 20 MHz bandwidths
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing Multiplexing
mode
Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4
for MPDCCH
Frequency domain: 1 Frequency domain: 1
PRB PRB
Precoder update Time domain: identical Time domain: identical
granularity for MPDCCH during the hopping during the hopping
period (interval-TDD for period (interval-TDD for
CE Mode A) CE Mode B)
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1011110111 1011110111
eBitmapBR)
Note 3: rvidx is defined in TS 36.213 [6] Table 7.1.7.1-2.
rank-one performance with frequency selective precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 1216 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
A dB -3
Downlink power B dB -3 (Note 1)
allocation s dB 0
δ dB 3

ms 5
Reporting interval
CodeBookSubsetRestricti
001111
on bitmap
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PDSCH transmission
6
mode
CE Mode A
mode
2
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of
repetitions 1
Frequency hopping
(mpdcch-pdsch- Disabled
HoppingConfig)
MPDCCH transmission ms
1
duration
Starting subframe
configuration for
1
MPDCCH
Narrowband for
MPDCCH 1
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
Note 1: PB  1 .
MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A shall be transmitted in downlink
SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-
ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.
Note 5: If not otherwise stated, the values in this table refer to
parameters in TS 36.211 [4] or/and TS 36.213 [6] as
appropriate.
3GPP
Release 16 1217 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Bandwid Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value

number th and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR
(%)
10MHz
1 16QAM R.79 TDD OP.2 TDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70% 11.4
1/2
Parameter Unit Cell 1 (Option Cell 2 Cell 3

1)
A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 0 0 0
Es / N oc dB N/A 11.75 5.69
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
2 N/A N/A
(startSymbolBR)
1 N/A N/A
Frequency hopping
Disabled N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A
ms N/A N/A N/A
(interval-TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1218 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PUSCH(Note4)
reporting
001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
% N/A 10 10
occurrence of
interfering cells
Note 1: PB  1 .
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF #(n-4). This reported PMI cannot be applied at
the eNB downlink before SF #(n+4).
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. MPDCCH DCI format 6-0A shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4
and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe
SF#8 and #3.

(%) 3)
1 R.79 TDD OP.1 N/A N/A EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x1 Low 70 11.5 M2
TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1219 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB -6 -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
s dB 3 3 3
Es / N oc dB N/A 10.45 4.6
Cell ID 0 1 6
2 2 2
symbols (CFI)
2 N/A N/A
(startSymbolBR)
1 N/A N/A
Frequency hopping
Disabled N/A N/A
PUSCH(Note4)
reporting
001111 N/A N/A
bitmap
% N/A 20 20
occurrence of
interfering cells
3GPP
Release 16 1220 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: PB  1 .
and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe
SF#8 and #3.

(%) 3)
1 R.95 TDD OP.1 N/A N/A EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 4x1 Low 70 11.1 M2
TDD
For single-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 or 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI format 6-1A, the
requirements are specified in Table 8.11.1.2.2.1-2 with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.11.1.2.2.1-1 and the
on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8.
3GPP
Release 16 1221 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.1.2.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing CDM-multiplexed DM RS (single layer)
Parameter Unit Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

ρA dB 0 0 0
Downlink power ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1) 0 (Note 1)
allocation s dB -3 -3 -3
δ dB 0 0 0
Symbols for unused PRBs OCNG (Note 3) OCNG (Note 3) OCNG (Note 3)
PRB 6 6 6
blocks (Note 2)
CE Mode A CE Mode A CE Mode A
mode
2 2 2
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of
repetitions for PDSCH
(pdsch- Not configured Not configured Not configured
maxNumRepetitionCEmodeA
)
Frequency hopping
(mpdcch-pdsch- Enabled Enabled Enabled
HoppingConfig)
PDSCH repetition number 8 4 2
(mpdcch-pdsch- 1 1 1
HoppingOffset)
ms 10 1 1
(interval-TDD)
MPDCCH transmission
duration ms 8 2 1
MPDCCH repetition number 8 2 1
frequency hopping (mpdcch- 2 2 2
pdsch-HoppingNB)
Starting subframe
configuration for MPDCCH 10 20 20
7 7 7
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
MPDCCH aggregation level 24 24 24
Note 1:
PB=1 .
virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be uncorrelated pseudo random data, which
is QPSK modulated.
appropriate.
3GPP
Release 16 1222 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.1.2.2.1-2: Minimum performance for CDM-multiplexed DM RS without simultaneous


n (%)
1 10MHz R.80 TDD OP.2 EPA5 2x1 Low 70 -2.5 M1
QPSK 1/3 TDD
2 10MHz R.80-1 OP.2 EPA5 2x2 Low 70 -3.6 ≥1
QPSK 1/3 TDD TDD
3 10MHz R.80-2 OP.2 EPA5 2x4 Low 70 -3.7 ≥1
QPSK 1/3 TDD TDD
8.11.1.2.3.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port supporting narrowband transmission
Table 8.11.1.2.3.1-1a, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the
performance of transmit diversity (SFBC) with 2 transmitter antennas.
3GPP
Release 16 1223 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1224 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
Downlink power ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
δ dB 3 3 3 3 3
-98 -98 -98 -98 -98
15kHz
Multiplexin Multiplexin Multiplexin Multiplexin Multiplexin
g g g g g
Coverage enhancement mode CE Mode B CE Mode A CE Mode A CE Mode B CE Mode B
2 2 2 2 2
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of Not Not Not Not Not
repetitions configured configured configured configured configured
(for PDSCH (pdsch-
pdsch-
)
Frequency hopping
(mpdcch-pdsch- Enabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled
HoppingConfig)
(mpdcch-pdsch- 1 N/A N/A 1 1
HoppingOffset)
ms 20 N/A N/A 20 10
(interval-TDD)
MPDCCH transmission
duration ms 64 1 1 32 8
MPDCCH repetition number 64 1 1 32 8
frequency hopping (mpdcch- 4 N/A N/A 4 4
pdsch-HoppingNB)
Starting subframe
configuration for MPDCCH 8 1 1 8 10
(mpdcch-startSF-UESS)
7 0 0 7 7
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
IntfMitigEnabled)
IntfMitigNumPRBs)
3GPP
Release 16 1225 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 3: Test 1, test 3 and test 4 are applicable for UE supporting CE Mode B. Test 2 is applicable for UE not
supporting CE Mode B. Test 2a is applicable for UE not supporting CE Mode B and UE capable of ce-CRS-
IntfMitig.
appropriate.
Table 8.11.1.2.3.1-1a: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity performance (FRC)

Downlink power ρA dB -3 -3
allocation
s dB 0 0
δ dB 3 3
-98 -98
15kHz
Coverage enhancement mode CE Mode A CE Mode A
2 2
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of repetitions Not Not
(for PDSCH (pdsch- configured configured
pdsch-
PDSCH repetition number 1 1
Frequency hopping
Disabled Disabled
N/A N/A
ms N/A N/A
(interval-TDD)
ms 4 1
frequency hopping (mpdcch-pdsch- N/A N/A
HoppingNB)
MPDCCH 1 1
0 0
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
MPDCCH aggregation level 8 8
Disabled Disabled
Activation of 64QAM for non-
repeated PDSCH in CE Mode A Disabled Enabled
(ce-PDSCH-64QAM-Config)
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 3: If not otherwise stated, the values in this table refer to parameters in TS
36.211 [4] or/and TS 36.213 [6] as appropriate.
3GPP
Release 16 1226 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

(%)
1 10MHz R.81 TDD OP.2 TDD ETU1 2x1 Low 70 - M1
QPSK 1/10 14.0
2 10MHz R.79 TDD OP.2 TDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 9.6 M1
16QAM 1/2
2a 10MHz R.79 TDD OP.2 TDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 9.8 M1
16QAM 1/2
3 10MHz R.81-1 OP.2 TDD ETU1 2x2 Low 70 - ≥1
QPSK 1/10 TDD 13.3
4 10MHz R.81-2 OP.2 TDD ETU1 2x4 Low 70 - ≥1
QPSK 1/10 TDD 13.3
5 10MHz R.103 OP.2 TDD EPA200 2x1 Low 70 3.5 M1
QPSK 1/3 TDD
6 10MHz R.104 OP.2 TDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 13.5 M1
64QAM 0.4 TDD
8.11.1.2.3.2 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port supporting wideband transmission
the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The purpose is to verify the performance of transmit

(Note 4)
ρA dB -3 -3 -3 -3 -3
Downlink
ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1) -3 (Note 1)
power
δ dB 3 3 3 3 3
3GPP
Release 16 1227 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing
Coverage enhancement mode CE Mode A CE Mode B CE Mode B CE Mode A CE Mode A
2 2 2 2 2
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of repetitions Not Not Not Not Not
for PDSCH (pdsch- configured configured configured configured configured
pdsch-
Frequency hopping
Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled Disabled
5 5 5 N/A N/A
ms 5 20 20 N/A N/A
(interval-TDD)
16 32 32 4 2
MPDCCH transmission duration ms 16 32 32 4 2
frequency hopping (mpdcch- 2 2 2 N/A N/A
pdsch-HoppingNB)
for MPDCCH 5 8 8 8 10
0 0 0 0 0
(mpdcch_Narrowband)
Disabled Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled
IntfMitigNumPRBs)
Note 1: PB  1 .
appropriate.
Note 4: Test 2a is applicable for UE supporting CE Mode B and UE capable of ce-CRS-IntfMitig.

(%)
3GPP
Release 16 1228 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
1 10MHz R.90 TDD OP.2 TDD EPA5 2x1 Low 70 -5.6 M2

QPSK 1/3
2 10MHz R.91 TDD OP.2 TDD ETU1 2x1 Low 70 - M2
QPSK 1/10 13.6
2a 10MHz R.91 TDD OP.2 TDD ETU1 2x1 Low 70 - M2
QPSK 1/10 13.4
3 10MHz R.92-1 OP.2 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 -4.9 ≥1
QPSK 1/2 TDD
4 10MHz R.92-2 OP.2 TDD EPA5 2x4 Low 70 -5.0 ≥1
QPSK 1/2 TDD
8.11.2 MPDCCH
The receiver characteristics of the MPDCCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the Downlink
Scheduling Grant (Pm-dsg).
3GPP
Release 16 1229 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.2.1-1: Test Parameters for MPDCCH (Category M1)
CE Mode A CE Mode B
Parameter Unit
(Test 1) (Test 1)
OFDM starting symbol (startSymbolLC) symbols 2 2
Cell ID 0 0
ρA dB -3 0
Downlink power ρB dB -3 0
allocation  dB 0 -3
δ dB 3 0
-98
15kHz
PRB 1 1
ms 4 (Note 2) 16 (Note 2)
Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4
Cell Specific Reference Signal Port 0 and 1 Port 0 and 1
Number of PRB per MPDCCH Set 4 2+4
Transmission type Distributed Localized
Frequency hopping Disabled Enabled
Number of frequency hopping
N/A 4
narrowbands
Frequency hopping offset N/A 1
Frequency hopping interval ms N/A 16
Value of G in MPDCCH start subframe
1.5 1.5
(mpdcch-startSF-UESS) (Note 3)
32 64
MPDCCH narrowband (mpdcch-
1 7
Narrowband)
PDSCH TM TM2 TM2
DCI Format 6-1A 6-1B
fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR 1111111111 1111111111
Note1: For each test, DC subcarrier puncturing shall be considered.
Note2: Same precoding matrix is used for a PRB across subframes during the
frequency hopping interval.
Note 3: For MPDCCH UE-specific search space the formula for the start subframe k0
is given in TS 36.213 [6] clause 9.1.5.
Note 4: If not otherwise stated, the values in this table refer to parameters in TS 36.211
[4] or/and TS 36.213 [6] as appropriate.
3GPP
Release 16 1230 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.2.1-2: Test Parameters for MPDCCH (Category ≥1)
CE Mode A CE Mode A CE Mode B CE Mode B

Parameter Unit
(Test 2) (Test 3) (Test 2) (Test 3)
symbols 2 2 2 2
(startSymbolLC)
Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG
Cell ID 0 0 0 0
ρA dB -3 0 0 0
Downlink
ρB dB -3 0 0 0
power
allocation  dB 0 -3 -3 -3
δ dB 3 0 0 0
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98
Cyclic prefix Normal Normal Normal Normal
Subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN
PRB 1 1 1 1
ms 4(Note 2) 4(Note 2) 16 (Note 2) 16 (Note 2)
Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4
Cell Specific Reference Signal Port 0 and 1 Port 0 and 1 Port 0 and 1 Port 0 and 1
Number of PRB per MPDCCH
4 4 2+4 2+4
Set
Transmission type Distributed Distributed Localized Localized
Frequency hopping Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled
N/A N/A 4 4
narrowbands
Frequency hopping offset N/A N/A 1 1
Frequency hopping interval ms N/A N/A 8 2
Value of G in MPDCCH start
subframe (mpdcch-startSF- 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
UESS) Note 3
Maximum number of
repetitions(mPDCCH- 8 2 32 8
NumRepetition)
MPDCCH repetition number 8 2 32 8
MPDCCH narrowband
1 1 7 7
(mpdcch-Narrowband)
PDSCH TM TM2 TM2 TM2 TM2
DCI Format 6-1A 6-1A 6-1B 6-1B
fdd-
DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitma 1111111111 1111111111 1111111111 1111111111
pBR
Note 2: Same precoding matrix is used for a PRB across subframes during the frequency hopping interval.
Note 3: For MPDCCH UE-specific search space the formula for the start subframe k0 is given in TS 36.213
[6] clause 9.1.5.
Note 4: If not otherwise stated, the values in this table refer to parameters in TS 36.211 [4] or/and TS
36.213 [6] as appropriate.
8.11.2.1.1 CE Mode A
For the parameters specified in Table 8.11.2.1-1 and 8.11.2.1-2 the average probability of a missed downlink scheduling
grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.11.2.1.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance
with Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1231 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.2.1.1-1: Minimum performance CE Mode A MPDCCH
Test Bandwidt Aggregatio Referenc OCNG Propagatio Antenna Reference UE

numbe h n level e Patter n Condition configuratio value Categor
r Channel n n and Pm SN y
correlation - R
Matrix dsg (dB
(%) )
1 10 MHz 16 ECCE R.82 FDD OP.2 EPA5 2 x 1 Low 1 -4.8 M1
FDD
2 10 MHz 16 ECCE R.82 FDD OP.2 EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 -6.5 ≥1
FDD
3 10 MHz 16 ECCE R.82 FDD OP.2 EPA5 2 x 4 Low 1 -6.5 ≥1
FDD
8.11.2.1.2 CE Mode B
with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.11.2.1.2-1: Minimum performance CE Mode B MPDCCH

correlation - R
Matrix dsg (dB
(%) )
1 10 MHz 24 ECCE R.83 FDD OP.2 ETU1 2 x 1 Low 1 -12 M1
FDD
2 10 MHz 24 ECCE R.83 FDD OP.2 ETU1 2 x 2 Low 1 - ≥1
FDD 13.2
3 10 MHz 24 ECCE R.83 FDD OP.2 ETU1 2 x 4 Low 1 - ≥1
FDD 12.8
8.11.2.1.3 CE Mode A with TM9 interference model
The purpose of the test is to verify the MPDCCH performance under assumption that UE applies CRS interference
mitigation in the scenario with 2 CRS antenna ports in the serving and aggressor cells.
3GPP
Release 16 1232 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.2.1.3-1: Test Parameters for MPDCCH

OFDM starting symbol (startSymbolLC) symbols 2 2 2
Cell ID 0 1 6
ρA dB -3 -3 -3
ρB dB -3 -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
δ dB 3 3 3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 11.75 5.69
PRB 1 N/A N/A
ms 4 (Note 2) N/A N/A
Number of PRB per MPDCCH Set 4 N/A N/A
Transmission type Distributed N/A N/A
Frequency hopping Disabled N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A
narrowbands
Frequency hopping offset N/A N/A N/A
Frequency hopping inverval ms 4 N/A N/A
1.5 N/A N/A
Maximum number of repetitions 1 N/A N/A
1 N/A N/A
Narrowband)
DCI Format 6-1A N/A N/A
fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR 1111111111 N/A N/A
Probability of occurrence of transmission in
% N/A 10 10
interference cells
Time offset relative to Cell 1 s N/A 2 3
Note 2: Same precoding matrix is used for a PRB across subframes during the frequency hopping interval
Note 3: For MPDCCH UE-specific search space the formula for the start subframe k0 is given in TS 36.213 [6]
clause 9.1.5.
3GPP
Release 16 1233 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 16 ECCE R.82 FDD OP.2 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x1 Low 1 15.4
FDD
Note 1: The OCNG pattern applies for Cell 1.

8.11.2.1.4 CE Mode A with CRS interference model
Table 8.11.2.1.4-1: Test Parameters for MPDCCH

Cell ID 0 1 6
ρA dB -3 -3 -3
ρB dB -3 -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
δ dB 3 3 3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 15.81 10.5
PRB 1 N/A N/A
ms 4 N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A
narrowbands
1.5 N/A N/A
3GPP
Release 16 1234 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 N/A N/A
Narrowband)
clause 9.1.5.

1 4 ECCE R.96 FDD OP.2 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x1 Low 1 15.8
FDD

3GPP
Release 16 1235 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.11.2.2 TDD
Table 8.11.2.2-1: Test Parameters for MPDCCH (Category M1)

OFDM starting symbol (startSymbolLC) symbols 2 2
Cell ID 0 0
ρA dB -3 0
Downlink power ρB dB -3 0
allocation  dB 0 -3
δ dB 3 0
-98
15kHz
PRB 1 1
ms 5 (Note 2) 20 (Note 2)
Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4
Cell Specific Reference Signal Port 0 and 1 Port 0 and 1
Number of PRB per MPDCCH Set 4 2+4
Transmission type Distributed Localized
Frequency hopping Diabled Enabled
N/A 4
narrowbands
Frequency hopping offset N/A 1
Frequency hopping interval ms N/A 20
5 5
Maximum number of repetitions 32
16
1 7
Narrowband)
PDSCH TM TM2 TM2
DCI Format 6-1A 6-1B
TDD UL/DL Configuration 0 0
TDD Special Subframe 1 1
fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR 1000010000 1000010000
Note 2: Same precoding matrix is used for a PRB across subframes during the
frequency hopping interval.
Note 3: The special subframes are not supported by MPDCCH, and are assumed as
non- BL/CE DL subframes.
Note 4: For MPDCCH UE-specific search space the formula for the start subframe k0
is given in TS 36.213 [6] clause 9.1.5.
Note 5: If not otherwise stated, the values in this table refer to parameters in TS 36.211
[4] or/and TS 36.213 [6] as appropriate.
3GPP
Release 16 1236 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.11.2.2-2: Test Parameters for MPDCCH (Category ≥1)
CE Mode A CE Mode A CE Mode B CE Mode B

Parameter Unit
(Test 2) (Test 3) (Test 2) (Test 3)
symbols 2 2 2 2
(startSymbolLC)
Unused RE-s and PRB-s OCNG OCNG OCNG OCNG
Cell ID 0 0 0 0
ρA -3 -3 -3 0 0
Downlink
ρB -3 -3 -3 0 0
power
allocation  0 0 0 -3 -3
δ 3 3 3 0 0
N oc at antenna port dBm/15kHz -98 -98 -98 -98
PRB 1 1 1 1
ms 5 (Note 2) 5 (Note 2) 20 (Note 2) 20 (Note 2)
Beamforming Pre-Coder Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4 Annex B.4.4
Cell Specific Reference Signal Port 0 and 1 Port 0 and 1 Port 0 and 1 Port 0 and 1
Number of PRB per MPDCCH
4 4 2+4 2+4
Set
Transmission type Distributed Distributed Localized Localized
Frequency hopping Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled
N/A N/A 4 4
narrowbands
Frequency hopping offset N/A N/A 1 1
Frequency hopping interval ms N/A N/A 5 5
Value of G in MPDCCH start
subframe (mpdcch-startSF- 5 5 5 5
UESS) Note 3
Maximum number of
repetitions(mPDCCH- 4 2 16 8
NumRepetition)
MPDCCH repetition number 4 2 16 8
MPDCCH narrowband
1 1 7 7
(mpdcch-Narrowband)
PDSCH TM TM2 TM2 TM2 TM2
DCI Format 6-1A 6-1A 6-1B 6-1B
fdd-
DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitma 1000010000 1000010000 1000010000 1000010000
pBR
Note 2: Same precoding matrix is used for a PRB across subframes during the frequency hopping interval.
Note 3: For MPDCCH UE-specific search space the formula for the start subframe k0 is given in TS 36.213
[6] clause 9.1.5.
Note 4: If not otherwise stated, the values in this table refer to parameters in TS 36.211 [4] or/and TS
36.213 [6] as appropriate.
8.11.2.2.1 CE Mode A
with Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1237 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

correlation - R
Matrix dsg (dB
(%) )
1 10 MHz 16 ECCE R.82 TDD OP.2 EPA5 2 x 1 Low 1 -5.3 M1
TDD
2 10 MHz 16 ECCE R.82 TDD OP.2 EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 -5.3 ≥1
TDD
3 10 MHz 16 ECCE R.82 TDD OP.2 EPA5 2 x 4 Low 1 -6.8 ≥1
TDD
8.11.2.2.2 CE Mode B
with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.11.2.2.2-1: Minimum performance CE Mode B MPDCCH

correlation - R
Matrix dsg (dB
(%) )
1 10 MHz 24 ECCE R.83 TDD OP.2 ETU1 2 x 1 Low 1 - M1
TDD 10.1
2 10 MHz 24 ECCE R.83 TDD OP.2 ETU1 2 x 2 Low 1 - ≥1
TDD 12.3
3 10 MHz 24 ECCE R.83 TDD OP.2 ETU1 2 x 4 Low 1 - ≥1
TDD 12.8
8.11.2.2.3 CE Mode A with TM9 interference model
Table 8.11.2.2.3-1: Test Parameters for MPDCCH (TM9 interference model)

Cell ID 0 1 6
ρA dB -3 -3 -3
ρB dB -3 -3 -3
3GPP
Release 16 1238 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
 dB 0 0 0
δ dB 3 3 3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 11.75 5.69
PRB 1 N/A N/A
ms 4 (Note 2) N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A
narrowbands
1.5 N/A N/A
1 N/A N/A
Narrowband)
Probability of occurrence of transmission in
% N/A 10 10
interference cells
clause 9.1.5.

1 16 ECCE R.82 TDD OP.2 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x1 Low 1 15.5
TDD

3GPP
Release 16 1239 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.11.2.2.4 CE Mode A with CRS interference model
Table 8.11.2.2.4-1: Test Parameters for MPDCCH (CRS interference model)

Cell ID 0 1 6
ρA dB -3 -3 -3
ρB dB -3 -3 -3
 dB 0 0 0
δ dB 3 3 3
0,1 0,1 0,1
Es / N oc dB N/A 15.81 10.5
PRB 1 N/A N/A
ms 4 N/A N/A
N/A N/A N/A
narrowbands
1.5 N/A N/A
1 N/A N/A
Narrowband)
clause 9.1.5.
3GPP
Release 16 1240 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 4 ECCE R.96 TDD OP.2 EPA5 EPA5 EPA5 2x1 Low 1 16.2
FDD

8.11.3 PBCH
The receiver characteristics of the PBCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the PBCH for single
decoding interval (Pm-bch-s) and the probability of miss-detection of the PBCH for multiple decoding intervals (Pm-
bch-m), which are defined as
As
Pm−bch−s =1−
Bs
Am
Pm−bch−m =1−
Bm
The probability of miss-detection of the PBCH for single decoding interval (Pm-bch-s) is calculated under assumption
of single PBCH TTI interval decoding. As is the number of correctly decoded MIB PDUs and Bs is the number of
transmitted MIB PDUs (redundancy versions for the same MIB are not counted separately).
The probability of miss-detection of the PBCH for multiple decoding intervals (Pm-bch-m) is calculated over multiple
PBCH TTI intervals under assumption of independent PBCH decoding over these intervals. Am is the number of PBCH
decoding intervals with at least one correctly decoded MIB PDU and Bm is the total number of PBCH decoding
intervals. A multiple PBCH decoding interval has 1120 ms duration consisting of continuous PBCH TTIs during the
test.
Table 8.11.3.1-1: Test Parameters for PBCH
Parameter Unit Transmit diversity

Downlink power PBCH_RA dB -3
allocation PBCH_RB dB -3
Cell ID 0
Repetition of the physical broadcast
Enabled
channel (Note 1)
Note 1: as specified in Table 6.6.4-1 in TS 36.211 [4].
3GPP
Release 16 1241 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For the parameters specified in Table 8.11.3.1-1 and Table 8.11.3.1.1-1, the averaged probability of a miss-detected
PBCH (Pm-bchs and Pm-bch-m) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.11.3.1.1-1. The downlink physical setup
is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Test Bandwidt Reference Propagatio Antenna Reference value for Reference value for
number h Channel n Condition configuratio single PBCH TTI multiple PBCH TTI
n and Pm-bch- SNR (dB) Pm-bch- SNR (dB)
correlation s (%) m (%)
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.22 EPA1 2 x 1 Low 1 -1.9 1 -12.6
8.11.3.2 TDD
Table 8.11.3.2-1: Test Parameters for PBCH
Parameter Unit Transmit diversity

Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1) 1
Special subframe configuration (Note 2) 4
Downlink power PBCH_RA dB -3
allocation PBCH_RB dB -3
Cell ID 0
Repetition of the physical broadcast
Enabled
channel (Note 3)
Note 3: as specified in Table 6.6.4-2 in TS 36.211 [4].
For the parameters specified in Table 8.11.3.2-1 and Table 8.11.3.2.1-1, the averaged probability of a miss-detected
PBCH (Pm-bchs and Pm-bch-m) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.11.3.2.1-1. The downlink physical setup
is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Test Bandwidt Reference Propagatio Antenna Reference value for Reference value for
number h Channel n Condition configuratio single PBCH TTI multiple PBCH TTI
n and Pm-bch- SNR (dB) Pm-bch- SNR (dB)
correlation s (%) m (%)
Matrix
1 10 MHz R.22 EPA1 2 x 1 Low 1 -2.8 1 -12.9
3GPP
Release 16 1242 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.12 Demodulation of Narrowband IoT
8.12.1 NPDSCH
8.12.1.1 Half-duplex FDD

Number of HARQ
processes per component Processes 1 or 2
carrier (Note 2)

4
transmission
3 for In-band and N/A for
eutraControlRegionSize-
Standalone/Guard-band
r13
unless otherwise stated
downlinkBitmap-r13 and dl-
Not configured
Gap-r13
dl-GapNonAnchor-r13 and
downlinkBitmapNonAnchor Not configured
-r13
Unused REs or RB (Note
OCNG
1)
OCNG pattern NB.OP.1
Note 1: For in-band mode, the REs for transmission of LTE signals including
PDCCH, CRS should be filled by OCNG.
Note 2: 1 is applicable for both UE Category NB1 and NB2; 2 is only
applicable for UE Category NB2 if UE supports it.
Table 8.12.1.1-2: Test Parameters of related NPDCCH and NPUSCH format 2 configurations

DCI format DCI format N1
scheduling delay field ( 1 for the first HARQ process;
I Delay ) 2 for the second HARQ
process if configured
(ack-NACK- 1
NumRepetitions-r13)
ACK/NACK resource
0
field
R.NB.3 FDD for one NRS
Reference channel for
antenna port; R.NB.4 FDD for
NPDCCH
two NRS antenna ports
α offset (npdcch-Offset-
0
USS-r13)
3GPP
Release 16 1243 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.12.1.1.1 Minimum Requirements for In-band
The requirements are specified in Table 8.12.1.1.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.12.1.1.1 -1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and C.3.6. The purpose of these tests is to verify the
performance.
Table 8.12.1.1.1-1: Test Parameters for NPDSCH under In-band
Parameter Unit Test 1, 2
A dB -3
Downlink power allocation of LTE
signal
B dB -3(Note 1)
s dB 0
N oc1 dBm/15kHz -93 (Note 2)
N oc
at antenna port
N oc 2 dBm/15kHz -99 (Note 3)
LTE CRS port number (eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r13) 4

8 for Test 1; 16 for
NPDCCH repetition number subframe Test 2; 128 for Test
3.
subframe Test 2; 128 for Test
(npdcch-NumRepetitions-r13)
3.
4 for Test 1; 2 for
G (nPDCCH-startSF-USS-r13) Test 2; 1.5 for Test 3
Note 1: PB  1 .
Note 2: This noise is applied to all subframes from the end of the NPDCCH to the end of the
following NPDSCH transmission;
Note 3: This noise is applied to all subframes from the end of the NPDSCH to the end of the
following NPDCCH transmission.
Table 8.12.1.1.1-2: Minimum performance under In-band with 2 NRS ports
Reference value UE
Correlation
Fraction of Cate
Test Bandwi Carrier Reference Repetition Propagatio Matrix and
Maximum SNR gory
number dth Type Channel number n Condition Antenna
Throughp (dB)
Configuration
ut (%)
NB1,
1 200kHz Anchor R.NB.5 FDD 1 EPA5 2x1 Low 70% 6.9
NB2
NB1,
2 200kHz Anchor R.NB.5 FDD 32 EPA5 2x1 Low 70% -4.8
NB2
Non- NB1,
3 200kHz R.NB.5-1 FDD 256 ETU1 2x1 Low 70% -9.8
anchor NB2
8.12.1.1.2 Minimum Requirements for Standalone/Guard-band
The requirements are specified in Table 8.12.1.1.2-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.12.1.1.2 -1 and the
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.6. The purpose of these tests is to verify the performance.
3GPP
Release 16 1244 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.12.1.1.2-1: Test Parameters for NPDSCH under Standalone/Guard-band

32 for Test 1; 256
NPDCCH repetition number subframe
for Test 2.
64 for Test 1; 512
subframe
(npdcch-NumRepetitions-r13) for Test 2.
G (nPDCCH-startSF-USS-r13) 1.5
Table 8.12.1.1.2-2: Minimum performance for NPDSCH under Standalone/Guard-band with 1 NRS port
Reference UE
value Catego
Referen Numb Fraction ry
Test Carri Repetiti Propagati Antenna
Bandwi ce er of of SN
numb er on on Configurat
dth Channe NRS Maximu R
er Type number condition ion
l ports m (dB
Through )
put (%)
Anch R.NB.6 - NB1,
1 200kHz 32 EPA5 1 1x1 70%
or FDD 3.4 NB2
Non- - NB1,
R.NB.6-
2 200kHz anch 256 ETU1 1 1x1 70% 10. NB2
1 FDD
or 2
8.12.1.1.3 Minimum Requirements for Standalone for UE Category NB2
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.6. The purpose of these tests is to verify the NPDSCH
performance.
Table 8.12.1.1.3-1: Test Parameters for NPDSCH under Standalone

NPDCCH repetition number subframe 4 for Test 1
subframe 8 for Test 1

G (nPDCCH-startSF-USS-r13) 1.5
3GPP
Release 16 1245 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.12.1.1.3-2: Minimum performance for NPDSCH under Standalone with 1 NRS port
Reference UE
value Catego
Test Carr Repetiti Propagati Antenna
l ports m (dB
Through )
put (%)
Non- NB2
R.NB.7
1 200kHz anch 1 EPA5 1 1x1 70% 9.4
FDD
or
8.12.1.2 TDD

Uplink downlink 4
Special subframe 4
Number of HARQ
processes per component Processes 1 or 2
carrier (Note 4)

4
transmission
2 for In-band, N/A for
eutraControlRegionSize-
Standalone/Guard-band
r13
unless otherwise stated
downlinkBitmap-r13 and dl-
Not configured
Gap-r13
dl-GapNonAnchor-r13 and
downlinkBitmapNonAnchor Not configured
-r13
Unused REs or RB (Note
OCNG
3)
OCNG pattern NB.OP.1
Note 3: For in-band mode, the REs for transmission of LTE signals including
PDCCH, CRS should be filled by OCNG.
Note 4: 1 is applicable for both UE Category NB1 and NB2; 2 is only
applicable for UE Category NB2 if UE supports it.
3GPP
Release 16 1246 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.12.1.2-2: Test Parameters of related NPDCCH and NPUSCH format 2 configurations

DCI format DCI format N1
scheduling delay field ( 1 for the first HARQ process;
I Delay ) 2 for the second HARQ
process if configured
(ack-NACK- 1
NumRepetitions-r13)
ACK/NACK resource
0
field
R.NB.3 TDD for one NRS
antenna port; R.NB.4 TDD for
NPDCCH
two NRS antenna ports
α offset (npdcch-Offset-
0
USS-r13)
8.12.1.2.1 Minimum Requirements for In-band
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2 and C.3.6. The purpose of these tests is to verify the
performance.
Table 8.12.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for NPDSCH under In-band

A dB -3
Downlink power allocation of LTE
signal
B dB -3(Note 1)
s dB 0
N oc
at antenna port N oc 2 dBm/15kHz -99 (Note 3)
LTE CRS port number (eutra-NumCRS-Ports-r13) 4
NPDCCH repetition number subframe Test 2; 128 for Test
3.
subframe Test 2; 128 for Test
3.
G (nPDCCH-startSF-USS-r13) 4
Note 1: PB  1 .
3GPP
Release 16 1247 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.12.1.2.1-2: Minimum performance under In-band with 2 NRS ports
Reference value UE
Correlation
Fraction Categor
Test Referenc Repetitio Propagatio Matrix and SN
Bandwidt Carrie of y
numbe e n n Antenna R
h r Type Maximum
r Channel number Condition Configurati (dB
Throughp
on )
ut (%)
Ancho R.NB.5 NB1,
1 200kHz 1 EPA5 2x1 Low 70% 6.9
r TDD NB2
Ancho R.NB.5 NB1,
2 200kHz 32 EPA5 2x1 Low 70% -4.8
r TDD NB2
Non- NB1,
R.NB.5-1
3 200kHz ancho 256 ETU1 2x1 Low 70% -9.8 NB2
TDD
r
8.12.1.2.2 Minimum Requirements for Standalone/Guard-band
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.6. The purpose of these tests is to verify the performance.
Table 8.12.1.2.2-1: Test Parameters for NPDSCH under Standalone/Guard-band

32 for Test 1; 256
NPDCCH repetition number subframe
for Test 2.
32 for Test 1; 256
subframe
(npdcch-NumRepetitions-r13) for Test 2.
Table 8.12.1.2.2-2: Minimum performance for NPDSCH under Standalone/Guard-band with 1 NRS port
Reference value UE
Fraction Cate
Referen Numb
Test Carri Repetiti Propagati Antenna of gory
Bandwi ce er of
numb er on on Configurat Maximu SNR
dth Channe NRS
er Type number condition ion m (dB)
l ports
Through
put (%)
Anch R.NB.6 NB1,
1 200kHz 32 EPA5 1 1x1 70% -3.4
or TDD NB2
Non- NB1,
R.NB.6-
2 200kHz anch 256 ETU1 1 1x1 70% -10.2 NB2
1 TDD
or
3GPP
Release 16 1248 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.12.1.2.3 Minimum Requirements for Standalone for UE Category NB2
downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.6. The purpose of these tests is to verify the NPDSCH
performance.
Table 8.12.1.2.3-1: Test Parameters for NPDSCH under Standalone

NPDCCH repetition number subframe 4 for Test 1
subframe 8 for Test 1

Table 8.12.1.2.3-2: Minimum performance for NPDSCH under Standalone with 1 NRS port
Reference UE
value Catego
Test Carr Repetiti Propagati Antenna
l ports m (dB
Through )
put (%)
Non- NB2
R.NB.7
1 200kHz anch 1 EPA5 1 1x1 70% 9.4
TDD
or
8.12.2 NPDCCH
The receiver characteristics of the NPDCCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the Downlink
8.12.2.1 Half-duplex FDD

The parameters specified in Table 8.12.2.1-1 and Table 8.12.2.1-2 are valid for all half-duplex FDD tests unless
otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1249 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.12.2.1-1: Test Parameters for NPDCCH

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Narrowband physical layer Cell ID 0 0
Number of CRS ports for in-band
4 4
deployment mode
NPDCCH starting position
(eutraControlRegionSize-r13) 3 3
(Note 1)
128 for Test 1; 64 for Test 1;
(npdcch-NumRepetitions- 1024 for Test 2. 512 for Test 2.
r13)
NPDCCH start subframe G 2 for test 1, 2 for test 1,

(npdcch-startSF-USS-r13) 1.5 for test 2 1.5 for test 2
NPDCCH fractional period offset of
α
starting subframe offset 0 0
(npdcch-Offset-USS-r13)
NB-IoT downlink subframe bitmap
for anchor carrier Not configured Not configured
(downlinkBitmap-r13)
for non-anchor carrier Not configured Not configured
(downlinkBitmapNonAnchor-r13)
Downlink gap configuration for
anchor carrier (dl-Gap-r13)
non-anchor carrier Not configured Not configured
(dl-GapNonAnchor-r13)
Unused REs or RBs (Note 1) OCNG OCNG
OCNG pattern NB.OP.1 NB.OP.1
NOTE 1: Applicable only for in-band deployment mode.
Table 8.12.2.1-2: Test Parameters of related NPDSCH and NPUSCH format 2 configurations

Scheduling delay field (
I Delay ) 0
NPDSCH Repetition
1
number
N oc at antenna port for
dBm/15kHz -98
NPDSCH
(ack-NACK- 1
NumRepetitions-r13)
ACK/NACK resource
0
field
R.NB.6 FDD and R.NB.6-1
FDD for one NRS antenna
port; R.NB.5 FDD and R.NB.5-
NPDSCH
1 FDD for two NRS antenna
ports
3GPP
Release 16 1250 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.12.2.1.1 Single-antenna performance
dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.12.2.1.1-1. The downlink physical channel setup is in accordance
with Annex C.3.6.
Table 8.12.2.1.1-1: Minimum performance NPDCCH
Test Deployme Repetiti Carri Referen Propagati Numb Antenna Referenc UE

numb nt mode on er ce on er of Configurati e value Catego
er number Type Channel Condition NRS on Pm SN ry
(R) ports - R
ds (dB
g )
(%)
1 Stand- 128 Anch R.NB.3 EPA5 1 1 -4.9 NB1,
alone/ or FDD NB2
1x1
Guard-
band
2 Stand- 1024 Non- R.NB.3 ETU1 1 1 - NB1,
alone/ ancho FDD 11. NB2
1x1
Guard- r 4
band
with Annex C.3.6.
Test Deployme Repetiti Carri Referen Propagati Numb Referenc UE

numb nt mode on er ce on er of Antenna e value Catego
er number Type Channel Condition NRS Configurati Pm SN ry
(R) ports on and - R
correlation ds (dB
matrix g )
(%)
1 In-band 64 Anch R.NB.4 EPA5 2 1 -3.9 NB1,
2x1 Low
or FDD NB2
2 In-band 512 Non- R.NB.4 ETU1 2 1 - NB1,
ancho FDD 2x1 Low 10. NB2
r 0
8.12.2.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.12.2.2-1 and Table 8.12.2.2-2 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1251 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.12.2.2-1: Test Parameters for NPDCCH

Parameter Unit
port diversity
4 4
(Note 1)
4 4
(Note 2)
Narrowband physical layer Cell ID 0 0
Number of CRS ports for in-band
4 4
deployment mode
NPDCCH starting position
(eutraControlRegionSize-r13) 2 2
(Note 1)
128 for Test 1; 64 for Test 1;
(npdcch-NumRepetitions- 1024 for Test 2. 512 for Test 2.
r13)
NPDCCH start subframe G 4 4

(npdcch-startSF-USS-r13)
NPDCCH fractional period offset of
α
starting subframe offset 0 0
(npdcch-Offset-USS-r13)
for anchor carrier Not configured Not configured
(downlinkBitmap-r13)
for non-anchor carrier Not configured Not configured
(downlinkBitmapNonAnchor-r13)
anchor carrier (dl-Gap-r13)
non-anchor carrier Not configured Not configured
(dl-GapNonAnchor-r13)
Unused REs or RBs (Note 1) OCNG OCNG
OCNG pattern NB.OP.1 NB.OP.1
NOTE 1: Applicable only for in-band deployment mode.
3GPP
Release 16 1252 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.12.2.2-2: Test Parameters of related NPDSCH and NPUSCH format 2 configurations

Scheduling delay field (
I Delay ) 0
NPDSCH Repetition
1
number
N oc at antenna port for
dBm/15kHz -98
NPDSCH
(ack-NACK- 1
NumRepetitions-r13)
ACK/NACK resource
0
field
R.NB.6 TDD and R.NB.6-1
TDD for one NRS antenna
port; R.NB.5 TDD and R.NB.5-
NPDSCH
1 TDD for two NRS antenna
ports
8.12.2.2.1 Single-antenna performance
with Annex C.3.6.
Test Deployme Repetiti Carri Referen Propagati Numb Antenna Reference UE

numb nt mode on er ce on er of Configurati value Cate
er number Type Channel Condition NRS on Pm SNR gory
(R) ports - (dB)
ds
g
(%)
1 Stand- 128 Anch R.NB.3 EPA5 1 1x1 1 -4.9 NB1,
alone/ or TDD NB2
Guard-
band
2 Stand- 1024 Non- R.NB.3 ETU1 1 1x1 1 -11.4 NB1,
alone/ ancho TDD NB2
Guard- r
band
with Annex C.3.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1253 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test Deployme Repetiti Carri Referen Propagati Numb Antenna Reference UE

numb nt mode on er ce on er of Configurati value Cate
er number Type Channel Condition NRS on and Pm SNR gory
(R) ports correlation - (dB)
matrix ds
g
(%)
1 In-band 64 Anch R.NB.4 EPA5 2 2x1 Low 1 -3.9 NB1,
or TDD NB2
2 In-band 512 Non- R.NB.4 ETU1 2 2x1 Low 1 -10.0 NB1,
ancho TDD NB2
r
8.12.3 Demodulation of NPBCH

The receiver characteristics of the NPBCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the NPBCH (Pm-
bch), which is defined as
A
Pm  bch  1 
B
For the performance with single a NPBCH TTI decoding, A is the number of correctly decoded MIB-NB PDUs and B
is the number of transmitted MIB-NB PDUs.
For the performance with multiple NPBCH TTIs decoding, A is the number of 5120ms durations consisting of
contiguous NPBCH TTIs where there is at least one correctly decoded MIB-NB PDU, and B is the number of 5120ms
durations consisting of contiguous NPBCH TTIs during the test.
8.12.3.1 HD-FDD
Table 8.12.3.1-1: Test Parameters for NPBCH

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Downlink power NPBCH_RA dB 0 -3
allocation NPBCH_RB dB 0 -3
Cell ID 0 0
8.12.3.1.1 Single-antenna port performance with single NPBCH TTI
For the parameters specified in Table 8.12.3.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting NPBCH (Pm-bch) shall be
below the specified value in Table 8.12.3.1.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.6.
Table 8.12.3.1.1-1: Minimum performance NPBCH
Test Bandwidth Reference Propagation Antenna Reference value UE

number Channel Condition configuration Pm-bch (%) SNR (dB) Category
1 200 KHz R.NB1.1 EPA1 1x1 1 -2.0 NB1, NB2
3GPP
Release 16 1254 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.12.3.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port with multiple NPBCH TTIs
For the parameters specified in Table 8.12.3.1-1 the average probability of a miss-detected NPBCH (Pm-bch) shall be
below the specified value in Table 8.12.3.1.2.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.6.
Table 8.12.3.1.2.1-1: Minimum performance NPBCH

and
correlation
Matrix
1 200 KHz R.NB1.2 EPA1 2 x 1 Low 1 -11.5 NB1, NB2
8.12.3.2 TDD
Table 8.12.3.2-1: Test Parameters for NPBCH TDD

Parameter Unit
port diversity
Downlink power NPBCH_RA dB 0 -3
allocation NPBCH_RB dB 0 -3
Cell ID 0 0
4 4
(Note 1)
4 4
(Note 2)
8.12.3.2.1 Single-antenna port performance with single NPBCH TTI
For the parameters specified in Table 8.12.3.2-1 the average probability of a miss-detecting NPBCH (Pm-bch) shall be
below the specified value in Table 8.12.3.2.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.6.
Table 8.12.3.2.1-1: Minimum performance NPBCH

1 200 KHz R.NB1.1 EPA1 1x1 1 -2.0 NB1, NB2
8.12.3.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement 2 Tx Antenna Port with multiple NPBCH TTIs
For the parameters specified in Table 8.12.3.2-1 the average probability of a miss-detected NPBCH (Pm-bch) shall be
below the specified value in Table 8.12.3.2.2.1-1. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1255 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.12.3.2.2.1-1: Minimum performance NPBCH

and
correlation
Matrix
1 200 KHz R.NB1.2 EPA1 2 x 1 Low 1 -11.5 NB1, NB2
8.13 Demodulation of PDSCH CA and DC(4 receiver antenna

ports)
8.13.1 FDD (CA and DC)

The parameters specified in Table 8.13.1-1 are valid for all FDD CA and DC tests unless otherwise stated.
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Number of OFDM
5 MHz bandwidths,
component carrier
Cell_ID 0
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with frequency selective precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 1256 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
CCs
bitmap 001111111111111111000000000000
0000
Note 1: PB  1 .
layers.
channel selection configured for Tests in Table 8.13.1.1.1-3, and with PUCCH
format 3 for Tests in Table 8.13.1.1.1-4, Table 8.13.1.1.1-5 and Table 8.13.1.1.1-
6.
3GPP
Release 16 1257 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Band Reference channel OCNG Propa- Correlation matrix and Reference value
- pattern gation antenna config. Fraction of SNR (dB)
width condi- maximum
2Rx CC 4Rx CC tion 2Rx CC 4Rx CC throughpu 2Rx CC 4Rx CC
t (%)
1.4M R.14-4 R.14-4 OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 7.5
10.4
Hz FDD FDD
3MHz R.14-5 R.14-5 OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 5.1
9.5
FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
10 R.14 FDD R.14 FDD OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 5.7
10.1
MHz
15M R.14-7 R.14-7 OP.1 FDD EVA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 5.6
10.1
Hz FDD FDD
10.3
Hz FDD FDD
CCs

As specified in Table 8.13.1.1.1-2 per CC
1 2x10 MHz ≥5
depending on either 2Rx CC or 4Rx CC
As specified in Table 8.13.1.1.1-2 per CC ≥5
2 2x20 MHz
3 2x5 MHz
4 15MHz+5MHz
5 10MHz+5MHz
3GPP
Release 16 1258 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs
CA Band-width
combination
1 3x20MHz ≥5
2 20MHz+20MHz+15MHz
3 20MHz+20MHz+10MHz
4 20MHz+15MHz+15MHz
5 20MHz+15MHz+10MHz
6 20MHz+10MHz+10MHz
7 15MHz+15MHz+10MHz
8 20MHz+10MHz+5MHz
9 20MHz+15MHz+5MHz
10 10MHz+10MHz+5MHz
11 5MHz+5MHz+20MHz
12 3x10MHz
13 5MHz+5MHz+10MHz
3GPP
Release 16 1259 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs
Test
num.
1 4x20MHz ≥8
10MHz+20MHz+20MHz+20MH As specified in Table 8.13.1.1.1-2 per CC ≥8
2
z depending on either 2Rx CC or 4Rx CC
3
4 5MHz+10MHz+20MHz+20MHz
6 15+3x20MHz ≥8
7 2x15+2x20MHz ≥8
8 10+15+2x20MHz ≥8
9 3x10+20MHz ≥8
10 2x5+2x20MHz ≥8
11 2x5+10+20MHz ≥8
12 4x10MHz ≥8
defined in 8.1.2.6.
CCs
Test UE
num. category
1 5x20MHz 8, ≥11
2 15MHz+4x20MHz 8, ≥11
3 10MHz+4x20MHz 8, ≥11
4 2x10MHz+3x20MHz 8, ≥11
5 5MHz+10MHz+3x20MHz 8, ≥11
6 3x10MHz+2x20MHz 8, ≥11
7 4x10MHz+20MHz 8, ≥11
defined in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1260 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.13.1.1.2 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port for dual
connectivity
For dual connectivity the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.1.1.2-3 for 2DL CCs and Table 8.13.1.1.2-4 for 3DL
CCs, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.1.1.2-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table
the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective precoding by using dual connectivity
transmission.
Table 8.13.1.1.2-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
s dB 3
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
and SCG
MCG and SCG
(Note 4)
Note 1:
PB =1 .
configured.
3GPP
Release 16 1261 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.13.1.1.2-2: Single carrier performance for multiple DC configurations
t (%)
10.4
Hz FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
10.1
MHz
10.1
Hz FDD FDD
10.3
Hz FDD FDD
Table 8.13.1.1.2-3: Minimum performance Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity
with 2 DL CCs

1 2x20 MHz
2 15+20 MHz
3 10+20MHz
4 2x15 MHz
5 2x10 MHz ≥3
6 15+5 MHz ≥3
7 10+15 MHz ≥5
combination sets is defined in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1262 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
with 3DL CCs

1 20+20+15MHz
2 20+15+15MHz
3 3x20 MHz
4 20+20+10 MHz
5 20+15+10 MHz
6 20+10+10 MHz
7 15+15+10 MHz
8.13.1.1.3 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port with

256QAM
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with frequency selective precoding with
256QAM under CA.
channel setup according to Annex C.3.2. The test coverage for different number of component carriers is defined in
8.1.2.4.
3GPP
Release 16 1263 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
N oc dBm/15kHz -98
at antenna port
CCs
bitmap 001111111111111111000000000000
0000
Note 1: PB  1 .
layers.
channel selection configured for Tests in Table 8.13.1.1.3-3.
t (%)
5MHz R.72-1 R.72-1 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 23.4 19.3
FDD FDD
10 R.72 FDD R.72 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 21.6 18.0
MHz
15M R.72-2 R.72-2 OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 21.7 17.4
Hz FDD FDD
Hz FDD FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1264 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs

1 2x10 MHz ≥5
2 2x20 MHz
3 2x5 MHz
4 15MHz+5MHz
5 10MHz+5MHz
8.13.1.1.4 Minimum Requirement Four-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-four performance with wideband precoding with 4Tx and
4Rx under CA.
8.1.2.4.
Table 8.13.1.1.4-1: Test Parameters for Four-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

A dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
Antenna Ports 0,1,2,3
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz CCs,
75 for 15MHz and 100 for 20MHz CCs
bitmap
PDSCH rank 4
Note 1: PB  1 .
layers.
channel selection
3GPP
Release 16 1265 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Band- Reference OCNG Propa- Correlation Reference value

width channel pattern gation matrix and Fraction of SNR
condi- antenna maximum (dB)
tion config throughput (%)
5MHz R.74-1 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 14.1
10MHz R.74 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 14.9
CCs

8.13.1.2 Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
8.13.1.2.1 Minimum Requirement Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port
For CA with 2 DL CCs, for dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with DCI
format 2C, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.1.2.1-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table
8.13.1.2.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.1.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup
according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1266 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A dB 0
Downlink power allocation B dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0 and 1
Cell ID 0
Subframes 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Subframes / 3/
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap bitmap 0010000000000000
 Reference Value in Table
E s N oc 8.13.1.2.1-2
PRB 50
(Note 2)
Note 1: PB  1
Note 2: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with
one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be
uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.
t (%)
5MHz R.51-2 R.51-2 OP.1 FDD ETU5 2x2 Low 2x4 Low 70 14.2 9.0
FDD FDD
10 R.51 FDD R.51 FDD OP.1 FDD ETU5 2x2 Low 2x4 Low 70 13.7 8.8
MHz
15M R.51-3 R.51-3 OP.1 FDD ETU5 2x2 Low 2x4 Low 70 13.6 8.7
Hz FDD FDD
Hz FDD FDD

E s N oc of Cell 1.
3GPP
Release 16 1267 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.13.1.2. 1-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2
DL CCs

1 2x10 MHz ≥5
2 2x20 MHz
3 2x5 MHz
4 15MHz+5MHz
5 10MHz+5MHz
CCs
CA Band-width
combination
1 3x20MHz ≥5
2 20MHz+20MHz+15MHz
3 20MHz+20MHz+10MHz
4 20MHz+15MHz+15MHz
5 20MHz+15MHz+10MHz
6 20MHz+10MHz+10MHz
7 15MHz+15MHz+10MHz
8 20MHz+10MHz+5MHz
9 20MHz+15MHz+5MHz
10 10MHz+10MHz+5MHz
11 5MHz+5MHz+20MHz
12 3x10MHz
13 5MHz+5MHz+10MHz
3GPP
Release 16 1268 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs
Test
num.
1 4x20MHz ≥8
2
3
6 15+3x20MHz ≥8
7 2x15+2x20MHz ≥8
8 10+15+2x20MHz ≥8
9 3x10+20MHz ≥8
10 2x5+2x20MHz ≥8
11 2x5+10+20MHz ≥8
12 4x10MHz ≥8
defined in 8.1.2.6.
CCs
UE
Test num. CA Band-width combination Requirement
category
1 5x20MHz 8, ≥11
2 15MHz+4x20MHz 8, ≥11
3 10MHz+4x20MHz 8, ≥11
4 2x10MHz+3x20MHz 8, ≥11
5 5MHz+10MHz+3x20MHz 8, ≥11
6 3x10MHz+2x20MHz 8, ≥11
7 4x10MHz+20MHz 8, ≥11
defined in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1269 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.13.1.3 Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A Closed-loop spatial

multiplexing
8.13.1.3.1 Minimum Requirement Single-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port with

TM4 interference model (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-one performance with wideband precoding with two transmit
antennas when the PDSCH transmission in the serving cell is interfered by PDSCH of one dominant interfering cell
applying transmission mode 4 interference model defined in clause B.5.3. In Table 8.13.1.3.1-1, Cell 1 is the serving
cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical channel setup is according to Annex C.3.2 for each of Cell
1 and Cell 2, respectively.
model for CA

ρA dB -3 -3
 dB 0 0
-98 N/A
15kHz
Cell Id 0 1
B.5.3
Rank 2 % N/A 20
interfering cells
3GPP
Release 16 1270 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50

4 for 5MHz CCs, 6 for
for 10MHz CCs, 75 for
Precoding granularity PRB 10MHz CCs, 8 for
15MHz and 100 for
15MHz and 20MHz CCs
20MHz CCs
Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH (Note 7) N/A
cqi-pmi- FDD PCC 2 N/A
ConfigurationIndex FDD SCC 3 N/A
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2:
N ´
Note 6: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel selection
configured for tests with 2 CCs.
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1, SF#2,
SF#6 and #7 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink
subframe SF#5 SF#6 SF#0 and SF#1.
Table 8.13.1.3.1-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations Enhanced Performance
Requirement Type A
Band- Reference OCNG Pattern Propagation Correlation Reference Value

width Channel Conditions Matrix and
2Rx CC 4Rx CC Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Fraction SINR (dB)
Configuration of (Note 2)
(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
put (%)
5MHz R.47-1 R.47-1 OP.1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 2x2 2x4 70 0.8 -3.0
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
10 MHz R.47 R.47 OP.1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 2x2 2x4 70 1.0 -2.7
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low

E /N óc of Cell 1 as defined in clause 8.1.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1271 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs

1 2x10 MHz ≥5
2 2x20 MHz
3 2x5 MHz
4 15MHz+5MHz
5 10MHz+5MHz
8.13.1.4 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A - Single-layer Spatial

Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
8.13.1.4.1 Minimum Requirement Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A – Single-

layer Spatial Multiplexing with TM9 interference model (User-Specific Reference
Symbols)
The purpose of these tests is to verify closed loop rank one performance on one of the antenna ports 7 or 8 without a
simultaneous transmission on the other antenna port in the serving cell when the PDSCH transmission in the serving
in clause B.5.4. In 8.13.1.4.1-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 is the interfering cell. The downlink physical
interference model for CA

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
 dB -3 -3
3GPP
Release 16 1272 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Subframes 5/2 N/A
0 N/A
configuration
-98 N/A
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126

As specified in
(Note 4, 5)
B.5.4
occurrence of
transmission rank in Rank 2 N/A 30
interfering cells
3GPP
Release 16 1273 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50

for 10MHz CCs, 75
Precoder update granularity PRB 10MHz CCs, 8 for
for 15MHz and 100
15MHz and 20MHz CCs
for 20MHz CCs
N/A
bitmap
No simultaneous
transmission on the
input signal under
test
Physical channel for CQI PUSCH(Note 8) N/A
reporting
cqi-pmi- FDD 4 N/A
ConfigurationIndex PCC
FDD 5 N/A
SCC
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna
port 7 or 8.
Note 8: To avoid collisions between CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both
on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink
SF#3, SF#4, SF#8 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on
PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7, SF#8, SF#2 and #3.
Note 9: ACK/NACK bits are transmitted using PUSCH with PUCCH format 1b with channel
selection configured for tests with 2 CCs.
Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
put (%)
3GPP
Release 16 1274 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
5MHz R.76-1 R.76-4 OP.1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 2x2 2x4 70 -0.4 -2.0
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
10 MHz R.76 R.76-5 OP.1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 2x2 2x4 70 0.1 -1.8
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low

CCs

1 2x10 MHz ≥5
2 2x20 MHz
3 2x5 MHz
4 15MHz+5MHz
5 10MHz+5MHz
8.13.2 TDD (CA and DC)

The parameters specified in Table 8.13.2-1 are valid for all TDD CA and DC tests unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1275 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Uplink downlink
1
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Number of OFDM
5 MHz bandwidths,
component carrier
For CA with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.2.1.1-2A, based on single carrier requirement
3GPP
Release 16 1276 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
selection for Tests with 2CCs;
PUCCH format 3 for Tests with
more than 2 CCs
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
t (%)
1.4M R.43-1 R.43-1 OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 8.1
11.0
Hz TDD TDD
3MHz R.43-2 R.43-2 OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 5.4
9.8
TDD TDD
10.0
TDD TDD
10 R.43-4 R.43-4 OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 6.3
10.5
MHz TDD TDD
15M R.43-5 R.43-5 OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 6.2
10.6
Hz TDD TDD
20M OP.1 TDD EVA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 6.4
R.43 TDD R.43 TDD 10.7
Hz
3GPP
Release 16 1277 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.13.2.1.1-2A: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2
DL CCs

1 2x20MHz ≥5
2 20MHz+15MHz ≥5
defined in 8.1.2.6.
CCs

1 3x20MHz ≥5
2 20MHz+20MHz+15MHz ≥5
defined in 8.1.2.6.
CCs

1 4x20MHz ≥8
2 20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+15MHz ≥8
defined in 8.1.2.6.
CCs
Test CA Band-width UE
Requirement
num. combination category
As specified in Table 8.13.2.1.1-2 per CC depending on either
1 5x20MHz 8, ≥11
2Rx CC or 4Rx CC
2 15MHz+4x20MHz 8, ≥11
2Rx CC or 4Rx CC
in 8.1.2.6
8.13.2.1.2 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port for dual
connectivity
For dual connectivity the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.2.1.2-3, for 2DL CCs, in Table 8.13.2.1.2-4 for 3DL
CCs, and Table 8.13.2.1.2-5 for 4DL CCs, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.2.1.2-2, with the
addition of the parameters in Table 8.13.2.1.2-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.The
purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective
precoding by using dual connectivity.
3GPP
Release 16 1278 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.13.2.1.2-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for dual connectivity

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
s dB 3
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
and SCG
MCG and SCG
(Note 5)
Note 1:
PB=1 .
configured.
Table 8.13.2.1.1-2: Single carrier performance for multiple DC configurations
t (%)
3GPP
Release 16 1279 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
11.0
Hz TDD TDD
9.8
TDD TDD
10.0
TDD TDD
10.5
MHz TDD TDD
10.6
Hz TDD TDD
R.43 TDD R.43 TDD 10.7
Hz

2x20 MHz As specified in Table 8.13.2.1.2-2 per CC
1 ≥5

1 ≥5

1 ≥8
15+20+20+20MHz As specified in Table 8.13.2.1.2-2 per CC
2 ≥8
8.13.2.1.3 Minimum Requirement Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port with

256QAM
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with frequency selective precoding with
256QAM under CA.
3GPP
Release 16 1280 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.1.2.4.

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
Precoding granularity PRB 10MHz CCs, 8 for 15MHz and
20MHz CCs
selection for Tests with 2CCs
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
t (%)
5MHz R.72-1 R.72-1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 22.4 18.0
TDD TDD
10 R.72 TDD R.72 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 21.4 17.5
MHz
15M R.72-2 R.72-2 OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x2 Low 4x4 Low 70 21.5 17.1
Hz TDD TDD
Hz TDD TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1281 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CCs

1 2x20MHz ≥5
2 20MHz+15MHz ≥5
defined in 8.1.2.6.
8.13.2.1.4 Minimum Requirement Four-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 4 Tx Antenna Port
4Rx under CA.
8.1.2.4.

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
PDSCH rank 4
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50 for 10MHz
Precoding granularity PRB CCs, 75 for 15MHz and 100 for
20MHz CCs
Reporting interval ms 1 or 4
bitmap
selection for Tests with 2CCs
Uplink-Downlink Configuration 1
Note 1:
PB =1 .
layers.
3GPP
Release 16 1282 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

5MHz R.74-1 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 14.5
10MHz R.74 TDD OP.1 TDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 14.4
CCs

defined in 8.1.2.6.
8.13.2.2.1 Minimum Requirement Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port
format 2C, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.2.2.1-2A, based on single carrier requirement specified in Table
3GPP
Release 16 1283 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0
 dB -3
Cell ID 0

Subframes 5/4
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Subframes / 4/
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap bitmap 0010000000000000
Es / N oc Reference Value in Table

8.13.2.2.1-2
PRB 50
(Note 2)
Note 1:
PB=1
t (%)
5MHz R.51-2 R.51-2 OP.1 TDD ETU5 2x2 Low 2x4 Low 70 14.0 9.0
TDD TDD
10 R.51 TDD R.51 TDD OP.1 TDD ETU5 2x2 Low 2x4 Low 70 13.9 9.1
MHz
15M R.51-3 R.51-3 OP.1 TDD ETU5 2x2 Low 2x4 Low 70 13.9 9.2
Hz TDD TDD
Hz TDD TDD

Note 3:
E
N oc of Cell 1.
3GPP
Release 16 1284 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.13.2.2.1-2A: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2
DL CCs

1 2x20MHz ≥5
2 20MHz+15MHz ≥5
defined in 8.1.2.6.
CCs

1 3x20MHz ≥5
2 20MHz+20MHz+15MHz ≥5
defined in 8.1.2.6.
CCs

1 4x20MHz ≥8
2 20MHz+20MHz+20MHz+15MHz ≥8
defined in 8.1.2.6.
CCs
Test CA Band-width UE
Requirement
num. combination category
1 5x20MHz 8, ≥11
2Rx CC or 4Rx CC
2 15MHz+4x20MHz 8, ≥11
2Rx CC or 4Rx CC
in 8.1.2.6
8.13.2.3 Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A Closed-loop spatial multiplexing

TM4 interference model (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
3GPP
Release 16 1285 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
model for CA

ρA dB -3 -3
 dB 0 0
Antenna ports
0,1
dBm/15kHz -98 N/A

BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 1
B.5.3
Rank 2 % N/A 20
interfering cells
cqi-pmi- TDD PCC 3 N/A
ConfigurationIndex TDD SCC 4 N/A
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2:
N ´
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1,
SF#4, SF#6 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in
uplink subframe SF#7 SF#8 SF#2 and SF#3.
3GPP
Release 16 1286 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Requirement Type A

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
put (%)
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low

CCs

1 2x20MHz ≥5
2 20MHz+15MHz ≥5
defined in 8.1.2.6.
8.13.2.4 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A - Single-layer Spatial

Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)

Symbols)
3GPP
Release 16 1287 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation
 dB -3 -3

Subframes 5/4 N/A
CSI reference signal configuration 0 N/A

-98 N/A
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10 10
Cell Id 0 126

As specified in clause B.4.3
(Note 4, 5)
As specified in
clause B.5.4
occurrence of
transmission rank in Rank 2 N/A 30
interfering cells
3GPP
Release 16 1288 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)


No simultaneous
transmission on the other
Simultaneous transmission antenna port in (7 or 8) not N/A
used for the input signal
under test
Physical channel for CQI reporting PUSCH(Note 8) N/A
cqi-pmi- TDD PCC 3 N/A
ConfigurationIndex TDD SCC 4 N/A
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2:
N ´
Note 3: The modulation symbols of the signal under test in Cell 1 are mapped onto antenna port 7 or
8.
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1,
SF#4, SF#6 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in
uplink subframe SF#7, SF#8, SF#2 and #3.
Requirement Type A, CDM-multiplexed DM RS

2Rx CC 4Rx CC Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2 Antenna Fractio SINR (dB)
Configuration n of (Note 2)
(Note 3) Maxim
2Rx 4Rx um 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Throug CC CC
hput
(%)
3GPP
Release 16 1289 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
10 MHz R.76 R.76-5 OP.1 N/A EVA5 EVA5 2x2 2x4 70 -0.1 -2.1
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low

CCs

1 2x20MHz ≥5
2 20MHz+15MHz ≥5
defined in 8.1.2.6.
8.13.3 TDD-FDD (CA and DC)

The parameters specified in Table 8.13.3-1 are valid for all the TDD FDD CA tests unless otherwise stated.
3GPP
Release 16 1290 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.13.3-1: Common Test Parameters
Uplink downlink configuration (Note 1)

1
for TDD CC only
Special subframe configuration (Note
4
2) for TDD CC only
HARQ processes per

4
transmission
{0,0,1,2} for 64QAM
4 for 1.4 MHz bandwidth, 3 for 3 MHz and 5
Number of OFDM symbols for OFDM MHz bandwidths,
PDCCH per component carrier symbols 2 for 10 MHz, 15 MHz and 20 MHz
bandwidths
Cell_ID 0
Downlink HARQ-ACK FDD PCell As specified in Clause 7.3.3 in TS36.213 [6]

timing TDD PCell As specified in Clause 7.3.4 in TS36.213 [6]
The applicability of ther requirements are specified in Clause 8.1.2.6. The single carrier performance with different
bandwidths for multiple CA configurations specified in Clause 8.13.3 cannot be applied for UE single carrier test.
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-two performance with wideband and frequency selective
precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 1291 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
Table 8.13.3.1.1-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA
configurations for FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
t (%)
10.4
Hz FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
10.1
MHz
10.1
Hz FDD FDD
10.3
Hz FDD FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1292 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
configurations for TDD SCell (FRC)
t (%)
11.0
Hz TDD TDD
9.8
TDD TDD
10.0
TDD TDD
10.5
MHz TDD TDD
10.6
Hz TDD TDD
R.43 TDD R.43 TDD 10.7
Hz

numbe Total FDD CC TDD CC Cate
r gory
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1293 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numbe Total FDD CC TDD CC Categ
r ory
CC
5 CC
0 CC
CC
5 CC
0 CC
0 CC
0 CC
0 CC
in 8.1.2.6.

numb Total FDD CC TDD Cate
er CC gory
1 4x20 20 3x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
2 4x20 2×20 2×20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
3 3x20+15 20+15 2×20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
4 2×15+2x2 2×15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
0
5 3x20+15 2×20+15 20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
6 2×15+2x2 2x15+20 20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
0
7 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
8 4x20 3x20 20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
9 10+3x20 10 3x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
10 2x10+2x2 2x10 2x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
0
11 2x10+20+ 2x10 20+15 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
15
12 10+3x20 10+20 2x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
13 10+15+2x 10+15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
20
14 10+15+2x 10+15+2 20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.1-3 per CC ≥8
20 0
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1294 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numbe Total FDD CC TDD Categ
r CC ory
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.6.
precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 1295 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
0000000000000000000000000000
0000111111111111111100000000
bitmap
00000000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
configurations for FDD SCell (FRC)
t (%)
10.4
Hz FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
10.1
MHz
10.1
Hz FDD FDD
10.3
Hz FDD FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1296 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
configurations for TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)
t (%)
11.0
Hz TDD TDD
9.8
TDD TDD
10.0
TDD TDD
10.5
MHz TDD TDD
10.6
Hz TDD TDD
R.43 TDD R.43 TDD 10.7
Hz

r gory
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1297 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numbe Total FDD TDD CC Cate
r CC gory
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
defined in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1298 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

er CC
per CC
2 4x20 2×20 2×20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
per CC
3 3x20+15 20+15 2×20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
per CC
4 2×15+2x20 2×15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
per CC
5 3x20+15 2×20+15 20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
per CC
6 2×15+2x20 2x15+20 20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
per CC
7 3x20+10 2x20+10 20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
per CC
per CC
per CC
10 2x10+2x20 2x10 2x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
per CC
11 2x10+20+1 2x10 20+15 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
5 per CC
12 10+3x20 10+20 2x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
per CC
13 10+15+2x2 10+15 2x20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
0 per CC
14 10+15+2x2 10+15+2 20 As defined in Table 8.13.3.1.2-2 and Table 8.13.3.1.2-3 ≥8
0 0 per CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1299 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC ory
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.6.
8.13.3.2.1 Minimum Requirement Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port for

FDD PCell
The purpose of these tests is to verify dual-layer transmission on antenna ports 7 and 8 upon detection of a PDCCH with
DCI format 2C.
8.13.3.2.1-1 and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2
3GPP
Release 16 1300 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0
 dB -3
Cell ID 0

CSI-RS periodicity and subframe FDD CC 5/2
Subframes
offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS TDD CC 5/4
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration FDD CC Subframes / 3 / 0010000000000000
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap TDD CC bitmap 4 / 0010000000000000
Reference Value in Table
FDD CC
Es / N oc 8.13.3.2.1-2
TDD CC
8.13.3.2.1-3
Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2) PRB 50
Note 1:
PB=1
t (%)
FDD FDD
MHz
Hz FDD FDD
Hz FDD FDD

E s N oc of Cell 1.
3GPP
Release 16 1301 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
t (%)
TDD TDD
MHz
Hz TDD TDD
Hz TDD TDD

E s N oc of Cell 1.

r gory
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1302 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numbe Total FDD CC TDD CC Categ
r ory
CC
5 CC
0 CC
CC
5 CC
0 CC
0 CC
0 CC
0 CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1303 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numb Total FDD CC TDD Categ
er CC ory
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
0 CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
15 CC
CC
20 CC
20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1304 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC ory
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.6.
8.13.3.2.2 Minimum Requirement Dual-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 2 Tx Antenna Port for

TDD PCell
precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 1305 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0
 dB -3
Cell ID 0

CSI-RS periodicity and subframe FDD CC 5/2
Subframes
offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS TDD CC 5/4
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration FDD CC Subframes / 3 / 0010000000000000
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap TDD CC bitmap 4 / 0010000000000000
FDD CC
Es / N oc 8.13.3.2.2-2
TDD CC
8.13.3.2.2-3
Number of allocated resource blocks (Note 2) PRB 50
Note 1:
PB=1
t (%)
FDD FDD
MHz
Hz FDD FDD
Hz FDD FDD

E s N oc of Cell 1.
3GPP
Release 16 1306 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
t (%)
TDD TDD
MHz
Hz TDD TDD
Hz TDD TDD

E s N oc of Cell 1.

r gory
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1307 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numbe Total FDD TDD CC Cate
r CC gory
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
defined in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1308 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

numb Total FDD CC TDD Catego
er CC ry
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
5 CC
CC
0 CC
0 0 CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1309 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r CC ory
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
CC
0 CC
CC
×20 CC
2x20 0 CC
in 8.1.2.6.
8.13.3.3 Enhanced Performance Requirements Type A Closed-loop spatial

multiplexing

TM4 interference model (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) for FDD PCell
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell and with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1-4, based on
single carrier requirement specified in Table 8.13.3.3.1-2 and Table 8.13.3.3.1-3, with the addition of the parameters in
model for CA
Downlink power allocation ρA dB -3 -3
ρB dB -3 (Note 1) -3
3GPP
Release 16 1310 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
 dB 0 0

-98 N/A
15kHz
Cell Id 0 1
6
B.5.3
interfering cells Rank 2 % N/A 20
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50
15MHz and 100 for
15MHz and 20MHz CCs
20MHz CCs
ms N/A
FDD CC 8
PMI delay (Note 4)
ms N/A
TDD CC 10 or 11
N/A
N/A
N/A
cqi-pmi- FDD PCC 4

N/A
ConfigurationIndex
TDD SCC 5
N/A
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2:
N ´
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9
to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and
#3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to
allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2
for FDD CCs.
3GPP
Release 16 1311 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.13.3.3.1-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A for
FDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
put (%)
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low

TDD SCell (FRC)

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
put (%)
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low

3GPP
Release 16 1312 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

r gory
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.

with TM4 interference model (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols) for TDD
PCell
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.3.2-4, based on
model for CA
ρA dB -3 -3
 dB 0 0

-98 N/A
15kHz
Cell Id 0 1
6
B.5.3
interfering cells Rank 2 % N/A 20
3GPP
Release 16 1313 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50

15MHz and 100 for
15MHz and 20MHz CCs
20MHz CCs
ms N/A
FDD CC 8
PMI delay (Note 4)
ms N/A
TDD CC 10 or 11
N/A
N/A
N/A
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2:
N ´
FDD SCell (FRC)

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
put (%)
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low

E /N ´
3GPP
Release 16 1314 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
TDD PCell and SCell (FRC)

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
put (%)
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low

E /N ´

r gory
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6
8.13.3.4 Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A - Single-layer Spatial Multiplexing


Symbols) for FDD PCell
For TDD FDD CA with FDD PCell with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.1-4, based on
3GPP
Release 16 1315 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
 dB -3 -3

CSI-RS periodicity FDD CC 5/2 N/A
and subframe
Subframes
offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI- TDD CC 5/4 N/A
RS

0 N/A
configuration
-98 N/A
15kHz
Cell Id 0 126

As specified in
(Note 4, 5)
B.5.4
occurrence of
3GPP
Release 16 1316 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50

for 10MHz CCs, 75
for 15MHz and 100
15MHz and 20MHz CCs
for 20MHz CCs
PMI delay FDD CC 8 N/A

Ms
(Note 5) TDD CC 10 or 11 N/A
N/A
bitmap
No simultaneous
transmission on the
input signal under
test
reporting
cqi-pmi- FDD PCC 4 N/A
ConfigurationI 5 N/A
TDD SCC
ndex
Note 1:
PB=1
port 7 or 8.
SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in
uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be
transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the
HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs.
Table 8.13.3.4.1-2: Single carrier performance for Enhanced Performance Requirement Type A, CDM-
multiplexed DM RS for FDD PCell (FRC)

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
3GPP
Release 16 1317 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
put (%)
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low

E /N ´
multiplexed DM RS for TDD SCell (FRC)

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
put (%)
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low

E /N ´
CCs

r gory
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1318 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Symbols) for TDD PCell
For TDD FDD CA with TDD PCell with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.4.2-4, based on

ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0
 dB -3 -3

CSI-RS periodicity FDD CC 5/2 N/A
and subframe
Subframes
offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI- TDD CC 5/4 N/A
RS

0 N/A
configuration
-98 N/A
15kHz
Cell Id 0 126

As specified in
(Note 4, 5)
B.5.4
occurrence of
3GPP
Release 16 1319 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
25 for 5MHz CCs, 50

for 10MHz CCs, 75
for 15MHz and 100
15MHz and 20MHz CCs
for 20MHz CCs
PMI delay (Note FDD CC 8 N/A

Ms
5) TDD CC 10 or 11 N/A
N/A
bitmap
No simultaneous
transmission on the
input signal under
test
reporting
cqi-pmi- FDD CC 3 N/A
ConfigurationInde 4 N/A
TDD CC
x
Note 1:
PB=1
port 7 or 8.
SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in
uplink subframe SF#8 and #3 for TDD CCs, and PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be
transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the
HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7 and #2 for FDD CCs.
multiplexed DM RS for FDD SCell (FRC)

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
3GPP
Release 16 1320 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
put (%)
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low
FDD FDD FDD Low Low

E /N ´
multiplexed DM RS for TDD PCell (FRC)

(Note 3) Maximu
2Rx 4Rx m 2Rx 4Rx
CC CC Through CC CC
put (%)
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low
TDD TDD TDD Low Low

E /N ´
CCs

r gory
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1321 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.13.3.5 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance 4Tx Antenna Port for DC
precoding.
For TDD FDD DC with FDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.5.1-4 based on single
Table 8.13.3.5.1-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for DC

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
Wideband precoding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz
Precoding granularity PRB and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for
15MHz and 20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
1111111111110000000000000000
ACK/NACK transmission Separate ACK/NACK feedbacks with PUCCH
format 1b on the MCG and SCG
CSI feedback Separate PUSCH feedbacks on the MCG and
SCG
Time offset between MCG CC and SCG μs 0 for UE under test supporting synchronous
CC dual connectivity;
Note 1:
PB =1 .
before SF#(n+4).
Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers.
Note 7: If the UE supports both SCG bearer and Split bearer, the SCG bearer is configured.
3GPP
Release 16 1322 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.13.3.5.1-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple DC
t (%)
10.4
Hz FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
10.1
MHz
10.1
Hz FDD FDD
10.3
Hz FDD FDD
t (%)
11.0
Hz TDD TDD
9.8
TDD TDD
10.0
TDD TDD
10.5
MHz TDD TDD
10.6
Hz TDD TDD
R.43 TDD R.43 TDD 10.7
Hz
Table 8.13.3.5.1-4: Minimum performance for multiple DC configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

r gory
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1323 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
precoding.
For TDD FDD DC with TDD PCell and 2DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.13.3.5.2-4 based on single
Table 8.13.3.5.2-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for DC

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
Wideband precoding for 1.4MHz, 4 for 3MHz
Precoding granularity PRB and 5MHz CCs, 6 for 10MHz CCs, 8 for
15MHz and 20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
1111111111110000000000000000
ACK/NACK transmission Separate ACK/NACK feedbacks with PUCCH
format 1b on the MCG and SCG
CSI feedback Separate PUSCH feedbacks on the MCG and
SCG
Time offset between MCG CC and SCG μs 0 for UE under test supporting synchronous
CC dual connectivity;
Note 1:
PB=1 .
before SF#(n+4).
Note 3: Multiple CC-s under test are configured as the 1st set of serving cells by higher layers.
Note 7: If the UE supports both SCG bearer and Split bearer, the SCG bearer is configured.
3GPP
Release 16 1324 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
t (%)
10.4
Hz FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
9.5
FDD FDD
10.1
MHz
10.1
Hz FDD FDD
10.3
Hz FDD FDD
t (%)
11.0
Hz TDD TDD
9.8
TDD TDD
10.0
TDD TDD
10.5
MHz TDD TDD
10.6
Hz TDD TDD
R.43 TDD R.43 TDD 10.7
Hz
Table 8.13.3.5.2-4: Minimum performance for multiple DC configurations with 2DL CCs (FRC)

r gory
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
3GPP
Release 16 1325 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.13.3.6 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance 4Tx Antenna Port with

256QAM
precoding.

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
bitmap 0000111111111111111100000000
00000000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
3GPP
Release 16 1326 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
t (%)
FDD FDD
MHz
Hz FDD FDD
Hz FDD FDD
t (%)
TDD TDD
MHz
Hz TDD TDD
Hz TDD TDD
Test Aggregated Bandwidth Minimum performance requirement UE

Total FDD TDD
CC CC
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
precoding.
3GPP
Release 16 1327 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 3
20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
0000000000000000000000000000
0000111111111111111100000000
bitmap
00000000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
t (%)
FDD FDD
MHz
Hz FDD FDD
Hz FDD FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1328 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
t (%)
TDD TDD
MHz
Hz TDD TDD
Hz TDD TDD

Total FDD TDD
CC CC
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
8.13.3.7 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance 4Tx Antenna Port with Four
layers
4Rx under CA.

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
3GPP
Release 16 1329 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
bitmap
PDSCH rank 4
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
channel selection

5MHz R.74-1 FDD OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 14.1
FDD
10MHz R.74 FDD OP.1 EPA5 4x4 Low 70 14.9
FDD
FDD
FDD

3GPP
Release 16 1330 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Total FDD TDD
CC CC
CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
4Rx under CA.

ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 (Note 1)
 dB 0
20MHz CCs
FDD CC ms 8
PMI delay (Note 2)
TDD CC ms 10 or 11
FDD CC ms 1
Reporting interval
3GPP
Release 16 1331 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

bitmap
PDSCH rank 4
Note 1:
PB=1 .
layers.
channel selection

10MHz R.74 FDD OP.1 FDD EPA5 4x4 Low 70 14.9


Total FDD TDD
CC CC
3GPP
Release 16 1332 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

CC
CC
CC
in 8.1.2.6.
8.14 Demodulation (UE supporting Short TTI)

The performance requirements specified in this clause are valid for UEs capable of short TTI.
8.14.1 Slot-PDSCH and Subslot-PDSCH
8.14.1.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 8.14.1.1-1 are valid for FDD unless otherwise stated.
Parameter Unit
Value

Cell ID 0
8 for Slot-PDSCH
8 for subslot-PDSCH with proc-
Number of HARQ
Processes Timeline=set1 (Note 1)
processes
12 for subslot-PDSCH with proc-
Timeline=set2 (Note 1)
Minimum Processing Xp=4 (proc-Timeline=set1)
Time (Note 2) Xp=6 (proc-Timeline=set2)
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
OFDM symbols 2
symbols for PDCCH
Note 1: As specified in TS36.211 Table 8.1-2.
Note 2: Subslot-PDSCH only. As specified in TS36.213 7.3.
8.14.1.1.1 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance
Table 8.14.1.1.1-2, and the downlink physical channel setup according to Annex C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1333 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.14.1.1.1-1: Test Parameters for PDSCH

Cell ID 0 0
ρA dB -6 -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6 -6
 dB 0 0
Subframe configuration Non-MBSFN Non-MBSFN
Cell specific reference signal
0,1,2,3 0,1,2,3
DL TTI length Slot Subslot
Configured SPDCCH-PRB sets {Set 1, Set 2} {Set 1, Set 2}
SPDCCH-PRB set used for DCI
Set 1 Set 2
transmission
Used/Unused SPDCCH resource
N/A ‘10’
indication
PDSCH transmission mode TM3 TM3
DCI format 7-1B 7-1B
Table 8.14.1.1.1-2: SPDCCH-PRB set parameters
Parameter Unit Set 1 Set 2

Refence symbol CRS CRS
Transmission type Localized Localized
Number of OFDM symbols 1 1
Number of PRBs per SPDCCH-
16 16
PRB set (Note 1)
Rate Matching mode Mode 1 Not configured
SPDCCH L1 Reuse Indication Not configured {2, 0}
Aggregation level SCCE 2 2
Note 1: The two SPDCCH-PRB sets are non-overlapping with PRB = {0, 1, …, 15}
for Set 1, and PRB = {35, 36, …, 49} for Set 2
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Test Bandwidth OCNG gation matrix and
e maximum SNR cate
num and MCS pattern condi- antenna
tion config.
(%)
10 MHz R.sTTI.1
1 OP.1 FDD EVA30 4x2 Low 70 13.6 ≥2
16QAM 0.5 FDD
10 MHz
R.sTTI.2
2 16QAM OP.1 FDD EVA30 4x2 Low 70 11.6 ≥2
FDD
0.45
8.14.1.1.2 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance (User-Specific Reference Signals)
3GPP
Release 16 1334 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Cell ID 0 0
ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 -3
 dB 0 0
CSI-RS signals
15, 16 15, 16
5/2 5/2
offset
CSI-RS configuration 0 0
Zero-power CSI-RS configuration Not configured Not configured
SREG 2 2
Precoder update granularity
ms 1 1
Beamforming precoder Annex B.4.2 Annex B.4.2
Cell specific reference signal 0, 1 0, 1
DL TTI length Slot Subslot
0 for subslots
1,3, and 5
DMRS position indicator N/A
1 for subslots 2
and 4
Configured SPDCCH-PRB sets {Set 1, Set 2} {Set 1, Set 2}
Set 1 Set 2
transmission
’10’ N/A
indication
DCI format 7-1F 7-1F

Refence signal CRS CRS
8 8
PRB set (Note 1)
Rate Matching mode Not configured Mode 1
SPDCCH L1 Reuse Indication {1, 1} Not configured
3GPP
Release 16 1335 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Bandwidt Referenc Fraction of UE
Test OCNG gation matrix and
h and e maximum SNR cate
num pattern condi- antenna
MCS channel Throughput (dB) gory
tion config.
(%)
10 MHz R.sTTI.3
1 OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 7.1 ≥2
QPSK 1/3 FDD
10 MHz R.sTTI.4
2 OP.1 FDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 8.4 ≥2
QPSK 1/3 FDD

The parameters specified in Table 8.14.1.2-1 are valid for TDD unless otherwise stated.
Parameter Unit
Value

Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
Processes 8 (Slot-PDSCH)
processes
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Number of OFDM
OFDM symbols 2
symbols for PDCCH
Uplink downlink
1
Special subframe
4
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
8.14.1.2.1 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance
3GPP
Release 16 1336 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2
Cell ID 0
ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6
 dB 0
Antenna ports
0,1,2,3
DL TTI length Slot
Configured SPDCCH-PRB sets {Set 1, Set 2}
Set 1
transmission
N/A
indication
DCI format 7-1B

Refence signal CRS CRS
16 16
PRB set (Note 1)
Rate Matching mode Mode 1 Not configured
SPDCCH L1 Reuse Indication Not configured {2, 0}
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Test Bandwidth OCNG gation matrix and
e maximum SNR cate
num and MCS pattern condi- antenna
tion config.
(%)
10 MHz R.sTTI.1
1 OP.1 TDD EVA30 4x2 Low 70 13.5 ≥2
16QAM 0.5 FDD
8.14.1.2.2 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing performance (User-Specific Reference Signals)
3GPP
Release 16 1337 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Number of PDCCH symbols symbols 2
Cell ID 0
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3
 dB 0
Antenna ports
CSI-RS signals
15, 16
CRS-RS periodicity and subframe
5/4
offset
CSI-RS configuration 0
Zero-power CRI-RS configuration Not configured
SREG 2
ms 1
Beamforming precoder Annex B.4.2
Cell specific reference signal 0,1
DL TTI length Slot
Configured SPDCCH-PRB sets {Set 1, Set 2}
Set 1
transmission
’10’
indication
DCI format 7-1F

Refence symbol CRS CRS
8 8
PRB set (Note 1)
Rate Matching mode Not configured Mode 1
SPDCCH L1 Reuse Indication {1, 1} Not configured
Reference value
Propa- Correlation
Bandwidt Referenc Fraction of UE
Test OCNG gation matrix and
h and e maximum SNR cate
num pattern condi- antenna
MCS channel Throughput (dB) gory
tion config.
(%)
10 MHz R.sTTI.2
1 OP.1 TDD EPA5 2x2 Low 70 6.8 ≥2
QPSK 1/3 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1338 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.14.2 SPDCCH
The receiver characteristics of the SPDCCH are determined by the probability of miss-detection of the Downlink
8.14.2.1 FDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.14.2.1-1 and Table 8.14.2.1-2 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.14.2.1-1: Test Parameters for SPDCCH
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Test 3 Test 4
Cell ID 0 0
ρA dB -6 -3
Downlink power ρB dB -6 -3
allocation  dB 0 0
δ dB N/A 3

SREG N/A 2
ms N/A 1
Beamforming precoder N/A Annex B.4.4
0,1,2,3 0,1
Configured SPDCCH-PRB sets {Set 1} {Set 2}
Set 1 Set 2
transmission
DCI format 7-1C 7-1F
Note 1: For slot-based transmission, DCI 7-1C and 7-1F are transmitted only on
SPDCCH in slot 1. For subslot-based transmission, DCI 7-1C and 7-1F are
transmitted on SPDCCH in all the subslots.
Table 8.14.2.1-2: SPDCCH-PRB set parameters

Refence symbol CRS DMRS
Transmission type Localized Distributed
Number of OFDM symbols 1 Note 2
16 16
PRB set (Note 1)
Note 1: The two SPDCCH-PRB sets are non-overlapping with PRB = {0, 1, …, 15} for
Set 1 and PRB = {0, 1, 6, 7, 12, 13, 18, 19, 28, 29, 34, 35, 40, 41, 46, 47} for
Set 2.
Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols for slot-based SPDCCH. 2 OFDM symbols for subslot indices
2, 3, and 4, and 3 OFDM symbols for subslot indices 1 and 5 for subslot-based
SPDCCH.
3GPP
Release 16 1339 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.14.2.1.1 Mimimum requirement
For the parameters specified in Table 8.14.2.1-1 and Table 8.14.2.1-2 the average probability of a missed downlink
scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.14.2.1.1-1. The metric Pm-dsg is calculated
across all the slots for slot-based SPDCCH and across all the subslots for subslot-based SPDCCH. The downlink
physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.14.2.1.1-1: Minimum performance SPDCCH
Test Bandwidth DL TTI Aggregati Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value
number length on Level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 10 MHz Slot 2 SCCE R.sTTI.10 OP.7 FDD EVA30 4 x 2 Low 1 2.9
FDD
2 10 MHz Slot 8 SCCE R.sTTI.11 OP.7 FDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 1.3
FDD
3 10 MHz Subslot 2 SCCE R.sTTI.10 OP.7 FDD EVA30 4 x 2 Low 1 2.3
FDD
4 10 MHz Subslot 8 SCCE R.sTTI.11 OP.7 FDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 0.9
FDD
8.14.2.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.14.2.2-1 and Table 8.14.2.2-2 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated.
Table 8.14.2.2-1: Test Parameters for SPDCCH

Cell ID 0 0
ρA dB -6 -3
Downlink power ρB dB -6 -3
allocation  dB 0 0
δ dB N/A 3

SREG N/A 2
ms N/A 1
Beamforming precoder N/A Annex B.4.4
0,1,2,3 0,1
Configured SPDCCH-PRB sets {Set 1} {Set 2}
Set 1 Set 2
transmission
DCI format 7-1C 7-1F
TDD UL/DL Configuration 0 0
TDD Special Subframe 1 1
Note 1: For slot-based transmission, DCI 7-1C and 7-1F are transmitted only on
SPDCCH in slot 1. For subslot-based transmission, DCI 7-1C and 7-1F are
transmitted on SPDCCH in all the subslots.
3GPP
Release 16 1340 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.14.2.2-2: SPDCCH-PRB set parameters

Refence symbol CRS DMRS
Transmission type Localized Distributed
Number of OFDM symbols 1 Note 2
16 16
PRB set (Note 1)
Note 1: The two SPDCCH-PRB sets are non-overlapping with PRB = {0, 1, …, 15} for
Set 1 and PRB = {0, 1, 6, 7, 12, 13, 18, 19, 28, 29, 34, 35, 40, 41, 46, 47} for
Set 2.
Note 2: 2 OFDM symbols for slot-based SPDCCH. 2 OFDM symbols for subslot indices
2, 3, and 4, and 3 OFDM symbols for subslot indices 1 and 5 for subslot-based
SPDCCH.
8.14.2.2.1 Mimimum requirement
For the parameters specified in Table 8.14.2.2-1 and Table 8.14.2.2-2 the average probability of a missed downlink
scheduling grant (Pm-dsg) shall be below the specified value in Table 8.14.2.2.1-1. The metric Pm-dsg is calculated
across all the slots. The downlink physical setup is in accordance with Annex C.3.2.
Table 8.14.2.2.1-1: Minimum performance SPDCCH
Test Bandwidth DL TTI Aggregati Reference OCNG Propagation Antenna Reference value
number length on Level Channel Pattern Condition configuration Pm-dsg SNR
Matrix
1 10 MHz Slot 2 SCCE R.sTTI.10 OP.7 TDD EVA30 4 x 2 Low 1 2.7
TDD
2 10 MHz Slot 8 SCCE R.sTTI.11 OP.7 TDD EPA5 2 x 2 Low 1 1.2
TDD
8.15 Demodulation (8 receiver antenna ports)
8.15.1 PDSCH
8.15.1.1 Void

3GPP
Release 16 1341 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Uplink downlink
1
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
OFDM symbols
Precoder update Transmission modes 9 and 10 unless
granularity stated otherwise
Time domain: 1 ms
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Symbols)
Table 8.15.1.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Transmit diversity Performance (FRC) with 8Rx Antenna Ports
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Note 1: PB  1
3GPP
Release 16 1342 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.15.1.2.1-2: Minimum performance Transmit Diversity (FRC) with 8Rx Antenna Ports

num h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Category
ber MCS Antenna Maximum (dB)
2x8 Medium
10 MHz OP.1
1 R.11 TDD EVA5 correlation B, 70 1.4 ≥2
16QAM 1/2 TDD
ULA
8.15.1.2.2 Open-loop spatial multiplexing performance with 2Tx Antenna Ports (Cell-Specific
Reference Symbols)
Table 8.15.1.2.2-1: Test Parameters for Large Delay CDD (FRC) with 8Rx Antenna Ports
ρA -3
dB
Downlink power -3 (Note 1)
ρB dB
allocation
 dB 0
Note 1:
PB=1
Table 8.15.1.2.2-2: Minimum performance Large Delay CDD (FRC) with 8Rx Antenna Ports
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagatio Correlation Reference value UE

num and MCS Channel Pattern n Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Cate
(%)
1 10 MHz R.11-1 OP.1 EVA70 2x8 Low 70 4.1 ≥2
16QAM 1/2 TDD TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1343 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Symbols)

ρA dB 0
 dB -3
8 layer precoding based on WB
Beamforming model
PMI feedback

Subframes 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Subframes 4/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0010000000000000

PRB 50
(Note 2)
PMI delay 10 or 11
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x0000 0000 0000 0010 0000
0000 0000
Note 1:
PB =1 .
Note 2: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 4, 9 and 41 resource blocks
(RB0–RB20 and RB30–RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0, 1 and 6.
Note 4: Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH: 2
Reference Symbols)
Test Bandwidt Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value UE DL UE

number h and Channel Pattern Condition Matrix and Fraction of SNR Catego Categ
MCS Antenna Maximum (dB) ry ry
1 10 MHz R.50-4 OP.1 EPA5 8x8 Low 70 18.5 8 14,
16QAM TDD TDD 17,18,
9,20,2
,23,24
25,26
3GPP
Release 16 1344 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
8.15.2 CA
8.15.2.1 Void
8.15.2.2 TDD
The parameters specified in Table 8.15.2.2-1 are valid for all TDD CA and DC tests unless otherwise stated.
Uplink downlink
1
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Number of HARQ
component carrier
Maximum number of
4
HARQ transmission
Number of OFDM
5 MHz bandwidths,
component carrier
8.15.2.2.1 Eight Layer Spatial Multiplexing (User-Specific Reference Symbols)
8.15.2.2.1.1 Minimum Requirement Eight-Layer Spatial Multiplexing 8 Tx Antenna Port
The purpose of these tests is to verify the closed loop rank-eight performance with frequency selective precoding with
8Tx and 8Rx under CA.
For CA with 2 DL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 8.15.2.2.1.1-3, based on single carrier requirement
specified in Table 8.15.2.2.1.1-2, with the addition of the parameters in Table 8.15.2.2.1.1-1 and the downlink physical
3GPP
Release 16 1345 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.15.2.2.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Multi-Layer Spatial Multiplexing (FRC) for CA

ρA dB 0
ownlink power allocation ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
 dB -3

Subframes 5/2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Subframes 3/
ICSI-RS /
/ bitmap 0001000000000000

PRB 50
(Note 2)
PMI delay 8
Reporting interval 5
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x0000 0000 0000 0010 0000 0000
0000
Note 1:
PB=1 .
Note 2: 50 resource blocks are allocated in sub-frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 and 41 resource blocks
(RB0–RB20 and RB30–RB49) are allocated in sub-frame 0.
Note 3: These physical resource blocks are assigned to an arbitrary number of virtual UEs with
one PDSCH per virtual UE; the data transmitted over the OCNG PDSCHs shall be
uncorrelated pseudo random data, which is QPSK modulated.
Table 8.15.2.2.1.1-2: Single carrier performance for multiple CA configurations

3GPP
Release 16 1346 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 8.15.2.2.1.1-3: Minimum performance (FRC) based on single carrier performance for CA with 2
DL CCs
CA Band- DL UE category
Test width
Requirement UE category
num. combinatio
n
As specified in Table 8.15.2.2.1.1-2 14,
1 2x20 MHz 8
per CC 17,18,19,20,22,23,24,25,26
defined in 8.1.2.12.3.
9 Reporting of Channel State Information
9.1 General
This section includes requirements for the reporting of channel state information (CSI). For all test cases in this section,
the definition of SNR and SINR are in accordance with the one given in clause 8.1.1.
For the performance requirements specified in this clause, it is assumed that NRX=2 unless otherwise stated.
Unless otherwise stated, 4-bit CQI Table in Table 7.2.3-1 in TS 36.213 [6], and Modulation and TBS index table in
Table 7.1.7.1-1 for PDSCH in TS 36.213 [6] are applied in all the CSI requirements.

In Clause 9 the test cases may be defined with different channel bandwidth to verify the same CSI requirement.
Test cases defined for 5MHz channel bandwidth that reference this clause are applicable to UEs that support only Band
31, 72, 73, 87 and/or 88.
combination sets
The performance requirement for CA CQI tests in Clause 9 are defined independent of CA configurations and
bandwidth combination sets specified in Clause 5.6A.1. For UEs supporting different CA configurations and bandwidth
combination sets, the applicability and test rules are defined for the tests for 2 DL CCs in Table 9.1.1.2-1 and 3 or more
DL CCs in Table 9.1.1.2-2. For simplicity, CA configuration below refers to combination of CA configuration and
bandwidth combination set.
3GPP
Release 16 1347 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.1.1.2-1: Applicability and test rules for CA UE CQI tests with 2 DL CCs
CA Bandwidth
CA capability CA configuration from
combination to be
Tests where the tests the selected CA capbility
tested in priority
apply where the tests apply
order
10+10 MHz, 20+20
CA tests with Any of one of
Any one of the supported MHz, 5+5 MHz,
2CCs in Clause the supported
FDD CA configurations 10MHz+5MHz,
9.6.1.1 CA capabilities
15MHz+5MHz
Any of one of
the supported
CA tests with CA capabilities
2CCs in Clause with largest
9.6.1.2 aggregated CA
bandwidth
combination
Note 1: The applicability and test rules are specified in this table, unless otherwise stated.
Note 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected
Note 3: A single Uplink CC is configured for all tests
Table 9.1.1.2-2: Applicability and test rules for CA UE CQI tests with 3 or more DL CCs
CA Bandwidth
CA capability CA configuration from
combination to be
Tests where the tests the selected CA capbility
tested in priority
apply where the tests apply
order
Any of one of
the supported
CA tests with 3 Any one of the supported
CA capabilities
ore more CCs FDD CA configurations Largest aggregated CA
with largest
in Clause with largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination
aggregated CA
9.6.1.1 bandwidth combination
bandwidth
combination
Any of one of
the supported
CA tests with 3 CA capabilities
or more CCs in with largest
Clause 9.6.1.2 aggregated CA
bandwidth
combination
Note 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected
9.1.1.2A Applicability and test rules for different TDD-FDD CA configurations and
bandwidth combination sets
The performance requirement for TDD-FDD CA CQI tests in Clause 9 are defined independent of CA configurations
and bandwidth combination sets specified in Clause 5.6A.1. For UEs supporting different CA configurations and
bandwidth combination sets, the applicability and test rules are defined for the tests for 2 DL TDD-FDD CA in Table
3GPP
Release 16 1348 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.1.1.2A-1 and for 3 or more DL TDD-FDD CA in Table 9.1.1.2A-2. For simplicity, CA configuration below refers to
combination of CA configuration and bandwidth combination set.
Table 9.1.1.2A-1: Applicability and test rules for CA UE CQI tests for TDD-FDD CA with 2 DL CCs
CA capability CA configuration from the CA Bandwidth

Tests where the tests selected CA capbility where the combination to be
apply tests apply tested in priority order
Any one of the supported TDD-
CA tests with Any of one of the
FDD CA configurations with FDD Largest aggregated CA
2CCs in Clause supported CA
PCell with largest aggregated CA bandwidth combination
9.6.1.3 capabilities
FDD CA configurations with TDD Largest aggregated CA
Note 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected CA
configuration is 1.
Table 9.1.1.2A-2: Applicability and test rules for CA UE CQI tests for TDD-FDD CA with 3 or more DL
CCs
CA capability CA configuration from the CA Bandwidth

Tests where the tests selected CA capbility where the combination to be
apply tests apply tested in priority order
FDD CA configurations with FDD Largest aggregated CA
FDD CA configurations with TDD Largest aggregated CA
Note 2: Number of the supported bandwidth combinations to be tested from each selected CA
configuration is 1.
9.1.1.3 Test coverage for different number of componenet carriers

For FDD CA tests specified in 9.6.1.1, among all supported CA capabilities, if corresponding CA tests with the largest
For TDD CA tests specified in 9.6.1.2, among all supported CA capabilities, if corresponding CA tests with the largest
For TDD FDD CA tests specified in 9.6.1.3 and 9.6.1.4, among all supported CA capabilities, if corresponding CA tests
with the largest number of CCs supported by the UE are tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled without
executing the TDD FDD CA tests with less than the largest number of CCs supported by the UE.
3GPP
Release 16 1349 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For 4Rx capable UEs all single carrier tests specified in 9.2 to 9.5 with 2Rx are tested on any of the 2Rx supported RF
applied.
For 4Rx capable UEs without any 2Rx supported RF bands, all single carrier tests specified in 9.2 to 9.5 with 2Rx are
tested on any of the 4Rx supported RF bands by duplicating the fading channel from each Tx antenna and add
independent noise for each Rx antenna where applicable. Figure 9.1.1.4.1-1 shows an example of antenna connection
for 4Rx UE in any one 4Rx supported RF band to perform a 2Rx performance test with antenna configuration as 2x2
without interference for information. The SNR requirements should be applied with 3 dB less than the number specified
with 2Rx, unless there is no SNR requirements specified.
For 4Rx capable UEs without any 2Rx supported RF bands, all single carrier tests specified in 9.3.3 with 2Rx are tested
on any of the 4Rx supported RF bands by duplicating the fading channel from each Tx antenna and add independent
interference for each Rx antenna.
Figure 9.1.1.4.1-1 Antenna connection example for 2Rx tests with antenna configuration as 2x2
3GPP
Release 16 1350 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.1.1.4.1-1 Requirement lists for 4Rx capable UEs
Requirement lists
configured
9.1.1.4.1-2.

9.9.1.1.1 Test 1 9.2.1.1 Test 1
9.9.1.1.1 Test 2 9.2.1.1 Test 2
9.9.1.1.2 Test 1 9.2.1.2 Test 1
9.9.1.1.2 Test 2 9.2.1.2 Test 2
9.9.1.2.1 Test 1 9.2.3.1 Test 1
9.9.1.2.1 Test 2 9.2.3.1 Test 2
9.9.1.2.2 Test 1 9.2.3.2 Test 1
9.9.1.2.2 Test 2 9.2.3.2 Test 2
9.9.2.1.1 9.3.5.1.1
9.9.2.1.2 9.3.5.1.2
9.9.2.2.1 9.3.5.2.1
9.9.2.2.2 9.3.5.2.2
9.9.3.1.1 Test 1 9.4.2.3.2 Test 1
9.9.4.1.1 Test 1 9.5.1.1 Test 1
9.9.4.1.1 Test 2 9.5.1.1 Test 2
9.9.4.1.1 Test 3 9.5.1.1 Test 3
9.9.4.1.2 Test 1 9.5.1.2 Test 1
9.9.4.1.2 Test 2 9.5.1.2 Test 2
9.9.4.1.2 Test 3 9.5.1.2 Test 3
9.9.4.2.1 Test 1 9.5.2.1 Test 1
9.9.4.2.1 Test 2 9.5.2.1 Test 2
9.9.4.2.1 Test 3 9.5.2.1 Test 3
9.9.4.2.2 Test 1 9.5.2.2 Test 1
9.9.4.2.2 Test 2 9.5.2.2 Test 2
9.9.4.2.2 Test 3 9.5.2.2 Test 3
9.1.1.4.2 Applicability rule and antenna connection for CA tests with 2Rx
All tests specified in 9.6 with 2Rx with CA and TDD-FDD CA are tested with 4 Rx capable UEs by connecting all 4Rx
with data source from system simulator with the following change on the power level in the test configurations listed in
Table 9.1.1.4.2-1 and by scheduling the PDSCH for user data based on the Reference measurement channel RC.1 FDD
according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1 for FDD
cells and Reference measurement channel RC.1 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1 for TDD cells.
3GPP
Release 16 1351 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.1.1.4.2-1: Power level for 4Rx capable UE to verify CA tests with 2Rx
Number of CCs
Iôr( j )
dB[mW/15kHz]
2 PCell -88
SCell -95
3,4 PCell -85
SCell1 -92
SCell2, SCell3 -99
5 PCell -85
SCell1 -92
SCell2, SCell3, SCell4 -99
Within the CA configuration if any of the PCell and/or the SCells is a 2Rx supported RF band, keep the same power
level listed in Table 9.1.1.4.2-1. Within the CA configuration if any of the PCell and/or the SCells is a 4Rx supported
RF band, configure the power level 3 dB smaller than the number listed in Table 9.1.1.4.2-1. Same requirements
specified with 2Rx should be applied.
Same applicability rules defined in 9.1.1.2, 9.1.1.2A for CA and TDD-FDD CA applied for different CA configurations
and bandwidth combination sets should be applied for 4 Rx capable UEs.
For 4Rx capable UEs all single carrier tests specified in 9.9 with 4Rx are tested on any of the 4 Rx supported RF bands
9.1.1.5 Applicability of requirements for UEs supporting coverage enhancement

For 2Rx capable UEs supporting coverage enhancement mode A (ce-ModeA in UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]), all the
tests for CE Mode A specified in 9.8.1 and 9.8.2 are tested on any of the 2Rx supported RF bands by connecting all 2Rx
with data source from system simulator. The SNR requirements should be applied with 3dB less than the number
specified with UE DL Category M1.
For 4Rx capable UEs supporting coverage enhancement mode A (ce-ModeA in UE-EUTRA-Capability [7]), all the
tests for CE Mode A specified in 9.8.1 and 9.8.2 are tested on any of the 4Rx supported RF bands by connecting all 4Rx
with data source from system simulator. The SNR requirements should be applied with 6dB less than the number
specified with UE DL Category M1.
9.2 CQI reporting definition under AWGN conditions

The reporting accuracy of the channel quality indicator (CQI) under frequency non-selective conditions is determined
by the reporting variance and the BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI median.
The purpose is to verify that the reported CQI values are in accordance with the CQI definition given in TS 36.213 [6].
To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the reporting definition is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy
is met for at least one of two SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 dB.
9.2.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
9.2.1.1 FDD
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1. For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.1.1-1 and Table
9.2.1.1-2, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value
3GPP
Release 16 1352 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
according to RC.1 FDD / RC.14 FDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90%
of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the
BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER
using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated
by (median CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
The applicability of the requirement with 5MHz bandwidth as specificed in Table 9.2.1.1-2 is defined in 9.1.1.1.
Table 9.2.1.1-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0
 dB 0
Propagation condition and
AWGN (1 x 2)
antenna configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97 -92 -91
or
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Reporting periodicity ms Npd = 5
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 6
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.1 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1, except for category 1 UE use RC.4
FDD with two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.2.
Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s)
and the respective wanted signal input level.
3GPP
Release 16 1353 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.1.1-2: PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD 5MHz)

Bandwidth MHz 5
A dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
B dB 0
 dB 0
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR (Note 2) dB [0] [1] [6] [7]
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] [-98] [-97] [-92] [-91]
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.14 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1, except for category 1 UE
use RC.15 FDD with two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.2 FDD as described in Annex
A.5.1.2.
9.2.1.2 TDD
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1. For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.1.2-1, and using the
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to RC.1 TDD in
Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using
the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated
by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the
median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall be less than or
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1354 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.1.2-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Special subframe
4
configuration
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation
 dB 0
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97 -92 -91
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.1 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1, except for category 1 UE use RC.4
TDD with two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.2.
#8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#7
and #2.
9.2.1.3 FDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured)
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 for Cell 1, C.3.3-1 for Cell 2 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value
according to RC.2 FDD / RC.6 FDD in Table A.4-1 in subframes overlapping with aggressor cell ABS and non-ABS
subframes shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER in non-
ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,1 is
less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in non-ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1)
shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in non-ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by the
median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in non-ABS subframes using transport format indicated by (median CQI – 1)
shall be less than or equal to 0.1. The value of the median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 minus the
median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,1 shall be larger than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 5
in Test 1 and shall be larger than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1 in Test 2.
3GPP
Release 16 1355 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1356 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 Cell 1 Cell 2
Bandwidth MHz 10 10
PDSCH transmission mode 2 Note 10 2 Note 10
ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 -3
allocation
 dB 0 0
Clause B.1 (2x2) Clause B.1 (2x2)
Es / N oc 2 (Note 1) dB 4 5 6 4 5 -12
( j) N/A -98(Note 7) N/A

( j)
N oc at antenna N (ocj ) 2 dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 8)
N/A -98(Note 8) N/A
port
( j) N/A -98(Note 9) N/A
N oc 3 dBm/15kHz -94.8 (Note 9)
Î (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -93 -92 -94 -93 -110

Cell Id 0 1 0 1
Time Offset between Cells s 2.5 (synchronous cells) 2.5 (synchronous cells)
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
ABS pattern (Note 2) N/A 01010101 N/A 01010101
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
RLM/RRM Measurement
00000100 N/A 00000100 N/A
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
CCSI,0 01010101 N/A 01010101 N/A
01010101 01010101
CSI Subframe Sets 01010101 01010101
(Note 3) 10101010 10101010
10101010 10101010
CCSI,1 10101010 N/A 10101010 N/A
10101010 10101010
10101010 10101010
3 3
symbols
Max number of HARQ
1 1
transmissions
Physical channel for CCSI,0 CQI
PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUSCH (Note 12) PUSCH (Note 12)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4 4
Reporting periodicity Ms Npd = 5 Npd = 5
6 N/A 6 N/A
CCSI,0 (Note 13)
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex2
5 N/A 5 N/A
CCSI,1 (Note 14)
3GPP
Release 16 1357 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the
respective wanted signal input level.
Note 3: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7]
Note 6: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is
the same.
Note 8: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor
ABS.
Note 10: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG pattern as
defined in Annex A.5.1.5
Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.2 FDD according to Table A.4-1 for UE Cateogry 2-8 with
one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1, and RC.6 FDD according to
Table A.4-1 for Category 1 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP. 1/2 FDD as described in
Annex A.5.1.1 and A.5.1.2.
Note 12: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI it is necessary to report both on PUSCH
instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic
CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.
Note 13: cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex is applied for CCSI,0.
Note 14: cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex2 is applied for CCSI,1.
9.2.1.4 TDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured)
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 for Cell 1, C3.3-1 for Cell 2 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value
according to RC.2 TDD / RC.6 TDD in Table A.4-1 in subframes overlapping with aggressor cell ABS and non-ABS
subframes shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER in non-
ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets C CSI,1 is
less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in non-ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1)
shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in non-ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by the
median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in non-ABS subframes using transport format indicated by (median CQI – 1)
shall be less than or equal to 0.1. The value of the median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 minus the
median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,1 shall be larger than or equal to 2 and less than or equal to 5
in Test 1 and shall be larger than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 1 in Test 2.
3GPP
Release 16 1358 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1359 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Bandwidth MHz 10 10
Special subframe
4 4
configuration
ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 -3
 dB 0 0
Es / N oc 2 (Note 1) dB 4 5 6
4 5 -12
( j) N/A -98 (Note 7) N/A

N (ocj ) at antenna ( j)
N/A -98 (Note 8) N/A
port
N (ocj ) 3
dBm/15kHz -94.8 (Note 9)
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -93 -92 -94 -93 -110

or
Cell Id 0 1 0 1
0100010001 0100010001
ABS pattern (Note 2) N/A N/A
0100010001 0100010001
RLM/RRM Measurement 0000000001 0000000001
N/A N/A
Subframe Pattern (Note 4) 0000000001 0000000001
0100010001 0100010001
CCSI,0 N/A N.A
(Note 3) 1000101000 1000101000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1000101000 1000101000
3 3
symbols
Max number of HARQ
1 1
transmissions
reporting
PUSCH (Note 12) PUSCH
reporting
Reporting periodicity ms Npd = 5 Npd = 5
3 N/A 3 N/A
CCSI,0 (Note 13)
4 N/A 4 N/A
CCSI,1 (Note 14)
3GPP
Release 16 1360 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 6: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1 and Cell2 is the
same.
Note 7: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #1, #2, #3, #5, #6, #8, #9, #10,#12, #13 of a subframe overlapping
with the aggressor ABS.
Note 8: This noise is applied in OFDM symbols #0, #4, #7, #11 of a subframe overlapping with the aggressor ABS
defined in Annex A.5.2.5
Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.2 TDD according to Table A.4-1 for UE Category ≥2 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1, and RC.6 TDD according to Table
A.4-1 for Category 1 with one/two sided dynami OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1
and Annex A.5.2.2.
9.2.1.5 FDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and
with CRS assistance information)
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 for Cell 1, C.3.3-2 for Cell 2 and Cell 3, and C.3.2-2, the
reported CQI value according to RC.2 FDD in Table A.4-1 in subframes overlapping with aggressor cell ABS and non-
ABS subframes shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time.
For test 1 and test 2, if the PDSCH BLER in ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI
obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in ABS subframes using the
transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in ABS subframes
using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in ABS subframes using transport
format indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
For test 2, if the PDSCH BLER in non-ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by
reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,1 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in non-ABS subframes using the transport
format indicated by the (median CQI + 2) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in non-ABS subframes using
the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in non-ABS subframes using transport
3GPP
Release 16 1361 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1362 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3 Cell 1 Cell 2 and 3
Bandwidth MHz 10 10
ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 -3
allocation
 dB 0 0
Es / N oc 2 (Note 1) dB 4 5
Cell 2: 12
Cell 3: 10
13 14
Cell 2: 12
Cell 3: 10
( j) N/A -98 (Note 7) N/A
( j)
N oc at antenna N (ocj ) 2 dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 8)
port
( j) N/A -93 (Note 9) N/A

Cell 2: 6 0 Cell 2: 6
Cell Id 0
Cell 3: 1 Cell 3: 1
Cell 2: 3 usec Cell 2: 3 usec
Time Offset between Cells s
Cell 3: -1usec Cell 3: -1usec
Cell 2: 300Hz Cell 2: 300Hz
Frequency Shift between Cells Hz
Cell 3: -100Hz Cell 3: -100Hz
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
RLM/RRM Measurement
00000100 N/A 00000100 N/A
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
CCSI,0 01010101 N/A 01010101 N/A
01010101 01010101
(Note 3) 10101010 10101010
10101010 10101010
CCSI,1 10101010 N/A 10101010 N/A
10101010 10101010
10101010 10101010
3 3
symbols
Max number of HARQ
1 1
transmissions
reporting
reporting
Reporting periodicity Ms Npd = 5 Npd = 5
6 N/A 6 N/A
CCSI,0 (Note 13)
5 N/A 5 N/A
CCSI,1 (Note 14)
3GPP
Release 16 1363 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 6: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggressor cells. The number of the CRS ports in Cell1,
Cell2, and Cell3 are the same.
ABS.
Note 10: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 and Cell 3 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG
pattern as defined in Annex A.5.1.5
Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.2 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
9.2.1.6 TDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and
with CRS assistance information)
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 for Cell 1, C3.3-2 for Cell 2 and Cell 3, and C.3.2-2, the reported
CQI value according to RC.2 TDD in Table A.4-1 in subframes overlapping with aggressor cell ABS and non-ABS
subframes shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time.
For test 1 and test 2, if the PDSCH BLER in ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI
obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in ABS subframes using the
transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in ABS subframes
using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in ABS subframes using transport
For test 2, if the PDSCH BLER in non-ABS subframes using the transport format indicated by median CQI obtained by
reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,1 is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in non-ABS subframes using the transport
format indicated by the (median CQI + 2) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in non-ABS subframes using
the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER in non-ABS subframes using transport
3GPP
Release 16 1364 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1365 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Bandwidth MHz 10 10
Special subframe
4 4
configuration
ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 -3
 dB 0 0
Cell 2: 12
Cell 3: 10
13 14 Cell 2: 12
Cell 3: 10
( j) N/A -98 (Note 7) N/A
port
N (ocj ) 3
dBm/15kHz -93 (Note 9)

Cell 2: 6 Cell 2: 6
Cell Id 0 0
Cell 3: 1 Cell 3: 1
Frequency shift between Cells Hz
0100010001
ABS pattern (Note 2) N/A 0100010001 N/A
0100010001
0100010001
N/A N/A
0100010001 0100010001
CCSI,0 N/A N.A
(Note 3) 1000101000 1000101000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1000101000 1000101000
3 3
symbols
Max number of HARQ
1 1
transmissions
reporting
reporting
Reporting periodicity ms Npd = 5 Npd = 5
3 N/A 3 N/A
CCSI,0 (Note 13)
4 N/A 4 N/A
CCSI,1 (Note 14)
3GPP
Release 16 1366 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Cell2, and Cell3 is the same.
Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.2 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
9.2.1.7 FDD (Modulation and TBS index Table 2 and 4-bit CQI Table 2 are used)
The following requirements apply to UE Category 11-12 and DL Category ≥11. For the parameters specified in Table
according to RC.1A FDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time.
If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER using
the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1, or the BLER using the transport format
indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1 when the highest MCS value of the test case has
reached. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER
using transport format indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
In this test, 4-bit CQI Table 2 in Table 7.2.3-2 in TS 36.213 [6], and Modulation and TBS index table 2 in Table
7.1.7.1-1A for PDSCH in TS 36.213 [6] are applied.
3GPP
Release 16 1367 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0
 dB 0
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR (Note 2) dB -1 0 20 21
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -99 -98 -78 -77
or
( j)
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.1A FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
9.2.1.8 TDD (Modulation and TBS index Table 2 and 4-bit CQI Table 2 are used)
The following requirements apply to UE Category 11-12 and UE DL Category ≥11. For the parameters specified in
Table 9.2.1.8-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI
value according to RC.1A TDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the
time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER
using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1, or the BLER using the transport
format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1 when the highest MCS value of the test case
has reached. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER
using transport format indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1368 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 20
Special subframe
4
configuration
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0
 dB 0
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR (Note 2) dB -1 0 20 21
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -99 -98 -78 -77
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.1A TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
and #2.
9.2.1.9 FDD (Modulation and TBS index Table 3 and 4-bit CQI Table 4 are used)
The following requirements apply to UE DL Category 20 and DL Category ≥22. For the parameters specified in Table
according to RC.X FDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If
the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER using the
transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport
format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated by (median CQI – 1)
shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
7.1.7.1-1B for PDSCH in TS 36.213 [6] are applied.
3GPP
Release 16 1369 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0
 dB 0
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR (Note 2) dB 28 29
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -70 -69
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
9.2.1.10 TDD (Modulation and TBS index Table 3 and 4-bit CQI Table 4 are used)
The following requirements apply to UE DL Category 20 and DL Category ≥22. For the parameters specified in Table
according to RC.X TDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If
the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER using the
transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport
format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated by (median CQI – 1)
shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
7.1.7.1-1B for PDSCH in TS 36.213 [6] are applied.
3GPP
Release 16 1370 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 20
Special subframe
4
configuration
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation
 dB 0
AWGN (1 x 2)
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -70 -69
or
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.30 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided
and #2.
9.2.2 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
The minimum requirements for dual codeword transmission are defined in terms of a reporting spread of the wideband
CQI value for codeword #1, and their BLER performance using the transport format indicated by the reported CQI
median of codeword #0 and codeword #1. The precoding used at the transmitter is a fixed precoding matrix specified by
the bitmap parameter codebookSubsetRestriction. The propagation condition assumed for the minimum performance
requirement is defined in subclause B.1.
9.2.2.1 FDD
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥2. For the parameters specified in table 9.2.2.1-1, and using the
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial
differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table 7.2-2 in TS 36.213 [6]) shall be used to determine the wideband CQI index for
codeword #1 as
wideband CQI1 = wideband CQI0 – Codeword 1 offset level
The wideband CQI1 shall be within the set {median CQI1 -1, median CQI1, median CQI1 +1} for more than 90% of the
time, where the resulting wideband values CQI1 shall be used to determine the median CQI values for codeword #1. For
3GPP
Release 16 1371 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 – 1
and median CQI1 – 1 shall be less than or equal to 0.1. Furthermore, for both codewords #0 and #1, the PDSCH BLER
using the transport format indicated by the respective median CQI0 + 1 and median CQI1 + 1 shall be greater than or
equal to 0.1.

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3
allocation
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
010000
bitmap
SNR (Note 2) dB 10 11 16 17
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -87 -82 -81
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
Physical channel for CQI/PMI
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for
2
CQI/PMI
PUCCH Report Type for RI 3
ri-ConfigIndex 1 (Note 3)
Note 3: It is intended to have UL collisions between RI reports and HARQ-ACK, since the RI reports
shall not be used by the eNB in this test.
9.2.2.2 TDD
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1372 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Special subframe
4
configuration
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3
allocation
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
010000
bitmap
SNR (Note 2) dB 10 11 16 17
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -87 -82 -81
or
( j)
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 2
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
#8 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe
SF#7 and #2.
Note 4: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions
between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is
expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At
eNB, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification.
9.2.3 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbols)

9.2.3.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1373 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0, 1
offset 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Propagation condition and antenna
Clause B.1 (4 x 2)
configuration
Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x0000 0000 0100 0000
SNR (Note 2) dB 7 8 13 14
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -91 -90 -85 -84
or
( j)
Max number of HARQ transmissions 1

PUSCH (Note3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2
Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2
CQI delay ms 8
ri-ConfigIndex 1
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.7 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to
allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and #5.
3GPP
Release 16 1374 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.2.3.1A FDD (With channelMeasRestriction configured)

The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥2. For the parameters specified in table 9.2.3.1A-1, and using the
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1375 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.3.1A-1: PUCCH 1-1 static test (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3
e-MIMO Type Class B
Number of CSI-RS resource (K) 1
channelMeasRestriction Enable
offset 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Clause B.1 (4 x 2)
configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB [7] [8] [13] [14]
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -91 -90 -85 -84
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUSCH (Note3)
reporting
CQI delay ms 8
ri-ConfigIndex 1
PDSCH scheduled sub-frames 1,2,3,4,7,8,9
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel RC.7 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG
NOTE 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the
NOTE 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 to allow
periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink #5.
NOTE 4: In sub-frame 6, transmission power of CSI-RS REs is 9dB lower than CRS REs, in sub-frame 1,
there is no power offset between CSI-RS REs and CRS REs.
9.2.3.2 TDD
codeword #1 as
3GPP
Release 16 1376 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1377 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.3.2-1: PUCCH 1-1 submode 1 static test (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -6
 dB -3
CRS reference signals Antenna ports 0, 1
offset 5/ 3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Clause B.1 (8 x 2)
configuration
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x0000 0000 0020 0000 0000 0001 0000
SNR (Note 2) dB 4 5 10 11
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -93 -88 -87
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for CQI/second
2b
PMI
Physical channel for RI reporting PUSCH
PUCCH Report Type for RI/ first PMI 5
CQI delay ms 10 or 11
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.7 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
Note 4: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between
RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that
CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At eNB, CQI report
collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification.
9.2.3.2A TDD (With channelMeasRestriction configured)

3GPP
Release 16 1378 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1379 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.3.2A-1: PUCCH 1-1 submode 1 static test (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -6
 dB -3
e-MIMO Type Class B
channelMeasRestriction Enable
offset 5/ 3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Clause B.1 (8 x 2)
configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB [4] [5] ]10] [11]
I^ (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -93 -88 -87
( j)

PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
2b
PMI
PDSCH scheduled sub-frames 3,4,9
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel RC.7 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG
NOTE 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the
NOTE 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 to allow
periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#7.
NOTE 4: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between
NOTE 5: In sub-frame 8, transmission power of CSI-RS REs is 9dB lower than CRS REs, in sub-frame 3,
there is no power offset between CSI-RS REs and CRS REs.
3GPP
Release 16 1380 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.2.4 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (With Single CSI Process)

If UE supporting interferenceMeasRestriction, test cases specified in 9.2.4.1A and 9.2.4.2A are applicable for such UE
otherwise test cases specified in 9.2.4.1 and 9.2.4.2 are applied.
9.2.4.1 FDD
downlink physical channels specified in Tables C.3.4-1 and C.3.4-2, the reported offset level of the wideband spatial
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1381 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1382 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2
Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0 0 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 0 0 0
allocation (Note
1) Pc dB -3 -3 -3 -3
 dB -3 N/A -3 N/A
Cell ID 0 0
Cell-specific reference signals (Note 2) (Note 2)
0, 1 0, 1
15,…,18 15,…,18
5/1 N/A 5/1 N/A
CSI-RS configuration 0 N/A 0 N/A
Zero-Power CSI-RS
1/ 1/ 1/ 1/
configuration
001000000000 10000000000 001000000000 10000000000
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS
0000 00000 0000 00000
bitmap
CSI-IM configuration 1/ 1/
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS 001000000000 N/A 001000000000 N/A
bitmap 0000 0000
CSI process configuration
Signal/Interference/Reporting CSI-RS/CSI-IM/PUCCH 1-1 CSI-RS/CSI-IM/PUCCH 1-1
mode
Propagation condition and Clause B.1 Clause B.1 Clause B.1 Clause B.1
antenna configuration (4 x 2) (2 x 2) (4 x 2) (2 x 2)
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
100000 100000
bitmap 0100 0000 0100 0000
SNR (Note 3) dB 20 6 7 20 14 15
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -78 -92 -91 -78 -84 -83

or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Modulation / Information bit

(Note4) QPSK / 4392 (Note4) QPSK / 4392
payload
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A 1 N/A
transmissions
Physical channel for CQI/PMI PUSCH PUSCH
N/A N/A
reporting (Note5) (Note5)
2 N/A 2 N/A
CQI/PMI
PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 N/A 3 N/A
Reporting periodicity ms Npd = 5 N/A Npd = 5 N/A
CQI Delay ms 8 N/A 8 N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 2 N/A 2 N/A
ri-ConfigIndex 1 N/A 1 N/A
PDSCH scheduled sub-frames 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9
Timing offset between TPs us 0 0
Frequency offset between TPs Hz 0 0
3GPP
Release 16 1383 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note1: Reference measurement channel RC.10 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
Note 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 CRS have zero transmission power.
Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective
wanted signal input level.
Note 4: N/A.
Note 5: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead
of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to
multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and #5.
9.2.4.1A FDD (With interferenceMeasRestriction configured)

codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1384 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.4.1A-1: PUCCH 1-1 static test (FDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1385 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2
Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0 0 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 0 0 0
allocation (Note
1) Pc dB -3 -3 -3 -3
 dB -3 N/A -3 N/A
Cell ID 0 0
0, 1 0, 1
e-MIMO Type Class B
interferenceMeasRestriction Enable
15,…,18 15,…,18
5/1 N/A 5/1 N/A
Zero-Power CSI-RS
1/ 1/ 1/ 1/
configuration
001000000000 10000000000 001000000000 10000000000
0000 00000 0000 00000
bitmap
bitmap 0000 0000
mode
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
100000 100000
bitmap 0100 0000 0100 0000
SNR Sub-frame 6 20 [15] [16] 20 [23] [24]
dB
(Note 3) Other sub-frames 20 6 7 20 14 15
Î (orj) Sub-frame 6
dB[mW/15kHz]
-78 [-83] [-82] -78 [-75] [-74]
Other sub-frames -78 -92 -91 -78 -84 -83
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

payload
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A 1 N/A
transmissions
N/A N/A
2 N/A 2 N/A
CQI/PMI
PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 N/A 3 N/A
CQI Delay ms 8 N/A 8 N/A
PDSCH scheduled sub-frames 1,2,3,4,7,8,9 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9 1,2,3,4,7,8,9 1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9
3GPP
Release 16 1386 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
NOTE1: Reference measurement channel RC.10 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
NOTE 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 CRS have zero transmission power.
NOTE 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective
NOTE 4: N/A.
NOTE 5: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead
of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex
with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink #5.
9.2.4.2 TDD
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1387 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1388 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2
Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0 0 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 0 0 0
allocation (Note
1) Pc dB -6 -6 -6 -6
 dB -3 N/A -3 N/A
Cell ID 0 0
0, 1 0, 1
15,…,22 15,…,22
5/3 N/A 5/3 N/A
Zero-Power CSI-RS
3/ 3/ 3/ 3/
configuration
001000000000 10000100000 001000000000 10000100000
0000 00000 0000 00000
bitmap
bitmap 0000 0000
mode
0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0020 0000 0020 0000
100000 100000
bitmap 0000 0001 0000 0001
0000 0000
SNR (Note 3) dB 17 6 7 17 14 15
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -81 -92 -91 -81 -84 -83

or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

payload
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A 1 N/A
transmissions
N/A N/A
2b N/A 2b N/A
CQI/second PMI
Physical channel for RI reporting PUSCH N/A PUSCH N/A
PUCCH Report Type for RI/ first
5 N/A 5 N/A
PMI
CQI Delay ms 10 or 11 N/A 10 or 11 N/A
ri-ConfigIndex 805 (Note 6) N/A 805 (Note 6) N/A
ACK/NACK feedback mode Multiplexing N/A Multiplexing N/A
PDSCH scheduled sub-frames 3,4,8,9 3,4,8,9
3GPP
Release 16 1389 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Note1: Reference measurement channel RC.10 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
Note 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 CRS have zero transmission power.
Note 4: N/A.
Note 6: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI,
CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports
will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At eNB, CQI report collection shall be skipped
every 160ms during performance verification.
9.2.4.2A TDD (With interferenceMeasRestriction configured)

codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1390 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.4.2A-1: PUCCH 1-1 static test (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1391 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2
Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0 0 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 0 0 0
allocation (Note
1) Pc dB -6 -6 -6 -6
 dB -3 N/A -3 N/A
Cell ID 0 0
0, 1 0, 1
e-MIMO Type Class B
interferenceMeasRestriction Enable
15,…,22 15,…,22
5/3 N/A 5/3 N/A
Zero-Power CSI-RS
3/ 3/ 3/ 3/
configuration
001000000000 10000100000 001000000000 10000100000
0000 00000 0000 00000
bitmap
bitmap 0000 0000
mode
0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0020 0000 0020 0000
100000 100000
bitmap 0000 0001 0000 0001
0000 0000
SNR (Note Sub-frame 8 17 [15] [16] 17 [23] [24]
dB
3) Other sub-frames 17 6 7 17 14 15
Î ( j) Sub-frame 8
dB[mW/15kHz]
-81 [-83] [-82] -81 [-75] [-74]
or Other sub-frames -81 -92 -91 -81 -84 -83
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

payload
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A 1 N/A
transmissions
N/A N/A
2b N/A 2b N/A
CQI/second PMI
Physical channel for RI reporting PUSCH N/A PUSCH N/A
PUCCH Report Type for RI/ first
5 N/A 5 N/A
PMI
CQI Delay ms 10 or 11 N/A 10 or 11 N/A
3GPP
Release 16 1392 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ri-ConfigIndex 805 (Note 6) N/A 805 (Note 6) N/A
PDSCH scheduled sub-frames 3,4,9 3,4,8,9 3,4,9 3,4,8,9
NOTE 1: Reference measurement channel RC.10 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern
OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
NOTE 2: REs for antenna ports 0 and 1 CRS have zero transmission power.
NOTE 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective
NOTE 4: N/A.
NOTE 5: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead
of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex
with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#7.
NOTE 6: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI,
CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports
will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At eNB, CQI report collection shall be skipped
every 160ms during performance verification.
9.2.5 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (when csi-SubframeSet –r12 and

EIMTA-MainConfigServCell-r12 are configured)
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥2 which supports eIMTA TDD UL-DL reconfiguration for TDD
serving cell(s) via monitoring PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI and Rel-12 CSI subframe sets. For the parameters specified
in table 9.2.5-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, for each CSI
subframe set, the reported CQI value shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. For
each CSI subframe set, if the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to
0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH
BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format
indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1. The difference of the median CQI obtained by reports
in CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 and the median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,1 shall be larger than or
equal to 3.
3GPP
Release 16 1393 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.5-1: PUCCH 1-1 static test (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1394 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Test

Bandwidth MHz 10
Uplink downlink configuration in SIB1 0
Downlink HARQ reference
configuration (eimta- 2
HarqReferenceConfig-r12) (Note 4)
Set of dynamic TDD UL-DL
{0, 2}
configurations (Notes 4,5)
Periodicity of monitoring the L1
reconfiguration DCI (eimta- ms 10
CommandPeriodicity-r12)
Set of subframes to monitor the L1
reconfiguration DCI (eimta- SF#5
CommandSubframeSet-r12)
CSI-MeasSubframeSet-r12 0001100011
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB -3
offset 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Zero-Power CSI-RS configuration 0 0/
ICSI-RS / ZeroPowerCSI-RS bitmap 0000010000000000
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
configuration
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap '000001'
SNR in CSI subframe set 0 dB 0 1
SNR in CSI subframe set 1 dB 10 11
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97
or
N (ocj ) 1 for CSI subframe set 0 dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
N (ocj ) 2 for CSI subframe set 1

dB[mW/15kHz] -108 -108
subframes for
PDSCH scheduled 0,5
CSI subframe set 0
subframes for
PDSCH scheduled 3,4,8,9
CSI subframe set 1
PUSCH (Note 6)
reporting
2b
PMI
Reporting periodicity ms Npd = 10 for each Rel-12 CSI subframe set
3GPP
Release 16 1395 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
14 for CSI subframe set 0

CQI delay ms
8 for set 0
13 for set 1
ri-ConfigIndex 805 for both set 0 and set 1 (Note 7)
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD and dynamic OCNG Pattern with multiple non-contiguous blocks OP.7
TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/7 for CSI subframe set 0.
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1 for CSI subframe set 1.
Note 3: In the test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the
respective wanted signal input level for each CSI subframe set separately.
Note 4: As specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211.
Note 5: UL/DL configuration in PDCCH with eIMTA-RNTI is cyclically selected from the given set on a per-
DCI basis.
allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#7 and #2. CQI/PMI
reports for CSI subframe set 0 is transmitted in SF#2 and CQI/PMI reports for CSI subframe set 1 is
transmitted in SF#7.
9.2.6 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0 (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
9.2.6.1 Frame structure type 3 with FDD Pcell

The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1. For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.6.1-1, Table 9.2.6.1-2,
and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, two sets of CQI reports are obtained
for LAA Scell. The first one is obtained by reports whose reference resource is in the downlink subframes with 6 dB
transmission power boost, i.e., high power subframes. The second one is obtained by reports whose reference resource
is in the downlink subframe with 0 dB transmission power boost, i.e., low power subframe. In the test, PDSCH
transport format in high power subframe is determined by first set of CQI reports and PDSCH transport format in low
power subframe is determined by second set of CQI reports.
The reported CQI value in the first set of reports shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of
the first set of reports. The reported CQI value in the second set of reports shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported
median more than 90% of the second set of reports.
If the PDSCH BLER in the high power subframes using the transport format indicated by wideband CQI median is less
than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in high power subframes using the transport format indicated by the (wideband CQI
median + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in the high power subframes using the transport format
indicated by the wideband CQI median is greater than 0.1, the BLER in high power subframes using transport format
indicated by (wideband CQI median – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
If the PDSCH BLER in the low power subframes using the transport format indicated by wideband CQI median is less
than or equal to 0.1, the BLER in low power subframes using the transport format indicated by the (wideband CQI
median + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in the low power subframes using the transport format
indicated by the wideband CQI median is greater than 0.1, the BLER in low power subframes using transport format
3GPP
Release 16 1396 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
The value of the wideband CQI median for first set of CQI reports minus the wideband CQI median for second set of
CQI reports shall be larger than or equal to 2 in Test 1 and Test 2.
Table 9.2.6.1-1: Parameters for PUSCH 3-0 static test on FDD Pcell

Bandwidth MHz 20
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
SNR dB 20
I^ (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -78
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
CSI request field ‘10’
trigger1 (Note 2) 01000000
Note 1: PCell is used for HARQ ACK/NACK feedback and aperiodic CSI
triggering/reporting. One sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as
described in A.5.1.1 is transmitted on PCell on all RBs, but PDSCH for user
data is not transmitted on PCell.
Note 2: trigger1 and trigger2 are defined as TS 36.331 for aperiodicCSI-Trigger.
They Indicate for which serving cell(s) the aperiodic CSI report is triggered
when one or more SCells are configured. PDCCH DCI format 0 with a
trigger for aperiodic CQI is transmitted periodically in subframe 1 and
subframe 6 with 5ms periodicity.
3GPP
Release 16 1397 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.6.1-2: PUSCH 3-0 static test on LAA Scell

Bandwidth MHz 20
A dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -3
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (2x2)
configuration
SNR in subframes with 6 dB power
dB 9 10
boost (Note 2)
dB 3 4
boost (Note 2)
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz
-89 -88
or in subframes with 6 dB power ]
I^ or in subframes with 0 dB power

( j) dB[mW/15kHz
-95 -94
]
MBSFN subframe Configuration Non-MBSFN

Cell Id 0
dmtc-Periodicity ms 80
dmtc-Offset 0
Basic model As specified in Section B.8
subframeStartPosition s0
Number of occupied
14
symbols per subframe
The number of
PDSCH subframes set ( S1
S1 ) {3,8}
transmission per burst
model Random variable p
0.5
defined in B.8
Î ( j)
Power configuration for or is randomly selected from 6 dB
each burst power boosting or 0 dB power
boosting with equal probability
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.2A FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FS3 as described in Annex A.5.4.1, except for
category 1 UE use RC.4A FDD with two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.2 FS3 as
described in Annex A.5.4.2.
Note 2: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two
SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level.
9.2.6.2 Frame structure type 3 with TDD Pcell

The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1. For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.6.2-1, Table 9.2.6.2-2,
and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, two sets of CQI reports are obtained
for LAA Scell. The first one is obtained by reports whose reference resource is in the downlink subframes with 6 dB
3GPP
Release 16 1398 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
median + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in the high power subframes using the transport format
The value of the wideband CQI median for first set of CQI reports minus the wideband CQI median for second set of
CQI reports shall be larger than or equal to 2 in Test 1 and Test 2.
Table 9.2.6.2-1: Parameters for PUSCH 3-0 static test on TDD Pcell

Bandwidth MHz 20
Special subframe
4
configuration
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
SNR dB 20
Î or
( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -78
( j)
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
triggering/reporting. One sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as
3GPP
Release 16 1399 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 20
A dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
B dB -3
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (2x2)
configuration
dB 9 10
boost (Note 2)
dB 3 4
boost (Note 2)
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz
-89 -88
or in subframes with 6 dB power ]
I^ or in subframes with 0 dB power

( j) dB[mW/15kHz
-95 -94
]

Cell Id 0
dmtc-Offset 0
Number of occupied
14
The number of
PDSCH subframes set ( S1 S1 {3,8}
transmission S 1 ) per burst
model
Random variable p
0.5
defined in B.8
Î ( j)
Power configuration for or is randomly selected from 6 dB
each burst power boosting or 0 dB power
boosting with equal probability
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.2A FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FS3 as described in Annex A.5.4.1, except for
category 1 UE use RC.4A FDD with two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.2 FS3 as
9.2.7 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1 (CSI Reference Symbol)
9.2.7.1 Frame structure type 3 wth FDD Pcell

The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1. For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.7.1-1, Table 9.2.7.1-
2and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, two sets of CQI reports are obtained
3GPP
Release 16 1400 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
for LAA Scell, The first one is obtained by reports whose reference resource is in the downlink subframes with 6 dB
median + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in high power subframes using the transport format
The value of the wideband CQI for the first set of CQI report minus the wideband CQI median for second set of CQI
shall be larger than or equal to 2 in Test 1 and Test 2.
3GPP
Release 16 1401 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.7.1-1: Parameters for PUSCH 3-1 static test on FDD Pcell

Bandwidth MHz 20
ρA dB 0
Downlink power ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
SNR dB 20
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -78
or
( j)
CRS reference signals Antenna ports 0

CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15, 16
subframe offset 5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference signal
4
configuration
000001
bitmap
3
symbols
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
triggering/reporting. One sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as
3GPP
Release 16 1402 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Transmission mode 9
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
dB 9 10
boost (Note 3)
3 4
boost (Note 3)
Î (orj) -89 -88
in subframes with 6 dB power
Î or
( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -95 -94
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Cell Id 0
dmtc-Offset 0
Clause B.1 (2x2)
configuration
5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference signal configuration 4
Number of occupied
14
The number of
subframes set ( S1
S1 ) {3, 8}
PDSCH
0.5
defined in B.8
Î ( j)
or is randomly selected from
Power configuration for
6 dB power boosting or 0 dB
each burst
power boosting with equal
probability
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on
CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband
or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.9A FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FS3 as described in Annex A.5.4.1/2.
3GPP
Release 16 1403 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.2.7.2 Frame structure type 3 wth TDD Pcell

The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1. For the parameters specified in Table 9.2.7.2-1, Table 9.2.7.2-
2and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, two sets of CQI reports are obtained
for LAA Scell, The first one is obtained by reports whose reference resource is in the downlink subframes with 6 dB
median + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER in high power subframes using the transport format
The value of the wideband CQI for the first set of CQI report minus the wideband CQI median for second set of CQI
shall be larger than or equal to 2 in Test 1 and Test 2.
3GPP
Release 16 1404 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.2.7.2-1: Parameters for PUSCH 3-1 static test on TDD Pcell

Bandwidth MHz 20
Special subframe
4
configuration
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (2 x 2)
SNR dB 20
Î or
( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -78

TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
4
configuration
000001
bitmap
3
symbols
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
triggering/reporting. One sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as
3GPP
Release 16 1405 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Transmission mode 9
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
dB 9 10
boost (Note 3)
3 4
boost (Note 3)
Î (orj) -89 -88
Î or
( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -95 -94
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Cell Id 0
dmtc-Offset 0
Clause B.1 (2x2)
configuration
5/ 3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Number of occupied
14
The number of
subframes set ( S1 S1
S1 ) {3, 8}
PDSCH
0.5
defined in B.8
Î ( j)
or is randomly selected from
Power configuration for
6 dB power boosting or 0 dB
each burst
power boosting with equal
probability
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FS3 as described in Annex A.5.4.1/2.
3GPP
Release 16 1406 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.3 CQI reporting under fading conditions
9.3.1 Frequency-selective scheduling mode

The accuracy of sub-band channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency selective fading conditions is
determined by a double-sided percentile of the reported differential CQI offset level 0 per sub-band, and the relative
increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the
highest reported differential CQI offset level the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed
format is transmitted on any sub-band in set S of TS 36.213 [6]. The purpose is to verify that preferred sub-bands can be
used for frequently-selective scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the sub-band CQI reporting under
frequency selective fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two
SNR levels separated by an offset of 1 dB.
9.3.1.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
9.3.1.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.1.1.1-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2,
the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.1.1.1-2 and by the following
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least  % of the time but less than % for each sub-
band;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with
the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated
by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset
level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.05.
The requirements only apply for sub-bands of full size and the random scheduling across the sub-bands is done by
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD.
3GPP
Release 16 1407 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.1.1.1-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

Transmission mode 1 (port 0)
Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB 0

SNR (Note 3) dB 9 10 14 15
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83
or
( j)
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
CQI delay ms 8
Sub-band size RB 6 (full size)
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe
SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than
SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at
the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.3 FDD according to Table A.4-1
with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in
Annex A.5.1.1/2.
Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least
one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level.
Table 9.3.1.1.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 55 55
 1.1 1.1
UE Category ≥1 ≥1
9.3.1.1.2 TDD
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least  % of the time but less than % for each sub-
band;
level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.05.
3GPP
Release 16 1408 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.1.1.2-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB 0

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 9 10 14 15
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45
Propagation channel
s, a = 1, D
f =5
Hz
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied
at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.3 TDD according to Table A.4-1
with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described
in Annex A.5.2.1/2.
Table 9.3.1.1.2-2 Minimum requirement (TDD)
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 55 55
 1.1 1.1
9.3.1.1.3 FDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with
CRS assistance information)
3GPP
Release 16 1409 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least  % of the time but less than % for each
sub-band;
b) the ratio of the throughput in ABS subframes obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band
among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained
when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in
set S shall be ≥ ;
level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER in ABS subframes for the indicated transport formats shall be
greater than or equal to ε.
3GPP
Release 16 1410 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1411 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Bandwidth MHz 10 10
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 0
allocation
 dB 0 0
Clause B.2.4 Clause B.2.4
EVA5 EVA5
with Td = 0.45 with Td =
Propagation condition Low antenna Low antenna
us, a = 1, fd = 0.45 us, a =
correlation correlation
5 Hz 1, fd = 5 Hz
Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2
Cell 2: 12
Cell 3: 10
14 15
Cell 2: 12
Cell 3: 10
( j) N/A N/A
N oc 1 dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 7) -98 (Note 7)
N/A
-98 (Note 8)
N/A
port
N (ocj ) 3
N/A N/A
dBm/15kHz -93 (Note 9) -93 (Note 9)

Cell 2: 6 0 Cell 2: 6
Cell Id 0
Cell 3: 1 Cell 3: 1
Frequency Shift between Cells Hz
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
RLM/RRM Measurement
00000100 N/A 00000100 N/A
00000100 00000100
00000100 00000100
01010101 01010101
01010101 01010101
CCSI,0 01010101 N/A 01010101 N/A
01010101 01010101
(Note 3) 10101010 10101010
10101010 10101010
CCSI,1 10101010 N/A 10101010 N/A
10101010 10101010
10101010 10101010
3 3
symbols
Max number of HARQ
1 1
transmissions
CQI delay ms 8
Reporting interval (Note 13) ms 10
3GPP
Release 16 1412 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 2: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are
transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of
Cell2, and Cell3 are the same.
ABS.
Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.3 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2.
Note 12: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a
downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at
Note 13: The CSI reporting is such that reference subframes belong to Ccsi,0.
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 55 55
 1.1 1.1
ε 0.01 0.01
9.3.1.1.4 TDD (CSI measurements in case two CSI subframe sets are configured and with
CRS assistance information)
sub-band;
b) the ratio of the throughput in ABS subframes obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band
among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained
when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in
set S shall be ≥ ;
level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER in ABS subframes for the indicated transport formats shall be
greater than or equal to ε.
3GPP
Release 16 1413 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.1.1.4-1: Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1414 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Bandwidth MHz 10 10
Special subframe
4 4
configuration
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 0
 dB 0 0
Clause B.2.4 Clause B.2.4
EVA5 EVA5
with Td = 0.45 with Td = 0.45
Propagation condition Low antenna Low antenna
us, a = 1, fd = us, a = 1, fd =
correlation correlation
5 Hz 5 Hz
Antenna configuration 1x2 1x2
Cell 2: 12
Cell 3: 10
14 15
Cell 2: 12
Cell 3: 10
N (ocj ) 1
N/A N/A
dBm/15kHz -98 (Note 7) -98 (Note 7)
( j)
N oc at antenna ( j)
N/A
-98 (Note 8)
N/A
port
( j) N/A N/A
N oc 3 dBm/15kHz -93 (Note 9) -93 (Note 9)

Cell 2: 6 Cell 2: 6
Cell Id 0 0
Cell 3: 1 Cell 3: 1
Frequency shift between Cells Hz
0100010001
ABS pattern (Note 2) N/A 0100010001 N/A
0100010001
0100010001
N/A N/A
0100010001 0100010001
CCSI,0 N/A N.A
(Note 3) 1000101000 1000101000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1000101000 1000101000
3 3
symbols
Max number of HARQ
1 1
transmissions
CQI delay ms 10
3GPP
Release 16 1415 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 2: ABS pattern as defined in [9]. PDSCH other than SIB1/paging and its associated PDCCH/PCFICH are
transmitted in the serving cell subframe when the subframe is overlapped with the ABS subframe of
Cell2, and Cell3 is the same.
Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.3 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two sided dynamic
OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2.
downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the
Note 13: The CSI reporting is such that reference subframes belong to Ccsi,0.
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 55 55
 1.1 1.1
ε 0.01 0.01
9.3.1.1.5 TDD (when csi-SubframeSet –r12 is configured)
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1 which supports Rel-12 CSI subframe sets. For the parameters
specified in Table 9.3.1.1.5-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum
requirements are specified in Table 9.3.1.1.5-2 and by the following
sub-band for each CSI subframe set;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands
with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the
TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ for
each CSI subframe set;
level the corresponding TBS, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to
0.05 and less than 0.60 for each CSI subframe set.
d) the difference of the wide-band median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 and the wide-band
median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,1 shall be larger than or equal to 3.
3GPP
Release 16 1416 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
selecting a new sub-band in each available downlink transmission instance. Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size
are excluded from the test.
3GPP
Release 16 1417 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.1.1.5-1: Sub-band test for TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1418 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Test

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 2
ρA dB -3
allocation
 dB 0
in CSI subframe set 0 dB 0 1
SNR
SNR
Î (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
CRS reference signals Antenna port 0 and 1
PDSCH scheduled subframes for CSI
8,9
subframe set 0
3,4
subframe set 1
Reporting interval (Note 4) ms 10 per subframe set
CQI delay ms
Number of EPDCCH Sets Configured 2 (Note 5,6)
Number of PRB per EPDCCH Set 4
EPDCCH Aggregation level 8ECCE
EPDCCH beamforming model Annex B.4.4
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.17 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2.
Note 3: In the test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two
SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level for each subframe set separately..
Note 4: For CSI subframe set 0, PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be
transmitted in downlink SF#3 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink
SF #7. For CSI subframe set 1, PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI
shall be transmitted in downlink SF#8 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted
on uplink SF#2.
Note 5: In case UE supports EPDCCH, the PDSCH scheduling grants are transmitted via
EPDCCH, otherwise PDCCH is used.
3GPP
Release 16 1419 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 6: The two sets are distributed EPDCCH sets and non-overlapping with PRB = {0, 3, 6, 9}
for the first set and PRB = {40, 43, 46, 49} for the second set. EPDCCH set is selected
after scheduling decision for PDSCH to avoid collision between PDSCH and EPDCCH
PRBs, respectively. EPDCCH is only transmitted from one set. The starting symbol for
EPDCCH is derived from the PCFICH. RRC signalling epdcch-StartSymbol-r11is not
configured
Table 9.3.1.1.5-2: Minimum requirement (TDD)
Test
 [%] 2
 [%] 55
 1.1
UE Category ≥1
9.3.1.2 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-1 (CSI Reference Symbol)
9.3.1.2.1 FDD
sub-band;
TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ ;
0.05.
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD, each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. Sub-bands of a
size smaller than full size are excluded from the test.
3GPP
Release 16 1420 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.1.2.1-1 Sub-band test for FDD

Transmission mode 9
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
SNR (Note 3) dB 4 5 11 12
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -93 -87 -86
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CQI delay ms 8
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.8 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2.
Note 4: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink
SF#1 and #6 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#0 and #5.
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 40 40
 1.1 1.1
9.3.1.2.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1421 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
sub-band;
0.05.
3GPP
Release 16 1422 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.1.2.2-1 Sub-band test for TDD

Transmission mode 9
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
SNR (Note 3) dB 4 5 11 12
I^ or
( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -93 -87 -86
( j)
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
CRS reference signals Antenna port 0
CSI reference signals Antenna port 15,16
5/ 3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CQI delay ms 10
SF#3 and #8 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink SF#2 and #7.
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 40 40
 1.1 1.1
3GPP
Release 16 1423 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.3.1.2.3 FDD (Modulation and TBS index Table 2 and 4-bit CQI Table 2 are used)
sub-band;
0.05.
Table 9.3.1.2.3-1 Sub-band test for FDD

Transmission mode 9
A dB 0
Downlink power B dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
s dB 0
3GPP
Release 16 1424 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -82 -81
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

 d  0.45 s,
Propagation channel
a = 1, f D  5 Hz
5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CQI delay ms 8
SF#1 and #6 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#0 and #5.
Test 1
 [%] 2
 [%] 40
 1.1
UE Category 11-12
UE DL Category ≥11
9.3.1.2.4 TDD (Modulation and TBS index Table 2 and 4-bit CQI Table 2 are used)
sub-band;
0.05.
3GPP
Release 16 1425 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.1.2.4-1 Sub-band test for TDD

Transmission mode 9
A dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
s dB 0
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

 d  0.45 s,
Propagation channel
a = 1, f D  5 Hz
CRS reference signals Antenna port 0
5/ 3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CQI delay ms 10
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.8A TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two
3GPP
Release 16 1426 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1
 [%] 2
 [%] 40
 1.1
UE Category 11-12
UE DL Category ≥11
9.3.1.2.5 Void
Table 9.3.1.2.5-1: Void
Table 9.3.1.2.5-2: Void
9.3.1.2.6 TDD (when csi-SubframeSet –r12 is configured with one CSI process)
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1 which supports Rel-12 CSI subframe sets and TM10. For the
parameters specified in Table 9.3.1.2.6-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.1.2.6-2 and by the following
sub-band for each CSI subframe set;
TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected sub-band in set S shall be ≥ for
each CSI subframe set;
0.01 for each CSI subframe set.
d) The difference of the wide-band median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,0 and the wide-band
median CQI obtained by reports in CSI subframe sets CCSI,1 shall be larger than or equal to 3.
selecting a new sub-band in each available downlink transmission instance. Sub-bands of a size smaller than full size
are excluded from the test.
3GPP
Release 16 1427 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.1.2.6-1: Sub-band test for TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1428 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Test

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3
SNR
SNR
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97
or

dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

dB[mW/15kHz] -108 -108
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
CRS reference signals Antenna port 0 and 1
5/ 0
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-IM configuration 0 3/
CSI-IM configuration 1 4/
Signal/Interference/Reporting mode for CSI-RS/CSI-IM 0/PUSCH 3-1
CSI subframe set 0
Signal/Interference/Reporting mode for CSI-RS/CSI-IM 1/PUSCH 3-1
CSI subframe set 1
Reporting interval (Note 4) ms 10 per subframe set
CQI delay ms
8,9
subframe set 0
3,4
subframe set 1
3GPP
Release 16 1429 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level for each subframe set separately.
Note 4: For CSI subframe set 0, PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be
transmitted in downlink SF#3 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink
SF #7. For CSI subframe set 1, PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI
shall be transmitted in downlink SF#8 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted
on uplink SF#2.
Test
 [%] 2
 [%] 55
 1.02
UE Category ≥1
9.3.2 Frequency non-selective scheduling mode

The reporting accuracy of the channel quality indicator (CQI) under frequency non-selective fading conditions is
determined by the reporting variance, and the relative increase of the throughput obtained when the transport format
transmitted is that indicated by the reported CQI compared to the case for which a fixed transport format configured
according to the reported median CQI is transmitted. In addition, the reporting accuracy is determined by a minimum
BLER using the transport formats indicated by the reported CQI. The purpose is to verify that the UE is tracking the
channel variations and selecting the largest transport format possible according to the prevailing channel state for
frequently non-selective scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the CQI reporting under frequency
non-selective fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR
levels separated by an offset of 1 dB.
9.3.2.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol)
9.3.2.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.2.1.1-1 and Table 9.3.2.1.1-3, and using the downlink physical channels
specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.2.1.1-2 and Table 9.3.2.1.1-4 and by the
following
a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least  % of the time;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband
CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the wideband CQI
median shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for the
indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.02
The applicability of the requirement with 5MHz bandwidth as specificed in Table 9.3.2.1.1-3 and Table 9.3.2.1.1-4 is
defined in 9.1.1.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1430 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.2.1.1-1 Fading test for single antenna (FDD)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB 0

SNR (Note 3) dB 6 7 12 13
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -92 -91 -86 -85
or
( j)
Propagation channel EPA5

Correlation and
High (1 x 2)
CQI delay ms 8
Physical channel for
PUSCH (Note 4)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
cqi-pmi-
1
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later
than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the
eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.1 FDD according to Table
A.4-1 for Category 2-8 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1 and RC.4 FDD according to
Table A.4-1 for Category 1 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG
Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2.
Note 3: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at
least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input
level.
necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH
DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1, #3, #7 and #9
to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH
in uplink subframe SF#5, #7, #1 and #3.
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 20 20
 1.05 1.05
3GPP
Release 16 1431 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 5 MHz
Downlink A dB 0
power B dB 0
allocation dB 0

SNR (Note 3) dB 6 7 12 13
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -92 -91 -86 -85
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Correlation and
High (1 x 2)
CQI delay ms 8
PUSCH (Note 4)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
cqi-pmi-
1
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
A.4-1 for Category ≥ 2 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1
Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2.Note 3: For
each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 20 20
 1.05 1.05
9.3.2.1.2 TDD
a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least  % of the time;
3GPP
Release 16 1432 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the wideband CQI
median shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for the
indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.02.
Table 9.3.2.1.2-1 Fading test for single antenna (TDD)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB 0

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 6 7 12 13
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -92 -91 -86 -85
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Correlation and
High (1 x 2)
PUSCH (Note 4)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
cqi-pmi-
3
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.1 TDD according to Table
TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1 and RC.4 TDD according to
Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2.
level.
DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow
periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink
subframe SF#7 and #2.
3GPP
Release 16 1433 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 20 20
 1.05 1.05
9.3.2.2 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbol)
9.3.2.2.1 FDD
a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least  % of
the time;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported
wideband CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the
wideband CQI median shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER
for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.02.
3GPP
Release 16 1434 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.2.2.1-1 Fading test for FDD

Transmission mode 9
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3
SNR (Note 3) dB 2 3 7 8
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -96 -95 -91 -90
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Correlation and antenna configuration ULA High (4 x 2)
5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CQI delay ms 8
Physical channel for CQI/ PMI
PUSCH (Note 4)
reporting
PUCCH channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2
PUCCH report type for RI 3
ri-ConfigIndex 1
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based
on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband
CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.7 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
Note 4: To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to
report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be
transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the
HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#0 and #5.
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 20 20
 1.05 1.05
3GPP
Release 16 1435 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.3.2.2.2 TDD
a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least  % of
the time;
b) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported
wideband CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the
wideband CQI median shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER
for the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.02.
3GPP
Release 16 1436 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.2.2.2-1 Fading test for TDD

Transmission mode 9
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -6
 dB -3
SNR (Note 3) dB 1 2 7 8
I^ or
( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -97 -96 -91 -90
( j)

Correlation and antenna configuration XP High (8 x 2)
5/ 3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
0x0000 0000 0000 0020 0000
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap
0000 0001
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 (Sub-mode: 2)
CQI delay ms 10
PUSCH (Note 4)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for CQI/ PMI 2c
PUCCH report type for RI 3
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based
on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband
CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.7 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
Note 4: To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to
report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be
transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the
HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#2 and #7.
Note 5: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise
collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three
reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and
HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At eNB, CQI report collection shall be skipped
every 160ms during performance verification and the reported CQI in subframe
SF#7 of the previous frame is applied in downlink subframes until a new CQI (after
CQI/PMI dropping) is available.
3GPP
Release 16 1437 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 20 20
 1.05 1.05
9.3.3 Frequency-selective interference

The accuracy of sub-band channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency selective interference conditions is
determined by a percentile of the reported differential CQI offset level +2 for a preferred sub-band, and the relative
increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the
highest reported differential CQI offset level the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed
format is transmitted on any sub-band in set S of TS 36.213 [6]. The purpose is to verify that preferred sub-bands are
used for frequently-selective scheduling under frequency-selective interference conditions.
9.3.3.1 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol)
9.3.3.1.1 FDD
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of +2 shall be reported at least  % for at least one of the sub-bands of full
size at the channel edges;
3GPP
Release 16 1438 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10 MHz 10 MHz
Transmission mode 1 (port 0) 1 (port 0)
Downlink ρA dB 0 0
power ρB dB 0 0
allocation dB 0 0

( j)
I ot for RB 0…5 dB[mW/15kHz] -102 -93
I (otj) for RB 6…41 dB[mW/15kHz] -93 -93
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -94

or
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
CQI delay ms 8
subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink subframe
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI
cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
A.4-1 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as
described in Annex A.5.1.1/2.
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 60 60
 1.6 1.6
9.3.3.1.2 TDD
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of +2 shall be reported at least  % for at least one of the sub-bands of full
size at the channel edges;
3GPP
Release 16 1439 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Transmission mode 1 (port 0) 1 (port 0)
Downlink ρA dB 0 0
power ρB dB 0 0
allocation dB 0 0

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
( j)
( j)
Î (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -94 -94
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
τ d =0 . 45 s,
Clause B.2.4 with
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.3 TDD according to table
A.4-1 with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 60 60
 1.6 1.6
3GPP
Release 16 1440 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.3.3.2 Void
9.3.3.2.1 Void
9.3.3.2.2 Void
9.3.4 UE-selected subband CQI

The accuracy of UE-selected subband channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting under frequency-selective fading
conditions is determined by the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting on the UE-selected
subbands with the corresponding transport format compared to the case for which a fixed format is transmitted on any
subband in set S of TS 36.213 [6]. The purpose is to verify that correct subbands are accurately reported for frequency-
selective scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the subband CQI reporting under frequency-selective
fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR levels
separated by an offset of 1 dB.
9.3.4.1.1 FDD
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected subband among the best M subbands
reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported
wideband CQI median on a randomly selected subband in set S shall be ≥ ;
The requirements only apply for subbands of full size and the random scheduling across the subbands is done by
selecting a new subband in each TTI for FDD. The transport block size TBS (wideband CQI median) is that resulting
from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1
of TS 36.213 [6] that corresponds to the subband size.
3GPP
Release 16 1441 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.4.1.1-1 Subband test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB 0

SNR (Note 3) dB 9 10 14 15
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83
or
( j)
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
CQI delay ms 8
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Subband size (k) RBs 3 (full size)
Number of preferred
5
subbands (M)
level.
Test 1 Test 2
 1.2 1.2
9.3.4.1.2 TDD
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected subband among the best M subbands
reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported
wideband CQI median on a randomly selected subband in set S shall be ≥ ;
selecting a new subband in each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block size TBS
(wideband CQI median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI
median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS 36.213 [6] that corresponds to the subband size.
3GPP
Release 16 1442 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB 0

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 9 10 14 15
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -89 -88 -84 -83
or
( j)
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Number of preferred
5
subbands (M)
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
level.
Test 1 Test 2
 1.2 1.2
9.3.4.2 Minimum requirement PUCCH 2-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
9.3.4.2.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1443 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and
that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected
subband in set S shall be ≥ ;
selecting a new subband in each TTI for FDD. The transport block size TBS (wideband CQI median) is that resulting
from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1
of TS 36.213 [6] that corresponds to the subband size.
3GPP
Release 16 1444 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.4.2.1-1 Subband test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB 0

SNR (Note 3) dB 8 9 13 14
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -90 -89 -85 -84
or
( j)
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
Reporting periodicity ms NP = 2
CQI delay ms 8
PUSCH (Note 4)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type
4
for wideband CQI
PUCCH Report Type
1
for subband CQI
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Number of bandwidth
3
parts (J)
K 1
level.
Note 5: CQI reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last
bandwidth part) are to be disregarded and data scheduling
according to the most recent subband CQI report for bandwidth
part with j=1.
Note 6: In the case where wideband CQI is reported, data is to be
scheduled according to the most recently used subband CQI
report.
3GPP
Release 16 1445 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
 1.15 1.15
9.3.4.2.2 TDD
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on subbands reported by the UE the corresponding TBS and
that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI median on a randomly selected
subband in set S shall be ≥ ;
selecting a new subband in each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block size TBS
median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS 36.213 [6] that corresponds to the subband size.
3GPP
Release 16 1446 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1447 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB 0

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 8 9 13 14
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -90 -89 -85 -84
or
( j)
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =5 Hz
a = 1, D
PUSCH (Note 4)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type
4
for wideband CQI
PUCCH Report Type
1
for subband CQI
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Number of bandwidth
3
parts (J)
K 1
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
level.
Note 5: CQI reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last
bandwidth part) are to be disregarded and data scheduling
according to the most recent subband CQI report for bandwidth
part with j=1.
Note 6: In the case where wideband CQI is reported, data is to be
scheduled according to the most recently used subband CQI
report.
3GPP
Release 16 1448 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
 1.15 1.15
9.3.5 Additional requirements for enhanced receiver Type A

The purpose of the test is to verify that the reporting of the channel quality is based on the receiver of the enhanced
Type A. Performance requirements are specified in terms of the relative increase of the throughput obtained when the
transport format is that indicated by the reported CQI subject to an interference model compared to the case with a
white Gaussian noise model, and a requirement on the minimum BLER of the transmitted transport formats indicated
by the reported CQI subject to an interference model.
9.3.5.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol)
9.3.5.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.5.1.1-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C, the
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband
CQI index subject to an interference source with specified DIP and that obtained when transmitting the transport
format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to a white Gaussian noise source shall be ≥ ;
b) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to an interference
source with specified DIP, the average BLER for the indicated transport formats shall be greater than or equal to
2%.
3GPP
Release 16 1449 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Cell ID 0 1
SINR (Note 8) dB -2 N/A
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 N/A
Propagation channel EPA5 Static (Note 7)
Correlation and
Low (1 x 2) (1 x 2)
Reference
Note 2 R.2 FDD
measurement channel
Reporting periodicity ms Npd = 2 N/A
CQI delay ms 8 N/A
Physical channel for PUSCH (Note
N/A
CQI reporting 3)
PUCCH Report Type 4 N/A
cqi-pmi-
1 N/A
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A
transmissions
Note 4: The respective received power spectral density of each interfering
N ´
cell relative to oc is defined by its associated DIP value as
specified in clause B.5.1.
Note 5: Two cells are considered in which Cell 1 is the serving cell and Cell
2 is the interfering cell. The number of the CRS ports in both cells is
the same. Intefering cell is fully loaded.
Note 6: Both cells are time-synchronous.
Note 7: Static channel is used for the interference model. In case for white
Gaussian noise model Cell 2 is not present.

Es / N oc ´ of Cell 1 as defined in clause
8.1.1.
 1.8
UE Category ≥1
3GPP
Release 16 1450 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.3.5.1.2 TDD
minimum requirements are specified in 9.3.5.1.2-2 and by the following
2%.
3GPP
Release 16 1451 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Cell ID 0 1
( j)
Correlation and
Low (1 x 2) (1 x 2)
Reference
Note 2 R.2A TDD
measurement channel
CQI delay ms 10 or 11 N/A
N/A
CQI reporting 3)
cqi-pmi-
3 N/A
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A
transmissions
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing N/A
mode
N ´

8.1.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1452 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
 1.8
UE Category ≥1
9.3.5.2.1 FDD
2%.
3GPP
Release 16 1453 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.5.2.1-1 Fading test for two antennas (FDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1454 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Transmission mode 9
Cell ID 0 1
( j)
Correlation and
Low (2 x 2) (1 x 2)
Beamforming Model As specified in N/A
Section B.4.3
(Note 10, 11)
Cell-specific reference Antenna ports Antenna port 0
signals 0,1
Antenna ports
15,16
5/1 N/A
subframe offset
CSI-RS reference
2 N/A
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration 1/
Subframes /
ICSI-RS / N/A 0010000000000
bitmap
ZeroPowerCSI-RS 000
bitmap
CodeBookSubsetRestr
001111 N/A
iction bitmap
Reference
Note 2 R.2 FDD
measurement channel
CQI delay ms 8 N/A
N/A
CQI/PMI reporting 3)
PUCCH Report Type
2 N/A
for CQI/PMI
PUCCH channel for RI PUCCH
N/A
reporting Format 2
PUCCH Report Type
3 N/A
for RI
cqi-pmi-
2 N/A
ConfigurationIndex
ri-ConfigIndex 1 N/A
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A
transmissions
A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is
periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in
3GPP
Release 16 1455 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
uplink subframe SF#0 and #5.

N ´
2 is the interfering cell. Intefering cell is fully loaded.

E /N óc of Cell 1 as defined in clause
8.1.1.
Note 9: N/A.
subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later
than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB
downlink before SF#(n+4).
 1.8
UE Category ≥2
9.3.5.2.2 TDD
2%.
3GPP
Release 16 1456 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1457 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Transmission mode 9
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Cell ID 0 1
( j)
Correlation and
Low (2 x 2) (1 x 2)
Beamforming Model As specified in N/A
Section B.4.3
(Note 11, 12)
signals 0,1
Antenna ports
15,16
5/3 N/A
subframe offset
CSI-RS reference
2 N/A
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration 3/
Subframes /
ICSI-RS / N/A 001000000000
bitmap
ZeroPowerCSI-RS 0000
bitmap
CodeBookSubsetRestr
001111 N/A
iction bitmap
Reference
Note 2 R.2A TDD
measurement channel
CQI delay ms 10 N/A
N/A
PUCCH Report Type
2 N/A
for CQI/PMI
Physical channel for RI PUCCH
N/A
reporting Format 2
PUCCH Report Type
3 N/A
for RI
cqi-pmi-
3 N/A
ConfigurationIndex
ri-ConfigIndex 805 (Note 9) N/A
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A
transmissions
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing N/A
mode
3GPP
Release 16 1458 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as

N ´

8.1.1.
Note 9: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of
160ms to minimise collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK
reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that
CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be
multiplexed. At eNB, CQI report collection shall be skipped every
160ms during performance verification and the reported CQI in
subframe SF#7 of the previous frame is applied in downlink
subframes until a new CQI (after CQI/PMI dropping) is available.
Note 10: N/A.
 1.8
UE Category ≥2
9.3.6 Minimum requirement (With multiple CSI processes)

The purpose of the test is to verify the reporting accuracy of the CQI and the UE processing capability for multiple CSI
processes. Each CSI process is associated with a CSI-RS resource and a CSI-IM resource as shown in Table 9.3.6-1.
For UE supports one CSI process, CSI process 2 is configured and the corresponding requirements shall be fulfilled.
For UE supports three CSI processes, CSI processes 0, 1 and 2 are configured and the corresponding requirements shall
be fulfilled. For UE supports four CSI processes, CSI processes 0, 1, 2 and 3 are configured and the corresponding
requirements shall be fulfilled.
Table 9.3.6-1: Configuration of CSI processes
CSI process 0 CSI process 1 CSI process 2 CSI process 3

CSI-RS resource CSI-RS signal 0 CSI-RS signal 1 CSI-RS signal 0 CSI-RS signal 1
CSI-IM resource CSI-IM resource 0 CSI-IM resource 0 CSI-IM resource 1 CSI-IM resource 2
3GPP
Release 16 1459 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.3.6.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.3.6.1-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.6.1-2 and by the following
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least  % of the time but less than % for each
sub-band for CSI process 1, 2, or 3;
b) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least % of the
time for CSI process 0;
c) the difference of the median CQIs of the reported wideband CQI for configurated CSI processes shall be greater
or equal to the values as in Table 9.3.6.1-3;
d) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands
e) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset
0.02.
3GPP
Release 16 1460 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.6.1-1: Fading test for FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1461 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2
Transmission mode 10 10 10 10
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 0
allocation Pc dB -3 0 -3 0
dB -3 -3

SNR (Note 7) dB 10 11 7 8 14 15 9 10
Î (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -87 -91 -90 -84 -85 -89 -88
( j)
Clause B.2.4.1 Clause B.2.4.1

with with
EPA 5 Low
τ d =0 . 45 s, EPA 5 Low
τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
a = 1, D
f =5 a = 1, D
f =5
Hz Hz
Antenna configuration 4x2 2x2 4x2 2x2
Beamforming Model As specified in Section B.4.3 As specified in Section B.4.3
CSI-RS signal 0 N/A N/A
15,…,18 15,…,18
CSI-RS 0 periodicity and subframe offset
5/1 N/A 5/1 N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS 0 configuration 0 N/A 0 N/A
15,16 15,16
N/A 5/1 N/A 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS 1 configuration N/A 5 N/A 5
1/ 1/
Zero-power CSI-RS 0 configuration
N/A 111000000000 N/A 111000000000
0000 0000
1/ 1/
00100110000 N/A 00100110000 N/A
00000 00000
CSI-IM 0 periodicity and subframe offset
5/1 5/1 5/1 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-IM 0 configuration 2 2 2 2
5/1 N/A 5/1 N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-IM 1 configuration 6 N/A 6 N/A
N/A 5/1 N/A 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-IM 2 configuration N/A 1 N/A 1
CSI process 0 CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 0
CSI-IM CSI-IM 0 CSI-IM 0
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 PUCCH 1-1
CodeBookSubsetR
0x0000 0000 0000 0001 0x0000 0000 0000 0001
estriction bitmap
Reporting
ms Npd = 5 Npd = 5
periodicity
CQI delay ms 11 11
3GPP
Release 16 1462 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1463 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Physical channel
for CQI/ PMI PUSCH (Note 6) PUSCH (Note 6)
reporting
PUCCH Report
2 2
Type for CQI/PMI
PUCCH channel
for RI reporting
PUCCH report
3 3
type for RI
cqi-pmi-
4 4
ConfigurationIndex
ri-ConfigIndex 2 2
CSI-RS CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 1
CodeBookSubsetR
000001 000001
CSI process 1 estriction bitmap
Reporting interval
ms 5 5
(Note 10)
CQI delay ms 11 11
Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) 6 (full size)
CSI process 2 CodeBookSubsetR
0x0000 0000 0000 0001 0x0000 0000 0000 0001
(For UE configured estriction bitmap
single process) Reporting interval
ms 5 5
(Note 8)
CQI delay ms 8 8
Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) (Note 9) 6 (full size) (Note 9)
CodeBookSubsetR
000001 000001
Reporting interval
ms 5 5
(Note 10)
CQI delay ms 11 11
CSI process for PDSCH scheduling CSI process 2 CSI process 2
Cell ID 0 6 0 6
Quasi-co-located CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1 CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 1
Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID Same Cell ID
Quasi-co-located CRS
as Cell 1 as Cell 2 as Cell 1 as Cell 2
0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
PMI for subframe 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9 100000 100000
0000 0001 0000 0001
0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
PMI for subframe 1 and 6 100000 100000
0001 0000 0001 0000
Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 N/A 1 N/A
3GPP
Release 16 1464 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink SF not
later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: 3 symbols allocated to PDCCH
Note 3: Reference measurement channel RC.12 FDD according to Table A.4-1. PDSCH transmission is scheduled on subframe
2, 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9 from TP1.
Note 4: TM10 OCNG OP.8 FDD as specified in A.5.1.8 is transmitted on subframe 1 and 6 from TP1.
Note 5: TM10 OCNG OP.8 FDD as specified in A.5.1.8 is transmitted on subframe 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and 9 from TP2
Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of
PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with
the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#2 and #7.
Note 7: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted
signal input level.
Note 8: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow aperiodic
CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#0 and #5.
Note 9: For these sub-bands which are not selected for PDSCH transmission, TM10 OCNG should be transmitted.
Table 9.3.6.1-2: Minimum requirement (FDD)

 [%] N/A 2 2 2
 [%] N/A 40 40 40
 [%] 10 N/A N/A N/A
 N/A N/A 1.02 N/A
UE Category ≥1
Table 9.3.6.1-3: Minimum median CQI difference between configured CSI processes (FDD)
CSI process 1 CSI process 2 CSI process 3

CSI process 0 N/A 1 3
UE Category ≥1
9.3.6.2 TDD
a) a sub-band differential CQI offset level of 0 shall be reported at least  % of the time but less than % for each
sub-band for CSI process 1, 2, or 3;
b) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least % of the
time for CSI process 0;
c) the difference of the median CQIs of the reported wideband CQI for configurated CSI processes shall be greater
or equal to the values as in Table 9.3.6.2-3;
d) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands
e) when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands with the highest differential CQI offset
0.02.
3GPP
Release 16 1465 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1466 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.6.2-1: Fading test for TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1467 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2
Uplink downlink configuration 2 2 2 2
Special subframe configuration 4 4 4 4
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 0
allocation Pc dB -3 0 -3 0
dB -3 -3

SNR (Note 7) dB 10 11 7 8 14 15 9 10
Î (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -87 -91 -90 -84 -85 -89 -88
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause Clause
B.2.4.1 with B.2.4.1 with
EPA 5 Low
τ d =0 . 45 s, EPA 5 Low
τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
a = 1, D
f =5 a = 1, D
f =5
Hz Hz
15,…, 18 15,…, 18
5/3 N/A 5/3 N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
15, 16 15, 16
N/A 5/3 N/A 5/3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
3/ 3/
N/A 11100000000 N/A 11100000000
00000 00000
3/ 3/
00100110000 N/A 00100110000 N/A
00000 00000
5/3 5/3 5/3 5/3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-IM 0 configuration 2 2 2 2
5/3 N/A 5/3 N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
N/A 5/3 N/A 5/3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI process 0 CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 CSI-RS 0
CodeBookSubsetR
0x0000 0000 0000 0001 0x0000 0000 0000 0001
estriction bitmap
Reporting ms Npd = 5 Npd = 5
3GPP
Release 16 1468 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
periodicity
3GPP
Release 16 1469 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CQI delay ms 12 12
Physical channel
for CQI/ PMI PUSCH (Note 6) PUSCH (Note 6)
reporting
PUCCH Report
2 2
Type for CQI/PMI
PUCCH channel
for RI reporting
PUCCH report
3 3
type for RI
cqi-pmi-
3 3
ConfigurationIndex
ri-ConfigIndex 805 (Note 10) 805 (Note 10)
CodeBookSubsetR
000001 000001
Reporting interval
ms 5 5
(Note 9)
CQI delay ms 12 12
CodeBookSubsetR
0x0000 0000 0000 0001 0x0000 0000 0000 0001
Reporting interval
ms 5 5
(Note 9)
CQI delay ms 12 12
Sub-band size RB 6 (full size) (Note 8) 6 (full size) (Note 8)
CodeBookSubsetR
000001 000001
Reporting interval
ms 5 5
(Note 9)
CQI delay ms 12 12
Cell ID 0 6 0 6
0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
0000 0001 0000 0001
0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
0001 0000 0001 0000
3GPP
Release 16 1470 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 3: Reference measurement channel RC.12 TDD according to Table A.4-1. PDSCH transmission is scheduled on subframe 4
and 9 from TP1.
Note 4: TM10 OCNG OP.8 TDD is transmitted as specified in A.5.2.8 on subframe 3 and 8 from TP1.
Note 5: TM10 OCNG OP.8 TDD is transmitted as specified in A.5.2.8 on subframe 3, 4, 8 and 9 from TP2
Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH.
PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3 and #8 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-
ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#7 and #2.
Note 7: For each test, the minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the respective wanted
signal input level.
Note 9: For these sub-bands which are not selected for PDSCH transmission, TM10 OCNG should be transmitted.
Note 10: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and
HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI
and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At eNB, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance
verification and the reported CQI in subframe SF#7 of the previous frame is applied in downlink subframes until a new
CQI (after CQI/PMI dropping) is available.
Table 9.3.6.2-2: Minimum requirement (TDD)

 [%] N/A 2 2 2
 [%] N/A 40 40 40
 [%] 10 N/A N/A N/A
 N/A N/A 1.02 N/A
UE Category ≥1
Table 9.3.6.2-3: Minimum median CQI difference between configured CSI processes (TDD)
CSI process 1 CSI process 2 CSI process 3

CSI process 0 N/A 1 3
UE Category ≥1
9.3.7 Minimum requirement PUSCH 3-2
9.3.7.1 FDD
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.7.1-2 and by the following.
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE PUSCH 3-2 reported wideband CQI and
subband PMI and that obtained when transmitting based on PUSCH 3-1 reported wideband CQI and wideband
PMI shall be ≥
b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands
with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS based on UE PUSCH3-2 reported subband
CQI and subband PMI and that obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band in set S based on
PUSCH 1-2 reported wideband CQI and subband PMI shall be ≥
The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI and subband CQI are selected according to RC.17 FDD for test 1 and
according to RC.18 FDD for test 2.
3GPP
Release 16 1471 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.7.1-1 Sub-band test for FDD

Bandwidth MHz 10MHz
PDSCH resource allocation RB 50PRB a subband, 6PRB
Transmission mode TM6 TM9
ρA dB -6 0
Downlink power
ρB dB -6 0
allocation Pc dB - -3
dB 3 -3

SNR (Note 3) dB 0 1 5 6
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97 -93 -92
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98 -98
Propagation channel EVA5 EVA5

Antenna configuration 4x2 ULA low 4x2 XP high (Note 4)
Beamforming Model - B.4.3
CRS reference signals Antenna ports 0, 1, 2, 3 Antenna ports 0, 1
Time offset between TX antenna (Note
ns 65 -
5)
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15, 16, 17, 18
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset -
5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference signal configuration - 4
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX No Yes
0x0000 0000 0000 FFFF
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x0000 0000 0000 FFFF
0000 FFFF
Reporting interval (Note 6) ms 5 5
CQI delay ms 8 8
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-2, PUSCH 3-1 PUSCH 3-2, PUSCH 1-2
Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 1
downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.17 FDD / RC.18 FDD for Test 1 / 2 according to Table A.4-1 with one/two
Note 4: Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used as specified in B.2.3A.4.
Note 5: The values of time offset are [0ns 65ns 0ns 65ns] for antenna port [0, 1, 2, 3] respectively.
Note 6: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow
aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#0 and #5.
Table 9.3.7.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)
Test 1 Test 2
α 1.05 -
β - 1.15
3GPP
Release 16 1472 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.3.7.2 TDD
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.3.7.2-2 and by the following.
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE PUSCH 3-2 reported wideband CQI and
subband PMI and that obtained when transmitting based on PUSCH 3-1 reported wideband CQI and wideband
PMI shall be ≥
b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band among the sub-bands
with the highest differential CQI offset level the corresponding TBS based on UE PUSCH3-2 reported subband
CQI and subband PMI and that obtained when transmitting on a randomly selected sub-band in set S based on
PUSCH 1-2 reported wideband CQI and subband PMI shall be ≥
The transport block sizes TBS for wideband CQI and subband CQI are selected according to RC.17 TDD for test 1 and
RC.18 TDD for test 2.
3GPP
Release 16 1473 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.3.7.2-1 Sub-band test for TDD

Bandwidth MHz 10MHz
PDSCH resource allocation RB 50PRB a subband, 6PRB
Transmission mode TM6 TM9
ρA dB -6 0
Downlink power
ρB dB -6 0
allocation Pc dB - -3
dB 3 -3

SNR (Note 3) dB 0 1 5 6
Î (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -97 -93 -92
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98 -98
Propagation channel EVA5 EVA5

Antenna configuration 4x2 ULA low 4x2 XP high (Note 4)
Beamforming Model - B.4.3
CRS reference signals Antenna ports 0, 1, 2, 3 Antenna ports 0, 1
Time offset between TX antenna (Note
ns 65 -
5)
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15, 16, 17, 18
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset -
5/ 4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference signal configuration - 4
alternativeCodebookEnabledFor4TX No Yes
0x0000 0000 0000 FFFF
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap 0x0000 0000 0000 FFFF
0000 FFFF
Reporting interval (Note 6) ms 5 5
CQI delay ms 8 8
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-2, PUSCH 3-1 PUSCH 3-2, PUSCH 1-2
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink
subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported subband or wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink
before SF#(n+4)
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.17 TDD / RC.18 TDD for Test 1 / 2 according to Table A.4-1 with one/two
Note 4: Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used as specified in B.2.3A.4.
Note 5: The values of time offset are [0ns 65ns 0ns 65ns] for antenna port [0, 1, 2, 3] respectively.
Note 6: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow
aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted in uplink SF#3 and #8.
Table 9.3.7.2-2 Minimum requirement (TDD)
Test 1 Test 2
α 1.05 -
β - 1.15
3GPP
Release 16 1474 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.3.8 Additional requirements for enhanced receiver Type B

The purpose of the test is to verify that the reporting of the channel quality based on the receiver of the enhanced Type
B meets a minimum performance. Performance requirements are specified in terms of the relative throughput obtained
when the transport format is that indicated by the reported CQI with NeighCellsInfo-r12 configured compared to the
case without NeighCellsInfo-r12 configured. Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the interference cells.
9.3.8.1.1 FDD
CQI index subject to interference sources with NeighCellsInfo-r12 configured and that obtained when
transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index subject to interference sources
without NeighCellsInfo-r12 configured shall be ≥ ;
3GPP
Release 16 1475 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 4
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3
allocation
 dB 0
Cell ID 0 1 6
SNR dB 8.34 N/A N/A
Es / N oc N/A 3.28 0.74
Î ( j) dB
-89.66 -94.72 -97.26
or [mW/15kHz]
dB
N oc -98
[mW/15kHz]
Propagation channel EPA5 EPA5 EPA5
Correlation and antenna configuration Low 2 x 2 Low 2 x 2 Low 2 x 2
0,1 0,1 0,1
Reporting periodicity ms Npd = 5 N/A N/A
PUCCH
Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting N/A N/A
Format 2
PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 N/A N/A
PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 N/A N/A
ri-ConfigurationIndex 1 N/A N/A
000001
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap N/A N/A
Max number of HARQ transmissions 1 N/A N/A

{dB-6, dB-3, {dB-6, dB-3,
p-aList-r12 N/A
NeighCellsInfo- dB0} dB0}
r12 (Note 4) transmissionModeList
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied
Test 1
 0.925
UE Category ≥2
9.3.8.1.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1476 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 4
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3
allocation
 dB 0
Cell ID 0 1 6
SNR dB 8.34 N/A N/A
Es / N oc N/A 3.28 0.74
Î ( j) dB
-89.66 -94.72 -97.26
or [mW/15kHz]
dB
N oc -98
[mW/15kHz]
0,1 0,1 0,1
PUSCH
Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting N/A N/A
(Note 3)
PUCCH Report Type 2 N/A N/A
ri-ConfigIndex 805 (Note 5) N/A N/A
{dB-6, dB-3, {dB-6, dB-3,
p-aList-r12 N/A
NeighCellsInfo- dB0} dB0}
r12 (Note 6) transmissionModeList
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
-r12
3GPP
Release 16 1477 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1
 0.925
UE Category ≥2
9.3.8.2 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbols)
9.3.8.2.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1478 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1479 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
ρA dB 0
Downlink
ρB dB 0
power
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
Cell ID 0 1 6
SNR dB 8.34 N/A N/A
Es / N oc N/A 3.28 0.74
Î ( j) dB
-89.66 -94.72 -97.26
or [mW/15kHz]
dB
N oc -98
[mW/15kHz]
Low 2 x 2 Low 2 x 2 Low 2 x 2
configuration
Antenna ports
15,16
5/1 N/A N/A
subframe offset
2 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
1/ 1/
N/A 00010000000000 00010000000000
00 00
bitmap
000001 N/A N/A
bitmap
PUSCH (Note 3) N/A N/A
reporting
2 N/A N/A
CQI/PMI
PUCCH channel for RI
PUCCH Format 2 N/A N/A
reporting
ri-ConfigIndex 1 N/A N/A
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A N/A
transmissions
p-aList-r12 N/A {dB-6, dB-3, dB0} {dB-6, dB-3, dB0}
NeighCellsInfo
transmission
-r12 (Note 5) N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
ModeList-r12
allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#0 and
3GPP
Release 16 1480 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
#5.
Test 1
 0.925
UE Category ≥2
9.3.8.2.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1481 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1482 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
ρA dB 0
Downlink
ρB dB 0
power
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
Cell ID 0 1 6
SNR dB 8.34 N/A N/A
Es / N oc N/A 3.28 0.74
Î (orj) dB
-89.66 -94.72 -97.26
[mW/15kHz]
dB
N oc -98
[mW/15kHz]
Low 2 x 2 Low 2 x 2 Low 2 x 2
configuration
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0,1 Antenna ports Antenna ports
0,1 0,1
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,16 N/A N/A
5/3 N/A N/A
subframe offset
2 N/A N/A
configuration
Zero-power CSI-RS
3/ 3/
N/A 0001000000000 0001000000000
000 000
bitmap
000001 N/A N/A
bitmap
PUSCH (Note 3) N/A N/A
reporting
2 N/A N/A
CQI/PMI
Physical channel for RI
PUCCH Format 2 N/A N/A
reporting
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A N/A
transmissions
{dB-6, dB-3, {dB-6, dB-3,
p-aList-r12 N/A
NeighCellsInfo dB0} dB0}
-r12 (Note 6) transmission
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
ModeList-r12
3GPP
Release 16 1483 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#2 and
#7.
collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification and the reported CQI in
subframe SF#7 of the previous frame is applied in downlink subframes until a new CQI (after
CQI/PMI dropping) is available.
Test 1
 0.925
UE Category ≥2
9.3.8.3 Minimum requirement with CSI process
9.3.8.3.1 FDD
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained for the Type B receiver with NAICS assistance information when
with specified Es / N oc and that obtained for the Type B receiver without NAICS assistance information when
with the same specified Es / N oc shall be ≥ ;
3GPP
Release 16 1484 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1485 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 10 9 9
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
Cell ID 0 1 6
SNR dB 8.34 N/A N/A
Es / N oc dB N/A 3.28 0.74
Î ( j) dB
-89.66 -94.72 -97.26
or [mW/15kHz]
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports Antenna port 0, Antenna port
0,1 1 0, 1
Antenna ports
15,16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset 5/1 N/A N/A
CSI-RS reference signal configuration 2 N/A N/A
1/ 1/
N/A 000100000000 00010000000
0000 00000
CSI-RS CSI-RS N/A N/A
CSI-IM CSI-IM N/A N/A
CodeBookSubsetRe
000001 N/A N/A
striction bitmap
CQI delay ms 8 N/A N/A
Physical channel for PUSCH
N/A N/A
CQI/ PMI reporting (Note 3)
CSI process
PUCCH Report Type
2 N/A N/A
for CQI/PMI
PUCCH channel for PUCCH
N/A N/A
RI reporting Format 2
PUCCH report type
3 N/A N/A
for RI
cqi-pmi-
2 N/A N/A
ConfigurationIndex
ri-ConfigIndex 1 N/A N/A
CSI-IM periodicity and subframe offset
5/1 N/A N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-IM configuration 6 N/A N/A
CSI process for PDSCH scheduling CSI process N/A N/A
Quasi-co-located CSI-RS CSI-RS N/A N/A
Same Cell ID
Quasi-co-located CRS N/A N/A
as Cell 1
Reference measurement channel Note 2 N/A N/A
NeighCellsInfo- p-aList-r12 N/A {dB-6, dB-3, {dB-6, dB-3,
3GPP
Release 16 1486 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
dB0} dB0}
r12 (Note 5) transmissionModeLis
N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
t-r12
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at
a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB
downlink before SF#(n+4)
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH
CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#0 and #5.
Test 1
 0.925
UE Category ≥2
9.3.8.3.2 TDD
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained obtained for the Type B receiver with NAICS assistance information when
with specified Es / N oc and that obtained for the Type B receiver without NAICS assistance information when
with the same specified Es / N oc shall be ≥ ;
3GPP
Release 16 1487 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1488 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
Cell ID 0 1 6
SNR dB 8.34 N/A N/A
Es / N oc dB N/A 3.28 0.74
Î ( j) dB
-89.66 -94.72 -97.26
or [mW/15kHz]
dB[mW/
N oc -98
15kHz]
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports Antenna port Antenna port
0,1 0,1 0,1
Antenna ports
15,16
CSI-RS periodicity and subframe offset 5/3 N/A N/A
CSI-RS reference signal configuration 2 N/A N/A
3/ 3/
N/A 000100000000 00010000000
0000 00000
CSI-RS CSI-RS N/A N/A
CSI-IM CSI-IM N/A N/A
CodeBookSubsetRestricti
000001 N/A N/A
on bitmap
CQI delay ms 8 N/A N/A
Physical channel for CQI/ PUSCH
N/A N/A
CSI process PMI reporting (Note 3)
2 N/A N/A
CQI/PMI
N/A N/A
reporting Format 2
PUCCH report type for RI 3 N/A N/A
cqi-pmi-
3 N/A N/A
ConfigurationIndex
CSI-IM periodicity and subframe offset TCSI-RS /
5/1 N/A N/A
∆CSI-RS
CSI-IM configuration 6 N/A N/A
CSI process for PDSCH scheduling CSI process N/A N/A
Quasi-co-located CSI-RS CSI-RS N/A N/A
Same Cell ID
Quasi-co-located CRS N/A N/A
as Cell 1
Reference measurement channel Note 2 N/A N/A
3GPP
Release 16 1489 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

{dB-6, dB-3, {dB-6, dB-3,
NeighCellsInfo- p-aList-r12 N/A
dB0} dB0}
r12 (Note 6)
transmissionModeList-r12 N/A {2,3,4,8,9} {2,3,4,8,9}
downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink
before SF#(n+4)
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH
CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#0 and #5.
Note 5: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions between RI,
CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that CQI/PMI
reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At eNB, CQI report collection shall
be skipped every 160ms during performance verification and the reported CQI in subframe SF#7 of the
previous frame is applied in downlink subframes until a new CQI (after CQI/PMI dropping) is available.
Test 1
 0.925
UE Category ≥2
9.4 Reporting of Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI)

The minimum performance requirements of PMI reporting are defined based on the precoding gain, expressed as the
relative increase in throughput when the transmitter is configured according to the UE reports compared to the case
when the transmitter is using random precoding, respectively. When the transmitter uses random precoding, for each
PDSCH allocation a precoder is randomly generated and applied to the PDSCH. A fixed transport format (FRC) is
configured for all requirements.
The requirements for transmission mode 6, transmission mode 9 with 4 TX and transmission mode 9 with 8 TX
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured are specified in terms of the ratio
t ue
γ=
t rnd .
In the definition of γ, for PUSCH 3-1 single PMI and PUSCH 1-2 multiple PMI requirements, t rnd is 60% of the
maximum throughput obtained at SNR rnd using random precoding, and tue the throughput measured at SNR rnd with
precoders configured according to the UE reports;
For the PUCCH 2-1 single PMI requirement, t rnd is 60% of the maximum throughput obtained at SNR rnd using random
precoding on a randomly selected full-size subband in set S subbands, and t ue the throughput measured at SNR rnd with
both the precoder and the preferred full-size subband applied according to the UE reports;
For PUSCH 2-2 multiple PMI requirements, t rnd is 60% of the maximum throughput obtained at SNR rnd using random
precoding on a randomly selected full-size subband in set S subbands, and t ue the throughput measured at SNR rnd with
both the subband precoder and a randomly selected full-size subband (within the preferred subbands) applied according
to the UE reports.
3GPP
Release 16 1490 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For PUCCH 1-1 single PMI requirement under transmission mode 9 with 4Tx and 8 TX when
alternativeCodebookEnabledCLASSB_K1=TRUE configured, t ue is 70% of the maximum throughput obtained at
SNR follow using the precoders configured according to the UE reports, and t rnd is the throughput measured at
SNR follow with random precoding.
The requirements for transmission mode 9 with 8 TX and transmission mode 9 with 4TX enhanced codebook are
specified in terms of the ratio
tue , follow 1 , follow 2

γ=
t rnd 1, rnd 2
In the definition of γ, for PUSCH 3-1 single PMI, PUCCH 1-1 single PMI and PUSCH 1-2 multiple PMI requirements,
is 70% of the maximum throughput obtained at using the precoders configured according
to the UE reports, and is the throughput measured at with random precoding.
The requirements for transmission mode 9 with 12 TX, 16 TX, 24TX and 32 TX Class A codebook are specified in
terms of the ratio
tue , follow 1,1 , follow 1 , 2,follow 2

γ=
t rnd1,1 , rnd1,2 , rnd2
In the definition of γ, for PUSCH 3-1 single PMI and PUSCH 1-2 multiple PMI requirements, ue ,follow 1,1,follow 1,2,follow 2
t
is 90% of the maximum throughput obtained at using the precoders configured according to the
t
UE reports, and rnd1,1, rnd 1,2,rnd 2 is the throughput measured at with random precoding.
The requirements for transmission mode 9 with 16 TX Class A advancedCodebookEnabled=TRUE configured are
specified in terms of the ratio
t ue , follow 1,1 , follow 1 , 2, follow 1 , 3,follow 2 , followRPI

γ=
t follow 1,1, follow 1,2, follow 1,3 , follow 2 , fixed
RPI
t
In the definition of γ, ue ,follow 1,1 ,follow 1,2 ,follow 1,3 ,follow2 ,follow RPI is [70%] of the maximum throughput obtained at
SNR follow 1,1 ,follow 1 ,2,follow 1, 3,follow 2 ,follow RPI using the precoders configured according to both the PMI and relative
t
power indicator (RPI) reported by the UE, and follow1,1, follow1,2,follow 1,3,follow 2,fixed RPI is the throughput measured at
SNR follow 1,1 ,follow 1 ,2,follow 1, 3,follow 2 ,follow RPI using the precoders configured according to the UE reports PMI and fixed
RPI equal to 0.
9.4.1 Single PMI
9.4.1.1.1 FDD
the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.4.1.1.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1491 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.1.1.1-1: PMI test for single-layer (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Propagation channel EVA5
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
ρA dB -3
Downlink
power ρB dB -3
allocation dB 0


Measurement channel R. 10 FDD
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder
shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity).
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting
instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI
estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-
4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the
Parameter Test 1
 1.1
UE Category ≥1
9.4.1.1.2 TDD
the minimum requirements are specified in 9.4.1.1.2-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1492 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.1.1.2-1: PMI test for single-layer (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
Downlink
ρA dB -3
power ρB dB -3
allocation dB 0


Measurement channel R.10 TDD
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
shall be updated in each available downlink
transmission instance.
Parameter Test 1
 1.1
UE Category ≥1
9.4.1.2.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1493 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Correlation and
Low 4 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -6
power ρB dB -6
allocation dB 3

( j)
PMI delay ms 8 or 9
Reporting mode PUCCH 2-1 (Note 6)
PUSCH (Note 3)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type
2
for wideband CQI/PMI
PUCCH Report Type
1
for subband CQI
Measurement channel R.14-1 FDD
OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD
Precoding granularity PRB 6 (full size)
Number of bandwidth
3
parts (J)
K 1
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated
every two TTI (2 ms granularity).
Note 3: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI/PMI or
subband CQI, it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of
PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink
SF#1, #3, #7 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the
HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#5, #7, #1 and #3.
Note 4: Reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last bandwidth
part) are to be disregarded and instead data is to be transmitted on
the most recently used subband for bandwidth part with j=1.
Note 5: In the case where wideband PMI is reported, data is to be
transmitted on the most recently used subband.
Note 6: The bit field for PMI confirmation in DCI format 1B shall be mapped
to “0” and TPMI information shall indicate the codebook index used
in Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of TS36.211 [4] according to the latest PMI
report on PUCCH.
3GPP
Release 16 1494 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.1.2.1-2: Minimum requirement (FDD)
Test 1
 1.2
UE Category ≥1
9.4.1.2.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1495 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1496 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Correlation and
Low 4 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -6
power ρB dB -6
allocation dB 3

( j)
PMI delay ms 10
PUSCH (Note 3)
CQI reporting
PUCCH Report Type
2
for wideband CQI/PMI
PUCCH Report Type
1
for subband CQI
Measurement channel R.14-1 TDD
OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD
Precoding granularity PRB 6 (full size)
Number of bandwidth
3
parts (J)
K 1
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK fedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in
each available downlink transmission instance.
Note 3: To avoid collisions between HARQ-ACK and wideband CQI/PMI or
subband CQI it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of
PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink
SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK
on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.
Note 4: Reports for the short subband (having 2RBs in the last bandwidth
part) are to be disregarded and instead data is to be transmitted on
the most recently used subband for bandwidth part with j=1.
Note 5: In the case where wideband PMI is reported, data is to be
transmitted on the most recently used subband.
Note 6: The bit field for PMI confirmation in DCI format 1B shall be mapped
to “0” and TPMI information shall indicate the codebook index used
in Table 6.3.4.2.3-2 of TS36.211 [4] according to the latest PMI
report on PUCCH.
3GPP
Release 16 1497 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1
 1.2
UE Category ≥1
9.4.1.3.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1498 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1499 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10 10 10
Correlation and Low Low Low
antenna configuration ULA 4 x 2 ULA 4 x 2 ULA 4 x 2
Cell-specific reference Antenna ports Antenna ports Antenna ports
signals 0,1 0,1 0,1
15,…,18 15,…,18 15,…,18
Annex Annex
B.4.3 B.4.3
FrequencyDensityBea
N/A 1 1
mformed
NZP-
TransmissionCombBe N/A N/A N/A
amformed
csi-RS-NZP-mode N/A aperiodic multiShot
NumberActivatedAperi
odicCSI-RS- N/A 1 NA
Resources
CSI-RS- 6,7 (Note
N/A NA
ConfigNZPAperiodic 4)
NumberActivatedCSI-
N/A NA 1
RS-Resources
eMIMO-Type N/A ClassB ClassB
alternativeCodebookE
N/A FALSE FALSE
nabledCLASSB_K1
subframe offset 5/ 1 N/A 5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference 6,7
6 N/A
signal configuration (Note 5,6)
CodeBookSubsetRestr 0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
iction bitmap 0000 FFFF 0000 FFFF 0000 FFFF
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink ρB dB 0 0
power
allocation Pc dB -3 -3
 dB -3 -3
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

Measurement channel R.44 FDD R.44 FDD R.44 FDD
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD OP.1 FDD OP.1 FDD
Max number of HARQ
4 4 4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3} {0,1,2,3} {0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms
granularity).
Note 3: PDSCH _RA= 0 dB, PDSCH_RB= 0 dB in order to have the same PDSCH and
3GPP
Release 16 1500 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
OCNG power per subcarrier at the receiver.

Note 4: Only one of these two aperiodic NZP CSI-RS resources will be randomly seleted and
activated during test .The selected aperiodic NZP CSI-RS is transmitted in every
subframe #1 and #6.
Note 5: Through MAC CE, one of these two periodic NZP CSI-RS resources will be activated
and the other one will be deactivated in an alternative way. The activation and
deactivation command will be transmitted in sub-frame #0 per [10000] ms.
Note 6: When activation and/or deactivation command through MAC CE is transmitted at
subframe n, the scheduled PDSCH transmission will be skiped for the subsequent 25
subframes.
Parameter Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

 1.2 [1.2] [1.2]
UE Category ≥1 ≥2 ≥2
Note 1: For UE that indicates support of csi-RS-NZP-mode ‘aperiodic’ and/or
‘multiShot’, test 2 and/or test 3 will be run and test 1 will be skipped.
Otherwise, test 1 will be run and test 2 and test 3 will be skipped.
9.4.1.3.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1501 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1502 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Uplink downlink
1 1 1
configuration
Special subframe
4 4 4
configuration
Propagation channel EVA5 EVA5 EVA5
Antenna configuration 8x2 8x2 8x2
High, Cross High, Cross High, Cross
Correlation modeling
polarized polarized polarized
Cell-specific reference Antenna ports Antenna ports Antenna ports
signals 0,1 0,1 0,1
15,…,22 15,…,22 15,…,22
FrequencyDensityBea
N/A 1 1
mformed
NZP-
TransmissionCombBe N/A N/A N/A
amformed
csi-RS-NZP-mode N/A aperiodic multiShot
NumberActivatedAperi N/A
odicCSI-RS- 1 N/A
Resources
CSI-RS- N/A
0,1 (Note 5) N/A
ConfigNZPAperiodic
NumberActivatedCSI- N/A
N/A 1
RS-Resources
eMIMO-Type N/A ClassB ClassB
subframe offset 5/ 4 N/A 5/ 4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference 0,1
0 N/A
signal configuration (Note 6,7)
0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000 0x0000 0000
CodeBookSubsetRestr 001F FFE0 001F FFE0 001F FFE0
iction bitmap 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
FFFF FFFF FFFF
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink ρB dB 0 0
power
 dB -3 -3
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

R.45-1 TDD
for UE
Category 1,
Measurement channel R.45 TDD R.45 TDD
R.45 TDD for
UE Category
≥2
OCNG Pattern OP.7 TDD for OP.1 TDD OP.1 TDD
UE Category
3GPP
Release 16 1503 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
1, and OP.1
TDD for UE
Category ≥2
Max number of HARQ
4 4 4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3} {0,1,2,3} {0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing Multiplexing Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms
granularity).
Note 4: Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used as specified in B.2.3A.4
Note 5: Only one of these two aperiodic NZP CSI-RS resources will be randomly seleted and
activated during test .The selected aperiodic NZP CSI-RS is transmitted in every
subframe #4 and #9.
Note 6: Through MAC CE, one of these two periodic NZP CSI-RS resources will be activated
and the other one will be deactivated in an alternative way. The activation and
deactivation command will be transmitted in sub-frame #0 per [10000] ms.
Note 7: When activation and/or deactivation command through MAC CE is transmitted at
subframe n, the scheduled PDSCH transmission will be skiped for the subsequent 25
subframes.
Parameter Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

 3 [3] [3]
Note 1: For UE that indicates support of csi-RS-NZP-mode ‘aperiodic’
and/or ‘multiShot’, test 2 and/or test 3 will be run and test 1 will
be skipped. Otherwise, test 1 will be run and test 2 and test 3
will be skipped.
9.4.1.3.3 FDD (with Class A 12Tx codebook)
3GPP
Release 16 1504 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1505 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
Correlation and antenna High 2D XP
configuration 12(2,3,2) x 2
Antenna ports
15,…,26
CDM Type CDM2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
NZP-CSI-RS-Configuration-List {0,1,2}
eMIMO-Type Class A
codebookConfig-N1 2
codebookConfig-N2 3
codebook-Over-Sampling-
8
RateConfig-O1
4
RateConfig-O2
Codebook-Config Note 5
0x01
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
codebookSubsetRestriction-1
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1:
0000 0000 1111
Codebook-Config 2,3,4:
0x 00 000000 0000 FFFF
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB -8
 dB -3

Measurement channel R.77 FDD
Rank Number of PDSCH 1
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each TTI
(1 ms granularity).
Note 3: PDSCH _RA= 0 dB, PDSCH_RB= 0 dB in order to have the same PDSCH
and OCNG power per subcarrier at the receiver.
Note 4: Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used as specified in
B.2.3B.4.
3GPP
Release 16 1506 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 5: Value of parameter codebookConfig shall be random selected one value

from UE supported codebook configurations.
Parameter Test 1
 2.5
UE Category ≥2
9.4.1.3.4 TDD (with Class A 12Tx codebook)
3GPP
Release 16 1507 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1508 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
Antenna ports
15,…,26
CDM Type CDM2
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
NZP-CSI-RS-Configuration-
{0,1,2}
List
eMIMO-Type Class A
codebookConfig-N1 2
codebookConfig-N2 3
8
RateConfig-O1
4
RateConfig-O2
0x01
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1:
0000 0000 1111
0x 00 000000 0000 FFFF
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB -8
 dB -3

Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each
TTI (1 ms granularity).
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame
SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-
4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before
3GPP
Release 16 1509 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
SF#(n+4).
Note 3: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be
transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to
be transmitted on uplink SF#3 and #8.
Note 4: Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used as
specified in B.2.3B.4.
Note 5: Value of parameter codebookConfig shall be random selected one
value from UE supported codebook configurations.
Parameter Test 1
 2.5
UE Category ≥2
3GPP
Release 16 1510 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.1.3.5-1: PMI test for dual-layer (FDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1511 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Test 1a Test 1b

Bandwidth MHz 10 10
Propagation channel EPA5 EPA5
High 2D XP High 2D XP
Correlation and antenna configuration
24(3,4,2) x 2 24(3,4,2) x 2
15,…,38 15,…,38
CDM Type CDM4 CDM4
offset 5/ 1 5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
FrequencyDensityNonPrecoded 1 1/3
NZP-
N/A {0,1,2}
TransmissionCombListNonprecoded
NZP-CSI-RS-Configuration-List {0,1,2} {0,1,2}
eMIMO-Type Class A Class A
codebookConfig-N1 3 3
codebook-Over-Sampling-RateConfig-
8 8
O1
codebook-Over-Sampling-RateConfig-
4 4
O2
Codebook-Config Note 5 Note 5
0x02 0x02
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
codebookSubsetRestriction-1 FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1: Codebook-Config 1:
0000 1111 0000 0000 1111 0000
Codebook-Config 2,3,4: Codebook-Config 2,3,4:
0x 00 0000 FFFF 0000 0x 00 0000 FFFF 0000
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power ρB dB 0 0
 dB -3 -3
dB[mW/
N (ocj) 15kHz]
-98 -98

Measurement channel R.88 FDD R.88A FDD
Rank Number of PDSCH 2 2
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD OP.1 FDD
Redundancy version coding sequence {0,1,2,3} {0,1,2,3}
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in each TTI (1 ms granularity).
Note 2: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a
downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before
SF#(n+4).
Note 3: PDSCH _RA= 0 dB, PDSCH_RB= 0 dB in order to have the same PDSCH and OCNG power per
3GPP
Release 16 1512 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
subcarrier at the receiver.

Note 4: Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used as specified in B.2.3B.4.
Note 5: Value of parameter codebookConfig shall be random selected one value from UE supported codebook
configurations.
Parameter Test 1a Test 1b

 [3.5] [3.5]
Note1: For UE that indicates support of density reduction for
Class A, test 1b will be run and test 1a will be skipped.
Otherwise, test 1a will be run and test 1b will be
skipped.
3GPP
Release 16 1513 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.1.3.6-1: PMI test for dual-layer (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1514 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Test 1a Test 1b

Bandwidth MHz 10 10
High 2D XP High 2D XP
24(3,4,2) x 2 24(3,4,2) x 2
15,…,38 15,…,38
CDM Type CDM4 CDM4
offset 5/ 4 5/ 4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
FrequencyDensityNonPrecoded 1 1/3
NZP-
NA {0,1,2}
NZP-CSI-RS-Configuration-List {0,1,2} {0,1,2}
eMIMO-Type Class A Class A
8 8
RateConfig-O1
4 4
RateConfig-O2
Codebook-Config Note 5 Note 5
0x02 0x02
codebookSubsetRestriction-1 FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1: Codebook-Config 1:
0000 1111 0000 0000 1111 0000
Codebook-Config 2,3,4: Codebook-Config 2,3,4:
0x 00 0000 FFFF 0000 0x 00 0000 FFFF 0000
ρA dB 0 0
 dB -3 -3
dB[mW/
N (ocj) 15kHz]
-98 -98

Measurement channel R.88 TDD R.88A TDD
Rank Number of PDSCH 2 2
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD OP.1 TDD
{0,1,2,3} {0,1,2,3}
sequence
3GPP
Release 16 1515 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
before SF#(n+4).
Note 3: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to
allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink SF#3 and #8.
Note 4: Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used as specified in B.2.3B.4.
Note 5: Value of parameter codebookConfig shall be random selected one value from UE supported codebook
configurations.
Parameter Test 1a Test 1b

 [3.0] [3.0]
Note1: For UE that indicates support of density
reduction for Class A, test 1b will be run and
test 1a will be skipped. Otherwise, test 1a will
be run and test 1b will be skipped.
9.4.1.4.1 FDD (with 4Tx enhanced codebook)
3GPP
Release 16 1516 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.1.4.1-1 PMI test for single-layer (FDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1517 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
High XP 4 x 2
configuration
Antenna ports 0,1
signals
Antenna ports
15,…,18
subframe offset
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS 5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS

6
configuration
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0x0000 0000 0000
bitmap FFFF 0000 00FF
ρA dB 0
Downlink ρB dB 0
power
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3
( j)
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 submode1
PUSCH (Note 3)
CQI/PMI reporting
2b
CQI/second PMI
PUSCH
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for RI/
5
first PMI
ri-ConfigIndex 1
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
alternativeCodeBookEnable
True
dFor4TX-r12
in each TTI (1 ms granularity)
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK
it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH.
Note 4: PDSCH _RA= 0 dB, PDSCH_RB= 0 dB in order to have the
3GPP
Release 16 1518 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
same PDSCH and OCNG power per subcarrier at the receiver.

specified in B.2.3A.4
Parameter Test 1
 1.8
UE Category ≥1
9.4.1.4.2 TDD (with 4Tx enhanced codebook)
3GPP
Release 16 1519 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.1.4.2-1 PMI test for single-layer (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1520 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
High XP 4 x 2
configuration
Antenna ports 0,1
signals
Antenna ports
15,…,18
subframe offset
5/ 4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS

6
configuration
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0x0000 0000 0000
bitmap FFFF 0000 00FF
ρA dB 0
Downlink ρB dB 0
power
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98

Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 submode1
PUSCH (Note 3)
CQI/PMI reporting
2b
CQI/second PMI
PUSCH
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for RI/
5
first PMI
ri-ConfigIndex 1
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
alternativeCodeBookEnable True
dFor4TX-r12
3GPP
Release 16 1521 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK
it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH.
transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow aperiodic
CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink SF#3 and #8.
specified in B.2.3A.4.
Parameter Test 1
 1.8
UE Category ≥1
9.4.1.4.3 FDD (with Class B alternative codebook for one CSI-RS resource configured)
3GPP
Release 16 1522 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.1.4.3-1 PMI test for single-layer (FDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1523 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10 10
ULA Low 4 x 2 ULA Low 4 x 2
configuration
signals
15,…,18 15,…,18
FrequencyDensityBeamform
1 1/2
ed
NZP-
TransmissionCombBeamfor N/A 0
med
subframe offset
5/ 1 5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS

6 6
configuration
eMIMO-Type 　 Class B Class B
alternativeCodebookEnabled
TRUE
CLASSB_K1 　 TRUE
00 0000 0000 0000 1111 00 0000 0000 0000 1111
codebookSubsetRestriction-3 　 1111 1111
ρA dB 0 0
 dB -3 -3
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

reporting
2 2
CQI/PMI
PUSCH PUSCH
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 3
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 2 2
ri-ConfigIndex 1 1
Measurement channel R.45 FDD R.45A-2 FDD
Rank number of PDSCH 1 1
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD OP.1 FDD
Max number of HARQ
4 4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3} {0,1,2,3}
sequence
3GPP
Release 16 1524 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
PUSCH instead of PUCCH.
Note 4: PDSCH_RA= 0 dB, PDSCH_RB= 0 dB in order to have the same PDSCH and OCNG power
per subcarrier at the receiver.
Parameter Test 1 Test 1a

 1.1 [1.1]
Note1: For UE that indicates support of density reduction for
Class B, test 1a will be run and test 1 will be skipped.
Otherwise, test 1 will be run and test 1a will be skipped.
9.4.1.4.4 TDD (with Class B alternative codebook for one CSI-RS resource configured)
3GPP
Release 16 1525 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.1.4.4-1 PMI test for single-layer (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1526 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10 10
Special subframe
4 4
configuration
ULA Low 8 x 2 ULA Low 8 x 2
configuration
15,…,22 15,…,22
FrequencyDensityBeamforme
1 1/2
d
NZP-
TransmissionCombBeamform N/A 0
ed
subframe offset
5/ 4 5/ 4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS

0 0
configuration
eMIMO-Type Class B Class B
alternativeCodebookEnabled
TRUE
CLASSB_K1 TRUE
codebookSubsetRestriction-3 0x 000 0000 0000 FFFF 0x 000 0000 0000 FFFF
ρA dB 0 0
 dB -3 -3
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

reporting
PUCCH Report Type for CQI/
2 2
PMI
PUSCH PUSCH
reporting
ri-ConfigIndex 805 805
Measurement channel R.45 TDD R.45A TDD
Rank number of PDSCH 1 1
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD OP.1 TDD
Max number of HARQ
4 4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3} {0,1,2,3}
sequence
3GPP
Release 16 1527 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
PUSCH instead of PUCCH.
Note 4: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and
#9 to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink SF#3 and #8.
Parameter Test 1 Test 1a

 1.2 [1.2]
Note1: For UE that indicates support of density
reduction for Class B, test 1a will be run and
test 1 will be skipped. Otherwise, test 1 will be
run and test 1a will be skipped.
9.4.1a Void
9.4.1a.1 Void
9.4.1a.1.1 Void
9.4.1a.1.2 Void
9.4.2 Multiple PMI
9.4.2.1.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1528 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Precoding granularity
(only for reporting and PRB 6
following PMI)
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
Downlink
ρA dB -3
power ρB dB -3
allocation dB 0

( j)

PMI delay ms 8
R.11-3 FDD
for UE
Category 1,
Measurement channel
R.11 FDD for
UE Category
≥2
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders
Note 3: One/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2
FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/2 shall be
used.
Parameter Test 1
 1.2
UE Category ≥1
9.4.2.1.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1529 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
following PMI)
Correlation and
Low 2 x 2
ρA dB -3
Downlink
power ρB dB -3
allocation dB 0

( j)

R.11-3 TDD
for UE
Category 1
Measurement channel
R.11 TDD for
UE Category
≥2
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
shall be updated in each available downlink
transmission instance.
Note 3: One/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2
TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/2 shall be
used.
Parameter Test 1
 1.2
UE Category ≥1
3GPP
Release 16 1530 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.4.2.2.1 FDD

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Correlation and
Low 4 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -6
power ρB dB -6
allocation dB 3

( j)
PMI delay ms 8
Measurement channel R.14-2 FDD
Number of preferred
5
subbands (M)
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoder shall be updated in
each TTI (1 ms granularity)
downlink before SF#(n+4)
Test 1
 1.2
UE Category ≥1
9.4.2.2.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1531 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 6
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Correlation and
Low 4 x 2
Downlink ρA dB -6
power ρB dB -6
allocation dB 3

( j)
PMI delay ms 10
Number of preferred
5
subbands (M)
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 1: For random precoder selection, the precoders shall be updated in
each available downlink transmission instance.
Test 1
 1.15
UE Category ≥1
9.4.2.3.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1532 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1533 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
following PMI)
Correlation and Low
antenna configuration ULA 4 x 2
Cell-specific reference Antenna ports
signals 0,1
Antenna ports
15,…,18
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference
8
CodeBookSubsetRestr 0x0000 0000
iction bitmap 0000 FFFF
ρA dB 0
Downlink ρB dB 0
power
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3

PMI delay ms 8
R.45-1 FDD
for UE
Category 1,
Measurement channel
R.45 FDD for
UE Category
≥2
OP.7 FDD for
UE Category 1
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD for
UE Category
≥2
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
Note 3: Void.
Note 4: PDSCH _RA= 0 dB, PDSCH_RB= 0 dB in order
to have the same PDSCH and OCNG power per
subcarrier at the receiver.
3GPP
Release 16 1534 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Test 1
 1.3
UE Category ≥1
9.4.2.3.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1535 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1536 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
following PMI)
High, Cross
polarized
signals 0,1
Antenna ports
15,…,22
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference
4
0x0000 0000
CodeBookSubsetRestr 001F FFE0
iction bitmap 0000 0000
FFFF
ρA dB 0
Downlink ρB dB 0
power
allocation Pc db -6
 dB -3

Reporting interval ms 5 (Note 4)
PMI delay ms 10
R.45-1 TDD
for UE
Category 1,
Measurement channel
R.45 TDD for
UE Category
≥2
OP.7 TDD for
UE Category 1
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD for
UE Category
≥2
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,1,2,3}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
3GPP
Release 16 1537 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Note 3: Void.
Note 4: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic
CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9
to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted
on uplink SF#3 and #8.
Note 5: Randomization of the principle beam direction
shall be used as specified in B.2.3A.4.
Parameter Test 1
 3.5
UE Category ≥1
9.4.2.3.3 FDD (with 4Tx enhanced codebook)
3GPP
Release 16 1538 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.2.3.3-1 PMI test for dual-layer (FDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1539 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
following PMI)
High XP 4 x 2
configuration
Antenna ports 0,1
signals
Antenna ports
15,…,18
subframe offset TCSI-RS / 5/ 1
ICSI-RS
8
configuration
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0x0000 0000 FFFF
bitmap 0000 FFFF 0000
ρA dB 0
Downlink ρB dB 0
power
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3

Reporting mode PUSCH1-2
R.45-1 FDD for UE
Measurement channel Category 1, R.45 FDD
for UE Category ≥2
OP.7 FDD for UE
Category 1
OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD for UE
Category ≥2
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
dFor4TX-r12
Note 3: Void.
Note 4: PDSCH _RA= 0 dB, PDSCH_RB= 0 dB in order to have the
same PDSCH and OCNG power per subcarrier at the
receiver.
Note 5: Randomization of the principle beam direction shall be used
as specified in B.2.3A.4
3GPP
Release 16 1540 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Test 1
 1.2
UE Category ≥1
9.4.2.3.4 TDD (with 4Tx enhanced codebook)
3GPP
Release 16 1541 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.4.2.3.4-1 PMI test for dual-layer (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1542 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
following PMI)
XP High 4 x 2
configuration
Antenna ports 0,1
signals
Antenna ports
15,…,18
subframe offset TCSI-RS / 5/ 4
ICSI-RS
4
configuration
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 0x0000 0000 FFFF
bitmap 0000 FFFF 0000
ρA dB 0
Downlink ρB dB 0
power
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3

Reporting mode PUSCH1-2
R.61-1 TDD for UE
Measurement channel Category 1, R.61 TDD
for UE Category ≥2
OP.7 FDD for UE
Category 1
OCNG Pattern
OP.1 FDD for UE
Category ≥2
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
dFor4TX-r12
Note3: Void.
3GPP
Release 16 1543 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow aperiodic

CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink SF#3 and #8.
specified in B.2.3A.4.
Parameter Test 1
 1.2
UE Category ≥1
3GPP
Release 16 1544 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1545 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
(only for reporting and following PRB 6
PMI)
Antenna ports
15,…,30
CDM Type CDM4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
NZP-CSI-RS-Configuration-List {0,1}
eMIMO-Type Class A
codebookConfig-N1 2
codebookConfig-N2 4
8
RateConfig-O1
8
RateConfig-O2
0x02
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
codebookSubsetRestriction-1 FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1:
0000 1111 0000
0x 00 000000 FFFF 0000
Downlink power
ρA dB 0
allocation
ρB dB 0
Pc dB -6
 dB -3

Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
3GPP
Release 16 1546 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
(1 ms granularity).
B.2.3B.4.
Parameter Test 1
 2.5
UE Category ≥2
3GPP
Release 16 1547 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1548 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
following PMI)
Antenna ports
15,…,26
CDM Type CDM4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
{0,1}
List
eMIMO-Type Class A
codebookConfig-N1 2
codebookConfig-N2 4
8
RateConfig-O1
8
RateConfig-O2
0x02
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1:
0000 1111 0000
0x 00 000000 FFFF 0000
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB -6
 dB -3

Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
3GPP
Release 16 1549 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
sequence
SF#(n+4).
specified in B.2.3B.4
Parameter Test 1
 2.5
UE Category ≥2
3GPP
Release 16 1550 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1551 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
PRB 6
(only for reporting and following PMI)
High 2D XP
32(4,4,2) x 2
Antenna ports
15,…,46
CDM Type CDM8
offset 5/ 1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
FrequencyDensityNonPrecoded 1
NZP-
NA
NZP-CSI-RS-Configuration-List {0,1,2,3}
eMIMO-Type Class A
codebookConfig-N1 4
codebookConfig-N2 4
8
RateConfig-O1
4
RateConfig-O2
0x02
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1:
0000 1111 0000
codebookSubsetRestriction-2 Codebook-Config 2,3,4:
0x 00 0000 FFFF 0000
Downlink power
ρA dB 0
allocation
ρB dB 0
Pc dB -6
 dB -3
dB[mW/
N (ocj) 15kHz]
-98

3GPP
Release 16 1552 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
sequence
(1 ms granularity).
B.2.3B.4.
Parameter Test 1
 [4.5]
UE Category ≥2
3GPP
Release 16 1553 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1554 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
PRB 6
(only for reporting and following PMI)
High 2D XP
32(4,4,2) x 2
Antenna ports
CSI reference signals 15,…,46

CDM Type CDM8
offset 5/ 4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
FrequencyDensityNonPrecoded 1
NZP-
NA
NZP-CSI-RS-Configuration-List {0,1,2,3}
eMIMO-Type Class A
4
codebookConfig-N1
codebookConfig-N2 4
8
RateConfig-O1
8
RateConfig-O2
0x02
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1:
0000 1111 0000
codebookSubsetRestriction-2 Codebook-Config 2,3,4:
0x 00 0000 FFFF 0000
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB -6
 dB -3
( j) dB[mW/
N oc 15kHz]
-98

3GPP
Release 16 1555 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

{0,1,2,3}
sequence
SF#(n+4).
specified in B.2.3B.4
Parameter Test 1
 [4.5]
UE Category ≥2
9.4.2.3.9 FDD (with Class A 16Tx advanced codebook)
3GPP
Release 16 1556 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1557 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
PMI)
Correlation and antenna Medium 2D XP
Antenna ports
15,…,30
CDM Type CDM4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
NZP-CSI-RS-Configuration-List {0,1}
eMIMO-Type Class A
advancedCodebookEnabled TRUE
codebookConfig-N1 2
codebookConfig-N2 4
8
RateConfig-O1
8
RateConfig-O2
0x02
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1:
0000 1111 0000
0x 00 000000 FFFF 0000
Downlink power
ρA dB 0
allocation
ρB dB 0
Pc dB -6
 dB -3
( j)

Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
3GPP
Release 16 1558 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
(1 ms granularity).
Note 4: Randomization of the dual-cluster beam directions shall be used as
specified in B.2.3B.4A. The value of relative power ratio (p) shall be fixed
as 1 during the test.
Parameter Test 1
 [1.03]
UE Category ≥2
9.4.2.3.10 TDD (with Class A 16Tx advanced codebook)
3GPP
Release 16 1559 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1560 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
following PMI)
Correlation and antenna Medium 2D XP
Antenna ports
15,…,26
CDM Type CDM4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
{0,1}
List
eMIMO-Type Class A
advancedCodebookEnabled TRUE
codebookConfig-N1 2
codebookConfig-N2 4
8
RateConfig-O1
8
RateConfig-O2
0x02
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
FFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF
Codebook-Config 1:
0000 1111 0000
0x 00 000000 FFFF 0000
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB -6
 dB -3
( j)

Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
3GPP
Release 16 1561 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

{0,1,2,3}
sequence
SF#(n+4).
Note 4: Randomization of the dual-cluster beam directions shall be used as
specified in B.2.3B.4A. The value of relative power ratio (p) shall be
fixed as 1 during the test.
Parameter Test 1
 [1.03]
UE Category ≥2
9.4.3 Void
9.5 Reporting of Rank Indicator (RI)

The purpose of this test is to verify that the reported rank indicator accurately represents the channel rank. The accuracy
of RI (CQI) reporting is determined by the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on the
reported rank compared to the case for which a fixed rank is used for transmission. Transmission mode 4 is used with
the specified CodebookSubSetRestriction in section 9.5.1, transmission mode 9 is used with the specified
CodebookSubSetRestriction in section 9.5.2 and transmission mode 3 is used with the specified
CodebookSubSetRestriction in section 9.5.3, and transmission mode 10 is used with the specified
CodebookSubSetRestriction in section 9.5.5.
For fixed rank 1 transmission in sections 9.5.1, 9.5.2 and 9.5.5, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to two single-
layer precoders, For fixed rank 2 transmission in sections 9.5.1, 9.5.2 and 9.5.5, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to
one two-layer precoder, For follow RI transmission in sections 9.5.1 and 9.5.2, the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to
select the union of these precoders. Channels with low and high correlation are used to ensure that RI reporting reflects
the channel condition.
For fixed rank 1 transmission in section 9.5.3, the RI reporting is restricted to single-layer, for fixed rank 2 transmission
in section 9.5.3, the RI reporting is restricted to two-layers. For follow RI transmission in section 9.5.3, the RI reporting
is either one or two layers.
9.5.1 Minimum requirement (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
9.5.1.1 FDD
The minimum performance requirement in Table 9.5.1.1-2 is defined as
3GPP
Release 16 1562 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be ≥ ;
b) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on UE reported RI and that obtained when
transmitting with fixed rank 2 shall be ≥ ;
minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.5.1.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1563 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.5.1.1-1: RI Test (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3
 dB 0
2 x 2 EPA5
000011 for fixed RI = 1
bitmap
010011 for UE reported RI
Antenna correlation Low Low High
Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 Fixed RI=1
RI configuration
follow RI and follow RI and follow RI
SNR dB 0 20 20
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -78 -78

or
1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
2
CQI/PMI
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
Reporting periodicity ms Npd= 5
PMI and CQI delay ms 8
ri-ConfigurationInd 1 (Note 5)
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and
CQI estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and
wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Note 3: To avoid collisions between RI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
#9 to allow periodic RI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8
and #3.
Note 4: The bit field for precoding information in DCI format 2 shall be mapped as:
● For reported RI = 1 and PMI = 0 >> precoding information bit field index = 1
Note 5: To avoid the ambiguity of TE behaviour when applying CQI and PMI during rank switching, RI
reports are to be applied at the TE with one subframe delay in addition to Note 1 to align with
CQI and PMI reports.
3GPP
Release 16 1564 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2 Test 3

1 N/A 1.05 0.9
2 1 N/A N/A
9.5.1.2 TDD
Table 9.5.1.2-1: RI Test (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3
 dB 0
Special subframe
4
configuration
2 x 2 EPA5
bitmap
RI configuration
SNR dB 0 20 20
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -78 -78

or
1
transmissions
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 (Note 3)
PMI and CQI delay ms 10 or 11
Note 3: Reported wideband CQI and PMI are used and sub-band CQI is discarded.
3GPP
Release 16 1565 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 N/A 1.05 0.9
2 1 N/A N/A
9.5.2 Minimum requirement (CSI Reference Symbols)
9.5.2.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1566 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
2 x 2 EPA5
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0
subframe offset 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
6
configuration
bitmap
RI configuration
SNR dB 0 20 20
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98
I^ (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -78 -78

1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
2
CQI/PMI
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on
#6 to allow periodic CQI/ PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and
#5.
Note 4: To avoid the ambiguity of TE behaviour when applying CQI and PMI during rank switching, RI
reports are to be applied at the TE with one subframe delay in addition to Note 1 to align with
CQI and PMI reports.
3GPP
Release 16 1567 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 N/A 1.05 0.9
2 1 N/A N/A
9.5.2.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1568 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0
 dB 0
Special subframe
4
configuration
2 x 2 EPA5
4
configuration
subframe offset 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
bitmap
RI configuration
SNR dB 0 20 20
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -78 -78

or
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH report type for CQI/
2
PMI
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
ri-ConfigurationInd 1
#9 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#3 and
#8.
3GPP
Release 16 1569 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 N/A 1.05 0.9
2 1 N/A N/A
9.5.3 Minimum requirement (CSI measurements in case two CSI

subframe sets are configured)
9.5.3.1 FDD
transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be  1
3GPP
Release 16 1570 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1571 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
Bandwidth MHz 10 10
ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
ρB dB -3 -3
allocation
 dB 0 0
2 x 2 EPA5 2 x 2 EPA5
01 for
fixed RI =
01 for fixed RI
1
=1
10 for
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 10 for fixed RI
fixed RI = N/A N/A
bitmap =2
2
11 for UE
11 for UE
reported RI
reported
RI
Antenna correlation Low Low
Fixed
Fixed RI=1
RI configuration RI=1 and N/A N/A
and follow RI
follow RI
Es / N oc 2 dB 0 -12 20 6
-98 (Note
N (ocj)1 3)
N/A -102 (Note 3) N/A
dBmW/ -98 (Note

N (ocj) N (ocj)2 15kHz 4)
( j) -98 (Note
N oc 3 5)
N/A -94.8 (Note 5) N/A
Î (orj) dB[mW/
-98 -110 -78 -92
15kHz]
Non-
MBSFN
Cell Id 0 1 0 1
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
ABS Pattern (Note 6) N/A 10000000 N/A 10000000
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
RLM/RRM Measurement
10000000 N/A 10000000 N/A
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
CCSI,0 10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
N/A N/A
(Note 8) 01111111 01111111
01111111 01111111
CCSI,1 01111111 01111111
01111111 01111111
01111111 01111111
3 3 3 3
Symbols
3GPP
Release 16 1572 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 1
transmissions
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for CQI 4 4
Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 PUCCH Format 2
Reporting periodicity ms Npd= 10 Npd= 10
ri-ConfigurationInd 5 5
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex2 10 10
ri-ConfigurationInd2 2 2
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on CQI estimation at
a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB
Note 2: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.2 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided dynamic
ABS.
Note 7: Time-domain measurement resource restriction pattern for PCell measurements as defined in [7].
Note 9: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1 and Cell 2
is the same.
defined in Annex A.5.1.5.
Test 1 Test 2
1 0.9 1.05
9.5.3.2 TDD
transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be  1.
3GPP
Release 16 1573 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1574 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test1 Test2
Parameter Unit
Bandwidth MHz 10 10
Special subframe
4 4
configuration
ρA dB -3 -3
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 -3
 dB 0 0
2 x 2 EPA5 2 x 2 EPA5
01 for
fixed RI =
01 for fixed RI
1
=1
10 for
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 10 for fixed RI
fixed RI = N/A N/A
bitmap =2
2
11 for UE
11 for UE
reported RI
reported
RI
Antenna correlation Low Low
Fixed
Fixed RI=1
RI configuration RI=1 and N/A N/A
and follow RI
follow RI
Es / N oc 2 dB 0 -12 20 6
( j) -98 (Note
N oc 1 4)
N/A -102 (Note 4) N/A
( j) ( j) dB[mW/ -98 (Note

N oc N oc 2 15kHz] 5)
-98 (Note
N (ocj)3 6)
N/A -94.8 (Note 6) N/A
Î ( j) dB[mW/
-98 -110 -78 -92
or 15kHz]
Non- Non-
MBSFN MBSFN
Cell Id 0 1 0 1
2.5 (synchronous
cells)
0000000
001 0000000001
ABS Pattern (Note 7) N/A N/A
0000000 0000000001
001
00000000
N/A N/A
01
00000000
01 0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A
00000000 0000000001
N/A
(Note 9) 11001110
00 1100111000
CCSI,1
11001110 1100111000
00
3 3 3 3
Symbols
3GPP
Release 16 1575 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 1
transmissions
and RI reporting
PUCCH Report Type for CQI 4 4
and RI reporting
Reporting periodicity ms Npd= 10 Npd= 10
ri-ConfigurationInd 5 5
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex2 9 9
ri-ConfigurationInd2 0 0
estimation at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot
be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Note 2: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.2 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided
Note 3: To avoid collisions between RI/CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report them on
#9 to allow periodic RI/CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe
SF#8 and #3.
aggressor ABS.
[7].
Note 10: Cell 1 is the serving cell. Cell 2 is the aggressor cell. The number of the CRS ports in Cell 1
and Cell 2 is the same.
Note 11: Downlink physical channel setup in Cell 2 in accordance with Annex C.3.3 applying OCNG
pattern as defined in Annex A.5.2.5.
Test 1 Test 2
1 0.9 1.05
9.5.4 Minimum requirement (CSI measurements in case two CSI

subframe sets are configured and CRS assistance information are
configured)
9.5.4.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.5.4.1-1, the minimum performance requirement in Table 9.5.4.1-2 is defined as
3GPP
Release 16 1576 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be  1;
In Table 9.5.4.1-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggresso cells. The downlink physical channel
setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The
CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.
3GPP
Release 16 1577 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1578 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDSCH transmission mode 3 As defined in As defined in
Note 1 Note 1
A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
B dB -3 -3 -3
allocation
 dB 0 N/A N/A
Propagation condition and 2×2 EPA5 (Note 2×2 EPA5 2×2 EPA5
antenna configuration 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
01 for fixed RI = 1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 10 for fixed RI = 2 As defined in As defined in
bitmap 11 for UE Note 1 Note 1
reported RI
dB[mW/
N oc1 -98 (Note 3) N/A N/A
15kHz]
N oc at antenna port dB[mW/
N oc 2 -98 (Note 4) N/A N/A
15kHz]
dB[mW/
15kHz]
 Reference Value
E s N oc 2 dB in Table 9.5.4.1-2 12 10
for each test
Reference Value
Î ( j ) dB[mW/
or in Table 9.5.4.1-2 -86 -88
15kHz]
for each test
Cell Id 0 126 1
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
10000000 10000000
10000000
10000000
RLM/RRM Measurement
10000000 N/A N/A
10000000
10000000
10000000
10000000
CCSI,0 10000000 N/A N/A
10000000
(Note 8) 01111111
01111111
CCSI,1 01111111 N/A N/A
01111111
01111111
3 Note 9 Note 9
symbols
1 N/A N/A
transmissions
3GPP
Release 16 1579 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PUCCH format 2 N/A N/A
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for CQI 4 N/A N/A
Physical channel for RI reporting PUCCH Format 2 N/A N/A
Reporting periodicity ms Npd= 10 N/A N/A
ri-ConfigurationInd 5 N/A N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex2 10 N/A N/A
ri-ConfigurationInd2 2 N/A N/A
OCNG pattern OP.5 FDD as defined in Annex A.5.1.5.
aggressor ABS.
[7]
Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.2 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided

Es / N oc 2 for Cell 1 (dB) 4 20 20
Î ( j ) -94 -78 -78
or for Cell 1 (dB[mW/15kHz])
High for Cell 1, low for Low for Cell 1, Cell 2 High for Cell 1, low for
Antenna correlation
Cell 2 and Cell 3 and Cell 3 Cell 2 and Cell 3
1 N/A 1.05 0.9
2 1.05 N/A N/A
9.5.4.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.5.4.2-1, the minimum performance requirement in Table 9.5.4.2-2 is defined as
transmitting with fixed rank 1 shall be  1;
3GPP
Release 16 1580 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
In Table 9.5.4.2-1, Cell 1 is the serving cell, and Cell 2 and Cell 3 are the aggresso cells. The downlink physical channel
setup for Cell 1 is according to Annex C.3.2 and for Cell 2 and Cell 3 is according to Annex C.3.3, respectively. The
CRS assistance information [7] including Cell 2 and Cell 3 is provided.
3GPP
Release 16 1581 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1582 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

PDSCH transmission mode 3 As defined in As defined in
Note 1 Note 1
A dB -3 -3 -3
Downlink power
B dB -3 -3 -3
allocation
 dB 0 N/A N/A
Propagation condition and 2×2 EPA5 (Note 2×2 EPA5 2×2 EPA5
antenna configuration 2) (Note 2) (Note 2)
01 for fixed RI = 1
CodeBookSubsetRestriction 10 for fixed RI = 2 As defined in As defined in
bitmap 11 for UE Note 1 Note 1
reported RI
dB[mW/
15kHz]
N oc at antenna port dB[mW/
N oc 2 -98 (Note 4) N/A N/A
15kHz]
dB[mW/
15kHz]
 Reference Value
E s N oc 2 dB in Table 9.5.4.2-2 12 10
for each test
Reference Value
Î (orj ) dB[mW/
in Table 9.5.4.2-2 -86 -88
15kHz]
for each test
Cell Id 0 126 1
0000000001 0000000001
0000000001 0000000001
N/A N/A
0000000001
CCSI,0 N/A N/A
(Note 8) 1100111000
CCSI,1 N/A N/A
1100111000
3 Note 9 Note 9
symbols
1 N/A N/A
transmissions
PUCCH format 2 N/A N/A
and RI reporting
Physical channel for CCSI,1 CQI PUSCH (Note
N/A N/A
and RI reporting 14)
PUCCH Report Type for CQI 4 N/A N/A
Reporting periodicity ms Npd= 10 N/A N/A
ri-ConfigurationInd 5 N/A N/A
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex2 9 N/A N/A
3GPP
Release 16 1583 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ri-ConfigurationInd2 0 N/A N/A

OCNG pattern OP.5 TDD as defined in Annex A.5.2.5.
aggressor ABS.
[7]
Note 11: Reference measurement channel in Cell 1 RC.2 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided
Note 14: To avoid collisions between RI/CQI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report them on
#9 to allow periodic RI/CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe
SF#8 and #3.

Es / N oc 2 for Cell 1 (dB) 4 20 20
Î ( j ) -94 -78 -78
or for Cell 1 (dB[mW/15kHz])
High for Cell 1, low for Low for Cell 1, Cell 2 High for Cell 1, low for
Antenna correlation
Cell 2 and Cell 3 and Cell 3 Cell 2 and Cell 3
1 N/A 1.05 0.9
2 1.05 N/A N/A
9.5.5 Minimum requirement (with CSI process)

Each CSI process is associated with a CSI-RS resource and a CSI-IM resource as shown in Table 9.5.5-1.
For UE supports one CSI process, CSI process 0 is configured for Test 1 and Test 2, but CSI process 1 is not configured
for Test 2. The corresponding  requirements for Test 1 and Test 2 shall be fulfilled. The requirement on reported RI for
CSI process 1 in Test 2 is not applicable.
For UE supports multiple CSI processes, CSI process 0 is configured for Test 1 and CSI processes 0 and 1 are
configured for Test 2. The corresponding  requirements for Test 1 and Test 2 shall be fulfilled, and also the
requirement on reported RI for CSI process 1 in Test 2.
3GPP
Release 16 1584 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.5.5-1: Configuration of CSI processes
CSI process 0 CSI process 1

CSI-RS resource CSI-RS signal 0 CSI-RS signal 1
CSI-IM resource CSI-IM resource 0 CSI-IM resource 1
9.5.5.1 FDD
c) For Test 2, the RI reported for CSI process 1 shall be the same as the most recent RI reported for CSI process 0 if
UE is configured with multiple CSI processes.
3GPP
Release 16 1585 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1586 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 0
allocation Pc dB 0 0 0 0
dB 0 0

SNR dB 0 0 20 20
Î (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -78 -78
( j)
Propagation channel EPA 5 Low EPA 5 Low EPA 5 Low EPA 5 High
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0 Antenna ports 0
15,16 15,16
5/1 N/A 5/1 N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
15,16 15,16
N/A 5/1 N/A 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
1/ 1] /
N/A 10000010000 N/A 10000010000
00000 00000
1/ 1/
00110000000 N/A 00110000000 N/A
00000 00000
5/1 N/A 5/1 N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
N/A 5/1 N/A 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Fixed RI=2 Fixed RI=1
RI configuration N/A N/A
and follow RI and follow RI
PUSCH (Note PUSCH (Note PUSCH (Note
Physical channel for CQI/PMI reporting N/A
6) 6) 6)
PUCCH Report Type for CQI/PMI 2 N/A 2 2
PUCCH PUCCH PUCCH
Physical channel for RI reporting N/A
Format 2 Format 2 Format 2
PUCCH Report Type for RI 3 N/A 3 3
CSI process 0 CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 N/A CSI-RS 0 N/A
(Note 7) CSI-IM CSI-IM 0 N/A CSI-IM 0 N/A
Reporting mode PUCCH 1-1 N/A PUCCH 1-1 N/A
Reporting
ms Npd = 5 N/A Npd = 5 N/A
periodicity
CQI delay ms 8 N/A 10 N/A
cqi-pmi- 6 N/A 6 N/A
3GPP
Release 16 1587 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ConfigurationIndex
CSI-RS N/A N/A N/A CSI-RS 1
CSI-IM N/A N/A N/A CSI-IM 1
Reporting mode N/A N/A N/A PUCCH 1-1
Reporting
CSI process 1 ms N/A N/A N/A Npd = 5
periodicity
(Note 7, Note 9)
CQI delay ms N/A N/A N/A 10
cqi-pmi-
N/A N/A N/A 4
ConfigurationIndex
ri-ConfigIndex N/A N/A N/A 1
Cell ID 0 6 0 6
010000 for 000011 for
fixed RI = 2 fixed RI = 1
PMI for subframe 2, 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9 100000 N/A
010011 for UE 010011 for UE
reported RI reported RI
PMI for subframe 1 and 6 100000 100000 100000 N/A
Note 3: Reference measurement channel RC.13 FDD according to Table A.4-1. PDSCH transmission is scheduled on subframe
2, 3, 4, 7, 8 and 9 from TP1.
Note 4: TM10 OCNG as specified in A.5.1.8 is transmitted on subframe 1 and 6 from TP1.
Note 5: TM10 OCNG as specified in A.5.1.8 is transmitted on subframe 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 and 9 from TP2 for Test 1; TP2 is
blanked for Test 2.
Note 6: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of PUCCH.
PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-
ACK on PUSCH in uplink SF#0 and #5.
Note 7: If UE supports multiple CSI processes, CSI process 0 is configured as ‘RI-reference CSI process’ for CSI process 1.
Note 9: If UE supports one CSI process, CSI process 1 is not configured in Test 2.
Test 1 Test 2
1 N/A 1.0
2 1.0 N/A
9.5.5.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1588 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
c) For Test 2, the RI reported for CSI process 1 shall be the same as the most recent RI reported for CSI process 0 if
UE is configured with multiple CSI processes.
3GPP
Release 16 1589 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1590 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2
Parameter Unit
TP1 TP2 TP1 TP2
ρA dB 0 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 0
allocation Pc dB 0 0 0 0
dB 0 0

Uplink downlink configuration 2 2 2 2
Special subframe configuration 4 4 4 4
SNR dB 0 0 20 20
Î (orj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -78 -78
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Propagation channel EPA 5 Low EPA 5 Low EPA 5 Low EPA 5 High
Cell-specific reference signals Antenna ports 0 Antenna ports 0
15,16 15,16
5/3 N/A 5/3 N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
15,16 15,16
N/A 5/3 N/A 5/3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
3/ 3/
N/A 10000010000 N/A 10000010000
00000 00000
3/ 3/
00110000000 N/A 00110000000 N/A
00000 00000
5/3 N/A 5/3 N/A
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
N/A 5/3 N/A 5/3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Fixed RI=2 Fixed RI=1
RI configuration N/A N/A
and follow RI and follow RI
CSI-RS CSI-RS 0 N/A CSI-RS 0 N/A
CSI-IM CSI-IM 0 N/A CSI-IM 0 N/A
CSI process 0
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 N/A PUSCH 3-1 N/A
(Note 6, 7)
Reporting Interval ms 5 N/A 5 N/A
CQI delay ms 11 N/A 11 N/A
CSI-RS N/A N/A N/A CSI-RS 1
CSI-IM N/A N/A N/A CSI-IM 1
CSI process 1
Reporting mode N/A N/A N/A PUSCH 3-1
(Note 6, 7, 8)
Reporting Interval ms N/A N/A N/A 5
CQI delay ms N/A N/A N/A 11
3GPP
Release 16 1591 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Cell ID 0 6 0 6
010000 for 000011 for
fixed RI = 2 fixed RI = 1
PMI for subframe 4 and 9 100000 N/A
010011 for UE 010011 for UE
reported RI reported RI
PMI for subframe 3 and 8 100000 100000 100000 N/A
Note 3: Reference measurement channel RC.13 TDD according to Table A.4-1. PDSCH transmission is scheduled on subframe 4
and 9 from TP1.
Note 4: TM10 OCNG as specified in A.5.2.8 is transmitted on subframe 3 and 8 from TP1.
Note 5: TM10 OCNG as specified in A.5.2.8 is transmitted on subframe 3, 4, 8 and 9 from TP2 for Test 1; TP2 is blanked for Test
2.
Note 7: If UE supports multiple CSI processes, CSI process 0 is configured as ‘RI-reference CSI process’ for CSI process 1.
Note 8: If UE supports one CSI process, CSI process 1 is not configured in Test 2.
Note 9: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#3and #8 to allow aperiodic
Test 1 Test 2
1 N/A 1.0
2 1.0 N/A
9.6 Additional requirements for carrier aggregation

This clause includes requirements for the reporting of channel state information (CSI) with the UE configured for
carrier aggregation. The purpose is to verify that the channel state for each cell is correctly reported with multiple cells
configured for periodic reporting.
9.6.1 Periodic reporting on multiple cells (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
9.6.1.1 FDD
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥3. For CA with 2 DL CC, for the parameters specified in Table
9.6.1.1-1 and Table 9.6.1.1-2, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2 on each
cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of Pcell and Scell reported shall be such that
wideband CQIPcell – wideband CQIScell ≥ 2
for more than 90% of the time.
3GPP
Release 16 1592 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.6.1.1-1: Parameters for PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (FDD, 2 DL CA)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell

Downlink power A dB 0
allocation B dB 0
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 10 4
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
16 (shift of 5 ms relative
to Pcell)
Note 1: 3 symbols are allocated to PDCCH. No PDSCH for user data is scheduled for the UE with one
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
Note 2: Void
Table 9.6.1.1-2: PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD, 2 DL CA)
Test number Bandwidth combination

1 10MHz for both cells
4 5MHz for PCell and 10MHz for SCell
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and
bandwidth combination sets is defined in 9.1.1.2. The test coverage for
different number of component carriers is defined in 9.1.1.3.
Note 2: Mapping of PCell and Scell to the CCs shall be constant for all the
iterations during the test. Each execution of the test shall use the same
mapping.
The following requirements for 3DL CA apply to UE Category ≥5. For CA with 3 DL CC, for the parameters specified
in Table 9.6.1.1-3 and Table 9.6.1.1-4, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2
on each cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of PCell and SCell1 reported, and the difference between
the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2 reported shall be such that
wideband CQIPCell – wideband CQISCell1 ≥ 2
wideband CQISCell1 – wideband CQISCell2 ≥ 2
the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2, and SCell 1 and SCell 3 reported shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1593 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.6.1.1-3: Parameters for PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (FDD, 3 and 4 DL CA)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell1 Scell2, 3

AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iˆ ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
31 for Scell2 (shift of 10 ms
26 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 21 relative to Pcell) , 36 for Scell3
relative to Pcell)
(shift of 15ms relative to Pcell)
Note 1: 3 symbols are allocated to PDCCH. No PDSCH for user data is scheduled for the UE with one sided
Note 2: Void
Test number Bandwidth combination (MHz)

1 3x20
2 20+20+15
3 20+20+10
4 20+15+15
5 20+15+10
6 20+10+10
7 15+15+10
8 20+10+5
9 20+15+5
10 10+10+5
11 5+5+20
12 3x10
13 5+5+10
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA
configurations and bandwidth combination sets is
defined in 9.1.1.2. The test coverage for different
number of component carriers is defined in 9.1.1.3.
Note 2: If more than one cell can be configured as PCell,
choose one of the cells with the smallest bandwidth
as PCell. Mapping of PCell and Scells to the CCs
shall be constant for all the iterations during the test.
Each execution of the test shall use the same
mapping.
3GPP
Release 16 1594 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 4x20
2 20+20+20+10
3 20+20+10+10
4 20+20+10+5
5 20+10+10+5
6 15+3x20
7 2x15+2x20
8 10+15+2x20
9 3x10+20
10 2x5+2x20
11 2x5+10+20
12 4x10
mapping.
The following requirements for 5DL CA apply to UE Category 8 and ≥11. For CA with 5 DL CC, for the parameters
specified in Table 9.6.1.1-6 and Table 9.6.1.1-7, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1
and C.3.2-2 on each cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of PCell and SCell1 reported, and the
difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2, SCell 1 and SCell 3, and SCell 1 and SCell 4
reported shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1595 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell1 Scell2, 3, 4

AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
51 for Scell 2 (shift of 10 ms
relative to Pcell), 56 for Scell 3
46 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 41 (shift of 15ms relative to Pcell),
relative to Pcell)
61 for Scell4 (shift of 20ms
relative to Pcell)
Note 2: Void

1 5x20
2 15+4x20
3 10+4x20
4 2x10+3x20
5 5+10+3x20
6 3x10+2x20
7 4x10+20
mapping.
difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2, SCell 1 and SCell 3, SCell 1 and SCell 4, and
SCell 1 and SCell 5 reported shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1596 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell1 Scell2, 3, 4, 5

AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
46 (shift of 5 ms (shift of 15ms relative to Pcell),
relative to Pcell) 61 for Scell4 (shift of 20ms
relative to Pcell), 66 for Scell5
(shift of 25ms relative to Pcell)
Note 2: Void

1 6x20
mapping.
difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2, SCell 1 and SCell 3, SCell 1 and SCell 4, SCell 1
and SCell 5, and SCell 1 and SCell 6 reported shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1597 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell1 Scell2, 3, 4, 5, 6

AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
(shift of 15ms relative to Pcell),
46 (shift of 5 ms 61 for Scell4 (shift of 20ms
relative to Pcell) relative to Pcell), 66 for Scell5
(shift of 25ms relative to Pcell),
71 for Scell6 (shift of 30ms
relative to Pcell)
Note 2: Void

1 7x20
mapping.
3GPP
Release 16 1598 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.6.1.2 TDD
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥3. For CA with 2 DL CC, for the parameters specified in Table
9.6.1.2-1 and Table 9.6.1.2-2, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2 on each
cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of Pcell and Scell reported shall be such that
wideband CQIPcell – wideband CQIScell ≥ 2
Table 9.6.1.2-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD, 2 DL CA)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell

Special subframe
4
configuration
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 10 4
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -94
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
to Pcell)
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
Note 2: Void
Table 9.6.1.2-2: PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD, 2 DL CA)

Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations
and bandwidth combination sets is defined in 9.1.1.2. The test
coverage for different number of component carriers is defined
in 9.1.1.3.
Note 2: Mapping of PCell and Scell to the CCs shall be constant for all
the iterations during the test. Each execution of the test shall
use the same mapping.
the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2 reported shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1599 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2, and SCell 1 and SCell 3 reported shall be such that
Table 9.6.1.2-3: PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD, 3 and 4 DL CA)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell1 Scell2, 3

Special subframe
4
configuration
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
28 (shift of 10 ms
relative to Pcell) ,
23 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 18 33 for Scell3 (shift
relative to Pcell)
of 15ms relative to
Pcell)
Note 2: Void
3GPP
Release 16 1600 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 3x20
2 20+20+15
mapping.

1 4x20
2 20+20+20+15
mapping.
difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2, SCell 1 and SCell 3, and SCell 1 and SCell 4
reported shall be such that
wideband CQIPCell – wideband CQISCell1 ≥ [2]
wideband CQISCell1 – wideband CQISCell2 ≥ [2]
3GPP
Release 16 1601 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.6.1.2-6: Parameters for PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD, 5 DL CA)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell1 Scell2, 3, 4

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
48 (shift of 10 ms relative to
Pcell), 53 for Scell3 (shift of 15ms
43 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 38 relative to Pcell), 5
relative to Pcell)
8 for Scell4 (shift of 20ms relative
to Pcell)
Note 2: Void

1 5x20
2 15+4x20
mapping.
difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2, SCell 1 and SCell 3, SCell 1 and SCell 4, and
3GPP
Release 16 1602 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell1 Scell2, 3, 4, 5

Special subframe
4
configuration
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
48 (shift of 10 ms relative to Pcell),
43 (shift of 5 ms to Pcell), 58 for Scell4 (shift of
relative to Pcell) 20ms relative to Pcell), 63 for
Scell5 (shift of 25ms relative to
Pcell)
Note 2: Void

1 6x20
mapping.
difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell 1 and SCell2, SCell 1 and SCell 3, SCell 1 and SCell 4, SCell 1
and SCell 5, SCell 1 and SCell 6 reported shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1603 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Unit Pcell Scell1 Scell2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Special subframe
4
configuration
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
48 (shift of 10 ms relative to Pcell),
to Pcell), 58 for Scell4 (shift of
43 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 38 20ms relative to Pcell), 63 for
relative to Pcell)
Scell5 (shift of 25ms relative to
Pcell), 68 for Scell6 (shift of 30ms
relative to Pcell)
Note 2: Void
3GPP
Release 16 1604 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 7x20
mapping.
9.6.1.3 TDD-FDD CA with FDD PCell

The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥5. For TDD-FDD CA with FDD PCell with 2 DL CC, for the
parameters specified in Table 9.6.1.3-1 and Table 9.6.1.3-2, and using the downlink physical channels specified in
tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2 on each cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of PCell and SCell reported
shall be such that
wideband CQIPCell – wideband CQISCell ≥ 2
Table 9.6.1.3-1: Parameters for PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD-FDD CA with FDD PCell,
2 DL CA)
Parameter Unit PCell SCell

Uplink downlink configuration N/A 2
Special subframe
N/A 4
configuration
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 10 4
Iˆ ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -94
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
to Pcell)
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD and OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1 and
A.5.2.1.
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void
3GPP
Release 16 1605 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.6.1.3-2: PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD-FDD CA with FDD PCell, 2 DL CA)

1 20MHz for FDD cell and 20MHz for TDD cell
bandwidth combination sets is defined in 9.1.1.2A. The test coverage
for different number of component carriers is defined in 9.1.1.3.
The following requirements for 3DL CA apply to UE Category ≥5. For TDD-FDD CA with FDD PCell with 3 DL CC,
for the parameters specified in Table 9.6.1.3-3 and Table 9.6.1.3-4, and using the downlink physical channels specified
in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2 on each cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of PCell and SCell1
reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2 reported shall be such that
The following requirements for 4DL CA apply to UE Cateogry ≥8. For TDD-FDD CA with FDD PCell with 4 DL CC,
reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2, and SCell1 and SCell3 reported
shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1606 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.6.1.3-3: PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD-FDD CA with FDD PCell, 3 and 4 DL CA)
Parameter Unit PCell SCell1 SCell2, SCell3

2 for TDD Cell
Uplink downlink configuration N/A
N/A for FDD Cell
Special subframe 4 for TDD Cell
N/A
configuration N/A for FDD Cell
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
29 for SCell 2 (shift of 10
24 (shift of 5 ms
ms relative to Pcell) , 34 for
relative to Pcell)
SCell 3 (shift of 15ms
relative to PCell)
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD and OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1 and A.5.2.1.
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void

1 20MHz for FDD cell and 2x20MHz for TDD cell
4 2x20MHz for FDD cell and 20MHz for TDD cell
5 20+15MHz for FDD cell and 20MHz for TDD cell
8 10MHz for FDD cell and 15+20MHz for TDD cell
Note 1: The applicability of requirements for different CA configurations and bandwidth
combination sets is defined in 9.1.1.2A. The test coverage for different number
of component carriers is defined in 9.1.1.3.
Note 2: If more than one cell can be configured as PCell, choose one of the cells with
the smallest bandwidth as PCell. Mapping of PCell and Scells to the CCs shall
be constant for all the iterations during the test. Each execution of the test shall
3GPP
Release 16 1607 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

2 2x20MHz for FDD cell and 2x20MHz for TDD cell
3 20+15MHz for FDD cell and 2x20MHz for TDD cell
5 2x20+15MHz for FDD cell and 20MHz for TDD cell
11 2x10MHz for FDD cell and 20+15MHz for TDD cell
14 10+15+20MHz for FDD cell and 20MHz for TDD cell
The following requirements for 5DL CA apply to UE Category 8 and ≥11. For TDD-FDD CA with FDD PCell with 5
DL CC, for the parameters specified in Table 9.6.1.3-6 and Table 9.6.1.3-7, and using the downlink physical channels
specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2 on each cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of PCell and
SCell1 reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2, SCell1 and SCell3, and
3GPP
Release 16 1608 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.6.1.3-6: PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD-FDD CA with FDD PCell, 5 DL CA)
Parameter Unit PCell SCell1 SCell2, SCell3, SCell4

2 for TDD Cell
N/A for FDD Cell
N/A
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
49 for SCell 2 (shift of 10 ms
relative to Pcell), 54 for SCell
44 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 39 3 (shift of 15 ms relative to
relative to Pcell)
Pcell), 59 for SCell 4 (shift of
20 ms relative to Pcell)
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void

1 15MHz+2×20MHz for FDD cell and 2x20MHz for TDD cell
2 2×15MHz+20MHz for FDD cell and 2x20MHz for TDD cell
3 4x20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz
4 3x20(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
5 2x20(FDD)+3x20(TDD)NA
6 20(FDD)+4x20(TDD)MHz
8 2x10(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MH
9 10+20(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MHz
10 10+2×20(FDD)+2×20(TDD)MHz
11 10+15+20(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
combination sets is defined in 9.1.1.2A. The test coverage for different number of
Note 2: If more than one cell can be configured as PCell, choose one of the cells with the
smallest bandwidth as PCell. Mapping of PCell and Scells to the CCs shall be
constant for all the iterations during the test. Each execution of the test shall use the
same mapping.
3GPP
Release 16 1609 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
SCell1 reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2, SCell1 and SCell3, SCell
1 and SCell 4, and SCell 1 and SCell 5 reported shall be such that
SCell1 SCell2, SCell3, SCell4,

Parameter Unit PCell
SCell5
2 for TDD Cell
N/A for FDD Cell
N/A
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
44 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 39 Pcell), 59 for SCell 4 (shift of
relative to Pcell)
20 ms relative to Pcell), 64
for SCell 5 (shift of 25 ms
relative to Pcell)
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void
3GPP
Release 16 1610 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 1×20(FDD)+5×20(TDD)
2 2×20(FDD)+4×20(TDD)
same mapping.
SCell1 reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2, SCell1 and SCell3, SCell
1 and SCell 4, SCell 1 and SCell 5, SCell 1 and SCell 6 reported shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1611 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

SCell5, SCell6
2 for TDD Cell
N/A for FDD Cell
N/A
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
44 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 39 20 ms relative to Pcell), 64
relative to Pcell)
Pcell)
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void

1 1×20(FDD)+6×20(TDD)
2 2×20(FDD)+5×20(TDD)
same mapping.
9.6.1.4 TDD-FDD CA with TDD PCell

The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥5. For TDD-FDD CA with TDD PCell with 2 DL CC, for the
parameters specified in Table 9.6.1.4-1 and Table 9.6.1.4-2, and using the downlink physical channels specified in
tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2 on each cell, the difference between the wideband CQI indices of PCell and SCell reported
shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1612 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
wideband CQIPCell – wideband CQISCell ≥ 2
Table 9.6.1.4-1: Parameters for PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD-FDD CA with TDD PCell,
2 DL CA)
Parameter Unit PCell SCell

Uplink downlink configuration 2 N/A
Special subframe
4 N/A
configuration
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 10 4
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz] -88 -94
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
to Pcell)
sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD and OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1 and
A.5.2.1.
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void
Table 9.6.1.4-2: PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD-FDD CA with TDD PCell, 2 DL CA)

1 20MHz for TDD cell and 20MHz for FDD cell
bandwidth combination sets is defined in 9.1.1.2A. The test coverage
for different number of component carriers is defined in 9.1.1.3.
The following requirements for 3DL CA apply to UE Category ≥5. For TDD-FDD CA with TDD PCell with 3 DL CC,
reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2 reported shall be such that
The following requirements for 4DL CA apply to UE Cateogry ≥8. For TDD-FDD CA with TDD PCell with 4 DL CC,
3GPP
Release 16 1613 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2, and SCell1 and SCell3 reported
shall be such that
Table 9.6.1.4-3: PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD-FDD CA with TDD PCell, 3 and 4 DL CA)
Parameter Unit PCell SCell1 SCell2, SCell3

2 for TDD Cell
N/A for FDD Cell
4
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
28 for SCell 2 (shift of 10
ms relative to Pcell) , 33
to Pcell) for SCell 3 (shift of 15ms
relative to PCell)
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void
3GPP
Release 16 1614 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 2x20MHz for TDD cell and 20MHz for FDD cell
8 10MHz for FDD cell and 15+20MHz for TDD cell

11 2x10MHz for FDD cell and 20+15MHz for TDD cell
14 10+15+20MHz for FDD cell and 20MHz for TDD cell
The following requirements for 5DL CA apply to UE Category 8 and ≥11. For TDD-FDD CA with TDD PCell with 5
SCell1 reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2, SCell1 and SCell3 and
3GPP
Release 16 1615 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.6.1.4-6: PUCCH 1-0 static test on multiple cells (TDD-FDD CA with TDD PCell, 5 DL CA)
Parameter Unit PCell SCell1 SCell2, SCell3, SCell4

2 if Scell1 is TDD Cell
N/A if Scell1 is FDD Cell
Special subframe 4 if Scell1 is TDD Cell
4
configuration N/A if Scell1 is FDD Cell
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
43 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 38 3 (shift of 15 ms relative to
relative to Pcell)
20 ms relative to Pcell)
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void

1 15MHz+2×20MHz for FDD cell and 2x20MHz for TDD cell
2 2×15MHz+20MHz for FDD cell and 2x20MHz for TDD cell
3 4x20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz
5 2x20(FDD)+3x20(TDD)NA
8 2x10(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MH
9 10+20(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MHz
10 10+2×20(FDD)+2×20(TDD)MHz
11 10+15+20(FDD)+2x20(TDD)MHz
same mapping.
3GPP
Release 16 1616 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
SCell1 reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2, SCell1 and SCell3, SCell1
and SCell4, and SCell1 and SCell5 reported shall be such that

SCell5
4
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
43 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 38 Pcell), 58 for SCell 4 (shift of
relative to Pcell)
20 ms relative to Pcell), 63
relative to Pcell)
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void
3GPP
Release 16 1617 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 1x20(FDD)+ 5x20(TDD)MHz
same mapping.
SCell1 reported, and the difference between the wideband CQI indices of SCell1 and SCell2, SCell1 and SCell3, SCell1
and SCell4, SCell1 and SCell5, and SCell1 and SCell6 reported shall be such that
3GPP
Release 16 1618 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

SCell5
4
AWGN (1 x 2)
SNR dB 12 6 0
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -86 -92 -98
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98

PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
43 (shift of 5 ms
cqi-pmi-ConfigurationIndex 38 20 ms relative to Pcell), 63
relative to Pcell)
Pcell)
Note 2: Void
Note 3: Void

1 1x20(FDD)+ 6x20(TDD)MHz
same mapping.
9.7 CSI reporting (Single receiver antenna)

The number of receiver antennas NRX assumed for the minimum performance requirement in this clause is 1.
3GPP
Release 16 1619 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.7.1 CQI reporting definition under AWGN conditions

The following requirements apply to UE DL Category 0. For the parameters specified in Table 9.7.1.1-1, and using the
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to RC.16 FDD in
equal to 0.1.
Table 9.7.1.1-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD and half-duplex FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
A dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
B dB 0
s dB 0
AWGN (1 x 1)
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
Iôr( j ) dB[mW/15kHz]
-98 -97 -92 -91
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.16 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/OP.2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1/A.5.1.2.
9.7.1.2 TDD
The following requirements apply to UE DL Category 0. For the parameters specified in Table 9.7.1.2-1, and using the
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to RC.16 TDD in
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1620 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Special subframe
4
configuration
A dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
B dB 0
s dB 0
AWGN (1 x 1)
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz]
-98 -97 -92 -91
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.16 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/OP.2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/A.5.2.2.
and #2.
9.7.1.3 FDD (Category 1bis UE)

The following requirements apply to UE DL Category 1bis. For the parameters specified in Table 9.7.1.3-1, and using
the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to RC.4 FDD
in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using
equal to 0.1.

Bandwidth MHz 10
A dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
B dB 0
s dB 0
3GPP
Release 16 1621 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

AWGN (1 x 1)
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
-98 -97 -92 -91
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.4 FDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two sided
9.7.1.4 TDD (Category 1bis UE)

the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to RC.4 TDD
in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using
equal to 0.1.

Bandwidth MHz 10
Special subframe
4
configuration
A dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
B dB 0
s dB 0
3GPP
Release 16 1622 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

AWGN (1 x 1)
SNR (Note 2) dB 0 1 6 7
-98 -97 -92 -91
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.4 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one/two sided
dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/OP.2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1/A.5.2.2.
and #2.
9.7.2 CQI reporting under fading conditions

sub-band;
0.05.
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI for FDD and in each available downlink transmission instance for half-duplex
FDD.
3GPP
Release 16 1623 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.7.2.1-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD and half-duplex FDD)

Downlink A dB 0
power B dB 0
allocation dB 0
s
SNR (Note 3) dB 8 9 13 14
Iˆ ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz]
-90 -89 -85 -84
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

 d  0.45 s,
Propagation channel
a = 1, f D  5 Hz
CQI delay ms 8
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as described in
Annex A.5.1.1/2.
Table 9.7.2.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD and half-duplex FDD)
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 55 55
 1.1 1.1
UE DL Category 0 0
9.7.2.2 TDD
sub-band;
3GPP
Release 16 1624 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
0.05.
selecting a new sub-band in each available downlink transmission instance for TDD.
Table 9.7.2.2-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (TDD)

Downlink A dB 0
power B dB 0
allocation dB 0
s
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 8 9 13 14
Iˆ ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz]
-90 -89 -85 -84
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

 d  0.45
Propagation channel
s, a = 1, f D  5 Hz
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
in Annex A.5.2.1/2.
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 55 55
 1.1 1.1
UE DL Category 0 0
3GPP
Release 16 1625 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.7.2.3 FDD (Category 1bis UE)

the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.7.2.3-2
and by the following
sub-band;
0.05.
selecting a new sub-band in each TTI.
Table 9.7.2.3-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD)

Downlink A dB 0
power B dB 0
allocation dB 0
s
SNR (Note 3) dB 8 9 13 14
-90 -89 -85 -84
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

 d  0.45 s,
Propagation channel
a = 1, f D  5 Hz
CQI delay ms 8
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
with one/two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.2 FDD as described in
Annex A.5.1.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1626 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.7.2.3-2 Minimum requirement (FDD)
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 55 55
 1.15 1.15
UE DL Category 1bis 1bis
9.7.2.4 TDD (Category 1bis UE)

the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.7.2.4-2
and by the following
sub-band;
0.05.
selecting a new sub-band in each available downlink transmission instance for TDD.

Downlink A dB 0
power B dB 0
allocation dB 0
s
3GPP
Release 16 1627 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 8 9 13 14
-90 -89 -85 -84
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

 d  0.45
Propagation channel
s, a = 1, f D  5 Hz
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
in Annex A.5.2.1/2.
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 2 2
 [%] 55 55
 1.15 1.15
UE DL Category 1bis 1bis
9.8 CSI reporting (UE supporting coverage enhancement)

The requirements in this sub-clause are defined based on the simulation results with UE DL Category M1 unless
otherwise stated.
The requirements of UE DL Category M1 in 9.8.1 and 9.8.2 are applicable for UE DL Category M2 and UE DL
Category 0.
The requirements of UE DL Category M1 in 9.8.3 and 9.8.4 are applicable for UE DL Category M2.

The following requirements apply to UE supporting coverage enhancement. For the parameters specified in Table
3GPP
Release 16 1628 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
according to RC.23 FDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time.
the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER using the
transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated by (median
CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.

Bandwidth MHz 10
A dB 0
allocation s dB 0
δ dB 0
AWGN (1 x 1)
SNR (Note 2) dB 5 6
-93 -92
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 4)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
CQI delay ms 10
Frequency hopping Disabled
Frequency hopping inverval
N/A
(interval-FDD)
Starting OFDM symbol
3
(startSymbolBR)
PDSCH repetition level 1
MPDCCH repetition level 1
Beamforming Precoder for
No precoding
MPDCCH
N/A
for MPDCCH
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1111111111
DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitm
apBR)
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD and two sided dynamic OCNG pattern OP.2 FDD as described in
Annex A.5.1.1 and A.5.1.2.
Note 2: The minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the two SNR(s) and the
Note 3: DC subcarrier puncturing shall be considered.
3GPP
Release 16 1629 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.8.1.2 TDD
according to RC.23 TDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time.
the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER using the
transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated by (median
CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1630 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
A dB 0
allocation s dB 0
δ dB 0
AWGN (1 x 1)
SNR (Note 2) dB 4 5
Iˆ ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz]
-94 -93
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
N/A
(interval-TDD)
3
(startSymbolLC)
No precoding
MPDCCH
N/A
for MPDCCH
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1011110111
apBR)
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD and two sided dynamic OCNG pattern OP.2 TDD as described in
Annex A.5.2.1 and A.5.2.2.
and #8 to allow periodic CQI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe
SF#7 and #2.
3GPP
Release 16 1631 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.8.2 UE-selected subband CQI

9.8.2.1-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified
in Table 9.8.2.1-2 and by the following
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on the best narrowband reported by the UE the
corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI
median on a randomly selected narrowband within the set of narrowbands in which MPDCCH is monitored shall
be ≥ ;
The requirements only apply for narrowbands of full size and the random scheduling across the narrowbands is done by
selecting a new narrowband in each TTI for FDD and half-duplex FDD. The transport block size TBS (wideband CQI
median) is that resulting from the code rate which is closest to that indicated by the wideband CQI median and the N PRB
entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS 36.213 [6] that corresponds to the narrowband size.
3GPP
Release 16 1632 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.8.2.1-1 Sub-band test for single antenna transmission (FDD and half-duplex FDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1633 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0
Downlink
ρB dB 0
power
allocation  dB 0
δ dB 0
SNR (Note 3) dB 5 6
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -93 -92
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =1 Hz
a = 1, D
CQI delays for each
ms 11, 12, 13, 14
narrwoband
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Number of preferred
1
subbands (M)
Number of narrowbands 4
Frequency hopping Enabled
Frequency hopping
1
offset
3
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of
MPDCCH repetitions
4
(mpdcch-
NumRepetition)
MPDCCH repetition
1
level (Note 6)
MPDCCH narrowband 7 (Note 5)
(mpdcch-Narrowband)
MPDCCH hopping 1
interval (interval-FDD)
Start subframe 2.5
configuration for
MPDCCH (mpdcch-
startSF-UESS)
No preconding
for MPDCCH
Precoder update
N/A
granularity for MPDCCH
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1111111111
eBitmapBR)
RCSI
Subframe 1
(csi-NumRepetitionCE)
not later than SF#(n-4), this reported narrowband or wideband CQI
3GPP
Release 16 1634 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A.4-1 with one sided and dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 FDD as
Note 3: The minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the
two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level
Note 4: DC subcarrier puncturing shall be considered
Note 5: For RRC parameter setting, mpdcch-narroband is set to 8.
Note 6: DCI format 6-1A is scheduled in the subframe k2 according to
TS36.213 subclause 9.1.5.
Table 9.8.2.1-2 Minimum requirement (FDD and half-duplex FDD)
Test 1
 1.3
UE DL Category M1, ≥0
9.8.2.2 TDD
9.8.2.2-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified
in Table 9.8.2.2-2 and by the following
a) the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting on the best narrowband reported by the UE the
corresponding TBS and that obtained when transmitting the TBS indicated by the reported wideband CQI
median on a randomly selected narrowband within the set of narrowbands in which MPDCCH is monitored shall
be ≥ ;
selecting a new narrowband in each available downlink transmission instance for TDD. The transport block size TBS
median and the N PRB entry in Table 7.1.7.2.1-1 of TS 36.213 [6] that corresponds to the narrowband size.
3GPP
Release 16 1635 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1636 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

ρA dB 0
Downlink
ρB dB 0
power
allocation  dB 0
δ dB 0
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
SNR (Note 3) dB 5 6
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz] -93 -92
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Clause B.2.4 with

τ d =0 . 45 s,
Propagation channel
f =1 Hz
a = 1, D
CQI delay ms 23, 24, 25, 28
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
Number of preferred
1
subbands (M)
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Number of
4
narrowbands
Frequency hopping Enabled
Frequency hopping
1
offset
3
(startSymbolBR)
Maximum number of
MPDCCH repetitions
4
(mpdcch-
NumRepetition)
MPDCCH narrowband 7 (Note 5)
(mpdcch-Narrowband)
MPDCCH hopping 1
interval
(interval-TDD)
Start subframe 5
configuration for
MPDCCH (mpdcch-
startSF-UESS)
Beamforming
No precoding
Precoder for MPDCCH
Precoder update
granularity for N/A
MPDCCH
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1011110111
DownlinkOrTddSubfra
meBitmapBR)
3GPP
Release 16 1637 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
RCSI
Subframe 1
(csi-NumRepetitionCE)
A.4-1 with one sided and dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1/2 TDD as
Note 3: The minimum requirements shall be fulfilled for at least one of the
two SNR(s) and the respective wanted signal input level.
Note 4: DC subcarrier puncturing shall be considered
Note 5: For RRC parameter setting, mpdcch-narroband is set to 8.
Note 6: DCI format 6-1A is scheduled in the subframe k2 according to
TS36.213 subclause 9.1.5.
Note 7: In the case CQI reports and HARQ-ACK collide, CQI reports and
HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed.
Test 1
 1.3
UE Category M1, ≥0
9.8.3 CQI reporting definition for UE supporting 64QAM under AWGN

The following requirements apply to UE supporting ce-ModeA-r13 and ce-PDSCH-64QAM-r15. For the parameters
specified in Table 9.8.3.1-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the
reported CQI value according to RC.31 FDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more
than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to
0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH
BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format
indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall be less than or equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1638 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
A dB 0
allocation s dB 0
δ dB 0
AWGN (1 x 1)
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz]
-87 -86
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 4)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
CQI delay ms 10
N/A
(interval-FDD)
3
(startSymbolBR)
No precoding
MPDCCH
N/A
for MPDCCH
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1111111111
apBR)
Annex A.5.1.1 and A.5.1.2.
9.8.3.2 TDD
The following requirements apply to UE supporting supporting ce-ModeA-r13 and ce-PDSCH-64QAM-r15. For the
parameters specified in Table 9.8.3.2-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-
2, the reported CQI value according to RC.31 TDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median
more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or
equal to 0.1, the BLER using the transport format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the
3GPP
Release 16 1639 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport

Bandwidth MHz 10
A dB 0
allocation s dB 0
δ dB 0
AWGN (1 x 1)
-87 -86
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
N/A
(interval-TDD)
3
(startSymbolLC)
No precoding
MPDCCH
N/A
for MPDCCH
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1011110111
apBR)
Annex A.5.2.1 and A.5.2.2.
SF#7 and #2.
3GPP
Release 16 1640 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.8.4 CQI reporting definition for UE supporting alternative table under

AWGN

The following requirements apply to UE supporting ce-ModeA-r13 and ce-CQI-AlternativeTable-r15. For the
2, the reported CQI value according to RC.32 FDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median
3GPP
Release 16 1641 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
A dB 0
allocation s dB 0
δ dB 0
AWGN (1 x 1)
SNR (Note 2) dB 5 6
Iˆ( j)
or
dB[mW/15kHz]
-93 -92
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 4)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
CQI delay ms 10
N/A
(interval-FDD)
3
(startSymbolBR)
No precoding
MPDCCH
N/A
for MPDCCH
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1111111111
apBR)
Annex A.5.1.1 and A.5.1.2.
9.8.4.2 TDD
The following requirements apply to UE supporting ce-ModeA-r13 and ce-CQI-AlternativeTable-r15. For the
2, the reported CQI value according to RC.32 TDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median
3GPP
Release 16 1642 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
A dB 0
allocation s dB 0
δ dB 0
AWGN (1 x 1)
SNR (Note 2) dB 5 6
-93 -92
N oc( j ) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
N/A
(interval-TDD)
3
(startSymbolLC)
No precoding
MPDCCH
N/A
for MPDCCH
BL/CE DL subframe
comfiguration (fdd-
1011110111
apBR)
Annex A.5.2.1 and A.5.2.2.
SF#7 and #2.
3GPP
Release 16 1643 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.9 CSI reporting for 4Rx UE

9.9.1.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 with Rank 1 (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
9.9.1.1.1 FDD
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1. For the parameters specified in Table 9.9.1.1.1-1, using the
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to RC.1 FDD /
RC.4 FDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH
BLER using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER using the transport
format indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format
indicated by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall
be less than or equal to 0.1.
Table 9.9.1.1.1-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0
 dB 0
AWGN (1 x 4)
SNR (Note 2) dB -2 -1 4 5
Î or
( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -100 -99 -94 -93
( j)
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1, except for category 1 UE use RC.4
FDD with two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.2 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1644 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.9.1.1.2 TDD
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥1. For the parameters specified in Table 9.9.1.1.2-1, using the
downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported CQI value according to RC.1/RC.4
TDD in Table A.4-1 shall be in the range of ±1 of the reported median more than 90% of the time. If the PDSCH BLER
using the transport format indicated by median CQI is less than or equal to 0.1, the BLER using the transport format
indicated by the (median CQI + 1) shall be greater than 0.1. If the PDSCH BLER using the transport format indicated
by the median CQI is greater than 0.1, the BLER using transport format indicated by (median CQI – 1) shall be less
than or equal to 0.1.
Table 9.9.1.1.2-1: PUCCH 1-0 static test (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Special subframe
4
configuration
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0
 dB 0
AWGN (1 x 4)
SNR (Note 2) dB -2 -1 4 5
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -100 -99 -94 -93
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 4
OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1, except for category 1 UE use RC.4
TDD with two sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.2 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.2.
and #2.
9.9.1.2 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 with Rank 2 (CSI Reference Symbols)
3GPP
Release 16 1645 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.9.1.2.1 FDD
The following requirements apply to UE Category ≥2. For the parameters specified in table 9.9.1.2.1-1, and using the
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1646 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3
offset 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Clause B.1 (4 x 4)
configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB 5 6 11 12
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz]
-93 -92 -87 -86
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUSCH (Note3)
reporting
CQI delay ms 8
ri-ConfigIndex 1
9.9.1.2.2 TDD
codeword #1 as
3GPP
Release 16 1647 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
equal to 0.1.
Table 9.9.1.2.2-1: PUCCH 1-1 submode 1 static test (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -6
 dB -3
offset 5/ 3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Clause B.1 (8 x 4)
configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB 2 3 8 9
Î or
( j)
dB[mW/15kHz]
-96 -95 -90 -89
( j)

PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
2b
PMI
3GPP
Release 16 1648 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.9.1.3 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 with Rank 4 (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbols)
9.9.1.3.1 FDD
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1649 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -6
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (4 x 4)
0x0002 0000 0000 0000
bitmap
SNR (Note 2) dB 5 6 11 12
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz]
-93 -92 -87 -86
or
( j)
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
2
CQI/PMI
Note 3: It is intended to have UL collisions between RI reports and HARQ-ACK, since the RI reports
shall not be used by the eNB in this test.
9.9.1.3.2 TDD
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1650 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Special subframe
4
configuration
ρA dB -6
Downlink power
ρB dB -6
allocation
 dB 0
Clause B.1 (4x4)
0x0002 0000 0000 0000
bitmap
SNR (Note 2) dB 5 6 11 12
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz]
-93 -92 -87 -86
or
( j)
Max number of HARQ

1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type 2
Note 1: Reference measurement channel RC.21 TDD according to Table A.4-1 with one sided
#8 to allow periodic CQI/PMI to multiplex with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe
SF#7 and #2.
Note 4: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of 160ms to minimise collisions
between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is
expected that CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be multiplexed. At
eNB, CQI report collection shall be skipped every 160ms during performance verification.
9.9.1.4.1 FDD
codeword #1 as
3GPP
Release 16 1651 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
equal to 0.1.

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3
offset 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Clause B.1 (4 x 4)
configuration
0x0000 0020 0000 0000
CodeBookSubsetRestriction bitmap
SNR (Note 2) dB 5 6 11 12
Î ( j) dB[mW/15kHz]
-93 -92 -87 -86
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUSCH (Note3)
reporting
CQI delay ms 8
ri-ConfigIndex 1
3GPP
Release 16 1652 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.9.1.4.2 TDD
codeword #1 as
equal to 0.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1653 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3
offset 5/ 3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Clause B.1 (4 x 4)
configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB 5 6 11 12
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz]
-93 -92 -87 -86
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH Report Type for CQI/ PMI 2
3GPP
Release 16 1654 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.9.2 CQI reporting definition under fading conditions
9.9.2.1 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-0 (Cell-Specific Reference Symbol) for

enhanced receiver Type A
9.9.2.1.1 FDD
2%.
3GPP
Release 16 1655 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Cell ID 0 1
( j)
Correlation and
Low (1 x 4) (1 x 4)
Reference
Note 2 R.2 FDD
measurement channel
CQI delay ms 8 N/A
N/A
CQI reporting 3)
cqi-pmi-
1 N/A
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A
transmissions
N ´

8.1.1.
 1.8
UE Category ≥1
3GPP
Release 16 1656 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.9.2.1.2 TDD
2%.
3GPP
Release 16 1657 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Cell ID 0 1
( j)
Correlation and
Low (1 x 4) (1 x 4)
Reference
Note 2 R.2A TDD
measurement channel
CQI delay ms 10 or 11 N/A
N/A
CQI reporting 3)
cqi-pmi-
3 N/A
ConfigurationIndex
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A
transmissions
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing N/A
mode
N ´

8.1.1.
3GPP
Release 16 1658 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
 1.8
UE Category ≥1
9.9.2.2 Minimum requirement PUCCH 1-1 (CSI Reference Symbol) for enhanced
receiver Type A
9.9.2.2.1 FDD
2%.
3GPP
Release 16 1659 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1660 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Transmission mode 9
Cell ID 0 1
( j)
Correlation and
Low (2 x 4) (1 x 4)
As specified in
Beamforming Model Section B.4.3 N/A
(Note 9, 10)
signals 0,1
Antenna ports
15,16
5/1 N/A
subframe offset
CSI-RS reference
2 N/A
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration 1/
Subframes /
ICSI-RS / N/A 0010000000000
bitmap
ZeroPowerCSI-RS 000
bitmap
CodeBookSubsetRestr
001111 N/A
iction bitmap
Reference
Note 2 R.2 FDD
measurement channel
CQI delay ms 8 N/A
N/A
PUCCH Report Type
2 N/A
for CQI/PMI
N/A
reporting Format 2
PUCCH Report Type
3 N/A
for RI
cqi-pmi-
2 N/A
ConfigurationIndex
ri-ConfigIndex 1 N/A
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A
transmissions
A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as
3GPP
Release 16 1661 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

N ´

8.1.1.
 1.8
UE Category ≥2
9.9.2.2.2 TDD
2%.
3GPP
Release 16 1662 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1663 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Transmission mode 9
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Cell ID 0 1
SINR (Note 8) dB [-4] N/A
( j)
Correlation and
Low (2 x 4) (1 x 4)
As specified in
Beamforming Model Section B.4.3 N/A
(Note 10, 11)
signals 0,1
Antenna ports
15,16
5/3 N/A
subframe offset
CSI-RS reference
2 N/A
Zero-power CSI-RS
configuration 3/
Subframes /
ICSI-RS / N/A 001000000000
bitmap
ZeroPowerCSI-RS 0000
bitmap
CodeBookSubsetRestr
001111 N/A
iction bitmap
Reference
Note 2 R.2A TDD
measurement channel
CQI delay ms 10 N/A
N/A
PUCCH Report Type
2 N/A
for CQI/PMI
Physical channel for RI PUCCH
N/A
reporting Format 2
PUCCH Report Type
3 N/A
for RI
cqi-pmi-
3 N/A
ConfigurationIndex
ri-ConfigIndex 805 (Note 9) N/A
Max number of HARQ
1 N/A
transmissions
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing N/A
mode
3GPP
Release 16 1664 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
A.4-1 with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as

N ´

8.1.1.
Note 9: RI reporting interval is set to the maximum allowable length of
160ms to minimise collisions between RI, CQI/PMI and HARQ-ACK
reports. In the case when all three reports collide, it is expected that
CQI/PMI reports will be dropped, while RI and HARQ-ACK will be
multiplexed. At eNB, CQI report collection shall be skipped every
160ms during performance verification and the reported CQI in
subframe SF#7 of the previous frame is applied in downlink
subframes until a new CQI (after CQI/PMI dropping) is available.
 1.8
UE Category ≥2
9.9.3 Reporting of Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) for 4Rx UE

The minimum performance requirements of PMI reporting are defined based on the precoding gain, expressed as the
relative increase in throughput when the transmitter is configured according to the UE reports compared to the case
when the transmitter is using random precoding, respectively. When the transmitter uses random precoding, for each
PDSCH allocation a precoder is randomly generated and applied to the PDSCH. A fixed transport format (FRC) is
configured for all requirements.
The requirements for transmission mode 9 with 8 TX are specified in terms of the ratio
tue , follow 1 , follow 2

γ=
t rnd 1, rnd 2
In the definition of γ, for PUSCH 3-1 single PMI is 70% of the maximum throughput obtained at
using the precoders configured according to the UE reports, and is the throughput measured at
with random precoding .
3GPP
Release 16 1665 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.9.3.1.1 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1666 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1667 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
High, Cross
polarized
signals 0,1
Antenna ports
15,…,22
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference
0
0x0000 0000
CodeBookSubsetRestr 001F FFE0
iction bitmap 0000 0000
FFFF
ρA dB 0
Downlink ρB dB 0
power
allocation Pc dB -6
 dB -3
( j)

Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
Redundancy version
{0,0,1,2}
coding sequence
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
Note 3: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic
CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9
to allow aperiodic CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted
on uplink SF#3 and #8.
Note 4: Randomization of the principle beam direction
shall be used as specified in B.2.3A.4
3GPP
Release 16 1668 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Parameter Test 1
 2.5
UE Category ≥2
9.9.4 Reporting of Rank Indicator (RI)

The purpose of this test for 4Rx UEs is to verify that the reported rank indicator accurately represents the channel rank.
The accuracy of RI (CQI) reporting is determined by the relative increase of the throughput obtained when transmitting
based on the reported rank compared to the case for which a fixed rank is used for transmission. Transmission mode 4 is
used with the specified CodebookSubSetRestriction in section 9.9.4.1, transmission mode 9 is used with the specified
CodebookSubSetRestriction in section 9.9.4.2.
For the fixed rank 1 transmission with 2 Tx ports the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to two single-layer precoders,
For fixed rank 2 transmission with 2 Tx ports the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to one two-layer precoder. For the
follow RI transmission for rank 1 and 2 and 2 Tx ports the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to select the union of these
precoders.
For the fixed rank 2 transmission with 4 Tx ports the RI and PMI reporting is restricted to any 2 Layer precoder, for the
follow RI transmission the RI and PMI reporting is not restricted at all.
Channels with low and high correlation are used to ensure that RI reporting reflects the channel condition.
9.9.4.1 Minimum requirement (Cell-Specific Reference Symbols)
9.9.4.1.1 FDD
The minimum performance requirement in Table 9.9.4.1.1-2 is defined as
3GPP
Release 16 1669 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.9.4.1.1-1: RI Test (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB -3 -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 -6
 dB 0 3
2 x 4 EPA5 4 x 4 EPA5
Antenna
ports 0-3
000011 for fixed RI = 1 Note 6
bitmap
Antenna correlation Low Low High Low
Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI=1 Fixed RI=1 Fixed RI=2
RI configuration
follow RI and follow RI and follow RI and follow RI
SNR dB -4 16 16 25
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98 -98
-102 -82 -82 -73
or
1
transmissions
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
2
CQI/PMI
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
Reporting periodicity ms Npd= 5
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subframe SF#n based on PMI and CQI estimation
at a downlink subframe not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI and wideband CQI cannot be applied at the
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.2 FDD / RC.21 FDD respectively for Test 1-3 / 4 according to Table A.4-1
with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
Note 3: To avoid collisions between RI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead of
PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 and #9 to allow periodic RI to multiplex
with the HARQ-ACK on PUSCH in uplink subframe SF#8 and #3.
Note 4: The bit field for precoding information in DCI format 2 shall be mapped as:
Note 5: To avoid the ambiguity of TE behaviour when applying CQI and PMI during rank switching, RI reports are to be
applied at the TE with one subframe delay in addition to Note 1 to align with CQI and PMI reports.
Note 6: The following precoders are allowed in Test 4:
“0x0000 0000 FFFF 0000” for RI=2
“0xFFFF FFFF FFFF FFFF” for UE reported RI
3GPP
Release 16 1670 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1 Test 2 Test 3 Test 4

1 N/A 1.05 0.9 N/A
2 1 N/A N/A 1.1
UE Category ≥2 ≥2 ≥2 ≥5
9.9.4.1.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1671 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.9.4.1.2-1: RI Test (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB -3 -6
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB -3 -6
 dB 0 3
Special subframe
4
configuration
2 x 4 EPA5 4 x 4 EPA5
Antenna
ports 0-3
bitmap
Fixed RI=2 and Fixed RI= 1 Fixed RI=1 Fixed RI=2
RI configuration
SNR dB -4 16 16 25
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98 -98
-102 -82 -82 -73
or
1
transmissions
Reporting mode PUSCH 3-1 (Note 3)
PMI and CQI delay ms 10 or 11
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.2 TDD / RC.21 TDD respectively for Test 1-3 / 4 according to Table A.4-1
with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
“0x0000 0000 FFFF 0000” for RI=2

1 N/A 1.05 0.9 N/A
2 1 N/A N/A 1.1
9.9.4.2 Minimum requirement (CSI Reference Symbols)
9.9.4.2.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1672 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1673 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.9.4.2.1-1: RI Test (FDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0 -3
 dB 0 -3
2 x 4 EPA5 4 x 4 EPA5
Antenna
ports 15-18
subframe offset 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
6
configuration
bitmap
RI configuration
SNR dB -4 16 16 25
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98 -98
I^ or
( j) -102 -82 -82 -73
dB[mW/15kHz]

1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
2
CQI/PMI
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.9 FDD / RC.9B FDD respectively for Test 1-3 / 4 according to Table A.4-1
with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 FDD as described in Annex A.5.1.1.
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/ PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is necessary to report both on PUSCH instead
of PUCCH. PDCCH DCI format 0 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1 and #6 to allow periodic CQI/ PMI to
Note 4: To avoid the ambiguity of TE behaviour when applying CQI and PMI during rank switching, RI reports are to be
applied at the TE with one subframe delay in addition to Note 1 to align with CQI and PMI reports.
“0x0000 0000 FFFF 0000” for RI=2
3GPP
Release 16 1674 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 N/A 1.05 0.9 N/A
2 1 N/A N/A 1.1
9.9.4.2.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1675 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.9.4.2.2-1: RI Test (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1676 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
allocation Pc dB 0 -3
 dB 0 -3
Special subframe
4
configuration
Propagation condition and 4 x 4 EPA5
2 x 4 EPA5
Antenna
ports 15-18
4
configuration
subframe offset 5/4
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
bitmap
RI configuration
SNR dB -4 16 16 25
( j)
N oc dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98 -98 -98
-102 -82 -82 -73
or
1
transmissions
PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
PUCCH report type for CQI/
2
PMI
PUCCH Format 2
reporting
ri-ConfigurationInd 1
Note 2: Reference measurement channel RC.9 TDD / RC.9B TDD respectively for Test 1-3 / 4 according to Table A.4-1
with one sided dynamic OCNG Pattern OP.1 TDD as described in Annex A.5.2.1.
“0x0000 0000 FFFF 0000” for RI=2
3GPP
Release 16 1677 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

1 N/A 1.05 0.9 N/A
2 1 N/A N/A 1.1
9.10 Reporting of CSI-RS Resource Indicator (CRI)

The purpose of this test is to verify that the reported CSI-RS Resource Indicator is accurate. The accuracy of CRI
reporting for Tests in Section 9.10.1 is determined by:
a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on the reported CRI and fixed precoder with
multiple CSI-RS resources configured compared to that obtained when transmitting based on the fixed precoder
t ue , follow CRI , fixedPMI
γ=
t fixed
with one CSI-RS resource configured: CRI , fixedPMI
tue ,follow , fixedPMI is [70%] of the maximum throughput obtained at SNR ue , follow CRI , fixed PMI using
- CRI
fixed precoder and power scaling factor according to UE reported CRI value with multiple CSI-RS resources
configured
t fixed , fixed PMI is throughput obtained at SNR ue , follow CRI , fixed PMI using fixed precoder and power
- CRI
scaling factor according to the one configured CSI-RS resource
SNR ue , follow , fixed PMI is specified based on CRS RE power

- CRI
b) Each candidate CRI value among 0, 1,…, K-1 shall be reported at least  % of the time at
SNR ue , follow CRI , fixed PMI with multiple CSI-RS resources configured
- The number of configured CSI-RS resources K is specific to a test.
The accuracy of CRI reporting for Tests in Section 9.10.2 is determined by:
a) The ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based on the reported CRI and fixed precoder with
multiple CSI-RS resources configured compared to that obtained when transmitting based on the fixed precoder
with one CSI-RS resource configured:
- is [70%] of the maximum throughput obtained at using the CRI configured

according to the CSI UE report
- is throughput obtained at under assumption of single TP1 transmission
b) CRI 2 value among 0, 1 and 2 shall be reported at least  % of the time at with 2 CSI-RS
resources configured
c) CRI 0 value among 0, 1 and 2 shall be reported at least β % of the time at with 2 CSI-RS
resources configured
3GPP
Release 16 1678 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
- corresponds to [70%] of the maximum throughput under assumption of single TP1

transmission
9.10.1 Minimum requirement (PUSCH 3-1)
9.10.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.10.1.1-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in Annex C.3.2,
the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.10.1.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1679 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.10.1.1-1: CRI Test (FDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1680 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Test 1-1 Test 1-2 Test 1-3 Test 1-4

Parameter Unit (K,N)=(2,8) (K,N)=(2,16 (K,N)=(4,32 (K,N)=(8,64)
) )
Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
Correlation and antenna 8x2 XP 8x2 XP
4x2 XP High 8x2 XP High
configuration (Note 1) High High
eMIMO-Type Class B
2 for 4 for
following following 8 for following
Number of NZP-CSI resources (K) 2 for following CRI
CRI CRI CRI
(Note 3) 1 for fixed CRI
1 for fixed 1 for fixed 1 for fixed CRI
CRI CRI
{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7
NZP-CSI-RS-ID-List {0,1} {0,1} {0,1,2,3 }
}
{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
legacyCSRList {0,0} {0,0} {0,0,0,0}
}
CSI reference signal configuration {0,1,2,3,0,1,2,3
{0,1} {0,1} {0,1,2,3 }
List }
Number of CSI-RS ports {8,8,8,8,8,8,8,8
{4,4} {8,8} {8,8,8,8}
(Nk) }
{1,1,1,1,2,2,2,2
CSI-RS-SubframeConfig List {1,1} {1,1} {1,1,1,1}
}
0x 0x 0x
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
CodeBookSubsetRestriction with 0x
0000 0020 0000 0020 0000 0020
ID=0 0000 00000000 0001
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0001 0001 0001
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4T
FALSE N/A N/A N/A
X-r12
ρA dB 0 0 0 0
ρB 0
dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation dB
Pc -3 -6 -6 -6
 dB
-3
-3 -3 -3
( j) dB[mW/
N oc 15kHz]
-98

CRI Delay ms 8
PMI delay ms 8
R.50A-2 R.50A-2
Measurement channel R.50A-1 FDD R.50A-3 FDD
FDD FDD
SF SF
Scheduled PDSCH SFs SF 0,2,3,4,7,8,9 0,2,3,4,7,8, 0,2,3,4,7,8, SF 0,3,4,8,9
9 9
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
3GPP
Release 16 1681 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on CRI/PMI estimation at a
downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported CRI/PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Note 2: PDSCH _RA= 0 dB, PDSCH_RB= 0 dB in order to have the same PDSCH and OCNG power per subcarrier at the
receiver.
Note 3: When one CSI-RS resource configured, the configurations according to NZP-CSI-RS-ID = 0 are configured.

 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.35
 40 40 20 10
Note1: According to UE capability configuration list for the maximum number of NZP CSI-RS
resource Kmax and the maximum number of total NZP CSI-RS ports N in each K =2,..,
Kmax: if UE supports the combination of (K,N) =(8,64), then test 1-4 is applicable ;
else if UE supports the combination of (K,N) =(4,32), then test 1-3 is applicable; else if
UE supports the combination of (K,N) =(2,16), then test 1-2 is applicable; otherwise
test 1-1 is applicable.
9.10.1.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1682 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.10.1.2-1: CRI Test (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1683 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Parameter Unit (K,N)=(2,8) (K,N)=(2,16) (K,N)=(4,32 (K,N)=(8,64)
) )
Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
Correlation and antenna 8x2 XP
4x2 XP High 8x2 XP High 8x2 XP High
configuration (Note 1) High
eMIMO-Type Class B
2 for 4 for
following following 8 for following
Number of NZP-CSI resources (K) 2 for following CRI
CRI CRI CRI
(Note 3) 1 for fixed CRI
1 for fixed 1 for fixed 1 for fixed CRI
CRI CRI
{0,1,2,3,4,5,6,
NZP-CSI-RS-ID-List {0,1} {0,1} {0,1,2,3 }
7}
{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
legacyCSRList {0,0} {0,0} {0,0,0,0}
0}
CSI reference signal configuration {0,1,2,3,0,1,2,
{0,1} {0,1} {0,1,2,3 }
List 3}
Number of CSI-RS ports {8,8,8,8,8,8,8,
{4,4} {8,8} {8,8,8,8}
(Nk) 8}
{8,8,8,8,9,9,9,
CSI-RS-SubframeConfig List {9,9} {9,9} {9,9,9,9}
9}
0x 0x 0x
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
CodeBookSubsetRestriction with 0x
0000 0020 0000 0020 0000 0020
ID=0 0000 00000000 0001
0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000
0001 0001 0001
alternativeCodeBookEnabledFor4T
FALSE N/A N/A N/A
X-r12
ρA dB 0 0 0 0
ρB 0
dB 0 0 0
Downlink power
allocation dB
� Pc -3 -6 -6 -6
 dB
-3
-3 -3 -3
dB[mW/
N (ocj) 15kHz]
-98

CRI Delay ms 12
PMI delay ms 12
R.44A-2 R.44A-2
Measurement channel R.44A-1 TDD R.44A-3 TDD
TDD TDD
SF SF
Scheduled PDSCH SFs SF 0,1,3,6,8,9 SF 0,1,6,8,9
0,1,3,6,8,9 0,1,3,6,8,9
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
3GPP
Release 16 1684 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
sequence
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subrame SF#n based on PMI estimation at a downlink
SF not later than SF#(n-4), this reported PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before SF#(n+4).
Note 2: PDSCH _RA= 0 dB, PDSCH_RB= 0 dB in order to have the same PDSCH and OCNG power per subcarrier at the
receiver.
Note 3: When one CSI-RS resource configured, the configurations according to NZP-CSI-RS-ID 0 are configured.
Note 4: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CQI shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 to allow aperiodic
CRI/CQI/PMI/RI to be transmitted on uplink SF#2.

 1.2 1.2 1.3 1.35
 40 40 20 10
Note1: According to UE capability configuration list for the maximum number of NZP CSI-RS
resource Kmax and the maximum number of total NZP CSI-RS ports N in each K =2,..,
Kmax: if UE supports the combination of (K,N) =(8,64), then test 1-4 is applicable; else
if UE supports the combination of (K,N) =(4,32), then test 1-3 is applicable; else if UE
supports the combination of (K,N) =(2,16), then test 1-2 is applicable; otherwise test 1-
1 is applicable.
9.10.2 Minimum requirement (PUSCH 3-1, QCL Type C)
9.10.2.1 FDD
The requirements are specified in Table 9.10.2.1-4, with the additional parameters in Table 9.10.2.1-1, Table 9.10.2.1-2
and Table 9.10.2.1-3. In Table 9.10.2.1-1, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH,
synchronization signals, PBCH and can transmit PDSCH, and transmission point 2 (TP 2) has different Cell ID and can
transmit PDSCH. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to Table C.3.2 and for TP 2 according to
Table C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1685 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.10.2.1-1: Test Parameters
3GPP
Release 16 1686 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Fixed TP1 case Follow CRI case

Parameter Unit
TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2
Downlink ρA dB 0 0 0 0
power ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation dB -3 -3 -3 -3
s
Es / N oc dB SNR1 (Note 2)
SNR2 = SNR1
– [9] dB
SNR1 (Note 2)
SNR2 = SNR1
– [9] dB
-98
15kHz
BWChannel MHz 10
Number of allocated
50
resource block
Cell ID 0 126 0 126
2 2 2 2
symbols / PDSCH start
Antenna ports 0,1
signals
eMIMO-Type Class B
{15,16} {15,16}
subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI- Subframes 5/2 N/A 5/2 NA
RS

0 0
configuration
{15,16} {15,16}
subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI- Subframes N/A 5/2 N/A 5/2
RS

8 8
configuration
001111 N/A 001111 N/A
n for CSI-RS 0
N/A 001111 N/A 001111
n for CSI-RS 1
Zero-power CSI-RS 0
2/ 2/
configuration Subframes
001000000000 N/A 001000000000 N/A
ICSI-RS / ZeroPower CSI-RS /bitmap
0000 0000
bitmap
Zero-power CSI-RS1
2/ 2/
N/A 001000000000 N/A 001000000000
0000 0000
bitmap
Timing offset relative to TP
us N/A 0 N/A 0
1
Frequency offset relative to
Hz N/A 0 N/A 0
TP 1
qcl-Operation, ‘PDSCH RE Type C, PQI based on UE
Type B, ‘00’
Mapping and Quasi-Co- reporting
Table 9.10.2.1-2
Location Indicator’ Table 9.10.2.1-3
3GPP
Release 16 1687 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
CRI Delay ms 8
PMI delay ms 8

2x2 Low
configuration
Note 1:
PB=1
Note 2: TP1 SNR based on SNR value derived for exact test metric verification and can be equal to
or
Table 9.10.2.1-2: Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set (Fixed TP1
case)

each PQI Set
co-location)
PQI set 0 CSI-RS 0 ZP CSI-RS 0 PDSCH Blank
Table 9.10.2.1-3: Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set (Follow CRI
case)

each PQI Set
co-location)
PQI set 1 CSI-RS 1 ZP CSI-RS 1 Blank PDSCH
CSI-RS 0 for CW1
PQI set 2 ZP CSI-RS 0 PDSCH PDSCH
CSI-RS 1 for CW2
Test 1
 1.2
 40
 60
UE Category ≥2
9.10.2.2 TDD
The requirements are specified in Table 9.10.2.2-4, with the additional parameters in Table 9.10.2.2-1, Table 9.10.2.2-2
and Table 9.10.2.2-3. In Table 9.10.2.2-1, transmission point 1 (TP 1) is the serving cell transmitting PDCCH,
synchronization signals, PBCH and can transmit PDSCH, and transmission point 2 (TP 2) has different Cell ID and can
transmit PDSCH. The downlink physical channel setup for TP 1 is according to Table C.3.2 and for TP 2 according to
Table C.3.2.
3GPP
Release 16 1688 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.10.2.2-1: Test Parameters
3GPP
Release 16 1689 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Fixed TP1 case Follow CRI case

Parameter Unit
TP 1 TP 2 TP 1 TP 2
Downlink ρA dB 0 0 0 0
power ρB dB 0 (Note 1) 0 0 (Note 1) 0
allocation dB -3 -3 -3 -3
s
Es / N oc dB SNR1 (Note 2)
SNR2 = SNR1
– [9] dB
SNR1 (Note 2)
SNR2 = SNR1
– [9] dB
-98
15kHz
Uplink downlink
1
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
BWChannel MHz 10
Number of allocated
50
resource block
Cell ID 0 126 0 126

2 2 2 2
symbols / PDSCH start
Antenna ports 0,1
signals
eMIMO-Type Class B
{15,16} {15,16}
subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI- Subframes 5/4 N/A 5/4 NA
RS

0 0
configuration
{15,16} {15,16}
subframe offset TCSI-RS / ∆CSI- Subframes N/A 5/4 N/A 5/4
RS

8 8
configuration
001111 N/A 001111 N/A
n for CSI-RS 0
N/A 001111 N/A 001111
n for CSI-RS 1
Zero-power CSI-RS 0
4/ 4/
001000000000 N/A 001000000000 N/A
0000 0000
bitmap
Zero-power CSI-RS1
4/ 4/
N/A 001000000000 N/A 001000000000
0000 0000
bitmap
Timing offset relative to TP
us N/A 0 N/A 0
1
3GPP
Release 16 1690 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Frequency offset relative to

Hz N/A 0 N/A 0
TP 1
qcl-Operation, ‘PDSCH RE Type C, PQI based on UE
Type B, ‘00’
Mapping and Quasi-Co- reporting
Table 9.10.2.2-2
Location Indicator’ Table 9.10.2.2-3
CRI Delay ms 8
PMI delay ms 8

2x2 Low
configuration
Note 1:
PB =1
Note 2: TP1 SNR based on SNR value derived for exact test metric verification and can be equal to
or
Table 9.10.2.2-2: Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set (Fixed TP1
case)

each PQI Set
co-location)
Table 9.10.2.2-3: Configurations of PQI and DL transmission hypothesis for each PQI set (Follow CRI
case)

each PQI Set
co-location)
PQI set 1 CSI-RS 1 ZP CSI-RS 1 Blank PDSCH
CSI-RS 0 for CW1
PQI set 2 ZP CSI-RS 0 PDSCH PDSCH
CSI-RS 1 for CW2
Test 1
 1.2
 40
 60
UE Category ≥2
3GPP
Release 16 1691 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
9.11 Reporting of Hybrid Channel state information
9.11.1 Minimum requirement (with eMIMO-Type configured as Class B with

more than one CSI-RS resource configured and eMIMO-Type2 as
Class B with one CSI-RS resource configured)
The purpose of this test is to verify that the reported CRI(1) from eMIMO-Type and PMI(2) from eMIMO-Type2 are
accurate.
The accuracy of CRI and PMI reporting are determined by the ratio of the throughput obtained when transmitting based
on UE reported CRI(1) and PMI(2) compared to that obtained when transmitting based on the random precoding and
fixed CRI:
- is [70%] of the maximum throughput obtained at using

following precoder according to UE reported PMI for eMIMO-Type2 and power scaling factor according to
(2)
UE reported CRI (1) for eMIMO-Type
- is throughput obtained at using random precoder and power

scaling factor according to the one configured CSI-RS resource
- is specified based on CRS RE power
9.11.1.1 FDD
3GPP
Release 16 1692 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.11.1.1-1: CRI/PMI test for single layer (FDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1693 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
PMI)
4*2 ULA Low
configuration
Beamforming model B.4.6 (Note 4)
{0,1}
configuration List
Number of CSI-RS ports
{4,4}
(Nk)
CSI-RS-SubframeConfig List {1,1}
eMIMO-Type Class B
Number of NZP-CSI resources
2 for following CRI
(K)
NZP-CSI-RS-ID-List {0,1}
eMIMO-Type2 Class B
NZP-CSI-RS-ID {0}
alternativeCodebookEnabledCL
FALSE
ASSB_K1
codebookSubsetRestriction 001111
Physical channel for CRI(1)
PUSCH
reporting
Reporting interval for CRI(1)
ms 40 (Note 5)
reporting
PUSCH
RI(2)/CQI(2)/PMI(2) reporting
Reporting Interval for
ms 5
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3

Measurement channel R.50A-1 FDD
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
Scheduled PDSCH SFs SF 0,2,3,4,7,8,9
(1 ms granularity).
based on CRI,PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this
reported CRI, PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before
SF#(n+4).
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is
Note 4: The precoder matrix as specified in Table 6.3.4.2.3-1of [4].For following
PMI, PMI equals to UE reported PMI(2) for eMIMO-Type2 “Class B”.
3GPP
Release 16 1694 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 5: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CSI of eMIMIO-Type shall
be transmitted in downlink SF#1 to allow aperiodic CRI(1) to be transmitted
on uplink SF#5. PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CSI of
eMIMIO-Type2 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#1,6 to allow aperiodic
RI(2)/CQI(2)/PMI(2) to be transmitted on uplink SF#5,0.
Parameter Test 1
 [1.3]
UE Category ≥2
9.11.1.2 TDD
3GPP
Release 16 1695 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.11.1.2-1: CRI/PMI test for single layer (TDD)
3GPP
Release 16 1696 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Bandwidth MHz 10
Transmission mode 9
PMI)
4*2 ULA Low
configuration
Beamforming model B.4.6 (Note 4)
{0,1}
configuration List
Number of CSI-RS ports
{4,4}
(Nk)
CSI-RS-SubframeConfig List {9,9}
eMIMO-Type Class B
Number of NZP-CSI resources
2 for following CRI
(K)
NZP-CSI-RS-ID-List {0,1}
eMIMO-Type2 Class B
NZP-CSI-RS-ID {0}
alternativeCodebookEnabledCL
FALSE
ASSB_K1
codebookSubsetRestriction 001111
Physical channel for CRI(1)
PUSCH
reporting
Reporting interval for CRI(1)
ms 40 (Note 5)
reporting
PUSCH
Reporting Interval for
ms 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -3
 dB -3

Measurement channel R.44A-1 TDD
Max number of HARQ
4
transmissions
{0,1,2,3}
sequence
Scheduled PDSCH SFs SF 0,1,3,6,8,9
(1 ms granularity).
based on CRI,PMI estimation at a downlink SF not later than SF#(n-4), this
reported CRI, PMI cannot be applied at the eNB downlink before
SF#(n+4).
Note 3: To avoid collisions between CQI/PMI reports and HARQ-ACK it is
3GPP
Release 16 1697 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Note 4: The precoder matrix as specified in Table 6.3.4.2.3-1of [4].For following

PMI, PMI equals to UE reported PMI(2) for eMIMO-Type2 “Class B”.
Note 5: PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CSI of eMIMIO-Type shall
be transmitted in downlink SF#4 to allow aperiodic CRI(1) to be transmitted
on uplink SF#4. PDCCH DCI format 0 with a trigger for aperiodic CSI of
eMIMIO-Type2 shall be transmitted in downlink SF#4 to allow aperiodic
RI(2)/CQI(2)/PMI(2) to be transmitted on uplink SF#2.
Parameter Test 1
 [1.3]
UE Category ≥2
9.12 CSI reporting (UE supporting Short TTI)

The requirements in this sub-clause are valid for UEs capable of short TTI.
9.12.1 CQI reporting under fading conditions (Cell-Specific Reference

Symbol)
The reporting accuracy of the channel quality indicator (CQI) under frequency non-selective fading conditions is
determined by the reporting variance, and the relative increase of the throughput obtained when the transport format
transmitted is that indicated by the reported CQI compared to the case for which a fixed transport format configured
according to the reported median CQI is transmitted. In addition, the reporting accuracy is determined by a minimum
BLER using the transport formats indicated by the reported CQI. The purpose is to verify that the UE is tracking the
channel variations and selecting the largest transport format possible according to the prevailing channel state for
frequently non-selective scheduling. To account for sensitivity of the input SNR the CQI reporting under frequency
non-selective fading conditions is considered to be verified if the reporting accuracy is met for at least one of two SNR
levels separated by an offset of 1 dB.
9.12.1.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.12.1.1-1, Table 9.12.1.1-2 and Table 9.12.1.1-3 using the downlink physical
channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.12.1.1-4 by the following
a) a CQI index not in the set {median CQI -1, median CQI, median CQI +1} shall be reported at least  % of the
time;
CQI index and that obtained when transmitting a fixed transport format configured according to the wideband
CQI median shall be ≥ ;
c) when transmitting the transport format indicated by each reported wideband CQI index, the average BLER for
the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.02.
3GPP
Release 16 1698 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.12.1.1-1: Fading test for slot-PDSCH (FDD)

Transmission mode 4 (ports 0 and 1)
Downlink ρA dB -3
power ρB dB -3
allocation dB 0

SNR (Note 3) dB 1 2 9 10
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -97 -96 -89 -88
or
( j)

Correlation and
High (2 x 2)
CQI delay slots 8
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
CodeBookSubsetRestr
00 0001
iction bitmap
DL TTI length Slot
Configured SPDCCH-
{Set 1}
PRB sets
SPDCCH-PRB set
used for DCI Set 1
transmission
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at slot #n
based on CQI estimation at a downlink slot not later than slot #(n-
4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB
downlink before slot #(n+4).
A.4-1 for Categories 2 or higher with one sided dynamic OCNG
level.
3GPP
Release 16 1699 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.12.1.1-2: Fading test for subslot-PDSCH (FDD)

Downlink ρA dB -3
power ρB dB -3
allocation dB 0

SNR (Note 3) dB 1 2 9 10
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -97 -96 -89 -88
or
( j)

Correlation and
High (2 x 2)
CQI delay subslots 8 or 12 (Note 1)
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
CodeBookSubsetRestr
00 0001
iction bitmap
DL TTI length Subslot
Configured SPDCCH-
{Set 1}
PRB sets
SPDCCH-PRB set
used for DCI Set 1
transmission
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subslot
#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink slot not later than subslot
#(n-k), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB
downlink before subslot #(n+k), where k = 4 for UE capability
ProcessingTimelineSet=set1 and k=6 for UE capability
ProcessingTimelineSet=set2.
level.
Table 9.12.1.1-3: SPDCCH parameters (FDD)
Parameter Unit Set 1

Refence symbol CRS
Number of PRB per SPDCCH-PRB set 16
Transmission type Localized
Number of OFDM symbols 1
Number of PRBs per SPDCCH-PRB set
16
(Note 1)
Rate Matching mode Mode 1
SPDCCH L1 Reuse Indication Not configured
Aggregatoin level SCCE 4
Note 1: PRB = {0, 1, …, 15}.
3GPP
Release 16 1700 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.12.1.1-4: Minimum requirement for slot/subslot-PDSCH (FDD)

 [%] 20 20 20 20
 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05
9.12.1.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.12.1.2-1 and Table 9.12.1.2-2 using the downlink physical channels specified in
Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.12.1.2-3 by the following
time;
the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to 0.02.
3GPP
Release 16 1701 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.12.1.2-1: Fading test for slot-PDSCH (TDD)

Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Downlink ρA dB -3
power ρB dB -3
allocation dB 0

SNR (Note 3) dB 1 2 9 10
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] -97 -96 -89 -88
or
( j)

Correlation and
High (2 x 2)
CQI delay slots 8
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
CodeBookSubsetRestr
00 0001
iction bitmap
DL TTI length Slot
Configured SPDCCH-
{Set 1}
PRB sets
SPDCCH-PRB set
used for DCI Set 1
transmission
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
level.
3GPP
Release 16 1702 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Refence symbol CRS
16
(Note 1)
Note 1: PRB = {0, 1, …, 15}.
Table 9.12.1.2-3: Minimum requirement for slot-PDSCH (FDD)
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] 20 20
 1.05 1.05
9.12.2 CQI reporting under fading conditions (CSI Reference Symbol)
9.12.2.1 FDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.12.2.1-1, Table 9.12.2.1-2, and Table 9.12.2.1-3 using the downlink physical
channels specified in Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.12.2.1-4 by the following
time;
the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to [0.02].
3GPP
Release 16 1703 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.12.2.1-1: Fading test for slot-PDSCH (FDD)

Transmission mode 9
Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB -3

SNR (Note 3) dB [3] [4] [12] [13]
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] [-95] [-94] [-86] [-85]
or
( j)

Correlation and
High (2 x 2)
Antenna ports 0,1
signals
subframe offset 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference
0
CQI delay slots 8
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
CodeBookSubsetRestr
00 0001
iction bitmap
DL TTI length Slot
Configured SPDCCH-
{Set 1}
PRB sets
SPDCCH-PRB set
used for DCI Set 1
transmission
Note 1: For slot-PDSCH, if the UE reports in an available uplink reporting
instance at slot #n based on CQI estimation at a downlink slot not
later than slot #(n-4), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied
at the eNB downlink before slot #(n+4).
level.
3GPP
Release 16 1704 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.12.2.1-2: Fading test for subslot-PDSCH (FDD)

Transmission mode 9
Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB -3

SNR (Note 3) dB [4] [5] [12] [13]
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] [-94] [-93] [-86] [-85]
or
( j)

Correlation and
High (2 x 2)
Antenna ports 0,1
signals
subframe offset 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference
0
CQI delay subslots 8 or 12 (Note 1)
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
CodeBookSubsetRestr
00 0001
iction bitmap
DL TTI length Subslot
Configured SPDCCH-
{Set 1}
PRB sets
SPDCCH-PRB set
used for DCI Set 1
transmission
Note 1: If the UE reports in an available uplink reporting instance at subslot
#n based on CQI estimation at a downlink slot not later than subslot
#(n-k), this reported wideband CQI cannot be applied at the eNB
downlink before subslot #(n+k), where k = 4 for UE capability
ProcessingTimelineSet=set1 and k=6 for UE capability
ProcessingTimelineSet=set2.
level.
3GPP
Release 16 1705 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Refence symbol CRS
16
(Note 1)
Note 1: PRB = {0, 1, …, 15}.
Table 9.12.2.1-4: Minimum requirement for slot/subslot-PDSCH (FDD)

 [%] [20] [20] [20] [20]
 [1.05] [1.05] [1.05] [1.05]
9.12.2.2 TDD
For the parameters specified in Table 9.12.2.2-1and Table 9.12.2.2-2 using the downlink physical channels specified in
Annex C.3.2, the minimum requirements are specified in Table 9.12.2.2-3 by the following
time;
the indicated transport formats shall be greater or equal to [0.02].
3GPP
Release 16 1706 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.12.2.2-1: Fading test for slot-PDSCH (TDD)

Transmission mode 9
Uplink downlink
2
configuration
Special subframe
4
configuration
Downlink ρA dB 0
power ρB dB 0
allocation dB -3

SNR (Note 3) dB [3] [4] [12] [13]
Î ( j)
dB[mW/15kHz] [-95] [-94] [-86] [-85]
or
( j)

Correlation and
High (2 x 2)
Antenna ports 0,1
signals
subframe offset 5/1
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
CSI-RS reference
0
CQI delay Slots [8]
Max number of HARQ
1
transmissions
CodeBookSubsetRestr
00 0001
iction bitmap
DL TTI length Slot
Configured SPDCCH-
{Set 1}
PRB sets
SPDCCH-PRB set
used for DCI Set 1
transmission
ACK/NACK feedback
Multiplexing
mode
level.
3GPP
Release 16 1707 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 9.12.2.2-2: SPDCCH parameters (TDD)

Refence symbol CRS
16
(Note 1)
Note 1: PRB = {0, 1, …, 15}.
Table 9.12.2.2-3: Minimum requirement for slot-PDSCH (TDD)
Test 1 Test 2
 [%] [20] [20]
 [1.05] [1.05]
9.13 CSI reporting for 8Rx UE

9.13.1.2.1 Void
9.13.1.2.2 TDD
The following requirements apply to UE Category 8 and DL Category 14, 17~20, ≥22. For the parameters specified in
table 9.13.1.2.2-1, and using the downlink physical channels specified in tables C.3.2-1 and C.3.2-2, the reported offset
level of the wideband spatial differential CQI for codeword #1 (Table 7.2-2 in TS 36.213 [6]) shall be used to determine
the wideband CQI index for codeword #1 as
3GPP
Release 16 1708 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
equal to 0.1.
Table 9.13.1.2.2-1: PUCCH 1-1 static test 4x8 (TDD)

Bandwidth MHz 10
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0
allocation Pc dB -6
 dB -3
CSI reference signals Antenna ports 15,…, 18
offset 5/ 3
TCSI-RS / ∆CSI-RS
Clause B.1 (4x8 for Rank4)
configuration
SNR (Note 2) dB 4 5 11 12
-94 -93 -87 -86
or
N (ocj) dB[mW/15kHz] -98 -98

PUSCH (Note 3)
reporting
3GPP
Release 16 1709 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
10 Performance requirement (MBMS)
10.1 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 10.1-1 are valid for all FDD tests unless otherwise stated. For the requirements
defined in this section, the difference between CRS EPRE and the MBSFN RS EPRE should be set to 0 dB as the UE
demodulation performance might be different when this condition is not met (e.g. in scenarios where power offsets are
present, such as scenarios when reserved cells are present).
Table 10.1-1: Common Test Parameters (FDD)

Number of HARQ
Processes None
processes
Subcarrier spacing kHz 15 kHz
Allocated subframes per
6 subframes
Radio Frame (Note 1)
Number of OFDM
2
symbols for PDCCH
Cyclic Prefix Extended
Note1: For FDD mode, up to 6 subframes (#1/2/3/6/7/8) are available for MBMS,
in line with TS 36.331.
All tests specified in 10.1 and 10.3 the applicability rules are defined as the following. The requirements in clause 10.3
are applicable to UEs that support FeMBMS. The test case applicability is in according to Table 10.1-2 depending on
set of supported UE capabilities.
Table 10.1-2: FeMBMS PMCH tests applicability
Tests / clause Applicable if UE indicates at least the following capability

FeMBMS support of fembmsMixedCell and unicast-fembmsMixedSCell with
10.3.1
corresponding subcarrier spacing
10.3.2 FeMBMS support of fembmsMixedCell with corresponding subcarrier spacing
10.3.3 FeMBMS support of fembmsDedicatedCell with corresponding subcarrier spacing
For FeMBMS capable UEs, if corresponding tests listed in clause 10.1 or 10.3.1 or 10.3.2 are tested, the test coverage
can be considered fulfilled without executing the corresponding tests listed in clause 10.3.3.
10.1.1 Minimum requirement

The receive characteristic of MBMS is determined by the BLER. The requirement is valid for all RRC states for which
the UE has capabilities for MBMS.
For the parameters specified in Table 10.1-1 and Table 10.1.1-1 and Annex A.3.8.1, the average downlink SNR shall be
below the specified value for the BLER shown in Table 10.1.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1710 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 10.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Table 10.1.1-2: Minimum performance
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value MBMS

number Channel Pattern condition Matrix and BLER SNR(dB) UE
antenna (%) Category
1 10 MHz R.37 FDD OP.4 4.1 ≥1
FDD
2 10 MHz R.38 FDD OP.4 11.0 ≥1
MBSFN
FDD
channel
3 10 MHz R.39 FDD OP.4 20.1 ≥2
model 1x2 low 1
FDD
(Table B.2.6-
5.0MHz R.39-1 FDD OP.4 20.5 1
1)
FDD
4 1.4 MHz R.40 FDD OP.4 6.6 ≥1
FDD
10.2 TDD (Fixed Reference Channel)

The parameters specified in Table 10.2-1 are valid for all TDD tests unless otherwise stated. For the requirements
defined in this section, the difference between CRS EPRE and the MBSFN RS EPRE should be set to 0 dB as the UE
demodulation performance might be different when this condition is not met (e.g. in scenarios where power offsets are
present, such as scenarios when reserved cells are present).
Table 10.2-1: Common Test Parameters (TDD)

Number of HARQ
Processes None
processes
Subcarrier spacing kHz 15 kHz
Allocated subframes per
5 subframes
Radio Frame (Note 1)
Number of OFDM
2
symbols for PDCCH
Cyclic Prefix Extended
Note1: For TDD mode, in line with TS 36.331, Uplink-Downlink Configuration 5 is
proposed, up to 5 subframes (#3/4/7/8/9) are available for MBMS.
10.2.1 Minimum requirement

the UE has capabilities for MBMS.
3GPP
Release 16 1711 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For the parameters specified in Table 10.2-1 and Table 10.2.1-1 and Annex A.3.8.2, the average downlink SNR shall be
below the specified value for the BLER shown in Table 10.2.1-2.
Table 10.2.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Test Bandwidth Reference OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value MBMS

number Channel Pattern condition Matrix and BLER SNR(dB) UE
antenna (%) Category
1 10 MHz R.37 TDD OP.4 3.4 ≥1
TDD
2 10 MHz R.38 TDD OP.4 11.1 ≥1
TDD MBSFN
3a 10 MHz R.39 TDD OP.4 channel 20.1 ≥2
1x2 low 1
TDD model (Table
3b 5MHz R.39-1 TDD OP.4 B.2.6-1) 20.5 1
TDD
4 1.4 MHz R.40 TDD OP.4 5.8 ≥1
TDD
10.3 FDD (Fixed Reference Channel) with FeMBMS

For the requirements defined in this section, the difference between CRS EPRE and the MBSFN RS EPRE should be
set to 0 dB for subcarrier spacing as 15kHz, 3dB for for subcarrier spacing as 7.5kHz and 10.8dB for for subcarrier
spacing as 1.25kHz because the UE demodulation performance might be different when this condition is not met (e.g. in
scenarios where power offsets are present, such as scenarios when reserved cells are present).
10.3.1 Minimum requirement for FeMBMS Unicast-mixed Cell under CA
10.3.1.1 Minimum requirement with 1.25kHz subcarrier spacing

the UE has capabilities for FeMBMS Unicast-mixed Cell under CA.
For the parameters specified in Table 10.3.1.1-1 and Annex A.3.8.1, the average downlink SNR shall be below the
specified value for the BLER shown in Table 10.3.1.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1712 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 10.3.1.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
1
PCell and SCell
Subcarrier spacing for SCell kHz 1.25 kHz
Allocated subframes per Radio
8 subframes
Frame for SCell (Note 2)
0 (MBSFN
Number of OFDM symbols for subframes)
PDCCH for SCell 2 (non-MBSFN
subframes)
Cyclic Prefix for Scell in non-
Extended
MBSFN subframes
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Note 2: For SCell with FDD mode, up to 8 subframes
(#1/2/3/4/6/7/8/9) are available for MBMS, in line with TS
36.331.
Table 10.3.1.1-2: Minimum performance
Test Cell Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlatio Reference value MBMS
numbe h (MHz) e Channel Patter n n Matrix BLE SNR(dB UE
r n condition and R (%) ) Categor
antenna y
1 PCel 10 NA OP.1 NA NA
AWGN 1x2 low NA
l FDD
SCel 10 R.81-1 OP.4A MBSFN [14.1] ≥2
l FDD FDD channel
model 1x2 low 1
(Table
B.2.6.2-1)
AWGN 1x2 low NA
l FDD
SCel 10 R.81-2 OP.4A MBSFN [26.0] ≥2
l FDD FDD channel
model 1x2 low 1
(Table
B.2.6.2-1)

the UE has capabilities for FeMBMS Unicast-mixed Cell under CA.
3GPP
Release 16 1713 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
1
PCell and SCell
Subcarrier spacing for SCell kHz 7.5 kHz
8 subframes
Frame for SCell (Note 2)
0 (MBSFN
PDCCH for SCell 2 (non-MBSFN
subframes)
Cyclic Prefix for Scell in non-
Extended
MBSFN subframes
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Note 2: For SCell with FDD mode, up to 8 subframes
(#1/2/3/4/6/7/8/9) are available for MBMS, in line with TS
36.331.
numbe h (MHz) e Channel Patter n n Matrix BLE SNR(dB UE
r n condition and R (%) ) Categor
antenna y
AWGN 1x2 low NA
l FDD
SCel 10 R.82-1 OP.4A MBSFN [13.9] ≥2
l FDD FDD channel
model 1x2 low 1
(Table
B.2.6.1-1)
10.3.2 Minimum requirement for FeMBMS Unicast-mixed Cell as Non-Serving

Cell

the UE has capabilities for FeMBMS Unicast-mixed Cell as non-serving cell.
3GPP
Release 16 1714 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Subcarrier spacing kHz 1.25 kHz
8 subframes
Frame (Note 2)
0 (MBSFN
PDCCH 2 (non-MBSFN
subframes)
Cyclic Prefix in non-MBSFN
Extended
subframes
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Note 2: For FDD mode, up to 8 subframes (#1/2/3/4/6/7/8/9) are
available for MBMS, in line with TS 36.331.
numbe h (MHz) e Patter n n Matrix BLE SNR(dB UE
r Channel n condition and R (%) ) Categor
antenna y
1 PCell 10 NA OP.1 NA NA
AWGN 1x2 low NA
FDD
FeMBM 10 R.81-1 OP.4A [14.1] ≥2
S FDD FDD
MBSFN
Unicast-
channel
mixed
model 1x2 low 1
Cell as
(Table
non-
B.2.6.2-1)
serving
cell
AWGN 1x2 low NA
FDD
FeMBM 10 R.81-2 OP.4A [26.0] ≥2
S FDD FDD
MBSFN
Unicast-
channel
mixed
model 1x2 low 1
Cell as
(Table
non-
B.2.6.2-1)
serving
cell

the UE has capabilities for enhanced FeMBMS Unicast-mixed Cell as non-serving cell.
3GPP
Release 16 1715 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
Subcarrier spacing kHz 7.5 kHz
8 subframes
Frame (Note 2)
0 (MBSFN
PDCCH 2 (non-MBSFN
subframes)
Cyclic Prefix in non-MBSFN
Extended
subframes
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Note 2: For FDD mode, up to 8 subframes (#1/2/3/4/6/7/8/9) are
available for MBMS, in line with TS 36.331.
Test Cell Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagation Correlation Reference value MBMS
numbe h (MHz) e Channel Pattern condition Matrix and BLE SNR(dB) UE
r antenna R (%) Category
AWGN 1x2 low NA
FDD
FeMBMS 10 R.82-1 OP.4A [13.9] ≥2
Unicast- FDD FDD MBSFN
mixed channel
Cell as model 1x2 low 1
non- (Table
serving B.2.6.1-1)
cell
10.3.3 Minimum requirement for MBMS Dedicated cell

the UE has capabilities for MBMS Dedicated Cell.
3GPP
Release 16 1716 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 10.3.3.1-1: Test Parameters for Testing MBMS Dedicated Cell
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
N oc at antenna port dBm/1.25kHz -98
1
PCell
Subcarrier spacing for MBMS kHz 1.25 kHz
Dedicated Cell
Frame for MBMS Dedicated Cell 10 subframes
(Note 2)
0 (MBSFN
subframes)
PDCCH for MBMS Dedicated
2 (non-MBSFN
Cell
subframes)
Cyclic Prefix for CAS in MBMS
Extended
Dedicated Cell
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Note 2: All subframes are MBSFN subframes except CAS
Table 10.3.3.1-2: Minimum performance for MBMS dedicated Cell
Test Cell Bandwidt Referenc OCNG Propagatio Correlatio Reference MBMS

numbe h (MHz) e Patter n n Matrix value UE
r Channel n condition and BLE SNR(dB Categor
antenna R (%) ) y
AWGN 1x2 low NA
FDD
MBMS 10 R.83-1 NA MBSFN [14.1] ≥2
Dedicate FDD channel
d Cell model 1x2 low 1
(Table
B.2.6.2-1)
AWGN 1x2 low NA
FDD
MBMS 10 R.83-2 NA MBSFN [26.0] ≥2
(Table
B.2.6.2-1)

3GPP
Release 16 1717 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
1
PCell
Subcarrier spacing for MBMS kHz 7.5 kHz
Dedicated Cell
(Note 2)
0 (MBSFN
subframes)
2 (non-MBSFN
Cell
subframes)
Cyclic Prefix for CAS in MBMS
Extended
Dedicated Cell
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Note 2: All subframes are MBSFN subframes except CAS

antenna R (%) ) y
AWGN 1x2 low NA
FDD
MBMS 10 R.84-1 NA MBSFN [13.9] ≥2
(Table
B.2.6.1-1)
10.3.3.3 Minimum requirement with 15kHz subcarrier spacing

3GPP
Release 16 1718 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
ρB dB 0 (Note 1)
allocation
 dB 0
1
PCell
Subcarrier spacing for MBMS kHz 15 kHz
Dedicated Cell
(Note 2)
0 (MBSFN
subframes)
2 (non-MBSFN
Cell
subframes)
Cyclic Prefix for MBMS
Extended
Dedicated Cell
Note 1:
PB=0 .
Note 2: All subframes are MBSFN subframes

antenna R (%) ) y
AWGN 1x2 low NA
FDD
MBMS 3 R.85-1 NA MBSFN [7.0] ≥2
(Table
B.2.6.1-1)
AWGN 1x2 low NA
FDD
MBMS 5 R.85-2 NA MBSFN [13.5] ≥2
(Table
B.2.6.1-1)
AWGN 1x2 low NA
FDD
MBMS 10 R.85-3 NA MBSFN [22.3] ≥2
(Table
B.2.6.1-1)
3GPP
Release 16 1719 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
11 Performance requirement (ProSe Direct Discovery)

This clause contains the performance requirements for the Sidelink physical channels specified for ProSe Direct
Discovery.
11.1 General

The requirements in this clause are applicable to UEs that support ProSe Direct Discovery. The test case applicability is
in according to table 11.1.1-1 depending on set of supported UE capabilities.
Table 11.1.1-1: ProSe Direct Discovery test applicability
FDD/TDD Tests / clause Applicable if UE indicates at least the following capability

11.2.1 ProSe Direct Discovery without support of disc-SLSS-r12
ProSe Direct Discovery with support of discPeriodicSLSS-r13 and
11.2.3
ProSe Direct Communication
FDD
11.3.1 ProSe Direct Discovery
11.4.1 ProSe Direct Discovery with support of disc-SLSS-r12
TDD 11.3.2 ProSe Direct Discovery
For maximum Sidelink Processes test specified in clause 11.5, the UE is required to only meet the test for the maximum
channel bandwidth over the ProSe operating bands supported by the UE. Test case 11.2.3 for 5MHz channel bandwidth
is applicable to UEs that support ProSe Direct Communication on Band 31 only.
11.1.2 Reference DRX configuration

Table 11.1.2-1: Reference DRX configuration
Parameter Value Comments

onDurationTimer psf1
drx-InactivityTimer psf1
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf1
longDRX-CycleStartOffset sf2560, 0
shortDRX disabled
NOTE 1: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 36.331.
11.2 Demodulation of PSDCH (single link performance)

The purpose of the requirements in this subclause is to verify the PSDCH demodulation performance with a single
active PSDCH link under different operating scenarios and channel conditions.
The active cell(s), when present, are specified in the test parameters specific to the test.
3GPP
Release 16 1720 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
11.2.1 FDD (in-coverage)

The minimum requirements are specified in Table 11.2.1-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 11.2.1-1. The
receiver UE under test is associated with Cell 1.
Table 11.2.1-1: Test Parameters

As specified in Table A.7.1.1-1
Discovery resource pool configuration
(Configuration #1-FDD)
DRX configuration As specified in Table 11.1.2-1
N oc at antenna port (NOTE 3) dBm/15kHz -98
Active cell(s) Cell 1 (Serving cell)
Cell ID 0
Downlink ρA dB 0
Cell 1 allocation dB 0

OCNG Pattern (NOTE 2) OP.1 FDD
Propagation channel AWGN
RSRP dBm/15kHz -92
Active Sidelink UE(s) Sidelink UE 1
Sidelink Transmissions PSDCH
PRB pairs {2i..2i+1}, where i is chosen randomly
PSDCH RB allocation
uniformly from [0,11] in each discovery period.
Time offset (NOTE 4) s +1
Sidelink UE 1
Frequency offset (NOTE
Hz +200
5)
Propagation Channel EPA5
Antenna configuration 1x2 Low
NOTE 1:
PB=0 .
NOTE 2: OCNG is used to fully allocate the available resource blocks to virtual UEs.
NOTE 3: Applicable to both DL channel and ProSe Direct Discovery Subframes on UL.
NOTE 4: Time offset of Sidelink UE receive signal with respect to Cell 1 downlink timing at the tested UE.
NOTE 5: Frequency offset of Sidelink UE with respect to Cell 1 uplink frequency.
Sidelink Reference Reference value

Test num. Band-width
UE channel BLER of PSDCH (%) SNR (dB)
1 1 5 MHz D.1 FDD 30 4.6
11.2.2 TDD (in-coverage)

receiver UE under test is associated with Cell 1.
3GPP
Release 16 1721 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

(Configuration #1-TDD)
Uplink downlink
0
configuration (NOTE 3)
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Cell 1 Downlink ρA dB 0
allocation dB 0

OCNG Pattern NOTE 2 OP.1 TDD
RSRP dBm/15kHz -92
Active Sidelink UE(s) Sidelink UE 1
RB allocation
Sidelink UE 1
Hz +200
7)
NOTE 1:
PB=0 .
NOTE 3: As specified in Table 4.2-2 in TS 36.211 [4].
NOTE 5: Applicable to both DL subframes and UL subframes configured for ProSe Direct Discovery.
Reference value
Test num. Sidelink UE Band-width Reference channel
BLER of PSDCH (%) SNR (dB)
1 1 5 MHz D.1 TDD 30 4.6
11.2.3 FDD (out-of-coverage)

receiver UE under test is out of network coverage.
3GPP
Release 16 1722 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Resource pool configuration
Active cell(s) None
Active Sidelink UE(s) Sidelink UEs 1, 2
Sidelink Transmissions SLSS + PSBCH
networkControlledSyncTx ON
slssid 30
inCoverage (in MIB-SL) TRUE
Set same as syncOffsetIndicator1 in Configuration
Sidelink UE 1 syncOffsetIndicator
#4-FDD
Es at antenna port
dBm/15kHz -82

PSDCH RB allocation uniformly from [0,11] (for 5MHz) or [0,24] (for
10MHz) in each discovery period.
Sidelink UE 2
Time offset (Note 1) s +1
Frequency offset (Note 2) Hz +200
NOTE 1: Time offset of Sidelink UE 2 receive signal timing with respect to Sidelink UE 1 receive signal timing at the
tested UE.
NOTE 2: Frequency offset of Sidelink UE 2 with respect to Sidelink UE 1 transmit frequency.
Reference value
Test number Sidelink UE Band-width Reference channel
BLER of PSDCH (%) SNR (dB)
5 MHz
1 1 D.1 FDD 30 4.6
10 MHz
11.3 Power imbalance performance with two links

The purpose of this test is to check the demodulation performance when receiving PSDCH transmissions from two
Sidelink UEs with power imbalance in one subframe.
11.3.1 FDD
receiver UE under test is associated with Cell 1. The Sidelink UE 1 and 2 are synchronized to Cell 1 and transmit
PSDCH on adjacent RBs.
3GPP
Release 16 1723 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Cell ID 0
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
Cell 1  dB 0
OCNG Pattern (NOTE 2) OP.1 FDD
RSRP dBm/15kHz -92
Active Sidelink UE(s) Sidelink UE 1, Sidelink UE 2
PSDCH RB allocation PRB pairs {4..5}
Time offset (NOTE 3) s 0
Sidelink UE 1
Frequency offset (NOTE 4) Hz 0
Propagation Channel AWGN
Time offset (w.r.t. Cell 1 DL) s 0
Sidelink UE 2 Frequency offset (w.r.t. Cell
Hz 0
1 UL)
NOTE 1:
PB=0 .
Test Band Reference value

Sidelin Referenc
num - BLER of PSDCH
k UE e channel SNR (dB)
. width (%)
5 1 D.1 FDD (NOTE 1) 24.3
1
MHz 2 D.1 FDD 30 6.9
NOTE 1: There is no BLER requirement for Sidelink UE 1.
11.3.2 TDD
receiver UE under test is associated with Cell 1. The Sidelink UE 1 and 2 are synchronized to Cell 1 and transmit
PSDCH on adjacent RBs.
3GPP
Release 16 1724 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Uplink downlink
0
Special subframe
4
Cell ID 0
Cell 1 Downlink ρA dB 0
allocation dB 0

RSRP dBm/15kHz -92
Sidelink UE 1 Frequency offset (NOTE
Hz 0
7)
RB allocation PRB pairs {6..7}
Sidelink UE 2 Frequency offset (NOTE
Hz 0
7)
NOTE 1:
PB=0 .
NOTE 5: Applicable to both DL subframes and UL subframes configured for ProSe Direct Discovery.
Test Band Reference value

Sidelin Referenc
num - BLER of PSDCH
k UE e channel SNR (dB)
. width (%)
5 1 D.1 TDD (NOTE 1) 24.3
1
MHz 2 D.1 TDD 30 6.9
NOTE 1: There is no BLER requirement for Sidelink UE 1.
3GPP
Release 16 1725 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
11.4 Multiple timing reference test

The purpose of this test is to check the demodulation performance when receiving from two Sidelink UEs that follow
different timing references and transmitting on different resources (non-overlapping in time).
11.4.1 FDD
The test parameters are specified in Table 11.4.1-1. Sidelink UE 2 and the receiver UE under test are associated with
Cell 1. Sidelink UE 1 and 3 are associated with another cell and use a different timing, and UE 1 acts as a
synchronization reference. The minimum requirements are specified in Table 11.4.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1726 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Cell ID 0
Downlink ρA dB 0
Cell 1 allocation dB 0

OCNG Pattern NOTE 2
OP.1 FDD
RSRP dBm/15kHz -92
Active Sidelink UE(s) Sidelink UEs 1, 2, 3
Sidelink Transmissions SLSS
slssid 30
Hz -100
Sidelink UE 1 5)
Es of SLSS at antenna dBm/15kHz -82

port
Resource pool used for
discRxPool(0)
transmissions
RB allocation
Sidelink UE 2
Hz +200
5)
Resource pool used for
discRxPool(1)
transmissions
RB allocation
Sidelink UE 3
Hz +300
5)
NOTE 1:
PB=0 .
3GPP
Release 16 1727 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Reference value
Test num. Band-width Sidelink UE Reference channel
BLER of PSDCH (%)NOTE 1 SNR (dB)
2 D.1 FDD 30 4.6
1 5 MHz
3 D.1 FDD 30 4.6
NOTE 1: The BLER is measured after 5 D2D Discovery periods (1600 frames) of lead time during which the test UE
detects and synchronizes to Sidelink UE 1 SLSS.
11.5 Maximum Sidelink processes test

The purpose of this test is to verify the maximum number of Sidelink processes supported by the UE as reported using
UE capability signalling (discSupportedProc).
The UE is required to meet only the test for the maximum channel bandwidth over the ProSe operating bands supported
by the UE.
11.5.1 FDD
The test parameters are specified in Table 11.5.1-1. Multiple discovery resource pools are interleaved. Each Sidelink
UE transmits in one of the resource pools with 3 retransmissions. The minimum requirements are specified in Table
11.5.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1728 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Discovery resource pool configuration with parameters BWChannel, NPools = Number of configured
resource pools (as specified in Table 11.5.1-2), and N =
discSupportedProc
Cell ID 0
Downlink ρA dB 0
allocation dB 0
Cell 1 
OCNG Pattern NOTE 2 OP.1 FDD
Propagation channel
RSRP dBm/15kHz -85
Active Sidelink UE(s) Sidelink UE i, i = 0, …, discSupportedProc-1
Sidelink
PSDCH (D.1 FDD)
Transmissions
Resource pool index

(
NOTE 3)
PSDCH RB allocation
⌊ ⌋ i
N MAX
SF
Sidelink UE i PRB pairs {2*(i % NMAX_SF), 2*(i % NMAX_SF)+1}

(NOTE 3)
Frequency offset
Hz 0
(NOTE 4)
Propagation Channel
NOTE 1: B P =0
.
NOTE 2: OCNG is used to fully allocate the available resource blocks to virtual UEs..
NOTE 3: NMAX_SF represents the maximum number of Sidelink UEs transmitting in one subframe. NMAX_SF = 12 (5
MHz), 25 (10MHz), 37 (15MHz), 50 (10MHz).
3GPP
Release 16 1729 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Reference value
Number of
for Sidelink UE i=0…
configured
Ês at discSupportedProc-1
Test
Bandwidth discSupportedProc
num. antenna port
resource (dBm/15kHz) Fraction of maximum throughput (%)
pools
1 5 MHz 50 5 -85 95
2 10 MHz 50 2 -85 95
3 15 MHz 50 2 -85 95
4 20 MHz 50 1 -85 95
5 10 MHz 400 16 -85 95
6 15 MHz 400 11 -85 95
7 20 MHz 400 8 -85 95
11.5.2 TDD
The test parameters are specified in Table 11.5.2-1. Multiple discovery resource pools are interleaved. Each Sidelink
UE transmits in one of the resource pools with 3 retransmissions. The minimum requirements are specified in Table
11.5.2-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1730 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Discovery resource pool configuration with parameters BWChannel, NPools = Number of configured
resource pools (as specified in Table 11.5.2-2), and N =
discSupportedProc
Uplink downlink
configuration (NOTE 0
3)
Special subframe
configuration (NOTE 4
4)
Cell ID 0
Cell 1 ρA dB 0
Downlink
allocation dB 0

Propagation channel
RSRP dBm/15kHz -85
Active Sidelink UE(s) Sidelink UE i, i = 0, …, discSupportedProc-1
Sidelink
PSDCH (D.1 TDD)
Transmissions
PSDCH Resource
pool (NOTE 5)
PSDCH RB allocation
⌊ ⌋ i
N MAX SF
Sidelink UE i PRB pairs {2*(i % NMAX_SF),2*(i % NMAX_SF)+1}
(NOTE 5)
Frequency offset
Hz 0
(NOTE 7)
Propagation Channel
NOTE 1:
PB=0 .
NOTE 5: NMAX_SF represents the maximum number of Sidelink UEs transmitting in one subframe. NMAX_SF = 12 (5
MHz), 25 (10MHz), 37 (15MHz), 50 (10MHz).
3GPP
Release 16 1731 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Number of Reference value

Ês
at
Test configured Fraction of maximum throughput (%)
Bandwidth discSupportedProc antenna
num. for Sidelink UE i=0…
resource port
(dBm/15kHz discSupportedProc-1
pools
1 5 MHz 50 5 -85 95
2 10 MHz 50 2 -85 95
3 15 MHz 50 2 -85 95
4 20 MHz 50 1 -85 95
5 10 MHz 400 16 -85 95
6 15 MHz 400 11 -85 95
7 20 MHz 400 8 -85 95
12 Performance requirement (ProSe Direct

Communication)
This clause contains the performance requirements for the Sidelink physical channels specified for ProSe Direct
Communication in TS 36.211 [4].
12.1 General

The requirements in this clause are applicable to UEs that support ProSe Direct Communication. Test cases defined for
5MHz channel bandwidth are applicable to UEs that support ProSe Direct Communication on only Band 31.
12.1.1.2 Test coverage for different number of component carriers

For FDD tests specified in 12.8, if corresponding CA tests are tested, the test coverage can be considered fulfilled
without executing single carrier tests.
combination sets
The performance requirement for CA UE demodulation tests with active Sidelink in Clause 12 are defined independent
of CA configurations and bandwidth combination sets specified in Clause 5.6A.1. For UEs supporting different CA
configurations and bandwidth combination sets, the applicability and test rules are defined in Table 12.1.1.3-1. For
simplicity, CA configuration below refers to combination of CA configuration and bandwidth combination set.
3GPP
Release 16 1732 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 12.1.1.3-1: Applicability and test rules for CA UE demodulation tests with active Sidelink

Any one of the
supported CA
CA tests with capabilities with
FDD CA configurations Largest aggregated CA
2CCs in Clause largest
12.8 aggregated CA
bandwidth
combination
12.1.2 Reference DRX configuration

Table 12.1.2-1: Reference DRX configuration
Parameter Value Comments

onDurationTimer psf1
drx-InactivityTimer psf1
drx-RetransmissionTimer psf1
longDRX-CycleStartOffset sf2560, 0
shortDRX disabled
NOTE 1: For further information see clause 6.3.2 in TS 36.331.
12.2 Demodulation of PSSCH

The purpose of the requirements in this subclause is to verify the PSSCH demodulation performance with a single
active PSSCH link.
12.2.1 FDD
The minimum requirements are specified in Table 12.2.1-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 12.2.1-1. This
test specifies an out-of-coverge scenario where Sidelink UE 1 is the synchronization reference only and Sidelink UE 2
transmits PSCCH and PSSCH.
3GPP
Release 16 1733 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Communication resource pool As specified in Table A.7.2.1-1
configuration (Configuration #1-FDD)
N oc at antenna port (NOTE 1) dBm/
-98
15kHz
Active cell(s) None
Sidelink
SLSS + PSBCH
Transmissions
networkControlledSyn
ON
cTx
slssid 30
inCoverage (in MIB-
Sidelink UE 1 FALSE
SL)
syncOffsetIndicator Set same as syncOffsetIndicator1 in Configuration #1-FDD
Es at antenna port
dBm/
15kHz
-85
Sidelink
PSCCH + PSSCH
Transmissions
5MHz: CC.3 FDD
PSCCH RMC
10 MHz: CC.4 FDD
PSCCH subframe
allocation As defined by TS 36.213 with
n PSCCH chosen randomly
PSCCH RB allocation (uniformly) in ⌊ PSCCH RP
[ 0 , M RB ⌋
/ 2 LPSCCH −1 ]
every sc-period
Es of PSCCH at
dBm/
-85
15kHz
antenna port
Sidelink UE 2 PSSCH RMC As specificied in Table 12.2.1-2
PSSCH subframe
As per time repetition pattern specified in PSCCH
allocation
First transmission: Chosen randomly (uniformly) among the
allowed RBs as per TS36.213
PSSCH RB allocation
HARQ retransmission: As per frequency hopping indicated in
PSCCH and specified in TS36.213
Frequency offset
Hz +200
(NOTE 3)
Propagation Channel EVA70
NOTE 1: Applicable to both DL channel and ProSe Direct Communication Subframes on UL.
tested UE.
PSSCH Reference value

Test Sidelink Band-
Reference Fraction of maximum
num. UE width SNR (dB) of PSSCH
channel
throughput (%) (NOTE 1)
10 MHz 70 -3.4
1 2 CD.1 FDD
5 MHz 70 -3.3
NOTE 1: The throughput is measured after 40 radio frames of lead time during which the test UE detects
and synchronizes to Sidelink UE 1.
3GPP
Release 16 1734 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
12.3 Demodulation of PSCCH

The purpose of the requirements in this subclause is to verify the PSCCH demodulation performance with a single
active PSSCH link.
12.3.1 FDD
The minimum requirements are specified in Table 12.3.1-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 12.3.1-1. This
test specifies an out-of-coverage scenario where Sidelink UE 1 is the synchronization reference only and Sidelink UE 2
transmits PSCCH and PSSCH.

Communication resource pool As specified in Table A.7.2.1-1
configuration (Configuration #1-FDD)
N oc at antenna port (NOTE 1) dBm/
-98
15kHz
Active cell(s) None
Sidelink
SLSS + PSBCH
Transmissions
networkControlledSyn
ON
cTx
slssid 30
inCoverage (in MIB-
Sidelink UE 1 FALSE
SL)
syncOffsetIndicator Set same as syncOffsetIndicator1 in Configuration #1-FDD
Es at antenna port
dBm/
15kHz
-85
Sidelink
PSCCH + PSSCH
Transmissions
PSCCH RMC As specified in Table 12.3.1-2
PSCCH subframe
allocation As defined by TS 36.213 with
n PSCCH chosen randomly
PSCCH RB allocation (uniformly) in ⌊ PSCCH RP
[ 0 , M RB ⌋
/ 2 LPSCCH −1 ]
every sc-period
PSSCH RMC CD.1 FDD
PSSCH subframe
As per time repetition pattern specified in PSCCH
Sidelink UE 2 allocation
First transmission: Chosen randomly (uniformly) among the
allowed RBs as per TS36.213
PSSCH RB allocation
HARQ retransmission: As per frequency hopping indicated in
PSCCH and specified in TS36.213
Frequency offset
Hz +200
(NOTE 3)
tested UE.
3GPP
Release 16 1735 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
PSCCH Reference value

Test Sidelin Band-
Reference Probability of missed PSCCH SNR (dB) of
num. k UE width
channel (%) (NOTE 1) PSCCH
10 MHz CC.4 FDD 1 4.7
1 2
5 MHz CC.3 FDD 1 4.8
NOTE 1: The probability is measured after 40 radio frames of lead time during which the test UE detects
12.4 Demodulation of PSBCH

The purpose of the requirements in this subclause is to verify the PSBCH demodulation performance with a single
active link.
12.4.1 FDD
The minimum requirements are specified in Table 12.4.1-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 12.4.1-1.

Communication resource pool configuration
Active cell(s) None
Sidelink Transmissions SLSS + PSBCH (CP.1 FDD)
slssid 30
inCoverage (in MIB-SL) FALSE
Sidelink UE 1
Set same as syncOffsetIndicator1
syncOffsetIndicator
in Configuration #1-FDD
Test Reference value

Sidelink Band- Reference
num Probability of missed
UE width channel SNR (dB)
. PSBCH (%) (NOTE 1)
10 MHz PSBCH
1 1 1 4.4
5 MHz (CP.1 FDD)
NOTE 1: The probability is measured after 40 radio frames of lead time during which the test UE detects

The purpose of this test is to check the demodulation performance when receiving PSSCH transmissions from two
3GPP
Release 16 1736 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
12.5.1 FDD
The test parameters in Table 12.5.1-1 specifies an in-coverage scenario where Sidelink UE 1 and 2 are synchronized to
Cell 1 and transmit PSSCH on adjacent RBs. The minimum requirements are specified in Table 12.5.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1737 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

N oc at antenna port (Note 3) dBm/15kHz -98
Cell ID 0
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
Cell 1  dB 0
OCNG Pattern (Note 2) OP.1 FDD
RSRP dBm/15kHz -92
Sidelink Transmissions PSCCH + PSSCH
5 MHz: CC.1 FDD
PSCCH RMC
10 MHz: CC.2 FDD
PSCCH subframe allocation
PSCCH RB allocation
n PSCCH =0 (as defined in TS 36.213)
Es of PSCCH at antenna dBm/15kHz -85

Sidelink UE 1 port
PSSCH RMC As specified in Table 12.5.1-2
PSSCH subframe allocation As per time repetition pattern specified in PSCCH
PSSCH RB allocation PRB pairs {4, 5}
5 MHz: CC.1 FDD
PSCCH RMC
10 MHz: CC.2 FDD
PSCCH RB allocation
n PSCCH =2 (as defined in TS 36.213)

Sidelink UE 2 port
PSSCH RB allocation PRB pairs {6, 7}
NOTE 1:
PB=0 .
NOTE 4: The power of PSCCH is set high to ensure reliable reception of PSCCH.
3GPP
Release 16 1738 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Reference value
Test Band- Sidelink PSSCH Reference
Fraction of maximum SNR (dB) of
num. width UE channel
throughput (%) PSSCH
5 / 10 1 CD.5 FDD (NOTE 1) 24.35
1
MHz 2 CD.5 FDD 70 2.4
NOTE 1: There is no throughput requirement for Sidelink UE 1.
12.6 Multiple timing reference test

The puporse of this test is to check the PSSCH demodulation performance when receiving from two Sidelink UEs that
follow different timing references and transmitting on different resources (non-overalapping in time).
12.6.1 FDD
The test parameters are specified in Table 12.6.1-1. Sidelink UE 2 and the receiver UE under test are associated with
Cell 1. Sidelink UE 1 and Sidelink UE 3 are associated with another cell and use a different timing, and Sidelink UE 1
acts as a synchronization reference only. The minimum requirements are specified in Table 12.6.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1739 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
3GPP
Release 16 1740 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

N oc at antenna port (Note 3) dBm/15kHz -98
Cell ID 0
ρA dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
ρB dB 0 (NOTE 1)
Cell 1  dB 0
OCNG Pattern NOTE 2 OP.1 FDD
RSRP dBm/15kHz -92
Active Sidelink UE(s) Sidelink UE 1, Sidelink UE 2, Sidelink UE 3
Sidelink Transmissions SLSS + PSBCH
slssid 30
inCoverage (in MIB-SL) TRUE
Set same as syncOffsetIndicator in Configuration
syncOffsetIndicator
#3-FDD
Sidelink UE 1
Time offset (NOTE 5) ms +12.51 ms
Frequency offset (NOTE 6) Hz -100 Hz

Es at antenna port
dBm/15kHz -85

Resource pool commRxPool(0)
5MHz: CC.1 FDD
PSCCH RMC 10 MHz: CC.2 FDD
(NOTE 5)
PSCCH subframe allocation n

As defined by TS 36.213 with PSCCH chosen
randomly (uniformly) in
PSCCH RB allocation
[0, M RB
PSCCH _ RP
/ 2 LPSCCH  1] every sc-period

Sidelink UE 2
port
First transmission: Chosen randomly (uniformly)
among the allowed RBs as per TS36.213
PSSCH RB allocation
HARQ retransmission: As per frequency hopping
indicated in PSCCH and specified in TS36.213
Time offset (NOTE 4, 5) PSCCH: +1sPSSCH: +1s – 288Ts
Frequency offset (NOTE 6) Hz +200
Sidelink UE 3 Sidelink Transmissions PSCCH + PSSCH
Resource pool commRxPool(1)
5MHz: CC.5 FDD
PSCCH RMC
10 MHz: CC.6 FDD
PSCCH RB allocation
n PSCCH
As defined by TS 36.213 with chosen
3GPP
Release 16 1741 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
randomly (uniformly) in
 [0, M PSCCH _ RP
/ 2 LPSCCH  1]
Es of PSCCH at antenna dBm/15kHz
RB
-85
every sc-period
port
First transmission: Chosen randomly (uniformly)
among the allowed RBs as per TS36.213
PSSCH RB allocation
HARQ retransmission: As per frequency hopping
indicated in PSCCH and specified in TS36.213
Time offset (NOTE 5) ms +12.509
Frequency offset (NOTE 6) Hz +300
NOTE 1: PB  0 .
NOTE 4: Timing advance indication in PSSCH is set as 18 (=288Ts) in this test. PSSCH timing is advanced with
respect to PSCCH timing by the quantity (i.e., PSSCH timing shall be +1s – 288Ts in this test).
PSSCH Reference value

Test Band- Sidelink
Reference Fraction of maximum throughput (%)
num. width UE SNR (dB)
channel (NOTE 1)
2 CD.4 FDD 70 3.0
10 MHz
3 CD.2 FDD 70 2.8
1
2 CD.3 FDD 70 2.9
5 MHz
3 CD.2 FDD 70 2.8
NOTE 1: The throughput is measured after 40 radio frames of lead time during which the test UE detects and
synchronizes to Sidelink UE 1.
12.7 Maximum Sidelink processes test

The purpose of this test is to verify the maximum number of Sidelink processes and the maximum number of bits per
TTI supported by the UE.
12.7.1 FDD
The test parameters are specified in Table 12.7.1-1. Multiple communication resource pools are interleaved. Each active
Sidelink UE transmits in one of the resource pools with 3 retransmissions. The minimum requirements are specified in
Table 12.7.1-2.
3GPP
Release 16 1742 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Cell ID 0
A dB 0
Downlink power
allocation
B dB 0 (NOTE 1)
Cell 1  dB 0
Propagation channel
RSRP dBm/15kHz -85
Active Sidelink UE(s) Sidelink UE i, 0 ≤ i ≤ 15
i 
Resource pool 8 
commRxPool(   )
5MHz: CC.1 FDD with ITRP=i%8 (NOTE 3)
PSCCH RMC
10 MHz: CC.2 FDD with ITRP= i%8 (NOTE 3)

Sidelink UE i,
n PSCCH
As defined by TS 36.213 with =i
PSCCH RB allocation
0 ≤ i ≤ 15
PSSCH RB allocation Fully allocated
Propagation Channel
NOTE 1: PB  0 .
NOTE 3: For NTRP = 8 (FDD) and trpt-Subset = 001, ITRP = 0 corresponds to a time repetition pattern of
(1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0), ITRP = 1 corresponds to a time repetition pattern of (0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0), etc.
Reference value
Ês at
PSCCH for Sidelink UE i=0…15
Test
Bandwidt antenna
num Reference
h port
. Fraction of maximum throughput (%)
(dBm/15kHz
channel
)
10 MHz CD.7 FDD -85 95
1
5 MHz CD.6 FDD -85 95
3GPP
Release 16 1743 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
12.8 Sustained downlink data rate with active Sidelink

The purpose of this test is to verify the downlink data rate is not impacted when Sidelink resource are also configured.
The test parameters are in Table 12.8.1-1. Cell 1 is the serving cell and UE 1 and UE 2 are transmitters of Prose Direct
Communication. The test UE is expected to receive all PDSCH transmissions, and prioritize the transmission of
ACK/NACK over the reception of UE 2’s PSSCH.
The test cases apply to UE categories and bandwidth combinations with maximum aggregated bandwidth as specified in
Table 12.8.1-2. The minimum requirements are specified in Table 12.8.1-3. The TB success rate in the cellular link
shall be sustained during at least 300 frames.
Table 12.8.1-1: Test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (FDD 64QAM) with active Sidelink
Parameter Unit Test 1, 2, 3A, 3B, 4A, 6C

Communication resource pool configuration Note 5
Cell 1 (PCell)
Active cell(s)
Cell 2 (SCell) for Test 3B, 4A, 6C
As specified in clause 8.7.1: Table 8.7.1-1 and
Cell 1 Test parameters
Test 1, 2, 3A , 3B, 4A, 6C in Table 8.7.1-2
PSCCH RMC 10 MHz: CC.2 FDD with ITRP=0 (NOTE 1)

n PSCCH
As defined by TS 36.213 with =0
PSCCH RB allocation
PSSCH RMC 10 MHz: CD.7 FDD
Sidelink UE 1 PSSCH RB allocation Fully allocated
Propagation Channel

Es dBm/15kHz -85
at antenna port
Sidelink Transmissions PSCCH (NOTE 2)
PSCCH RMC 10 MHz: CC.2 FDD with ITRP=1 (NOTE 1)
n
PSCCH RB allocation As defined by TS 36.213 with PSCCH = 1
Sidelink UE 2 Frequency offset (NOTE 4) Hz 0
Propagation Channel

Es at antenna port
dBm/15kHz -85
NOTE 1: For NTRP = 8 (FDD) and trpt-Subset = 001, ITRP = 0 corresponds to a time repetition pattern of
(1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0), ITRP = 1 corresponds to a time repetition pattern of (0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0).
NOTE 2: Sidelink UE 2 transmits PSCCH but not PSSCH.
NOTE 5: Sidelink Communication resources are configured on the primary serving cell.
3GPP
Release 16 1744 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 12.8.1-2: Test cases for sustained data rate
Maximum
supported Cat 11, 12
CA Bandwidth/
Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 4 Cat. 6,7 Cat. 9,10 DL Cat. 15
combination 11,12
(MHz)
Single 3A
10 1 2 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A
carrier
CA 10+10 - - 3B 4A 4A 4A 4A 4A
with
2CCs
10+20 - - 3B 4A 6C 6C 6C 6C
(Note1
)
NOTE 1: Sidelink operation is configured on PCC
Table 12.8.1-3: Minimum requirements (FDD 64QAM) with active Sidelink
Test Bandwidth (MHz) Number of bits of a Measurement Reference value

DL-SCH transport channel PDSCH TB success rate (%)
block received
within a TTI
1 10 10296 R.31-1 FDD (NOTE 95
2)
2 10 25456 R.31-2 FDD (NOTE 95
2)
3A 10 36696 (NOTE 1) R.31-3A FDD (NOTE 85
2)
R.31-2 FDD (NOTE
3B 10+10 25456 95
2)
R.31-4 FDD (NOTE
4A 10+10 75376 (NOTE 3) 85
2)
36696 (NOTE 1) for R.31-3A FDD for
10MHz CC 10MHz CC
6C 10+20 85
75376 (NOTE 3) for R.31-4 FDD for
20MHz CC 20MHz CC
NOTE 1: 35160 bits for sub-frame 5.
NOTE 2: PDSCH scheduling pattern is changed as per the following bitmap that repeats every 40ms, and applies to
all the serving cells..
PDSCH scheduling subframe bitmap = {01110111 11110111 11110111 11110111 11111110}.
13 Void
14 Performance requirement (V2X Sidelink

Communication)
This clause contains the performance requirements for the sidelink physical channels specified for V2X Sidelink
Communication.
3GPP
Release 16 1745 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
14.1 General

The requirements in this clause are applicable to UEs that support V2X sidelink communication using Band 47.
When GNSS or GNSS-equivalent synchronization source is used, the reference GNSS signal power is as specified in
Table B.6.1-1 in TS 36.133.
The test case applicability is in according to Table 14.1.1-1.
Table 14.1.1-1: V2X test applicability
Tests / clause Applicable if UE supports the following capability

14.2
UE supporting V2X sidelink
14.3
If the SL-C-RX Category 4 UE passes 14.11 Test 1 or 2, then the test coverage
14.4
can be considered fulfilled without executing 14.8 Test 1.
14.8 Test 1
14.5 UE with support of slss-TxRx-r14 [7]
14.6
UE supporting concurrent operation band for V2X and E-UTRA
14.9
14.7 UE not supporting concurrent operation band for V2X and E-UTRA
UE with support of v2x-HighReception-r14 [7].
14.8 Test 2 If the SL-C-RX Category 4 UE passes 14.11 Test 3 or 4, then the test coverage
can be considered fulfilled without executing 14.8 Test 2.
14.10 Test 1
UE with support of CA with 2 SL CCs and without support of CA with 3 SL CCs
14.11 Test 1
14.10 Test 2
UE with support of CA with 3 SL CCs
14.11 Test 2
UE with support of v2x-EnhancedHighReception-r15 [7] and CA with 2 SL CCs
14.11 Test 3
and without support of CA with 3 SL CCs
14.11 Test 4 UE with support of v2x-EnhancedHighReception-r15 [7] and CA with 3 SL CCs
14.2 Demodulation of PSSCH

The purpose of the requirements in this subclause is to verify the PSSCH for V2 X demodulation performance with a
single active PSSCH link.
The minimum requirements are specified in Table 14.2-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 14.2-1. In this test
scenario, GNSS or GNSS-equivalent synchronization source is used and Sidelink UE 1 transmits PSCCH and PSSCH.
3GPP
Release 16 1746 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 14.2-1: Test Parameters
Parameter Unit Test 1, 2 Test 3, 4

Communication resource pool As specified in Table A.9-1
configuration (Configuration #1-V2X)
N oc dBm/
at antenna port -98
15kHz
Active cell(s) None
V2X Tx format
N/A SL-V2X-TxProfile-r15 = rel15
(SL-V2X-TxProfileList-r15)
Sidelink
PSCCH+PSSCH
Transmissions
Timing offset (Note 1) CP/2-12Ts
Sidelink UE 1 Frequency offset
Hz +600
(Note 2)
Synchronization GNSS or GNSS-equivalent
Note 1: Time offset of Sidelink UE receive signal with respect to GNSS reference timing.
Note 2: Frequency offset of Sidelink UE with respect to GNSS reference frequency.
Table 14.2-2: Minimum performance
Reference value
PSSCH
Test Propagation
Bandwidth Reference PSSCH BLER SNR (dB) of
num. condition
channel (%) PSSCH
1 20 MHz CD.8 EVA180 14.2

2 10 MHz CD.9 EVA2700 5.4
10
3 20 MHz CD.13 EVA180 12.5
4 10 MHz CD.14 EVA2700 2.8
14.3 Demodulation of PSCCH

The purpose of the requirements in this subclause is to verify the PSCCH for V2X demodulation performance with a
single active PSSCH link.
The minimum requirements are specified in Table 14.3-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 14.3-1. In this test
scenario, GNSS or GNSS-equivalent synchronization source is used and Sidelink UE 1 transmits PSCCH and PSSCH.
3GPP
Release 16 1747 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

N oc dBm/
at antenna port -98
15kHz
Active cell(s) None
Sidelink
PSCCH+PSSCH
Transmissions
Sidelink UE 1 Frequency offset

Hz +600
(Note 2)
PSSCH RMC CD.9
Note 3: Cyclic shift for PSCCH DMRS is randomly selected between {0, 3, 6, 9} for each PSCCH transmission.
PSCCH Reference Reference value

Test channel Propagation Probability of
Bandwidth SNR (dB) of
number condition missed PSCCH
PSCCH
(%)
1 10 MHz CC.8 EVA1500 1 2.6

The purpose of this test is to check the demodulation performance when receiving PSSCH transmissions from two
The minimum requirements are specified in Table 14.4-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 14.4-1. The
Sidelink UE 1 and 2 are synchronized to GNSS or GNSS-equivalent synchronization reference.
3GPP
Release 16 1748 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

As specified in Table A.9-2
(Configuration #2-V2X)
N oc dBm/15kHz -98
at antenna port
Active cell(s) None
PSCCH RB allocation PRB pairs {5, 6}
PSSCH RMC As specified in Table 14.4-2
PSSCH RB allocation PRB pairs {7, 8, 9}
Sidelink UE 1
Time offset (Note 1) s 0
Frequency offset (Note 2) Hz 0
PSCCH RB allocation PRB pairs {20, 21}
PSSCH RMC As specified in Table 14.4-2
PSSCH RB allocation PRB pairs {22, 23, 24}
Sidelink UE 2
Test PSSCH Reference Reference value

Bandwidth Sidelink UE
number channel PSSCH BLER (%) SNR (dB) of PSSCH
1 CD.10 (Note 1) 30.35
1 20MHz
2 CD.10 10 13.3
Note 1: There is no throughput requirement for Sidelink UE 1.
14.5 Demodulation of PSBCH

The purpose of the requirements in this subclause is to verify the PSBCH demodulation performance with a single
active link.
The minimum requirements are specified in Table 14.5-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 14.5-1. The
Sidelink UE 1 is synchronized to SLSS as synchronization reference.
3GPP
Release 16 1749 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

N oc dBm/15kHz -98
at antenna port
Active cell(s) None
Sidelink Transmissions SLSS+PSBCH (Note 3)
slssid 169
Sidelink UE 1
Synchronization source SLSS
Note 3: PSBCH transmits together with corresponding SLSS in the same subframe.
Reference value
Test Bandwidt PSBCH Reference Propagation
Probability of missed SNR (dB) of
number h channel condition
PSBCH (%) PSBCH
1 20 MHz CP.2 EVA180 1 2.5
14.6 Demodulation of PSSCH with eNB based synchronization

The purpose of the requirements in this subclause is to verify the PSSCH for V2X demodulation performance with a
single active PSSCH link under eNB based synchronization.
The minimum requirement is specified in Table 14.6-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 14.6-1. In this test
scenario, eNB based synchronization source is used and Sidelink UE 1 transmits PSCCH and PSSCH.
3GPP
Release 16 1750 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

dBm/
N oc at antenna port -98
15kHz
Cell ID 0
Downlink A dB 0
allocation dB 0
Cell 1 
dBm/
RSRP -92
15kHz
Sidelink Transmissions PSCCH+PSSCH
Sidelink UE 1 Frequency offset (Note

Hz +1300
4)
Synchronization source Cell 1
Note 1: PB  0 .
Note 2: OCNG is used to fully allocate the available resource blocks to virtual UEs.
Note 3: Time offset of Sidelink UE receive signal with respect to Cell1 reference timing.
Note 4: Frequency offset of Sidelink UE with respect to Cell 1 reference frequency.
Reference value
PSSCH
Test Propagation
Bandwidth Reference PSSCH BLER SNR (dB) of
num. condition
channel (%) PSSCH
1 20 MHz CD.12 EVA180 10 4.9
14.7 Soft buffer test

The purpose of this test is to verify the maximum number of bits per TTI supported by the V2X UE.
The minimum requirement is specified in Table 14.7-2 with the test parameters specified in Table 14.7-1.
3GPP
Release 16 1751 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

N oc dBm/15kHz -98
at antenna port
Active cell(s) None
V2X Tx format SL-V2X-TxProfile-r15 =
N/A
(SL-V2X-TxProfileList-r15) rel15
Time gap between initial
Subframe 15
transmission and retransmission
Sidelink UE i,
Timing offset (Note 1) s 0
0 ≤ i ≤ 14
Synchronization source GNSS or GNSS-equivalent
Note 3: 15 sidelink UEs should transmit one by one circularly for every subframe.
Reference value ue-

Test PSSCH Reference Propagation CategorySL-
Bandwidth PSSCH SNR (dB) of
num. channel condition C-RX
BLER (%) PSSCH
AWGN SL-C-RX
1 20 MHz CD.11 5 8.0
Category 2
SL-C-RX
2 20 MHz CD.15 AWGN 5 [12.0]
Category 3
14.8 PSCCH/PSSCH decoding capability test

TTI supported by the V2X UE.
The minimum requirements are specified in Table 14.8-3 with the test parameters specified in Table 14.8-1 and Table
14.8-2 according to UE capability.
3GPP
Release 16 1752 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

Active cell(s) None
Sidelink UE i, Synchronization source GNSS or GNSS-equivalent
0≤i≤9 Static propagation condition
Propagation Channel
PSSCH RMC CD.12

Active cell(s) None
0 ≤ i ≤ 19 Static propagation condition
Propagation Channel
PSSCH RMC CD.10
Reference value
Test Bandwidt PSCCH Reference
ÊS at
Probability of missed
number h channel antenna port
PSCCH (%)
(dBm/15kHz)
1 20 MHz CC.8 -85 1
2 20 MHz CC.8 -85 1
14.9 Sustained downlink data rate with active sidelink

The purpose of this test is to verify the WAN and V2X operation is not impacted with each other when UE is under
concurrent operation. This test case applies to UEs support concurrent operation of V2X communication with E-UTRA
uplink/downlink on the operating bands combinations listed in Table 5.5G-2.
The test parameters are in Table 14.9-1, and the test UE is expected to receive all PSSCH and PDSCH transmissions
simultaneously.
3GPP
Release 16 1753 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
For PDSCH, the test cases apply to UE categories and bandwidth as specified in Table 14.9-2. The minimum
requirements for PSSCH are specified in Table 14.7-2, Table 14.10-3 and Table 14.10-4 with corresponding test
applicability and the minimum requirements for PDSCH downlink data rate are specified in Table 14.9-3. Both PDSCH
and PSSCH performance will be verified simultaneously. The TB success rate in the cellular link shall be sustained
Table 14.9-1: Test parameters for sustained downlink data rate (FDD 64QAM) and maximum PSSCH
processing capability

Active cell(s) Cell 1 (PCell)
As specified in Table 8.7.1-1 and Table 14.9-
Cell 1 Test parameters
2
Subframe 15
Sidelink UE i,
0 ≤ i ≤ 14
Table 14.9-2: Test cases for sustained data rate
Maximum
supported Cat 11, 12
CA Bandwidth/
Cat. 1 Cat. 2 Cat. 3 Cat. 4 Cat. 6,7 Cat. 9,10 DL Cat. 15
combination 11,12
(MHz)
Single 10 1 2 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A
carrier 20 - - 3 4 6 6 6 6
3GPP
Release 16 1754 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 14.9-3: Minimum requirements (FDD 64QAM) for PDSCH
Test Bandwidth (MHz) Number of bits of a Measurement Reference value

DL-SCH transport channel PDSCH TB success rate (%)
block received
within a TTI
1 10 10296 R.31-1 FDD (NOTE 95
2)
2 10 25456 R.31-2 FDD (NOTE 95
2)
3 20 51024 R.31-3 FDD 95
3A 10 36696 (NOTE 1) R.31-3A FDD (NOTE 85
2)
4 20 75376 (Note 2) R.31-4 FDD 85
6 20 75376 (Note 2) R.31-4 FDD 85
14.10 Soft buffer test (CA)

The purpose of this test is to verify the maximum number of bits per TTI supported by the V2X UE with UE SL-C-RX
Category 4 for UEs supporting V2X CA.
For CA with 2 SL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 14.10-3, based on single carrier requirement specified in
Table 14.10-2, with the test parameters specified in Table 14.10-1.
For CA with 3 SL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 14.10-4, based on single carrier requirement specified in
Table 14.10-2, with the test parameters specified in Table 14.10-1.

Active cell(s) None
V2X Tx format
SL-V2X-TxProfile-r15 = rel15
Subframe 15
Sidelink UE i,
0 ≤ i ≤ 14
Synchronization source GNSS or GNSS-equivalent
3GPP
Release 16 1755 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)
Table 14.10-2: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations
Reference value
PSSCH Reference Propagation
Bandwidth PSSCH SNR (dB) of
channel condition
BLER (%) PSSCH
10 MHz CD.16 AWGN 5 12.0

20 MHz CD.15 AWGN 5 12.0
Table 14.10-3: Minimum performance for CA with 2 SL CCs
Test CA Bandwidth ue-CategorySL-C-

Requirement
num. combination RX
SL-C-RX Category
1 10+20 MHz As specified in 14.10-2 per CC
4
Table 14.10-4: Minimum performance for CA with 3 SL CCs
Test CA Bandwidth ue-CategorySL-C-

Requirement
num. combination RX
SL-C-RX Category
2 3x10 MHz As specified in 14.10-2 per CC
4
14.11 PSCCH/PSSCH decoding capability test (CA)

TTI supported by the UE with UE SL-C-RX Category 4 for UEs supporting V2X CA.
For CA with 2 SL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 14.11-4 based on single carrier requirement specified in
Table 14.11-3, with the test parameters specified in Table 14.11-1 and Table 14.11-2 according to UE capability.
For CA with 3 SL CCs, the requirements are specified in Table 14.11-5 based on single carrier requirement specified in
Table 14.11-3, with test parameters specified in Table 14.11-1 and Table 14.11-2 according to UE capability.

As specified in Table
A.9-5 and A.9-6
Communication resource pool configuration A.9-6
(Configuration #5-V2X
and #6-V2X)
V2X Tx format
Active cell(s) None
Propagation Channel
PSSCH RMC CD.17 and CD.18 CD.18
3GPP
Release 16 1756 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.0 (2020-06)

A.9-5 and A.9-6
Communication resource pool configuration A.9-6
(Configuration #5-V2X
and #6-V2X)
V2X Tx format
Active cell(s) None
Propagation Channel
PSSCH RMC CD.19 and CD.20 CD.20
Table 14.11-3: Single carrier performance with different bandwidths for multiple CA configurations
Reference value
Bandwidt PSCCH Reference
ÊS at
Probability of missed
h channel antenna port
PSCCH (%)
(dBm/15kHz)
10 MHz CC.8 -85 1
20 MHz CC.8 -85 1
Table 14.11-4: Minimum performance for CA configuration with 2 SL CCs
Test CA Bandwidth combination Minimum performance requirement

number (MHz)
1 10+20 As defined in Table 14.11-3 per CC

3 10+20 As defined in Table 14.11-3 per CC
Table 14.11-5: Minimum performance for CA configuration with 3 SL CCs
Test CA Bandwidth combination Minimum performance requirement

number (MHz)
2 3x10 As defined in Table 14.11-3 per CC

4 3x10 As defined in Table 14.11-3 per CC
3GPP

8 Performance Requirement: 8.1 General

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

8 Performance Requirement: 8.1 General

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Release 16 609 3GPP TS 36.101 V16.6.

8.1.1 Receiver antenna capability

For all test cases, the SNR is defined as

For enhanced performance requirements type A, the SINR is defined as

Table 8.1.1-1: Void

8.1.1.1 Simultaneous unicast and MBMS operations

8.1.1.2 Dual-antenna receiver capability in idle mode

8.1.2 Applicability of requirements

8.1.2.1 Applicability of requirements for different channel bandwidths

8.1.2.2 Definition of CA capability

Table 8.1.2.2-1: Definition of CA capability with 2DL CCs

Table 8.1.2.2-2: Supported testable aggregated CA bandwidth combinations for different CA

CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth

Table 8.1.2.2-3: Definition of CA capability with 3 DL CCs

Table 8.1.2.2-5: Definition of CA capability with 4 DL CCs

CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth combination for TDD- Bandwidth combination

CA4_A2 24x20MHz 20+20+20+20MHz 20(FDD)+3x20(TDD)MHz 10(FDD)+ 3×20(LAA)MHz,

Table 8.1.2.2-7: Definition of CA capability with 5 DL CCs

CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth combination for TDD-FDD CA Bandwidth

CA5_A5 5×20MHz NA 4x20(FDD)+20(TDD)MHz NA

Table 8.1.2.2-9: Definition of CA capability with 6 DL CCs

Table 8.1.2.2-10: Supported largest aggregated CA bandwidth combinations for different CA

CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth combination for TDD-FDD CA Bandwidth combination

Table 8.1.2.2-11: Definition of CA capability with 7 DL CCs

Table 8.1.2.2-12: Supported largest aggregated CA bandwidth combinations for different CA

CA Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth combination for TDD-FDD CA Bandwidth combination

8.1.2.2A Definition of dual connectivity capability

Table 8.1.2.2A-1: Definition of dual connectivity capability with 2DL CCs

Dual Dual connectivity capability Description

Dual connectivity Bandwidth combination Bandwidth combination Bandwidth combination

Table 8.1.2.2A-3: Definition of dual connectivity capability with 3DL CCs

Dual Dual connectivity capability Description

Dual connectivity Bandwidth combination Bandwidth combination

CA capability CA configuration from CA Bandwidth

CA capability CA configuration from CA Bandwidth

Dual connectivity Dual connectivity

Dual connectivity Dual connectivity

CA configuration from the CA Bandwidth

CA configuration from the CA Bandwidth

where N is number of CCs,

where N is number of CCs,

CA configuration from the CA Bandwidth

CA configuration from the CA Bandwidth

MIMO layer and bandwidth of CC i , and for and for

8.1.2.4 Test coverage for different number of component carriers

8.1.2.5 Applicability of performance requirements for Type B receiver

8.1.2.6 Applicability of performance requirements for 4Rx capable UEs

Table 8.1.2.6.1-0: Requirement lists for 4Rx capable UEs

4Rx test lists 2Rx test lists

8.1.2.6.4 Applicability rule for 256QAM tests

Tests Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

the maximum number 4Rx CCs with the

4Rx test lists 2Rx test lists

8.1.2.6.6 Applicability rule for Type C with 4Rx

Table 8.1.2.6.6-1: Applicability rules for Type C with 4Rx

8.1.2.6.7 Applicability rule for 1024QAM tests

8.1.2.7 Applicability of Enhanced Downlink Control Channel Performance

Test UE-EUTRA-Capability [7] Test category Test list Applicability notes

8.1.2.8 Applicability of performance requirements for CDM-multiplexed DM RS with

8.1.2.8A Applicability of performance requirements for UE supporting coverage

Table 8.1.2.8A-1: Applicability rules for PDSCH requirements (FDD)

Table 8.1.2.8A-2: Applicability rules for PDSCH requirements (TDD)